Suzuki kingquad 750 мануал

наверное из-за того, что по образованию я инженер…- я так и сужу…
«технари» могут судить по другому…

я вообще инженер-технолог авиационный :drinks:

ждём! :good2:

———- Сообщение добавлено в 10:39 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 09:47 ———-

Продолжаем добивать ФАК:
Спасибо ZUR за рассказ про кофр.

ОРИГИНАЛЬНЫЙ кофр SUZUKI King Quad 750 — установка и целесообразность
В свое время я был яростным сторонником мягкого кофра, приобрел очень качественны, оригинальный кофр MOOSE, состоящий из двух частей, сделано на самом деле очень качественно, но поездив в «своей» манере понял, что мне удобней будет пластиковый, и больше по объему , кофр, смотрел разные – некоторые модели ТАМАРАКа, но что то дороговаты, смотрел оригинальный БРП, что тоже не дёшов, но когда уводил его в отчую, не подошел тем, что мал по объему.
И совершенно случайно зайдя на сайт уважаемой фирмы, которую здесь многие знают (подсказка «Максим») я увидел оригинальный SUZUKI- вский кофр, пообшавщись с Максимом, тем более что он его сам на своем 750 эксплуатирует (в дальнейшем он подсказал «апгрейд» крепления, чем я воспользовался) я загорелся желанием и заказал у него, через 2 недели его доставили, и я понял что визуально это то что мне надо. Большой, с двумя крепкими замками, которые можно заблокировать при необходимости шпильками или повесить замочки, с изоляцией краев от воды. Все что было у меня раньще в 3-х емкостях я туда поместил + еще место осталось, снизу я вырезал ванный коврик, цвет конечно гламурный, но на скорость не влияет, сверху накрою паралоном, по эксплуатации отпишусь,
Итак порядок установки на Suzuki King Quad 750 :

1) Снимаем багажник и кладем его на наружнюю нижнюю часть кофра, видем две полосы с отверстиями, намечаем и просверливаем, потом кпо бокам прикладываем штатное крепление (то что маленькое) и тоже наметив просверливаем, потом изнутри обильно наносим силиконовый герметик и вставляем болты с круглой головкой (мебельные НЕПОДОЙДУТ), для перестраховки добавляем крупные шайбы , в качестве гайки советую «контргайку», а в штатных, где увы барашки, к ним к сожалению не смог подобрать гайки, кажется другой «шаг» резьбы, я нанес спец жидкость от раскручивания (забыл как это по-русски), в дальнейшем что нибудь придумаю.
2) Потом дно приведем в порядок и накроем гламурным ковриком, вроде все, далее фото, если вопросы прошу:

———- Сообщение добавлено в 11:26 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 10:39 ———-


СУЗУКИ В ЭКСПЕДИЦИИ
добавлю ещё от себя пару фоток наших походных сузук.
может кому будет интересно размещение канистр и гермомешков. буду признателен если вы добавите что то от себя.
шли на неделю и старались ни в чём себе не отказывать в походных условиях, так что брали много всего.

к своему квадру к заднему бамперу приварили бугель-багажник из профиля квадрат 10*10мм оказалось очень прочно и функционально. гермомешок на 130 литров хоть и был великоват, но лежал очень надёжно и не шевелился.
оптимальным вариантом конечно мешок на 100 литров и чуть меньший размер «багажника».

вниз прямо на шарик, отлично встала пластиковая канистра с водой на 5 литров. там есть за что её хорошенько притянуть и обездвижить. канистра входит естественно при условии что выход с варика переделан шноркелем и штатная пластиковая труба убрана.
по опыту дальнего похода оказалось очень удобно между кофром и спиной водителя на сидушке расположить канистру пластиковую на 15-20 литров с топливом или мешок плотноупакованных мягких вещей. на ровных дорогах можно расслабиться и откинуться как в кресле тем самым разгружая спину водителя.

по бокам кофра очень удобно размещать алюминиевые канистры по 10-15 литров, надо только приделать небольшие съёмные площадки к штатному заднему багажнику. подробных фоток к сожалению нет. надеемся марат-2 выложит. как правило все кофры немного уже квадра особенно если стоят диски с небольшим выносом, так что даже с канистрами маневрировать между деревьев так же просто как и без них.

ещё одну канистру на 5 литров с маслом удаёться легко закрепить в теле квадра над переднем редуктором если у вас конечно вынесен штатный радиатор что в походе является строгой необходимость так как ближайший кёрхер может быть в 50 или более км.:biggrin:

———- Сообщение добавлено в 12:12 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 11:26 ———-

ЗАМЕНА БЕНЗОНАСОСА
Спасибо за отчёт по нему ZUR!!!

Ну что други, потратил я выходные, и слава богу не зря. Сняв бензонасос

) увидев:sad::sad::sad:

, высушив влаговпитываюшей тряпочкой бак

вытерев – его снимать Необязательно, бессмысленно, я походил по магазинам- искал сеточку – такой по форме как и ожидалось нет, спросил в Байкленде и у наших уважаемых партнеров, короче отдельно сеточка не поставляется, даже нет такой позиции(блин), поставляется бензонасос в сборе. Прайс 500-650 долларов, причем СШа. Это, да и советы уважаемых соклубников, меня вдохновило на поиски замены, т.е. фирмы БОШ. Когда в 3-4 магазинах мне показывали другое, и я начал закипать, тут до меня, не без намека продавца, доходит – что я то с них требую абсолютный аналог с бензонасоса в сборе!!!. Ну и естественно, вздохнув от радости я выкладываю на прилавок 1640 рублей за БОШский насос

и по 50 рублей за 2-ва варианта сеточек(брать надо :

Ура.1-я часть закончена – еду домой.
Приехав и собравшись духом я начинаю разбирать насос, тот что еще в футляре. Это 2-й по уровню сложность в работе после снятия пластика квадра, связанного надо отдать должное с допприблудами( в дальнейшем я оптимизировал провода для легкости доступа, не дай бог конечно чтоб потребовалось.
Сложность в разборке футляра в том, надо одновременно нажать на 4-е точки , что весьма непросто.,
Потом отсоединить (обращая внимания на полярность при сборке) штекер,

После этого освободить эту хрень

вытянув бензонасос – вынимаем сеточку, обратите внимание, что сетока фиксируется штекером, посему пока вы не вытяните бензонасос – сеточка не освободится.Потом берем и меняем один насос на другой, по идее можно было всунуть жигулевскую сеточку, но
А) хрен его знает может на насос негативно сказались многочисленные попытки запустить с учетом грязной сеточки,
Б) пусть будет лучше в запасе + для дальних поездок потрать те еще 1500-1600 р на доп.насос БОШ.

Чтобы совместить жигулевскую сеточку с футляром надо в этом месте АККУратно подрезать пластик

не бойтесь на свойствах фиксации не скажется.
Вставляем бензонасос, подсоединяем штекера и зашелкиваем 4 – кнопки. Далее бьем себя по лбу и потом этим местом для разбивания орехов об стену: забыли поставить сеточку,не забыв снав заглушку

Опять корячимся и нажимаем, и далеко не пальцами, 4 кнопки, поднимаем насос – вставляем сетоку – защелкиваем.,
Присоединяем эту хрень.
Теперь так должно это выглядить

только поплаво в другую сторону разверните!! (а было так

ВСЕ.
Далее собираем в обратном порядке, незабыв почистить внутренне подсиденьевое пространство и аккуратно расположив там провода.

от себя добавлю что можно поставить любой насос от инжекторных жигулей. всё будет работать.

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Troubleshooting

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

This manual contains an introductory description on the SUZUKI LT-A750X/P and procedures for its inspection/

service and overhaul of its main components.

Other information considered as generally known is not included.

Read the GENERAL INFORMATION section to familiarize yourself with the vehicle and its maintenance. Use this

section as well as other sections to use as a guide for proper inspection and service.

This manual will help you know the vehicle better so that you can assure your customers of fast and reliable ser-

vice.

* This manual has been prepared on the basis of the latest specifications at the time of publication. If modifi-

cations have been made since then, differences may exist between the content of this manual and the

actual vehicle.

* Illustrations in this manual are used to show the basic principles of operation and work procedures. They

may not represent the actual vehicle exactly in detail.

* This manual is written for persons who have enough knowledge, skills and tools, including special tools, for

servicing SUZUKI vehicles. If you do not have the proper knowledge and tools, ask your authorized

SUZUKI motorcycle dealer to help you.

WARNING

!

Inexperienced mechanics or mechanics without the proper tools and equipment may not be able to

properly perform the services described in this manual.

Improper repair may result in injury to the mechanic and may render the vehicle unsafe for the rider

and passenger.

© COPYRIGHT SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION 2007

FOREWORD

99500-47021-03E

Chapters

Troubleshooting

loading

Summary of Contents for Suzuki kq750

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 711 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

FOREWORD

This manual contains an introductory description on the SUZUKI LT-A750X/P and procedures for its inspection/

service and overhaul of its main components.

Other information considered as generally known is not included.

Read the GENERAL INFORMATION section to familiarize yourself with the vehicle and its maintenance. Use this

section as well as other sections to use as a guide for proper inspection and service.

This manual will help you know the vehicle better so that you can assure your customers of fast and reliable ser-

vice.

© COPYRIGHT SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION 2007

* This manual has been prepared on the basis of the latest specifications at the time of publication. If modifi-

cations have been made since then, differences may exist between the content of this manual and the

actual vehicle.

* Illustrations in this manual are used to show the basic principles of operation and work procedures. They

may not represent the actual vehicle exactly in detail.

* This manual is written for persons who have enough knowledge, skills and tools, including special tools, for

servicing SUZUKI vehicles. If you do not have the proper knowledge and tools, ask your authorized

SUZUKI motorcycle dealer to help you.

WARNING

!

Inexperienced mechanics or mechanics without the proper tools and equipment may not be able to

properly perform the services described in this manual.

Improper repair may result in injury to the mechanic and may render the vehicle unsafe for the rider

and passenger.

99500-47021-03E

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

9

Precautions…………..…………………………………………. 00-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………. 00-1

General Information ……………….……………….…………. 0-i

General Information …..…………….………………..…… 0A-1

Maintenance and Lubrication ….……………….………. 0B-1

Service Data……………..…………….………………..……0C-1

Engine ………………………….………………..…………….…… 1-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 1-1

Engine General Information and Diagnosis ………..1A-1

Emission Control Devices ……………………….………. 1B-1

Engine Electrical Devices………….………………..……1C-1

Engine Mechanical………….………………..…………….1D-1

Engine Lubrication System ………….………….………. 1E-1

Engine Cooling System…………………..………………. 1F-1

Fuel System …….…………….………………..…………….1G-1

Ignition System…………….………………..…………….1H-1

Starting System……………………………………..……….. 1I-1

Charging System…………….………………..……………..1J-1

Exhaust System .…………….………………..……………. 1K-1

Suspension…………………..…………….………………..…… 2-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 2-1

Suspension General Diagnosis…….………….……….2A-1

Front Suspension ……………………………..……………. 2B-1

Rear Suspension…….……………….………………..……2C-1

Wheels and Tires …………………….…………….……….2D-1

Driveline / Axle ……………..………………..…………….…… 3-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 3-1

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft ………………. 3A-1

Differential ……….…………….………………..……………. 3B-1

Transfer…..…………….……………….…………….……….3C-1

Propeller Shafts..…………….………………..…………….3D-1

Brake …………..…………….……………….……………..……… 4-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 4-1

Brake Control System and Diagnosis .………………. 4A-1

Front Brakes….…………….………………..…………….4B-1

Rear Brakes ………..…………….…………….…………….4C-1

Parking Brake..…………….………………..…………….4D-1

Transmission / Transaxle …………………..………………. 5-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 5-1

Automatic Transmission..………….………………..…… 5A-1

Steering……………..……………….…………….……………. 6-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 6-1

Steering General Diagnosis …………………….………. 6A-1

Steering / Handlebar …….…………….………………….. 6B-1

Body and Accessories………………………………..……… 9-i

Precautions …………….………………………………………. 9-1

Wiring Systems ………….…………………………..………9A-1

Lighting Systems………..…………………………..………9B-1

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn………………9C-1

Exterior Parts ………….…………………………..…………9D-1

Body Structure ………..…………………………..…………9E-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

SUPPLEMENTS

L

LT-A750XK9 (’09 MODEL)

10

LT-A750XPK9 (’09 MODEL)

11

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 00- i

00

Section 00

CONTENTS

Precautions

Precautions ………………………………….…….00-1

Precautions….…………….…………….………………..… 00-1

Warning / Caution / Note……..……………….………. 00-1

General Precautions ..……….…………………….…… 00-1

Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service ………… 00-2

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00-1 Precautions:

Precauti ons

Precautions

Precautions

Warning / Caution / Note

B831G20000001

Please read this manual and follow its instructions

carefully. To emphasize special information, the symbol

and the words WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE have

special meanings. Pay special attention to the messages

highlighted by these signal words.

WARNING

!

Indicates a potential hazard that could result

in death or injury.

CAUTION

!

Indicates a potential hazard that could result

in vehicle damage.

NOTE

Indicates special information to make

maintenance easier or instructions clearer.

Please note, however, that the warnings and cautions

contained in this manual cannot possibly cover all

potential hazards relating to the servicing, or lack of

servicing, of the vehicle. In addition to the WARNINGS

and CAUTIONS stated, you must use good judgement

and basic mechanical safety principles. If you are unsure

about how to perform a particular service operation, ask

a more experienced mechanic for advice.

General Precautions

B831G20000002

WARNING

!

Proper service and repair procedures are

important for the safety of the service

mechanic and the safety and reliability of

the vehicle.

When 2 or more persons work together,

pay attention to the safety of each other.

When it is necessary to run the engine

indoors, make sure that exhaust gas is

forced outdoors.

When working with toxic or flammable

materials, make sure that the area you

work in is well ventilated and that you

follow all of the material manufacturers

instructions.

Never use gasoline as a cleaning solvent.

To avoid getting burned, do not touch the

engine, engine oil, radiator and exhaust

system until they have cooled.

After servicing the fuel, oil, water, exhaust

or brake systems, check all lines and

fittings related to the system for leaks.

CAUTION

!

If parts replacement is necessary, replace

the parts with Suzuki Genuine Parts or

their equivalent.

When removing parts that are to be reused,

keep them arranged in an orderly manner

so that they may be reinstalled in the

proper order and orientation.

Be sure to use special tools when

instructed.

Make sure that all parts used in

reassembly are clean. Lubricate them

when specified.

Use the specified lubricant, bond, or

sealant.

When removing the battery, disconnect the

negative (–) cable first and then the

positive (+) cable.

When reconnecting the battery, connect

the positive (+) cable first and then the

negative (–) cable, and replace the terminal

cover on the positive (+) terminal.

When performing service to electrical

parts, if the service procedures do not

require use of battery power, disconnect

the negative (–) cable the battery.

When tightening the cylinder head or case

bolts and nuts, tighten the larger sizes

first. Always tighten the bolts and nuts

diagonally from the inside toward outside

and to the specified tightening torque.

Whenever you remove oil seals, gaskets,

packing, O-rings, locking washers, self-

locking nuts, cotter pins, circlips and

certain other parts as specified, be sure to

replace them with new ones. Also, before

installing these new parts, be sure to

remove any left over material from the

mating surfaces.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 00-2

Never reuse a circlip. When installing a

new circlip, take care not to expand the

end gap larger than required to slip the

circlip over the shaft. After installing a

circlip, always ensure that it is completely

seated in its groove and securely fitted.

Use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners

to the specified torque. Wipe off grease

and oil if a thread is smeared with them.

After reassembling, check parts for

tightness and proper operation.

To protect the environment, do not

unlawfully dispose of used motor oil,

engine coolant and other fluids: batteries,

and tires.

To protect Earth’s natural resources,

properly dispose of used vehicle and parts.

Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service

B831G20000003

When handling the electrical parts or servicing the FI

systems, observe the following points for the safety of

the systems.

Electrical Parts

Connector / Coupler

When connecting a connector, be sure to push it in

until a click is felt.

With a lock type coupler, be sure to release the lock

when disconnecting, and push it in fully to engage the

lock when connecting.

When disconnecting the coupler, be sure to hold the

coupler body and do not pull the lead wires.

Inspect each terminal on the connector/coupler for

looseness or bending.

Push in the coupler straightly. An angled or skewed

insertion may cause the terminal to be deformed,

possibly resulting in poor electrical contact.

Inspect each terminal for corrosion and

contamination. The terminals must be clean and free

of any foreign material which could impede proper

terminal contact.

Before refitting the sealed coupler, make sure its seal

rubber is positioned properly. The seal rubber may

possibly come off the position during disconnecting

work and if the coupler is refitted with the seal rubber

improperly positioned, it may result in poor water

sealing.

Inspect each lead wire circuit for poor connection by

shaking it by hand lightly. If any abnormal condition is

found, repair or replace.

When taking measurements at electrical connectors

using a tester probe, be sure to insert the probe from

the wire harness side (backside) of the connector/

coupler.

When connecting meter probe from the terminal side

of the coupler (where connection from harness side

not being possible), use extra care not to force and

cause the male terminal to bend or the female

terminal to open. Connect the probe as shown to

avoid opening of female terminal. Never push in the

probe where male terminal is supposed to fit.

I310G1000001-01

1. Coupler 2. Probe

I310G1000002-01

I310G1000003-02

2

1

I649G1000013-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00-3 Precautions:

Check the male connector for bend and female

connector for excessive opening. Also check the

coupler for locking (looseness), corrosion, dust, etc.

Clamp

Clamp the wire harness at such positions as indicated

in “Wiring Harness Routing Diagram in Section 9A

(Page 9A-4)”.

Bend the clamp properly so that the wire harness is

clamped securely.

In clamping the wire harness, use care not to allow it

to hang down.

Do not use wire or any other substitute for the band

type clamp.

Fuse

When a fuse blows, always investigate the cause to

correct it and then replace the fuse.

Do not use a fuse of different capacity.

Do not use wire or any other substitute for the fuse.

Switch

Never apply grease material to switch contact points to

prevent damage.

ECM / Various sensors

Since each component is a high-precision part, great

care should be taken not to apply any severe impacts

during removal and installation.

Be careful not to touch the electrical terminals of the

electronic parts (ECM, etc.). The static electricity from

your body may damage these.

When disconnecting and connecting the coupler,

make sure to turn OFF the ignition switch, or

electronic parts may get damaged.

3. Coupler 4. Probe “A”: Where male terminal fits

3

4

4

“A”

I649G1000030-02

CORRECT INCORRECT

I718H1000001-02

I649G1000001-02

I310G1000007-01

I310G1000008-01

I831G1000001-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 00-4

Battery

Battery connection in reverse polarity is strictly

prohibited. Such a wrong connection will damage the

components of the FI systems instantly when reverse

power is applied.

Removing any battery terminal of a running engine is

strictly prohibited. The moment such removal is made,

damaging counter electromotive force will be applied

to the ECM which may result in serious damage.

Before measuring voltage at each terminal, check to

make sure that battery voltage is 11 V or higher.

Terminal voltage check with a low battery voltage will

lead to erroneous diagnosis.

Never connect any tester (voltmeter, ohmmeter, or

whatever) to the electronic unit when its coupler is

disconnected. Otherwise, damage to electronic unit

may result.

Never connect an ohmmeter to the ECM with its

coupler connected. If attempted, damage to ECM or

sensors may result.

Be sure to use a specified voltmeter/ohmmeter.

Otherwise, accurate measurements may not be

obtained and personal injury may result.

Electrical Circuit Inspection Procedure

While there are various methods for electrical circuit

inspection, described here is a general method to check

for open and short circuit using an ohmmeter and a

voltmeter.

Open circuit check

Possible causes for the open circuit are as follows. As

the cause can exist in the connector/coupler or terminal,

they need to be checked carefully.

Loose connection of connector/coupler

Poor contact of terminal (due to dirt, corrosion or rust,

poor contact tension, entry of foreign object etc.)

Wire harness being open.

Poor terminal-to-wire connection.

When checking system circuits including an electronic

control unit such as ECM, etc., it is important to perform

careful check, starting with items which are easier to

check.

1) Disconnect the negative (–) cable from the battery.

2) Check each connector/coupler at both ends of the

circuit being checked for loose connection. Also

check for condition of the coupler lock if equipped.

I718H1000004-01

I310G1000011-01

I310G1000012-02

1. Sensor “A”: Check for loose connection

ECM

“A”

1

“A”

I718H1000005-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00-5 Precautions:

3) Using a test male terminal, check the female

terminals of the circuit being checked for contact

tension.

Check each terminal visually for poor contact

(possibly caused by dirt, corrosion, rust, entry of

foreign object, etc.). At the same time, check to

make sure that each terminal is fully inserted in the

coupler and locked.

If contact tension is not enough, rectify the contact to

increase tension or replace. The terminals must be

clean and free of any foreign material which could

impede proper terminal contact.

4) Using continuity inspect or voltage check procedure

as described below, inspect the wire harness

terminals for open circuit and poor connection.

Locate abnormality, if any.

Continuity check

1) Measure resistance across coupler “B” (between “A”

and “C” in figure).

If no continuity is indicated (infinity or over limit), the

circuit is open between terminals “A” and “C”.

2) Disconnect the coupler “B” and measure resistance

between couplers “A” and “B-1”.

If no continuity is indicated, the circuit is open

between couplers “A” and “B-1”. If continuity is

indicated, there is an open circuit between couplers

“B-2” and “C” or an abnormality in coupler “B-2” or

coupler “C”.

Voltage check

If voltage is supplied to the circuit being checked, voltage

check can be used as circuit check.

1) With all connectors/couplers connected and voltage

applied to the circuit being checked, measure

voltage between each terminal and body ground.

2) If measurements were taken as shown in the figure

and results were listed in the following, it means that

the circuit is open between terminals “A” and “B”.

Voltage between

“A” and body ground: Approx. 5 V

“B” and body ground: Approx. 5 V

“C” and body ground: 0 V

“B”: Check contact tension by inserting and removing.

“C”: Check each terminal for bend and proper alignment.

“D”: Looseness of crimping

“E”: Open

“F”: Thin wire (A few strands left)

“C”

“B”

I649G1000027-02

“D”

“E”

“F”

I649G1000028-02

ECM

“A”

“B”

“C”

I705H1000006-02

ECM

“A”

“B” “C”

“B-2”

“B-1”

I705H1000010-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 00-6

3) Also, if measured values are as listed following, a

resistance (abnormality) exists which causes the

voltage drop in the circuit between terminals “A” and

“B”.

Voltage between

“A” and body ground: Approx. 5 V

“B” and body ground: Approx. 5 V – 2 V voltage

drop

“C” and body ground: 3 V – 2 V voltage drop

Short circuit check (Wire harness to ground)

1) Disconnect the negative (–) cable from the battery.

2) Disconnect the connectors/couplers at both ends of

the circuit to be checked.

NOTE

If the circuit to be checked branches to other

parts as shown, disconnect all connectors/

couplers of those parts. Otherwise, diagnosis

will be misled.

3) Measure resistance between terminal at one end of

circuit (“A” terminal in figure) and body ground. If

continuity is indicated, there is a short circuit to

ground between terminals “A” and “C”.

4) Disconnect the connector/coupler included in circuit

(coupler “B”) and measure resistance between

terminal “A” and body ground. If continuity is

indicated, the circuit is shorted to the ground

between terminals “A” and “B”.

5V

5V

5V

0V

ECM

“A”

“B” “C”

“A” “B” “C”

I705H1000007-01

“D”: To other parts “E”: Other parts

“D”: To other parts

ECM

5V

“A”

“B”

“C”

“D”

“E”

“A” “C”

I705H1000008-01

ECM

“A”

“B” “C”

“D”

I705H1000009-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00-7 Precautions:

Using The Multi-Circuit Testers

Use the Suzuki multi-circuit tester set.

Use well-charged batteries in the tester.

Be sure to set the tester to the correct testing range.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Using the testers

Incorrectly connecting the (+) and (–) probes may

cause the inside of the tester to be burnout.

If the voltage and current are not known, make

measurements using the highest range.

When measuring the resistance with the multi-circuit

tester (1), will be shown as 10.00 M and “1”

flashes in the display.

Check that no voltage is applied before making the

measurement. If voltage is applied the tester may be

damaged.

After using the tester, turn the power off.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

NOTE

When connecting the multi-circuit tester,

use the needle pointed probe to the back

side of the lead wire coupler and connect

the probes of tester to them.

Use the needle pointed probe to prevent

the rubber of the water proof coupler from

damage.

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not

strongly touch the terminal of the ECM

coupler with a needle pointed tester probe

to prevent the terminal damage or terminal

bend.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

(A)

I649G1000024-03

I649G1000002-02

(A)

I649G1000025-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 0- i

0

Section 0

CONTENTS

General Information

General Information ……….…………..…….. 0A-1

General Description ………………….………………..0A-1

Symbols …….……………….……………..…………….0A-1

Abbreviations ……………………………..…………….… 0A-1

SAE-to-Former SUZUKI Term ………………………. 0A-2

Vehicle Side View ………..………………..……………. 0A-3

Vehicle Identification Number ………….……………. 0A-3

Fuel and Oil Recommendation ………………………0A-3

Engine Coolant Recommendation ……………….… 0A-4

BREAK-IN Procedures……..……………………..…… 0A-4

Country and Area Codes …….…………………..…… 0A-5

Wire Color Symbols ………………………….…………. 0A-5

Warning, Caution and Information Labels

Location ………………………….…………….…………. 0A-6

Component Location ………..…………….…………….0A-7

Electrical Components Location ……………………. 0A-7

Specifications…….…………….…………….…………….0A-9

Specifications (LT-A750X/ZK8)………..……………. 0A-9

Specifications (LT-A750X/ZK9)………..………….. 0A-11

Special Tools and Equipment …………….………..0A-11

Special Tool ………………..………………..………….. 0A-11

Maintenance and Lubrication…………….. 0B-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….………….0B-1

Precautions for Maintenance ……………..…………. 0B-1

General Description ………………….………………..0B-1

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants…….………. 0B-1

Scheduled Maintenance ……………………….……….0B-1

Periodic Maintenance Schedule Chart……………. 0B-1

Lubrication Points ………..…………………..…………. 0B-2

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..0B-3

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning ….0B-3

Exhaust Pipe Bolt and Muffler Bolt Inspection …. 0B-4

Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment …… 0B-4

Spark Plug Replacement ……………..………………. 0B-9

Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning………………. 0B-9

Spark Arrester Cleaning…………………………..….0B-10

Fuel Line Inspection ……………….……………….….0B-10

Engine Oil and Filter Replacement ……………….0B-10

Front Differential Gear Oil Inspection…………….0B-12

Front Differential Gear Oil Replacement ………..0B-13

Final Gear Oil Inspection………………………….….0B-14

Final Gear Oil Replacement………………..……….0B-14

Throttle Cable Play Inspection and

Adjustment ……………………….…………….……….0B-15

Throttle Body Inspection ………………….………….0B-15

Cooling System Inspection……………….………….0B-15

Drive V-belt Inspection and Replacement..…….0B-17

Drive Shaft Boots Inspection…………………….….0B-17

Front Brake System Inspection …………………….0B-17

Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking

Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment ……..0B-19

Rear Brake Friction Plate Wear Limit

Inspection…….…………….………………..………….0B-20

Tire Inspection…………………….…………….……….0B-21

Steering System Inspection ………………..……….0B-21

Toe Adjustment ………………..……………….……….0B-22

Suspensions Inspection …………….……………..0B-22

Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection ………………..0B-23

Compression Pressure Check ………………….….0B-26

Oil Pressure Check …………..……………….……….0B-26

SDS Check……….……………..…………….………….0B-26

Automatic Clutch Inspection….…………….……….0B-26

Specifications………………..….…………….………….0B-27

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….0B-27

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….0B-27

Recommended Service Material ……….………….0B-27

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….0B-27

Service Data ……………………………………… 0C-1

Specifications………………..….…………….……………0C-1

Service Data………………………….…………………....0C-1

Tightening Torque List ………………………………....0C-7

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-1 General Information:

General Info rmation

General Information

General Description

Symbols

B831G20101001

Listed in the table below are the symbols indicating instructions and other information necessary for servicing.

The meaning of each symbol is also included in the table.

Abbreviations

B831G20101002

A:

ABDC: After Bottom Dead Center

AC: Alternating Current

ACL: Air Cleaner, Air Cleaner Box

API: American Petroleum Institute

ATDC: After Top Dead Center

A/F: Air Fuel Mixture

B:

BBDC: Before Bottom Dead Center

BTDC: Before Top Dead Center

B+: Battery Positive Voltage

C:

CKP Sensor: Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS)

CKT: Circuit

CO: Carbon Monoxide

CPU: Central Processing Unit

D:

DC: Direct Current

DIFF-LOCK Relay: Differential Lock Relay

DMC: Dealer Mode Coupler

DOHC: Double Over Head Camshaft

DRL: Daytime Running Light

DTC: Diagnostic Trouble Code

E:

ECM: Engine Control Module Engine Control Unit

(ECU) (FI Control Unit)

ECT Sensor: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

(ECTS)

Water Temp. Sensor (WTS)

F:

FI: Fuel Injection, Fuel Injector

FP: Fuel pump

FPR: Fuel Pressure Regulator

FP Relay: Fuel Pump Relay

Symbol Definition

Torque control required.

Data beside it indicate specified torque.

Apply oil.

Use engine oil unless otherwise specified.

Apply molybdenum oil solution.

(Mixture of engine oil and SUZUKl MOLY PASTE in a ratio of 1:1).

Apply SUZUKI SUPER GREASE “A” or equivalent.

99000-25010

Apply SUZUKI MOLY PASTE or equivalent.

99000-25140

Apply WATER RESISTANCE GREASE.

99000-25160

Apply SUZUKI SILICONE GREASE or equivalent.

99000-25100

Apply SUZUKI BOND “1215” or equivalent.

99000-31110

Apply SUZUKI BOND “1216B” or equivalent.

99000-31230

Apply THREAD LOCK SUPER “1303” or equivalent.

99000-32030

Apply THREAD LOCK SUPER “1322” or equivalent.

99000-32110

Apply THREAD LOCK SUPER “1360” or equivalent.

99000-32130

Use engine coolant or equivalent.

99000-99032-11X

Apply or use brake fluid.

Use special tool.

Do not reuse.

Note on reassembly.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-2

G:

GEN: Generator

GND: Ground

GP Switch: Gear Position Switch

H:

HC: Hydrocarbons

I:

IAP Sensor: Intake Air Pressure Sensor (IAPS)

IAT Sensor: Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IATS)

IG: Ignition

ISC Valve: Idle Speed Control Valve (ISCV)

J:

JASO: Japanese Automobile Standards Organization

L:

LCD: Liquid Crystal Display

LED: Light Emitting Diode (Malfunction Indicator Lamp)

LH: Left Hand

M:

MAL-CODE: Malfunction Code (Diagnostic Code)

Max: Maximum

MIL: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (LED)

Min: Minimum

N:

NOx: Nitrogen Oxides

O:

OHC: Over Head Camshaft

P:

PCV: Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Crankcase

Breather)

R:

RH: Right Hand

ROM: Read Only Memory

S:

SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers

SDS: Suzuki Diagnosis System

T:

TO Sensor: Tip-over Sensor (TOS)

TP Sensor: Throttle Position Sensor (TPS)

SAE-to-Former SUZUKI Term

B831G20101003

This list shows SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers)

J1930 terms and abbreviations which may be used in

this manual in compliance with SAE recommendations,

as well as their former SUZUKI names.

Ex. SAE term (Abbreviation): Former SUZUKI term

A:

Air Cleaner (ACL): Air Cleaner, Air Cleaner Box

B:

Battery Positive Voltage (B+): Battery Voltage, +B

C:

Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP Sensor):

Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS), Crank Angle

D:

Data Link Connector (DLC): Dealer Mode Coupler

Diagnostic Test Mode (DTM):

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC): Diagnostic Code,

Malfunction Code

E:

Electronic Ignition (EI):

Engine Control Module (ECM): Engine Control

Module (ECM), Fl Control Unit, Engine Control Unit

(ECU)

Engine Coolant Level (ECL): Coolant Level

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT): Coolant

Temperature, Engine Coolant Temperature, Water

Temperature

Engine Speed (RPM): Engine Speed (RPM)

F:

Fan Control (FC):

Fuel Level Sensor: Fuel Level Sensor, Fuel Level

Gauge

Fuel Pump (FP): Fuel Pump (FP)

G:

Generator (GEN): Generator

Ground (GND): Ground (GND, GRD)

I:

Ignition Control Module (ICM):

Intake Air Temperature (IAT): Intake Air Temperature

(IAT), Air Temperature

Idle Speed Control (ISC):

Ignition Control (IC): Electronic Spark Advance (ESA)

M:

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL): LED Lamp,

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP): Intake Air

Pressure (IAP), Intake Vacuum

Mass Air Flow (MAF): Air Flow

O:

On-Board Diagnostic (OBD): Self-Diagnosis Function,

Diagnostic

P:

Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM):

R:

Random Access Memory (RAM):

Read Only Memory (ROM): ROM

T:

Throttle Body (TB): Throttle Body (TB)

Throttle Body Fuel Injection (TBI): Throttle Body Fuel

Injection (TBI)

Throttle Position Sensor (TP Sensor): TP Sensor

(TPS)

V:

Voltage Regulator (VR): Voltage Regulator

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-3 General Information:

Vehicle Side View

B831G20101004

NOTE

Difference between illustration and actual

vehicle may exist depending on the markets.

SUZUKI LT-A750X (2008-model)

Right Side

Left Side

Vehicle Identification Number

B831G20101005

The frame serial number or V.I.N. (Vehicle Identification

Number) “A” is stamped on the left side of the front frame

pipe. The engine serial number “B” is located on the right

side of the crankcase. These numbers are required

especially for registering the machine and ordering

spare parts.

Fuel and Oil Recommendation

B831G20101006

Fuel (For USA and Canada)

Use only unleaded gasoline of at least 87 pump octane

(R/2 + M/2) or 91 octane or higher rated by the research

method.

Gasoline containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether),

less than 10% ethanol, or less than 5% methanol with

appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitor is

permissible.

Fuel (For Other Countries)

Gasoline used should be graded 91 octane (Research

Method) or higher. Unleaded gasoline is recommended.

Engine Oil (For USA)

Oil quality is a major contributor to your engine’s

performance and life. Always select good quality engine

oil.

Suzuki recommends the use of SUZUKI

PERFORMANCE 4 MOTOR OIL or an equivalent

engine oil. Use of SF/SG or SH/SJ in API with MA in

JASO.

Suzuki recommends the use of SAE 10W-40 engine oil.

If SAE 10W-40 engine oil is not available, select and

alternative according to the chart.

I831G1010001-01

I831G1010002-01

“A”

I831G1010003-01

“B”

I831G1010004-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-4

Engine Oil (For Other Countries)

Oil quality is a major contributor to your engine’s

performance and life. Always select good quality engine

oil. Use of SF/SG or SH/SJ in API with MA in JASO.

Suzuki recommends the use of SAE 10W-40 engine oil.

If SAE 10W-40 engine oil is not available, select an

alternative according to the chart.

Front Differential Gear Oil

Use hypoid gear oil that meets the API service

classification GL-5 and is rated SAE #90. Use a hypoid

gear oil with a rating of SAE #80 if the vehicle is

operated where the ambient temperature is below 0 °C

(32 °F).

Rear Drive (Final) Gear Oil

Use mobil fluid 424 or equivalent oil.

Brake Fluid

Specification and classification: DOT 4

WARNING

!

Since the brake system of this vehicle is

filled with a glycol-based brake fluid by the

manufacturer, do not use or mix different

types of fluid such as silicone-based and

petroleum-based fluid for refilling the

system, otherwise serious damage will

result.

Do not use any brake fluid taken from old or

used or unsealed containers.

Never reuse brake fluid left over from a

previous servicing, which has been stored

for a long period.

Engine Coolant Recommendation

B831G20101007

Engine Coolant

Use an anti-freeze/engine coolant compatible with an

aluminum radiator, mixed with distilled water only.

Water for mixing

Use distilled water only. Water other than distilled water

can corrode and clog the aluminum radiator.

Anti-freeze / Engine coolant

The engine coolant perform as a corrosion and rust

inhibitor as well as anti-freeze. Therefore, the engine

coolant should be used at all times even though the

atmospheric temperature in your area does not go down

to freezing point.

Suzuki recommends the use of SUZUKI COOLANT anti-

freeze/engine coolant. If this is not available, use an

equivalent which is compatible with an aluminum

radiator.

Liquid amount of water / Engine coolant

Solution capacity (total)

2 450 ml (2.6/2.2 US/Imp qt)

For engine coolant mixture information, refer to “Engine

Coolant Description in Section 1F (Page 1F-1)”.

CAUTION

!

Mixing of anti-freeze/engine coolant should

be limited to 60%. Mixing beyond it would

reduce its efficiency. If the anti-freeze/engine

coolant mixing ratio is below 50%, rust

inhabiting performance is greatly reduced.

Be sure to mix it above 50% even though the

atmospheric temperature does not go down

to the freezing point.

BREAK-IN Procedures

B831G20101008

During manufacture only the best possible materials are

used and all machined parts are finished to a very high

standard but it is still necessary to allow the moving parts

to “BREAK-IN” before subjecting the engine to maximum

stresses. The future performance and reliability of the

engine depends on the care and restraint exercised

during its early life. The general rules are as follows.

1) Keep to these break-in engine speed limits:

Speed limits

Initial 500 km (300 miles): Less than 1/2 throttle

2) Upon reaching an odometer reading of 500 km (300

miles) you can subject the vehicle to full throttle

operation, for short periods of time.

I831G1010008-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-5 General Information:

Country and Area Codes

B931G20101009

The following codes stand for the applicable country(-ies) and area(-s).

Wire Color Symbols

B931G20101010

Model Code Country or Area Effective Frame No.

LT-A750XK8

P-17 Sweden

5SAAR41A 87100001

P-24 Australia

P-28 Canada

P-33 U.S.A.

LT-A750XZK8

P-17 Sweden

P-24 Australia

P-28 Canada

P-33 U.S.A.

LT-A750XK9

P-17 Sweden

5SAAR41A 97100001

P-24 Australia

P-28 Canada

P-33 U.S.A.

LT-A750XZK9

P-17 Sweden

P-28 Canada

P-33 U.S.A.

Symbol Wire Color Symbol Wire Color

B Black Br/W Brown with White tracer

Bl Blue G/B Green with Black tracer

Br Brown Gr/R Gray with Red tracer

Dg Dark green Gr/W Gray with White tracer

G Green O/G Orange with Green tracer

Gr Gray O/R Orange with Red tracer

O Orange O/W Orange with White tracer

P Pink O/Y Orange with Yellow tracer

R Red O/B Orange with Black tracer

W White O/Bl Orange with Blue tracer

Y Yellow P/W Pink with White tracer

B/Bl Black with Blue tracer R/B Red with Black tracer

B/Br Black with Brown tracer R/G Red with Green tracer

B/G Black with Green tracer W/B White with Black tracer

B/Lg Black with Light green tracer W/Bl White with Blue tracer

B/R Black with Red tracer W/G White with Green tracer

B/W Black with White tracer W/R White with Red tracer

B/Y Black with Yellow tracer W/Y White with Yellow tracer

Bl/B Blue with Black tracer Y/B Yellow with Black tracer

Bl/G Blue with Green tracer Y/Bl Yellow with Blue tracer

Bl/W Blue with White tracer Y/R Yellow with Red tracer

Bl/R Blue with Red tracer Y/G Yellow with Green tracer

Bl/Y Blue with Yellow tracer

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-6

Warning, Caution and Information Labels Location

B931G20101011

[A]

5

14 17, 18

11

9

6

3

7

8

10

12, 13

15, 16

4

2

1, 21

23, 24 20

19

I831G1010005-06

1. Certification plate For P-24, 33 13. Max AMP caution label For P-17, 28

2. Information label For P-33 14. Fuel caution label For P-24

3. Gearshift label For P-17, 24, 28, 33 15. Front carrier warning label For P-24, 33

4. Gearshift label For P-28 16. Front carrier warning label For P-17, 28

5. Tire air pressure label For P-17, 24, 28, 33 17. Rear carrier warning label For P-24, 33

6. Tire air pressure label and warning no-

passenger label For P-28 18. Rear carrier warning label For P-17, 28

7. General warning & AGE, 16 label For P-17, 24, 28, 33 19. ICES Canada label For P-28

8. General warning label For P-28 20. Compliance label No.2 For P-28

9. Warning no-passenger label For P-17, 24, 28, 33 21. I.D. plate For P-17

10. AGE, 16 label For P-28 22. Cooling fan label For P-17, 24, 28, 33

11. Manual notice label For P-33 23. Compliance label For P-28

12. Max AMP caution label For P-24, 33 [A]: Left side of frame

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-7 General Information:

Component Location

Electrical Components Location

B931G20103001

15

1

2

3

4

5

68

7

13 14 12

11

17 9

10

16

I831G1010006-02

1. Battery 7. 4WD/Diff-lock relay 13. Ignition switch

2. Starter relay/Main fuse 8. Mode selection switch coupler 14. Power source

3. Fuse box 9. Starter motor 15. Ignition coil

4. Neutral relay 10. ECT sensor 16. Rear brake switch

5. Fuel pump relay 11. 4WD/Diff-lock switch 17. Gear position switch

6. ECM 12. Brake lever switch (R)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-8

18

19

20

21

22

25

23

24

26

30

28

27

31

29

33

34

32

I831G1010007-03

18. Cooling fan thermo-switch 24. Parking brake switch 30. High position diode

19. Resister 25. Brake lever switch 31. Low position diode

20. 4WD/Diff-lock actuator diode 26. Regulator/Rectifier 32. Speed sensor

21. Neutral relay diode 27. Parking brake relay 33. CKP sensor

22. Cooling fan 28. Diff-lock relay 34. Generator

23. Handlebar switch 29. Actuator

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-9 General Information:

Specifications

Specifications (LT-A750X/ZK8)

B931G20107001

NOTE

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

Dimensions and dry mass

Engine

Drive train

Item Specification Remark

Overall length 2 115 mm (83.3 in) P-28, 33

2 135 mm (84.1 in) P-17, 24

Overall width 1 210 mm (47.6 in) P-28, 33

1 250 mm (49.2 in) P-17, 24

Overall height 1 245 mm (49.0 in)

Wheelbase 1 280 mm (50.4 in)

Ground clearance 270 mm (10.6 in)

Seat height 880 mm (34.6 in)

Dry mass 273 kg (601 lbs) P-28, 33

275 kg (606 lbs) P-17, 24

Front track 930 mm (36.6 in)

Rear track 940 mm (37.0 in)

Item Specification Remark

Type 4-stroke, liquid-cooled, DOHC

Number of cylinders 1

Bore 104.0 mm (4.094 in)

Stroke 85.0 mm (3.346 in)

Displacement 722 cm3 (44.1 cu.in)

Compression ratio 10.0 : 1

Fuel system Fuel injection

Air cleaner Non-woven fabric element

Starter system Electric and recoil starter

Lubrication system Wet sump

Idle speed 1 300 ± 100 r/min

Item Specification Remark

Clutch Wet shoe, automatic, centrifugal type

Transmission Automatic variable ratio (V-belt)

Transfer 2-speed forward with reverse

Gearshift pattern Transmission Automatic

Transfer L-H-N-R (Hand operated)

Primary reduction ratio (Automatic

drive) Variable change (2.763 – 0.78)

Secondary reduction ratio 2.158 (40/21 x 17/15)

Final reduction ratio (Front & Rear) 3.600 (36/10)

Transfer gear ratio

Low 2.562 (41/16)

High 1.240 (31/25)

Reverse 1.882 (32/17)

Drive system Shaft drive

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-10

Chassis

Electrical

Capacities

Item Specification Remark

Front suspension Independent, double wishbone, coil spring, oil damped

Rear suspension Independent, double wishbone, coil spring, oil damped

Front wheel travel 180 mm (7.1 in)

Rear wheel travel 200 mm (7.9 in)

Caster 1.6°

Trail 3.4 mm (0.13 in)

Toe-out 10 mm (0.39 in)

Camber 0.64°

Steering angle 46° (right & left)

Turning radius 3.1 m (10.2 ft)

Front brake Disc brake, twin

Rear brake Sealed oil-bathed multi-disc

Front tire size AT25 x 8-12, tubeless

Rear tire size AT25 x 10-12, tubeless

Item Specification Remark

Ignition type Electronic ignition (CDI)

Ignition timing 7° B.T.D.C. at 1 300 r/min

Spark plug NGK CR6E or DENSO U20ESR-N

Battery 12 V 64.8 kC (18 Ah)/10 HR

Generator Three-phase A.C. generator

Main fuse 30 A

Fuse 10/10/10/10/15/15 A

Headlight 12 V 35/35 W x 2

Auxiliary light 12 V 35/35 W

Brake light/Taillight 12 V 21/5 W

Revercing light 12 V 21 W P-17

Speedometer light LED

Neutral indicator light LED

High beam indicator light LED P-17

Coolant temperature/FI indicator

light LED

Reverse indicator light LED

Diff-lock indicator light LED

Item Specification Remark

Fuel tank 17.5 L (4.6/3.8 US/lmp gal)

Engine oil

Oil change 2 300 ml (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt)

With filter change 2 500 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

Overhaul 3 000 ml (3.2/2.6 US/lmp qt)

Differential gear oil 500 ml (0.5/0.4 US/lmp qt)

Final gear oil 770 ml (0.7/0.6 US/lmp qt)

Coolant 2 450 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-11 General Information:

Specifications (LT-A750X/ZK9)

B931G20107002

NOTE

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

Any differences between the LT-A750X/ZK8 (’08-model) and LT-A750X/ZK9 (’09-model) in

specifications are indicated with an asterisk mark (*).

Dimensions and curb mass

Special Tools and Equipment

Special Tool

B931G20108001

Item Specification Remark

Overall length 2 115 mm (83.3 in) P-28, 33

2 135 mm (84.1 in) P-17, 24

Overall width 1 210 mm (47.6 in) P-28, 33

1 250 mm (49.2 in) P-17, 24

Overall height 1 245 mm (49.0 in)

Wheelbase 1 280 mm (50.4 in)

Ground clearance 270 mm (10.6 in)

Seat height 880 mm (34.6 in)

* Curb mass 302 kg (666 lbs) P-28, 33

304 kg (670 lbs) P-17, 24

Front track 930 mm (36.6 in)

Rear track 940 mm (37.0 in)

09900–06107

Snap ring pliers

09900–06108

Snap ring pliers

09900–20101

Vernier calipers (1/15

mm, 150 mm)

09900–20102

Vernier calipers (1/20

mm, 200 mm)

09900–20202

Micrometer (1/100

mm, 25 – 50 mm)

09900–20205

Micrometer (0 – 25

mm)

09900–20210

Micrometer (100 – 125

mm)

09900–20530

Cylinder gauge set

09900–20602

Dial gauge (1/1000

mm, 1 mm)

09900–20605

Dial calipers (1/100

mm, 10 – 34 mm)

09900–20607

Dial gauge (1/100 mm,

10 mm)

09900–20701

Magnetic stand

09900–20803

Thickness gauge

09900–20805

Tire depth gauge

09900–21304

V-block (100 mm)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-12

09900–22301

Plastigauge (0.025 –

0.076 mm)

09900–22302

Plastigauge (0.051 –

0.152 mm)

09900–22403

Small bore gauge (18

– 35 mm)

09900–25008

Multi-circuit tester set

09900–25009

Needle pointed probe

set

09900–26006

Engine tachometer

(solar cell type)

09904–41010

SDS set

09910–32812

Crankshaft installer

09910–32860

Attachment

09912–34510

Cylinder

disassembling tool

09913–50121

Oil seal remover

09913–60910

Bearing remover

09913–61510

Bearing puller

09913–70210

Bearing installer set

09913–75520

Bearing installer

09913–84510

Bearing installer

09915–40610

Oil filter wrench

09915–63311

Compression gauge

attachment

09915–64512

Compression gauge

09915–74511

Oil pressure gauge set

09915–74521

Oil pressure gauge

hose

09915–74533

Oil pressure gauge

attachment

09915–77331

Meter (for high

pressure)

09916–10911

Valve lapper set

09916–14510

Valve lifter

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-13 General Information:

09916–14521

Valve spring

compressor

attachment

09916–14910

Valve spring

compressor

attachment

09916–34542

Reamer handle

09916–34550

Valve guide reamer

(5.5 mm)

09916–34580

Valve guide reamer

(10.8 mm)

09916–44910

Valve guide remover/

installer

09916–57360

Attachment

09916–84511

Tweezers

09917–23711

Ring nut wrench

09917–47011

Vacuum pump gauge

09919–28610

Sleeve protector

09920–13120

Crankcase separating

tool

09920–31020

Extension handle

09920–33540

Clutch shoe remover

09920–53740

Clutch sleeve hub

holder

09921–20240

Bearing remover set

09921–21910

Bearing holder

09922–21410

Long socket (46 mm)

09922–31430

Clutch spring

compressor

09923–73210

Bearing remover

09923–74511

Bearing remover

09924–41830

Bearing retainer

wrench

09924–52420

Secondary bevel gear

holder

09924–52450

Fixed driven face

holder

09924–52460

Socket (52 mm)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-14

09924–52470

Fixed final drive gear

holder

09924–74520

Oil seal installer/

remover

09924–74570

Final drive gear

bearing installer/

remover

09924–84521

Bearing installer set

09930–10121

Spark plug wrench set

09930–11950

Torx wrench

09930–30104

Rotor remover sliding

shaft

09930–30721

Rotor remover

09930–31921

Rotor remover

09930–40113

Rotor holder

09930–40131

Balancer drive

sprocket holder

09930–73140

Starter torque limiter

socket

09930–73170

Starter torque limiter

holder

09930–82720

Mode select switch

09940–40211

Fuel pressure gauge

adapter

09940–40220

Fuel pressure gauge

hose attachment

09940–92430

Rear axel wrench A

09941–34513

Steering race installer

09941–51012

Ring locknut wrench

09941–53610

Front fork installer

hammer

09941–64511

Bearing remover

09942–72410

Tie-rod end remover

09943–88211

Bearing remover/

installer

09944–66010

Bearing installer

09951–15810

Bearing installer

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-15 General Information:

99565–01010–013

CD-ROM Ver.13

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-1

General Info rmation

Maintenance and Lubrication

Precautions

Precautions for Maintenance

B931G20200001

The “Periodic Maintenance Schedule Chart” lists the recommended intervals for all the required periodic service work

necessary to keep the vehicle operating at peak performance and economy. Maintenance intervals are expressed in

terms of kilometers, miles and months for your convenience.

NOTE

More frequent servicing may be required on vehicle that are used under severe conditions.

General Description

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

B931G20201001

Refer to “Fuel and Oil Recommendation in Section 0A (Page 0A-3)” and “Engine Coolant Recommendation in Section

0A (Page 0A-4)”.

Scheduled Maintenance

Periodic Maintenance Schedule Chart

B931G20205001

NOTE

I = Inspect and clean, adjust, replace or lubricate as necessary.

C = Clean.

R = Replace.

T = Tighten.

Item

Interval

km Initial 200 Every 1 000 Every 2 000

miles Initial 100 Every 600 Every 1 200

months Initial 1 Every 3 Every 6

Air cleaner element polyurethane foam element C C

non-woven fabric element I I

Exhaust pipe nuts and muffler mounting bolts T T T

Valve clearance I I

Spark plug —— I

Replace every 6 000 km (4 000 miles).

Spark arrester C

Fuel line —I I

Replace every 4 years.

Engine oil and oil filter R R

Front differential gear oil —— I

Replace every 2 years.

Final gear oil —— I

Replace every year.

Throttle cable play I I I

Throttle body I I

Engine coolant Replace every 2 years.

Radiator — I I

Radiator hose I

Drive belt I R

Drive shaft boots I I I

Brakes I I I

Rear brake plates Replace every 10 000 km (6 000 miles).

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-2 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Lubrication Points

B931G20205002

Proper lubrication is important for smooth operation and long life of each working part of the vehicle.

Major lubrication points are indicated as follows.

NOTE

Before lubricating each part, clean off any rusty spots and wipe off any grease, oil, dirt or grime.

Lubricate exposed parts which are subject to rust, with a rust preventative spray whenever the

vehicle has been operated under wet or rainy conditions.

Lubricate exposed parts

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Brake fluid —I I

Replace every 2 years.

Brake hose —— I

Replace every 4 years.

Tires — I I

Steering III

Suspensions — — I

Chassis nuts and bolts T T T

General lubrications L L

Item

Interval

km Initial 200 Every 1 000 Every 2 000

miles Initial 100 Every 600 Every 1 200

months Initial 1 Every 3 Every 6

1

4

6

4

4

3

1

2

5

5

I831G1020001-03

1. Steering shaft holder 4. Propeller shaft joint spline : Apply water resistance grease.

2. Brake level holder and throttle lever 5. Drive shaft joint spline

3. Brake pedal 6. Drive belt cover bearing (Inner race)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-3

Repair Instructions

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning

B931G20206001

Inspect and clean element

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Inspection

1) Remove the air cleaner element. Refer to “Air

Cleaner Element Removal and Installation in Section

1D (Page 1D-5)”.

2) Inspect the air cleaner element for clogging. If it is

clogged with dirt, clean or replace it with a new one.

CAUTION

!

If driving under dusty conditions, inspect or

clean the air cleaner element more frequently.

The surest way to accelerate engine wear is

to operate the engine without the element or

to use a torn element. Make sure that the air

cleaner is in good condition at all times. Life

of the engine depends largely on this

component.

3) After finishing the air cleaner element inspection,

reinstall the removed parts.

Cleaning

1) Remove the air cleaner element assembly. Refer to

“Air Cleaner Element Removal and Installation in

Section 1D (Page 1D-5)”.

2) Separate the polyurethane from element.

3) Carefully use compressed air to clean the air cleaner

element.

CAUTION

!

Always apply compressed air to the inside of

the air cleaner element. If compressed air is

applied to the outside, dirt will be forced into

the pores of the air cleaner element,

restricting air flow through the air cleaner

element.

4) After cleaning the air cleaner element, reinstall the

removed parts.

5) Drain water from the air cleaner by removing the

drain plug.

6) Reinstall the drain plug.

I831G1020002-01

I831G1020003-01

I831G1020004-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-4 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Exhaust Pipe Bolt and Muffler Bolt Inspection

B931G20206002

Tighten exhaust pipe bolts, muffler bolt and nut

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Check the exhaust pipe bolts, muffler bolts and nut to the

specified torque. Refer to “Exhaust Pipe / Muffler

Removal and Installation in Section 1K (Page 1K-2)”.

Tightening torque

Exhaust pipe nut (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lbf-ft)

Muffler mounting bolt (b): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5

lbf-ft)

Muffler connecting bolt (c): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5

lbf-ft)

Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment

B931G20206003

Inspect valve clearance

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 2

000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months) thereafter

Inspection

Valve clearance adjustment must be checked and

adjusted, a) at the time of periodic inspection, b) when

the valve mechanism is serviced, and c) when the

camshafts are removed for servicing.

1) Remove the front inner fender (LH & RH). Refer to

“Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation

in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the inlet V-belt cooling duct. Refer to “V-belt

Cooling Duct Removal and Installation in Section 5A

(Page 5A-5)”.

3) Remove the left side cover (1) and engine side cover

(2).

4) Remove the recoil starter (3).

(b)

(c)

(a)

I831G1020005-02

1

2

I831G1020009-02

3

I831G1020010-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-5

5) Drain a small amount of engine coolant and

disconnect the radiator upper hose of thermostat

side. Refer to “Cooling System Inspection (Page 0B-

15)”.

6) Remove the spark plug cap (4) and spark plug (5).

Refer to “Spark Plug Cap and Spark Plug Removal

and Installation in Section 1H (Page 1H-3)”.

7) Remove the valve timing inspection plug (6).

8) Turn the crankshaft to bring the “TDC” line “A” on the

generator rotor to the lug mark “B”.

9) Remove the cylinder head cover. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Disassembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-17)”.

NOTE

Check the engraved lines “C” on the

camshafts, so it is parallel with the mating

surface “D” on the cylinder head cover.

The valve clearance should be taken

cylinder is at Top Dead Center (TDC) of

compression stroke.

The clearance specification is for COLD

state.

To turn the crankshaft for clearance

checking, be sure to use a wrench, and

rotate in the normal running direction.

I831G1020012-01

5

4

I831G1020085-03

6

I831G1020011-02

“A” “B”

I831G1140086-03

“C”

“C”

“D”

“D”

“C” “C”

EX IN

“D” “D”

I831G1020013-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-6 Maintenance and Lubrication:

10) Insert the thickness gauge between the tappet and

the cam. If the clearance is out of specification,

adjust it to the specified range.

NOTE

The valve clearance specification is different

for both intake and exhaust valves.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Valve clearance (When cold)

IN.: 0.10 – 0.20 mm (0.004 – 0.008 in)

EX.: 0.20 – 0.30 mm (0.008 – 0.012 in)

Adjustment

The clearance is adjusted by replacing the existing

tappet shim with a thicker or thinner shim.

1) Remove the intake or exhaust camshafts. Refer to

“Engine Top Side Disassembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-17)”.

2) Remove the tappet (1) and shim (2) by fingers or

magnetic hand.

3) Check the figures printed on the shim. These figures

indicate the thickness of the shim, as illustrated.

4) Select a replacement shim that will provide a

clearance within the specified range. For the

purpose of this adjustment, a total of 25 sizes of

tappet shim are available ranging from 2.50 to 3.50

mm in steps of 0.05 mm.

CAUTION

!

Both the right and left valve clearances

should be as closely as possible.

5) Fit the selected shim (2) to the valve stem end, with

numbers toward tappet. Be sure to check shim size

with micrometer to ensure its size.

NOTE

Be sure to apply engine oil to tappet shim

top and bottom faces.

When seating the tappet shim, be sure the

figure printed surface faces the tappet.

(A)

I831G1020015-01

1

2

I831G1020016-01

300

3.00 mm

I831G1020091-01

2

I718H1020002-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-7

(INTAKE SIDE)

0.00 – 0.04

0.05 – 0.09

0.10 – 0.20

0.21 – 0.25

0.26 – 0.30

0.31 – 0.35

0.36 – 0.40

0.41 – 0.45

0.46 – 0.50

0.51 – 0.55

0.56 – 0.60

0.61 – 0.65

0.66 – 0.70

0.71 – 0.75

0.76 – 0.80

0.81 – 0.85

0.86 – 0.90

0.91 – 0.95

0.96 – 1.00

1.01 – 1.05

1.06 – 1.10

1.11 – 1.15

1.16 – 1.20

1.21 – 1.25

1.26 – 1.30

1.31 – 1.35

1.36 – 1.40

2.40

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.30

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.30

2.35

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.35

2.40

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.40

2.45

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.45

2.50

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.50

2.55

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.55

2.60

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.60

2.65

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.65

2.70

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.70

2.75

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.75

2.80

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.80

2.85

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.85

2.90

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.90

2.95

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.95

3.00

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.00

3.05

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.05

3.10

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.10

3.15

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.15

3.20

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.20

3.25

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.25

3.30

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.30

3.35

3.50

3.50

3.35

3.40

3.50

3.40

3.45

230

2.30

235

2.35

240

2.40

245

2.45

250

2.50

255

2.55

260

2.60

265

2.65

270

2.70

275

2.75

280

2.80

285

2.85

290

2.90

295

2.95

300

3.00

305

3.05

310

3.10

315

3.15

320

3.20

325

3.25

330

3.30

335

3.35

340

3.40

345

3.45

350

3.50

MEASURED

VALVE

CLEARANCE

(mm)

Option

SPECIFIED CLEARANCE/NO ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED

TAPPET SHIM SET (12800-41810)

HOW TO USE THIS CHART:

I. Measure valve clearance. “ENGINE IS COLD”

II. Measure present shim size.

III. Match clearance in vertical column with present shim size in horizontal

column.

EXAMPLE

Valve clearance is 0.23 mm

Present shim size 2.70 mm

Shim size to be used 2.80 mm

TAPPET SHIM SELECTION TABLE [INTAKE]

TAPPET SHIM NO. (12892-41C00-XXX)

SUFFIX

NO.

PRESENT

SHIM SIZE

(mm)

I831G1020017-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-8 Maintenance and Lubrication:

(EXHAUST SIDE)

HOW TO USE THIS CHART:

I. Measure valve clearance. “ENGINE IS COLD”

II. Measure present shim size.

III. Match clearance in vertical column with present shim size in horizontal

column.

EXAMPLE

Valve clearance is 0.38 mm

Present shim size 2.90 mm

Shim size to be used 3.05 mm

0.00 – 0.04

0.05 – 0.09

0.10 – 0.14

0.15 – 0.19

0.20 – 0.30

0.31 – 0.35

0.36 – 0.40

0.41 – 0.45

0.46 – 0.50

0.51 – 0.55

0.56 – 0.60

0.61 – 0.65

0.66 – 0.70

0.71 – 0.75

0.76 – 0.80

0.81 – 0.85

0.86 – 0.90

0.91 – 0.95

0.96 – 1.00

1.01 – 1.05

1.06 – 1.10

1.11 – 1.15

1.16 – 1.20

1.21 – 1.25

1.26 – 1.30

1.31 – 1.35

1.36 – 1.40

1.41 – 1.45

1.46 – 1.50

2.40

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.30

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.30

2.35

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.35

2.40

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.30

2.35

2.40

2.45

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.35

2.40

2.45

2.50

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.40

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.45

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.55

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.60

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.65

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.70

2.75

2.80

2.85

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.75

2.80

2.85

2.90

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.80

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.85

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.90

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

2.95

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.00

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.05

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.35

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.10

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.40

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.15

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.45

3.50

3.50

3.20

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.50

3.50

3.25

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.50

3.30

3.35

3.40

3.45

230

2.30

235

2.35

240

2.40

245

2.45

250

2.50

255

2.55

260

2.60

265

2.65

270

2.70

275

2.75

280

2.80

285

2.85

290

2.90

295

2.95

300

3.00

305

3.05

310

3.10

315

3.15

320

3.20

325

3.25

330

3.30

335

3.35

340

3.40

345

3.45

350

3.50

MEASURED

VALVE

CLEARANCE

(mm)

Option

SPECIFIED CLEARANCE/NO ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED

TAPPET SHIM SET (12800-41810)

2.30

TAPPET SHIM SELECTION TABLE [EXHAUST]

TAPPET SHIM NO. (12892-41C00-XXX)

SUFFIX

NO.

PRESENT

SHIM SIZE

(mm)

I831G1020018-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-9

6) Install the camshafts. Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-21)”.

7) Rotate the engine so that the tappet is depressed

fully. This will squeeze out oil trapped between the

shim and the tappet that could cause an incorrect

measurement, then check the clearance again to

confirm that it is within the specified range.

8) After finishing the tappet clearance adjustment,

reinstall the removed parts. Refer to “Engine Top

Side Assembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-21)”.

Spark Plug Replacement

B931G20206004

Replace spark plug

Every 6 000 km (4 000 miles)

Refer to “Spark Plug Cap and Spark Plug Removal and

Installation in Section 1H (Page 1H-3)”.

Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning

B931G20206005

Inspect spark plug

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

Heat Range

1) Remove the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Cap

and Spark Plug Removal and Installation in Section

1H (Page 1H-3)”.

2) Check spark plug heat range by observing electrode

color.

If it appears white or glazed, replace the spark plug

with colder type one.

Heat range

3) After finishing the spark plug inspection, reinstall the

removed parts.

Carbon Deposits

1) Remove the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Cap

and Spark Plug Removal and Installation in Section

1H (Page 1H-3)”.

2) Check carbon deposits on the spark plug.

If carbon is deposited, remove it using a spark plug

cleaner machine or carefully use a tool with a

pointed end.

3) After finishing the spark plug inspection, reinstall the

removed parts.

Spark Plug Gap

1) Remove the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Cap

and Spark Plug Removal and Installation in Section

1H (Page 1H-3)”.

2) Measure the spark plug gap using a wire gauge.

Adjust the spark plug gap if necessary.

Spark plug gap

0.7 – 0.8 mm (0.028 – 0.030 in)

3) After finishing the spark plug inspection, reinstall the

removed parts.

Electrodes Condition

1) Remove the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Cap

and Spark Plug Removal and Installation in Section

1H (Page 1H-3)”.

2) Check to see the worn or burnt condition of the

electrodes.

If it is extremely worn or burnt, replace the plug. And

also replace the plug if it has a broken insulator, or

damaged thread.

3) After finishing the spark plug inspection, reinstall the

removed parts.

CAUTION

!

Check the thread size and reach when

replacing the spark plug. If the reach is too

short, carbon will be deposited on the screw

portion of the spark plug hole and engine

damage may result.

Standard Cold type

NGK CR6E CR7E

DENSO U20ESR-N U22ESR-N

I649G1020010-02

I831G1020092-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-10 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Spark Arrester Cleaning

B931G20206006

Spark arrester cleaning

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

1) Remove the muffler end cover (1).

2) Remove the spark arrester (2) from the muffler.

3) Clean the spark arrester (2) with a brush.

4) After finishing the spark arrester cleaning, reinstall

the removed parts.

Fuel Line Inspection

B931G20206007

Inspect fuel line

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Replace fuel line

Every 4 years

Inspect the fuel line in the following procedures:

1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

3) Remove the fuel tank side cover. Refer to “Fuel Tank

Removal and Installation in Section 1G (Page 1G-

8)”.

4) Inspect the fuel feed hose for damage and fuel

leakage. If any defects are found, the fuel feed hose

must be replaced.

5) After finishing the fuel feed hose inspection or

replacement, reinstall the removed parts.

Engine Oil and Filter Replacement

B931G20206008

Replace engine oil

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 2

000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months) thereafter

Replace oil filter

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 2

000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months) thereafter

Oil should be changed while the engine is warm. Oil filter

replacement at the above intervals, should be done

together with the engine oil change.

1

I831G1020006-02

2

I831G1020007-03

2

I831G1020008-03

I831G1020019-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-11

Engine Oil Replacement

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground and set the brake

lock.

2) Remove the engine side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Place an oil pan below the engine, and drain engine

oil by removing the oil drain plug (1) and filler cap

(2).

4) Tighten the oil drain plug (1) to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket washer with a new one.

Tightening torque

Oil drain plug (a): 21 N·m (2.1 kgf-m, 15.0 lbf-ft)

5) Pour new oil through the oil filler. When performing

an oil change (without oil filter replacement), the

engine will hold about 2.3 L (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt) of oil.

Use of SF/SG or SH/SJ in API with MA in JASO.

6) Start up the engine and allow it to run for several

minutes at idling speed after tightening the oil filler

cap.

7) Turn off the engine and wait about three minutes,

and then check the oil level on the dipstick (3). The

oil level should be between the low level line “A” and

full level line “B”. If the oil level is lower than the low

level line “A”, add oil to the full level line “B”.

Oil Level Inspection

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground and set the brake

lock.

2) Start up the engine and allow it to run for several

minutes at idling speed.

3) Turn off the engine and wait about three minutes,

then check the oil level on the dipstick (1). If the level

is below low level line “A”, add oil to full level line “B”.

If the level is above full level line “B”, drain oil to full

level line “B”.

NOTE

When inspecting the oil level, the oil filler cap

threads are not run in but touching the filler

hole upper edge.

1

I831G1020020-01

2

I831G1020022-01

(a)

1

I831G1020021-01

“A”

“B”

3

I831G1020023-01

“A”

“B”

1

I831G1020024-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-12 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Oil Filter Replacement

1) Drain engine oil as described in the engine oil

replacement procedure.

2) Remove left inner cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the oil filter (1) using the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09915–40610 (Oil filter wrench)

4) Apply engine oil lightly to the O-ring of new oil filter,

before installation.

CAUTION

!

ONLY USE A GENUINE SUZUKI

MOTORCYCLE OIL FILTER.

Other manufacturer’s oil filters may differ in

thread specifications (thread diameter and

pitch), filtering performance and durability

which may lead to engine damage or oil

leaks. Also, do not use a genuine Suzuki

automobile oil filter on this vehicle.

5) Install a new oil filter. Turn it by hand until you feel

that the oil filter O-ring contacts the oil filter mounting

surface. Then, tighten the oil filter two full turns (or to

specified torque) using the special tool.

NOTE

To properly tighten the oil filter, use the

special tool. Never tighten the oil filter by

hand only.

Special tool

(A): 09915–40610 (Oil filter wrench)

Tightening torque

Oil filter (a): 20 N·m (2.0 kgf-m, 14.5 lbf-ft)

6) Add new engine oil and check the oil level is as

described in the engine oil replacement procedure.

Necessary amount of engine oil

Oil change: 2 300 ml (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt)

Oil and filter change: 2 500 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

Engine overhaul: 3 000 ml (3.2/2.6 US/lmp qt)

Front Differential Gear Oil Inspection

B931G20206009

Inspect front differential gear oil

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

1) Place the vehicle on level ground.

2) Remove the oil level plug (1) and oil filler plug (2),

and inspect the oil level. If the oil level is below the

level hole, add fresh oil until oil flows from the level

hole.

(A) 1

I831G1020025-01

(A)

(a)

1

I718H1020026-01

1

2

I831G1020036-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-13

3) Tighten the oil level plug (1) and oil filler plug (2) to

the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket washers with new ones.

Tightening torque

Front differential gear oil level plug (a): 8.5 N·m (

0.85 kgf-m, 6.0 lbf-ft)

Tightening torque

Front differential gear oil filler plug (b): 35 N·m (

3.5 kgf-m, 25.5 lbf-ft)

Front Differential Gear Oil Replacement

B931G20206010

Replace front differential gear oil

Every 2 years

1) Place the vehicle on level ground.

2) Remove the front under cover. Refer to “Under

Cover Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-12)”.

3) Drain the front differential gear oil by removing the oil

drain plug (1), oil filler plug and oil level plug.

4) Tighten the oil drain plug (1) to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket washers with a new one.

Tightening torque

Front differential gear oil drain plug (a): 32 N·m (

3.2 kgf-m, 23.0 lbf-ft)

5) Pour fresh oil through the oil filler hole until it

overflows from the oil level hole. When performing

an oil change, the front differential will hold about

500 ml (0.53 US qt, 0.44 Imp qt) of oil. Use hypoid

gear oil SAE #90, API grade GL-5.

NOTE

Use hypoid gear oil SAE #80, API grade GL-5,

if the vehicle is ridden where the ambient

temperature is below 0 °C (32 °F).

Front differential gear oil capacity

500 ml (0.53 US qt, 0.44 lmp qt)

6) Tighten the oil level plug (2) and oil filler plug (3) to

the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket washers with new ones.

Tightening torque

Front differential gear oil level plug (b): 8 N·m (

0.8 kgf-m, 5.7 lbf-ft)

Front differential gear oil filler plug (c): 35 N·m (

3.5 kgf-m, 25.5 lbf-ft)

(b)

2

(a)

1

I831G1020037-01

1

I831G1020038-01

(a)

1

I831G1020081-01

(c)

3

(b)

2

I831G1020039-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-14 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Final Gear Oil Inspection

B931G20206011

Inspect final gear oil

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground.

2) Remove the filler plug (1), and inspect the oil level. If

the oil level is below, add fresh oil until the oil level

reaches the bottom tip of the thread.

3) Tighten the oil filler plug (1) securely.

Final Gear Oil Replacement

B931G20206012

Replace final gear oil

Every year

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground.

2) Remove the rear under cover. Refer to “Under Cover

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

12)”.

3) Place an oil pan below the final gear case.

4) Drain oil by removing the oil drain plug (1) and oil

filler plug (2).

5) Tighten the oil drain plug (1) to the specified torque,

and pour fresh oil through the oil filler hole until the

oil level reaches the bottom tip of the thread. Use

Mobil fluid 424 or equivalent oil.

Final gear oil capacity

770 ml (0.81 US qt, 0.68 lmp qt)

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket with a new one.

Tightening torque

Final gear oil drain plug (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m,

16.5 lbf-ft)

1

I831G1020040-01

I831G1020041-01

1

2

I831G1020042-02

(a)

1

I831G1020044-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-15

Throttle Cable Play Inspection and Adjustment

B931G20206013

Inspect throttle cable play

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Inspect and adjust the throttle cable play “a” as follows.

Throttle cable play “a”

3.0 – 5.0 mm (0.12 – 0.20 in)

1) Loosen the lock-nut (1) of the throttle cable.

2) Turn the adjuster (2) in or out until the throttle cable

play “a” (at the throttle lever) is between 3 – 5 mm

(0.12 – 0.20 in).

3) Tighten the lock-nut (1) while holding the adjuster

(2).

WARNING

!

After the adjustment is completed, check that

handlebar movement does not raise the

engine idle speed and that the throttle lever

returns smoothly and automatically.

Throttle Body Inspection

B931G20206014

Inspect throttle body

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Inspect the throttle body periodically for dart or mud. If

any dirt or mud is found, clean it. Refer to “Throttle Body

Removal and Installation in Section 1D (Page 1D-8)”.

Cooling System Inspection

B931G20206015

Replace engine coolant

Every 2 years

Engine Coolant Level Inspection

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground.

2) Check the engine coolant level by observing the full

and lower lines on the engine coolant reservoir tank.

If the level is below the lower line, add engine

coolant to the full line from the engine coolant

reservoir tank filler.

Engine Coolant Change

Refer to “Engine Coolant Description in Section 1F

(Page 1F-1)”.

WARNING

!

Do not open the radiator cap when the engine

is hot, as you may be injured by escaping hot

liquid or vapor. Engine coolant may be

harmful if swallowed or if it comes in contact

with skin or eyes. If engine coolant gets into

the eyes or in contact with the skin, flush

thoroughly with plenty of water. If swallowed,

induce vomiting and call physician

immediately.

1) Remove the radiator cap lid.

2) Remove the radiator cap (1).

“a”

I831G1020026-01

1

2

I831G1020027-01

“F”

“L”

I831G1020028-01

1

I831G1020029-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-16 Maintenance and Lubrication:

3) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

4) Remove the front under cover. Refer to “Under

Cover Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-12)”.

5) Place a pan below the water pump, and then drain

the engine coolant by removing the drain plug (2).

6) Flush the radiator with fresh water if necessary.

7) Tighten the drain plug (4) to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket with a new one.

Tightening torque

Engine coolant drain plug (a): 13 N·m (1.3 kgf-

m, 9.5 lbf-ft)

8) Pour the specified engine coolant up to the radiator

inlet.

Engine coolant capacity (including reservoir)

2 450 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

9) Bleed air from the cooling circuit.

10) After changing engine coolant, reinstall the removed

parts.

Air Bleeding From the Cooling Circuit

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground and set the brake

lock.

2) Pour engine coolant up to the radiator inlet.

3) Slowly swing the vehicle, right and left, to bleed the

air trapped in the cooling circuit.

4) Add engine coolant up to the radiator inlet.

5) Start up the engine and bleed air from the radiator

inlet completely.

6) Add engine coolant up to the radiator inlet.

7) Repeat the 6), 7) procedures until no air bleeds from

the thermostat connector inlet.

8) Close the radiator cap securely.

9) After warming up and cooling down the engine, add

the specified engine coolant until the level is

between the upper and lower lines on the engine

coolant reservoir tank.

10) Reinstall the removed parts.

Radiator Inspection

Inspect radiator

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Inspect the radiator for damage and engine coolant

leakage. If any defects are found, replace it with a new

one.

2

I831G1020030-01

(a)

4

I831G1020031-02

I831G1020080-01

I831G1020032-01

I831G1020034-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-17

Radiator Hoses Inspection

Inspect radiator hoses

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

Inspect the radiator hoses for damage and engine

coolant leakage. If any defects are found, replace them

with new ones.

Drive V-belt Inspection and Replacement

B931G20206016

Inspect drive V-belt

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Replace drive V-belt

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

Inspect the drive V-belt in the following procedures:

1) Remove the drive V-belt. Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

2) Inspect the drive V-belt for crack or other damage

and measure the width of belt if necessary. If any

abnormal point are found, replace the drive V-belt

with a new one. Refer to “V-belt Type Continuously

Variable Automatic Transmission Removal and

Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

3) Install the removed parts. Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Drive Shaft Boots Inspection

B931G20206017

Inspect drive shaft

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Inspect the boots for wear or damage. If any defects are

found, replace them with new ones.

Front Brake System Inspection

B931G20206018

Inspect brake system

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

WARNING

!

The brake system of this vehicle is filled

with a glycol-based brake fluid. Do not use

or mix different types of fluid such as

silicone-based and petroleum-based

fluids. Do not use any brake fluid taken

from old, used or unsealed containers.

Never reuse brake fluid left over from the

last servicing or stored for a long period of

time.

Brake fluid, if it leaks, will interfere with

safe running and immediately discolor

painted surfaces. Check the brake hoses

and hose joints for cracks and oil leakage

before riding.

I831G1020033-01

I831G1020043-01

I831G1020045-02

I831G1020046-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-18 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Brake Fluid Level Check

Inspect brake fluid level

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

1) Place the vehicle on a level ground.

2) Check the brake fluid level by observing the lower

limit lines on the brake fluid reservoir. When the

brake fluid level is below the lower limit line,

replenish with brake fluid that meets the following

specification.

BF: Brake fluid (DOT 4)

Brake Fluid Replacement

Replace brake fluid

Every 2 years

Refer to “Brake Fluid Replacement in Section 4A

(Page 4A-6)”.

Air Bleeding from Brake Fluid Circuit

Refer to “Air Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit in

Section 4A (Page 4A-5)”.

Front Brake Pads Check

The extent of front brake pad wear can be checked by

observing the grooved limit line “A” on the pad. When the

wear exceeds the grooved limit line, replace the pads

with new ones. Refer to “Front Brake Pad Replacement

in Section 4B (Page 4B-2)”.

CAUTION

!

Replace the brake pad as a set, otherwise

braking performance will be adversely

affected.

Front Brake Hose Inspection

Inspect brake hose

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

1) Turn the handlebars to left or right.

2) Inspect the brake hoses and hose joints for crack,

damage or brake oil leakage. If any defects are

found, replace the front brake hose with a new one.

Refer to “Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation

in Section 4A (Page 4A-7)”.

I831G1020047-01

I831G1020048-01

“A”

I831G1020082-01

I831G1020035-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-19

Front Brake Hose Replacement

Replace brake hose

Every 4 years

Refer to “Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation in

Section 4A (Page 4A-7)”.

Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking Brake)

Lever Inspection and Adjustment

B931G20206019

NOTE

Adjust the rear brake by adjusting the brake

pedal first and then adjust the brake lever.

Brake Pedal Height

1) Inspect the brake pedal height “a” between the pedal

top face and footrest. Adjust the brake pedal height if

necessary.

Brake pedal height “a”

12.5 – 22.5 mm (0.5 – 0.9 in)

2) Loosen the lock-nut (1).

3) Turn the adjuster (2) until the brake pedal becomes

12.5 – 22.5 mm (0.5 – 0.9 in) “a” higher from the top

of the footrest.

4) Tighten the lock-nut (1) securely.

Brake Pedal Free Travel

Inspection

Inspect and adjust the rear brake pedal free travel “a” as

follows.

Rear brake pedal free travel “a”

20 – 30 mm (0.8 – 1.2 in)

Adjustment

Turn the adjuster nut (1) so the rear brake pedal has

20 – 30 mm (0.8 – 1.2 in) free travel at the rear brake

pedal end before pressure is felt.

Adjust the rear brake light switch so that the brake

light will come on just before pressure is felt when the

brake pedal is depressed.

“a”

I831G1020051-02

1

2

I831G1020052-02

“a”

I831G1020053-02

1

I831G1020054-01

I831G1020090-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-20 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Rear Brake (Parking Brake) Lever Play Adjustment

1) After adjusting the brake pedal, check the rear brake

lever play “a” The brake lever play “a” as measured

at the lever holder should be between 6 – 8 mm (0.2

– 0.3 in) when the lever is lightly pulled in towards

the grip. If adjustment is necessary, slacken the

cable by loosening the lock-nut (1) and screwing the

cable adjuster (2) on the brake lever holder all the

way in.

Rear brake lever play “a”

6 – 8 mm (0.2 – 0.3 in)

2) Turn the adjust nut (3) so the rear brake lever has 6

– 8 mm (0.2 – 0.3 in) play “a” at the rear brake lever

end before pressure is felt.

3) Minor adjustment can be made with the adjuster (2).

4) Tighten the lock-nut (1).

5) After adjusting the play, check that the rear wheels

roll freely without applying the brake, the

transmission in neutral and the rear wheels off the

ground. Readjust the rear brake lever if the rear

wheels could not roll freely.

Rear Brake Friction Plate Wear Limit Inspection

B931G20206020

Replace rear brake friction plate

Every 10 000 km (6 000 miles)

After adjusted rear brake pedal and rear brake lever,

inspect the rear brake friction plate wear limit.

While fully applying the rear brake, check to see that

the extension line of the index mark “A” is within the

limit “B”. If the extension line is out of the limit “B”,

replace the friction plates with new ones. Refer to

“Rear Brake Disassembly and Assembly in Section

4C (Page 4C-3)”.

CAUTION

!

Replace the friction plate as a set, otherwise

breaking performance will be adversely

affected.

“a”

21

I831G1020093-01

3

I831G1020057-03

“a”

21

I831G1020093-01

“B”

“A”

I831G1020049-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-21

Tire Inspection

B931G20206021

Inspect tire

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

Tire Tread Condition

Operating the vehicle with excessively worn tires will

decrease riding stability and consequently invite a

dangerous situation. It is highly recommended to replace

a tire when the remaining depth of tire tread reaches the

following specification.

Special tool

: 09900–20805 (Tire depth gauge)

Tire tread depth “a” (Service limit)

Front: 4.0 mm (0.16 in)

Rear: 4.0 mm (0.16 in)

Tire Pressure

If the tire pressure is too high or too low, steering will be

adversely affected and tire wear increased. Therefore,

maintain the correct tire pressure for good roadability or

longer tire life will result. Cold inflation tire pressure is as

follows.

Cold inflation tire pressure

Vehicle load capacity limit

172 kg (380 lbs)

CAUTION

!

To minimize the possibility of tire damage

from over-inflation, we strongly

recommended that a manual type air pump

be used rather than a high pressure air

compressor as found in service stations.

When filling air into the tires, never exceed 70

kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2, 10 psi)

CAUTION

!

The standard tire fitted on this vehicle is an

AT25 x 8-12 for the front and a AT25 x 10-

12 for the rear. The use of tires other than

those specified may cause instability. It is

highly recommended to use the specified

tires.

Tire type

DUNLOP

Front: DUNLOP KT411

Rear: DUNLOP KT415

Steering System Inspection

B931G20206022

Inspect steering system

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Steering should be adjusted properly for smooth turning

of handlebars and safe running.

1) Place the vehicle on level ground.

2) Make sure the tire pressure for right and left tires in

the same and set to the proper specification.

3) Set the front wheels in the straight position.

4) Place a load of 75 kg (165 lbs) on the seat.

5) Measure the distances (“A” and “B”) between the

front wheels. Subtract the measurement of “A” from

that of “B” to find the toe-out. If the toe-out is not

within specification, adjust the tie-rod to the right or

left until the toe-out is within the specified range.

Toe-out (“B” – “A”)

Standard: 10 ± 4 mm (0.39 ± 0.16 in)

kPa kgf/cm2psi

Front 35 0.35 5.1

Rear 30 0.30 4.4

“a”

I831G1020084-01

I831G1020058-01

FWD

“A”

“B”

I831G1020059-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-22 Maintenance and Lubrication:

If the toe-out is out of specification, bring it into the

specified range. Refer to “Toe Adjustment (Page 0B-

22)”.

Toe Adjustment

B931G20206023

Adjust the toe-out as follows:

1) Loosen the lock-nuts (1), (2) on each tie-rod.

CAUTION

!

The lock-nuts (2) have left-hand threads.

When loosening and tightening the lock-

nuts, hold the tie-rod end with a open end

wrench.

NOTE

Hold the concave part “a” of tie-rod with a

wrench.

2) Temporarily tighten the four lock-nuts.

3) Check that the distances “C” and “D” are equal, as

shown. If the distances are not equal, adjust the tie-

rod to the right or left until the toe-out is within

specification. Check the toe-out again by measuring

distances “A” and “B”.

4) If the toe-out is not within specification, repeat the

adjustment as above until the proper tor-out is

obtained and distances “C” and “D” become equal.

5) After adjustment has been made, tighten the four

lock-nuts to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod lock-nut (a): 45 N·m (4.5 kgf-m, 32.5 lbf-

ft)

Suspensions Inspection

B931G20206024

Inspect suspension

Every 2 000 km (1 200 miles, 6 months)

1) Support the vehicle with a jack and wooden blocks.

2) Remove the front and rear wheels.

3) Inspect the suspension arm and bearing for

scratches, wear, or damage. If any defects are

found, replace them with new ones. Refer to “Front

Shock Absorber Removal and Installation in Section

2B (Page 2B-3)”.

4) Inspect the front and rear shock absorbers for oil

leakage or damage. If any defects are found, replace

them with new ones. Refer to “Front Shock Absorber

Removal and Installation in Section 2B (Page 2B-3)”

and “Rear Shock Absorber Removal and Installation

in Section 2C (Page 2C-3)”.

2

11

“a”

“a”

FWD

I831G1020087-03

“C”

Right angle

(90

°

)

FWD

“A”

“B”

“D”

I831G1020088-04

(a)

(a)

(a)

I831G1020089-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-23

Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection

B931G20206025

Tighten chassis bolt and nut

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Check that all chassis bolts and nuts are tightened to

their specified torque.

1 Handlebar upper clamp bolt 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

2 Handlebar holder nut 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

3 Steering shaft holder bolt 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

4 Steering shaft lower nut 162 Nm (16.2 kgf-m, 117.0 lb-ft)

5 Tie-rod end nut 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

(a)

1(a)

1

I831G1020062-01

(b)

2(b)

2

(c)

3

I831G1020063-01

(d)

4

(e)

5

I831G1020064-01

6 Tie-rod lock-nut 45 Nm (4.5 kgf-m, 32.5 lb-ft)

7 Front suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5

lb-ft)

8 Front suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) 65 Nm (6.5 kgf-m, 47.0

lb-ft)

9 Front hub nut 110 Nm (11.0 kgf-m, 79.5 lb-ft)

10 Front wheel set nut 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

(f)

6

I831G1020065-01

(b)

7

(g)

8

(g)

8

I831G1020060-02

(b)

10

(b)

10

(d)ޓ

9

I831G1020066-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-24 Maintenance and Lubrication:

10 Rear wheel set nut 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

11 Rear hub nut 121 Nm (12.1 kgf-m, 87.5 lb-ft)

12 Tie-rod end nut 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

13 Steering knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m,

21.0 lb-ft)

14 Front shock absorber mounting nut (Lower) 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m,

43.5 lb-ft)

15 Front shock absorber mounting bolt (Upper) 55 Nm (5.5 kgf-m,

40.0 lb-ft)

(b)

10

(b)

10

(d)

11

I831G1020067-04

(f)

13

(f)

12

(f)

13

I831G1020068-04

(b)

14

(i)

15

I831G1020069-04

16 Front brake air bleeder valve 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft)

17 Front brake caliper mounting bolt 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

18 Footrest bar mounting bolt (M8) 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

19 Footrest bar mounting bolt (M10) 55 Nm (5.5 kgf-m, 40.0 lb-ft)

20 Brake hose union bolt 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

21 Master cylinder mounting bolt 10 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

(j)

16

(a)

17

I831G1020070-03

(k)

18 (j)

19

I831G1020071-03

(c)

20

I831G1020072-03

(l)

21

(l)

21

I831G1020073-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-25

22 Rear brake pedal pivot bolt 11 Nm (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lb-ft)

23 Rear brake case bolt 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

24 Rear brake cam lever nut 11 Nm (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lb-ft)

25 Rear shock absorber mounting nut (Lower) 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m,

43.5 lb-ft)

26 Rear shock absorber mounting nut (Upper) 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m,

43.5 lb-ft)

27 Rear suspension arm pivot nut (Upper and Lower) 60 Nm (6.0

kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

(m)

22

I831G1020074-04

(k)

23 (k)

23

(k)

23

(k)

23

(m)

24

(k)

23

I831G1020075-05

(b)

26

(b)

27

(b)

25

I831G1020076-02

28 Rear knuckle nut 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

29 Rear stabilizer joint nut

[Up to 5SAAR41A497105526: 34 Nm (3.4 kgf-m, 24.5 lb-ft)]

[From 5SAAR41A497105527: 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)]

30 Trailer towing mounting bolt 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

(b)

28

I831G1020077-02

(n)

29

I831G1020078-04

(b)

30

I831G1020079-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-26 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Compression Pressure Check

B931G20206026

Refer to “Compression Pressure Check in Section 1D

(Page 1D-2)”.

Oil Pressure Check

B931G20206027

Refer to “Oil Pressure Check in Section 1E (Page 1E-

2)”.

SDS Check

B931G20206028

Refer to “SDS Check in Section 1A (Page 1A-15)”.

Automatic Clutch Inspection

B931G20206029

This vehicle is equipped with a centrifugal type

automatic clutch.

To insure proper performance and longevity of the clutch

assemblies it is essential that the clutches engage

smoothly and gradually. Before checking the initial

engagement and clutch lock-up two inspection checks

must be performed to thoroughly check the operation of

the drive train.

Initial Engagement Inspection

1) Warm up the engine.

2) Connect the tachometer or the multi circuit tester

onto the spark plug high-tension cord (1).

3) Start the engine.

4) Shift the range lever to the “High” position.

5) Slowly open the throttle and note the engine speed

(r/min) when the vehicle begins to move forward.

Special tool

: 09900–26006 (Engine tachometer (solar

cell type))

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Engagement speed

1 500 – 2 000 r/min

6) Disconnect the tachometer and install the frame front

cover.

Clutch “Lock-up” Inspection

Perform this inspection to determine if the clutch is

engaging fully and not slipping.

1) Warn up the engine.

2) Connect a tachometer onto the spark plug high-

tension code.

3) Start the engine.

4) Shift the range lever to the “High” position.

5) Apply the front and rear brakes as firm as possible.

6) Fully open the throttle fully and note the maximum

engine speed sustained during the test cycle.

CAUTION

!

Do not apply full power for more than 5

seconds or damage to the clutch or engine

may occur.

Lock-up r/min

3 500 – 4 000 r/min

If the lock-up speed (r/min) does not coincide with

the standard range, inspect the following items for

any abnormalities.

Refer to “V-belt Type Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Clutch shoe

Clutch wheel

Movable drive and driven face

1

I831G1020086-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-27

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G20207001

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection (Page 0B-23)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G20208001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Lubrication Points (Page 0B-2)”

Special Tool

B931G20208002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbfft

Exhaust pipe nut 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 0B-4)

Muffler mounting bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 0B-4)

Muffler connecting bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 0B-4)

Oil drain plug 21 2.1 15.0 )(Page 0B-11)

Oil filter 20 2.0 14.5 )(Page 0B-12)

Front differential gear oil level plug 8.5 0.85 6.0 )(Page 0B-13)

Front differential gear oil filler plug 35 3.5 25.5

)(Page 0B-13) /

)(Page 0B-13)

Front differential gear oil drain plug 32 3.2 23.0 )(Page 0B-13)

Front differential gear oil level plug 8 0.8 5.7 )(Page 0B-13)

Final gear oil drain plug 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 0B-14)

Engine coolant drain plug 13 1.3 9.5 )(Page 0B-16)

Tie-rod lock-nut 45 4.5 32.5 )(Page 0B-22)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Brake fluid DOT 4 )(Page 0B-18)

09900–20803 09900–20805

Thickness gauge Tire depth gauge

)(Page 0B-6) )(Page 0B-21)

09900–25008 09900–26006

Multi-circuit tester set Engine tachometer (solar

cell type)

)(Page 0B-26) )(Page 0B-26)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-28 Maintenance and Lubrication:

09915–40610

Oil filter wrench

)(Page 0B-12) /

)(Page 0B-12)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-1

General Info rmation

Service Data

Specifications

Service Data

B931G20307001

Valve + Valve Guide

Unit: mm (in)

Camshaft + Cylinder Head

Unit: mm (in)

Item Standard Limit

Valve diam. IN. 36.0 (1.42)

EX. 33.0 (1.30)

Tappet clearance (When cold) IN. 0.10 – 0.20 (0.004 – 0.008)

EX. 0.20 – 0.30 (0.008 – 0.012)

Valve guide to valve stem clearance IN. 0.010 – 0.037 (0.0004 – 0.0015)

EX. 0.030 – 0.057 (0.0012 – 0.0022)

Valve guide I.D. IN. & EX. 5.500 – 5.512 (0.2165 – 0.2170)

Valve stem O.D. IN. 5.475 – 5.490 (0.2156 – 0.2161)

EX. 5.455 – 5.470 (0.2148 – 0.2154)

Valve stem deflection IN. & EX. 0.35 (0.014)

Valve stem runout IN. & EX. 0.05 (0.002)

Valve head thickness IN. & EX. 0.5 (0.02)

Valve seat width IN. & EX. 0.9 – 1.1 (0.035 – 0.043)

Valve head radial runout IN. & EX. 0.03 (0.001)

Valve spring free length IN. & EX. 46.1 (1.81)

Valve spring tension IN. & EX. 182 – 210 N (18.6 – 21.4 kgf, 41.0 – 47.2 lbs)

at length 36.35 mm (1.43 in)

Item Standard Limit

Cam height IN. 36.330 – 36.380 (1.4303 – 1.4323) 36.030 (1.4185)

EX. 35.300 – 35.350 (1.3898 – 1.3917) 35.000 (1.3780)

Camshaft journal oil clearance IN. & EX. 0.019 – 0.053 (0.0007 – 0.0021) 0.150 (0.0059)

Camshaft journal holder I.D. IN. & EX. 22.012 – 22.025 (0.8666 – 0.8671)

Camshaft journal O.D. IN. & EX. 21.972 – 21.993 (0.8650 – 0.8659)

Camshaft runout IN. & EX. 0.10 (0.004)

Cylinder head distortion 0.05 (0.002)

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket thrust

clearance 0.15 – 0.27 (0.006 – 0.011)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-2 Service Data:

Cylinder + Piston + Piston Ring

Unit: mm (in)

Conrod + Crankshaft

Unit: mm (in)

Oil Pump

Clutch

Unit: mm (in)

Item Standard Limit

Compression pressure (Automatic-

decomp. actuated) Approx. 1 000 kPa (10.0 kgf/cm2, 142 psi)

Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.030 – 0.040 (0.0012 – 0.0016) 0.120 (0.0047)

Cylinder bore 104.000 – 104.015 (4.0945 – 4.0951) Nicks or

Scratches

Piston diam. 103.965 – 103.980 (4.0931 – 4.0937)

Measure at 15 mm (0.6 in) from the skirt end. 103.880 (4.0898)

Cylinder distortion 0.05 (0.002)

Piston ring free end gap 1st R Approx. 13.1 (0.52) 10.5 (0.41)

2nd RN Approx. 14.6 (0.57) 11.7 (0.46)

Piston ring end gap 1st R 0.10 – 0.25 (0.004 – 0.010) 0.50 (0.020)

2nd RN 0.10 – 0.25 (0.004 – 0.010) 0.50 (0.020)

Piston ring-to-groove clearance 1st 0.180 (0.0071)

2nd 0.150 (0.0059)

Piston ring groove width

1st 0.83 – 0.85 (0.0327 – 0.0335)

1.30 – 1.32 (0.0512 – 0.0520)

2nd 1.01 – 1.03 (0.0398 – 0.0406)

Oil 2.01 – 2.03 (0.0791 – 0.0799)

Piston ring thickness 1st 0.76 – 0.81 (0.0299 – 0.0319)

1.08 – 1.10 (0.0425 – 0.0433)

2nd 0.97 – 0.99 (0.0382 – 0.0390)

Piston pin bore I.D. 23.002 – 23.008 (0.9056 – 0.9058) 23.030 (0.9067)

Piston pin O.D. 22.992 – 23.000 (0.9052 – 0.9055) 22.980 (0.9047)

Item Standard Limit

Conrod small end I.D. 23.006 – 23.014 (0.9057 – 0.9061) 23.040 (0.9071)

Conrod deflection 3.0 (0.12)

Conrod big end side clearance 0.10 – 0.75 (0.004 – 0.030) 1.0 (0.04)

Conrod big end width 24.95 – 25.00 (0.982 – 0.984)

Crank web to web width 72.9 – 73.1 (2.87 – 2.88)

Crankshaft runout 0.08 (0.003)

Item Standard Limit

Oil pressure (at 60 °C, 140 °F)

140 – 180 kPa

(1.4 – 1.8 kgf/cm2, 20 – 26 psi)

at 3 000 r/min

Item Standard Limit

Clutch wheel I.D. 140.0 – 140.2 (5.512 – 5.520) 140.5 (5.53)

Clutch shoe No groove at any

part

Clutch engagement r/min 1 500 – 2 000 r/min

Clutch lock-up r/min 3 500 – 4 000 r/min

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-3

Drive Train

Unit: mm (in) Except ratio

Thermostat + Radiator + Fan + Coolant

Item Standard Limit

Primary reduction ratio (Automatic

drive) Variable change (2.763 – 0.780)

Secondary reduction ratio 2.158 (40/21 x 17/15)

Final reduction ratio Front 3.600 (36/10)

Rear 3.600 (36/10)

Transfer gear ratio

Low 2.562 (41/16)

High 1.240 (31/25)

Reverse 1.882 (32/17)

Drive V-belt width 34.3 (1.35) 33.3 (1.31)

Movable driven face spring free

length 153.0 (6.02) 145.4 (5.72)

Shift fork to groove

clearance

Low 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

High 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

Reverse 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

Shift fork groove

width

Low 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

High 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

Reverse 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

Shift fork thickness

Low 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

High 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

Reverse 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

Front/Rear output shaft bevel gear

backlash 0.03 – 0.15 (0.001 – 0.006)

Front drive (differential) gear

backlash 0.05 – 0.10 (0.002 – 0.004)

Rear drive (final)

gear blacklash

Without gear

cover

specification

0.02 – 0.06 (0.0008 – 0.0024)

Gear cover

assembled

specification

0.08 – 0.15 (0.0031 – 0.0059)

Front differential gear oil type Hypoid gear oil SAE #90, API grade GL-5

Rear drive gear oil type Mobil 424 or equivalent gear oil

Front differential gear oil capacity 500 ml (0.53/0.44 US/lmp qt)

Rear drive gear oil capacity 770 ml (0.81/0.68 US/lmp qt)

Item Standard Note

Thermostat valve opening

temperature Approx. 82 °C (180 °F) —

Thermostat valve lift 8 mm (0.31 in) and over at 95 °C (203 °F) —

ECT sensor resistance

20 °C

(68 °F) Approx. 2.45 k

50 °C

(122 °F) Approx. 0.811 k

80 °C

(176 °F) Approx. 0.318 k

110 °C

(230 °F) Approx. 0.142 k

Radiator cap valve opening

pressure 110 – 140 kPa (1.1 – 1.4 kgf/cm2, 15.6 – 19.9 psi)

Cooling fan thermo-switch operating

temperature

OFF ON Approx. 93 °C (199 °F) —

ON OFF Approx. 87 °C (189 °F) —

Engine coolant type Use an antifreeze/coolant compatible with aluminum

radiator, mixed with distilled water only, at the ratio of 50:50.

Engine coolant Reservoir Approx. 250 ml (0.26/0.22 US/lmp qt)

Engine Approx. 2 200 ml (2.32/1.94 US/lmp qt)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-4 Service Data:

Injector + Fuel Pump + Fuel Pressure Regulator

FI Sensors + Secondary Throttle Valve Actuator

Throttle Body

Item Specification Note

Injector resistance 11 – 13 at 20 °C (68 °F)

Fuel pump discharge amount 55.5 ml (1.88/1.95 US/lmp qt) and more/10 sec.

Fuel pressure regulator operating

set pressure Approx. 294 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm2, 41psi)

Item Specification Note

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more When cranking

IAP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAP sensor output voltage Approx. 2.63 V at idle speed

TP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

TP sensor output voltage Closed Approx. 1.1 V

Opened Approx. 4.3 V

ECT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

ECT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

ECT sensor resistance Approx. 2.45 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

IAT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

IAT sensor resistance Approx. 1.60 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

TO sensor resistance 19 – 20 k

TO sensor voltage

Normal 0.4 – 1.4 V

Leaning 3.7 – 4.4 V When leaning

65°

GP switch voltage 0.6 V and more From 1st to Top

Injector voltage Battery voltage

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

ISC valve resistance Approx. 31 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

Item Specification

Bore size 42 mm

I.D. No. 31G0

Idle r/min 1 300 ± 100 r/min

Fast idle r/min 1 500 – 2 000 r/min (When cold engine)

Throttle cable play 3 – 5 mm (0.12 – 0.20 in)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-5

Electrical

Unit: mm (in)

Wattage

Unit: W

Item Specification Note

Spark plug Type NGK: CR6E

DENSO: U20ESR-N

Gap 0.7 – 0.8 (0.028 – 0.031)

Spark performance Over 8 (0.3) at 1 atm.

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more

Ignition coil resistance

Primary 0.1 – 0.6 Terminal –

Ground

Secondary 12 – 19 kPlug cap –

Terminal

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

Generator coil resistance 0.4 – 1.0

Generator maximum output Approx. 400 W at 5 000 r/min

Generator no-load voltage (When

engine is cold) 75 V (AC) and more at 5 000 r/min

Regulated voltage 13.5 – 15.5 V at 5 000 r/min

Starter motor brush length Standard 12.5 (0.49)

Limit 6.0 (0.24)

Starter torque limiter slip torque Standard 41.2 – 62.8 Nm

(4.2 – 6.4 kgf-m, 14.5 – 32.5 lb-ft)

Starter relay resistance 3 – 5

Battery

Type

designation YTX20CH-BS

Capacity 12 V 64.8 kC (18 Ah)/10 HR

Fuse size

Headlight HI 10 A

LO 10 A

Fuel 10 A

Ignition 15 A

Power source 10 A

Fan 15 A

Main 30 A

Item Specification

P-24, 28, 33 P-17

Headlight HI 35 x 2

LO 35 x 2

Auxiliary headlight 35/35

Brake light/Taillight 21/5

Revercing light 21

Speedometer light LED

High beam indicator light LED

Neutral indicator light LED

FI indicator light/Engine coolant

temp. indicator light LED

Reverse indicator light LED

Differential lock indicator light LED

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-6 Service Data:

Brake + Wheel

Unit: mm (in)

Tire

Unit: mm (in)

Suspension

Unit: mm (in)

Fuel + Oil

Item Standard Limit

Front brake disc thickness 3.0 (0.12)

Front brake disc runout 0.30 (0.012)

Front master cylinder bore 14.000 – 14.043 (0.5512 – 0.5529)

Front master cylinder piston diam. 13.957 – 13.984 (0.5495 – 0.5506)

Front brake caliper cylinder bore 33.960 – 34.010 (1.3370 – 1.3390)

Front brake caliper piston diam. 33.878 – 33.928 (1.3338 – 1.3357)

Rear brake pedal height 12.5 – 22.5 (0.5 – 0.9)

Rear brake pedal free travel 20 – 30 (0.8 – 1.2)

Rear brake lever play 6 – 8 (0.2 – 0.3)

Rear brake outer distance 26.0 – 27.0 (1.02 – 1.06)

Brake side plate spring free length 21.3 (0.84) 20.2 (0.80)

Brake fluid type DOT 4

Steering angle 46° (right & left)

Turning radius 3.1 m (10.2 ft)

Toe-out (With 75 kg, 165 lbs) 10 ± 4 mm (0.39 ± 0.16)

Camber 0.64°

Caster 1.6°

Item Standard Limit

Cold inflation tire pressure

(Solo riding)

Front 35 kPa (0.35 kgf/cm2, 5.1 psi)

Rear 30 kPa (0.30 kgf/cm2, 4.4 psi)

Tire size Front AT25 x 8-12 , tubeless

Rear AT25 x 10-12 , tubeless

Tire tread depth Front 4.0 (0.16)

Rear 4.0 (0.16)

Item Standard Limit

Front shock absorber spring

adjustor 2/5 position

Rear shock absorber spring adjustor 2/5 position

Item Specification Note

Fuel type

Use only unleaded gasoline of at least 87 pump octane (R/2

+ M/2) or 91 octane or higher rated by the Research

Method. Gasoline containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl

Ether), less than 10% ethanol, or less than 5% methanol

with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitor is

permissible.

P-28, 33

Gasoline used should be graded 91 octane or higher. An

unleaded gasoline type is recommended. Others

Fuel tank capacity 17.5 L (4.6/3.8 US/lmp gal)

Engine oil type SAE 10 W-40, API SF/SG or SH/SJ with JASO MA

Engine oil capacity

Change 2 300 ml (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt)

Filter change 2 500 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

Overhaul 3 000 ml (3.2/2.6 US/lmp qt)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-7

Tightening Torque List

B931G20307002

Engine

Item Nm kgf-m lb-ft

Spark plug 11 1.1 8.0

Cylinder head cover bolt Initial 10 1.0 7.0

Final 14 1.4 10.5

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft 41 4.1 29.5

Intake pipe bolt 9 0.9 6.5

Cylinder head bolt (M6) 10 1.0 7.0

Cylinder head bolt (L200) Initial 25 2.5 18.0

Final 37 3.7 27.0

Cylinder head bolt (L: 70) 10 1.0 7.0

Cylinder head bolt (L: 100) 10 1.0 7.0

Camshaft journal holder bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Cam chain tension adjuster bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt 7 0.7 5.0

Crankcase bolt (M6) 10 1.0 7.0

Crankcase bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0

Valve timing inspection plug 23 2.3 16.5

Clutch shoe nut 150 15.0 108.5

Movable drive face bolt 110 11.0 79.5

Movable driven face bolt 110 11.0 79.5

Movable driven face ring nut 110 11.0 79.5

Clutch outer cover bolt 8 0.8 6.0

Clutch inner cover bolt 9 0.9 6.5

Generator rotor nut 160 11.0 115.5

Generator starter set bolt 11 1.1 8.0

Speed sensor bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Starter clutch bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Exhaust pipe nut 23 2.3 16.5

Muffler connecting bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Muffler mounting bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Engine oil drain plug 21 2.1 15.0

Engine coolant drain plug 13 1.3 9.5

Drive bevel gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Front output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5

Engine mounting nut 60 6.0 43.5

Engine mounting damper stopper bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Rear output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5

Crank balancer drive gear nut 150 15.0 108.5

Crank balancer driven gear bolt 50 5.0 36.0

Starter motor mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Starter motor lead wire connecting nut 6 0.6 4.5

Main oil gallery plug 18 1.8 13.0

Air cleaner box mounting bolt 4.5 0.45 3.0

Stater cup nut 38 3.8 27.5

Oil gallery plug (Cylinder head) 10 1.0 7.0

Water bypass union 12 1.2 8.5

Gear shift lever bolt 10 1.0 7.0

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-8 Service Data:

Drive Train

FI System, Intake Air System and Fuel System

Cooling System

Item Nmkgfmlbft

4WD/Diff-lock actuator mounting bolt 22 2.2 16.0

Front drive (Differential) gear case bolt 22 2.2 16.0

Front drive (Differential) gear case mounting nut 50 5.0 36.0

Front drive (Differential) gear oil level plug 8.5 0.85 6.0

Front drive (Differential) gear oil filler plug 35 3.5 25.5

Front drive (Differential) gear oil drain plug 32 3.2 23.0

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw 1.3 0.13 0.94

Final drive gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Final drive gear bearing stopper 100 10.0 72.5

Final gear case bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0

Final gear case bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0

Final gear mounting nut 65 6.5 47.0

Final gear mounting bolt 65 6.5 47.0

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5

Final gear oil drain plug 23 2.3 16.5

Rear propeller shaft coupling nut 100 10.0 72.5

Front output shaft bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Rear output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5

Rear output shaft drive bevel gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Rear output shaft driven gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw 1.3 0.13 1.0

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5

Item Nmkgfmlbft

CKP sensor mounting bolt 6 0.6 4.5

CKP sensor bracket bolt 6 0.6 4.5

Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw 5 0.5 3.5

Fuel pump retainer 35 3.5 25.5

ECT sensor 18 1.8 13.0

ISC valve mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5

TP sensor mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5

Item Nmkgfmlbft

Water pump cover screw 6 0.6 4.5

Water pump mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Cooling fan thermo-switch 17 1.7 12.5

Thermostat cover bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Cooling fan assembly mounting bolt 8.5 0.85 6.0

Water bypass union 12 1.2 8.5

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-9

Chassis

Item Nmkgfmlbft

Handlebar clamp bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Handlebar holder nut 60 6.0 43.5

Rear brake lever holder clamp bolt 11 1.1 8.0

Throttle lever case bolt 5 0.5 3.5

Steering shaft holder bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Steering shaft lower nut 162 16.2 117.0

Front suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) 60 6.0 43.5

Front suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) 65 6.5 47.0

Steering knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) 29 2.9 21.0

Tie-rod end nut 29 2.9 21.0

Tie-rod lock-nut 45 4.5 32.5

Front shock absorber mounting bolt (Upper) 55 5.5 40.0

Front shock absorber mounting nut (Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Front wheel hub nut 110 11.0 79.5

Rear wheel hub nut 121 12.1 87.5

Wheel set nut (Front and rear) 60 6.0 43.5

Front brake hose union bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Front brake air bleeder valve 6 0.6 4.5

Front brake pad mounting pin 18 1.8 13.0

Front brake caliper mounting bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Caliper holder pin 18 1.8 13.0

Caliper holder slide pin 23 2.3 16.5

Brake pipe flare nut 16 1.6 11.5

Front brake disc mounting bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Brake master cylinder mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Footrest mounting bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0

Footrest mounting bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0

Rear stabilizer joint nut [Up to 5SAAR41A497105526] 34 3.4 24.5

Rear stabilizer joint nut [From 5SAAR41A497105527] 60 6.0 43.5

Rear shock absorber mounting nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Rear suspension arm pivot nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Rear knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Rear brake cam lever nut 11 1.1 8.0

Rear brake case bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Rear brake pedal pivot bolt 11 1.1 8.0

Trailer towing bolt 60 6.0 43.5

Brake lever pivot bolt and nut 6 0.6 4.5

Brake lever pivot bolt lock-nut 6 0.6 4.5

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw 1.3 0.13 1.0

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-10 Service Data:

Tightening Torque Chart

For other bolts and nuts not listed in the preceding page, refer to this chart:

Bolt Diameter

“a” (mm)

Conventional or “4” marked bolt “7” marked bolt

Nmkgfmlbft Nmkgfmlbft

4 1.5 0.15 1.0 2.3 0.23 1.5

5 3 0.3 2.0 4.5 0.45 3.0

6 5.5 0.55 4.0 10 1.0 7.0

8 13 1.3 9.5 23 2.3 16.5

10 29 2.9 21.0 50 5.0 36.0

12 45 4.5 32.5 85 8.5 61.5

14 65 6.5 47.0 135 13.5 97.5

16 105 10.5 76.0 210 21.0 152.0

18 160 16.0 115.5 240 24.0 173.5

321

“a” “a” “a”

I649G1030001-04

1. Conventional bolt 2. “4” marked bolt 3. “7” marked bolt

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-11 Service Data:

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 1- i

1

Section 1

CONTENTS

Engine

Precautions ………………………………….………1-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 1-1

Precautions for Engine……………..………………..….. 1-1

Engine General Information and

Diagnosis ………….……………………….…….. 1A-1

General Description ………………….………………..1A-1

Injection Timing Description ………….………………. 1A-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………..……….1A-4

FI System Wiring Diagram ………..………………….. 1A-4

Terminal Alignment of ECM Coupler………………. 1A-5

Component Location ………..…………….…………….1A-6

FI System Parts Location….……………….…………. 1A-6

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………1A-8

Engine Symptom Diagnosis ………….………………. 1A-8

Self-Diagnostic Procedures ………………………… 1A-11

Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset Procedures…..….1A-13

Show Data When Trouble (Displaying Data at

the Time of DTC) …….…………….………………...1A-14

SDS Check …………………….……………….……….. 1A-15

DTC Table………..…………….……………….……….. 1A-19

Fail-Safe Function Table.…….…………….……….. 1A-19

FI System Troubleshooting ….……………….……..1A-20

Malfunction Code and Defective Condition

Table ……………..…………….…………….………….. 1A-22

DTC “C12” (P0335): CKP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-24

DTC “C13” (P0105-H/L): IAP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-27

DTC “C14” (P0120-H/L): TP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-34

DTC “C15” (P0115-H/L): ECT Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-41

DTC “C20” (P1752): Diff-lock Relay Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-47

DTC “C21” (P0110-H/L): IAT Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-49

DTC “C23” (P1651-H/L): TO Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-53

DTC “C24” (P0351): Ignition Coil Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-59

DTC “C32” (P0201): Fuel Injector Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..……………..1A-59

DTC “C40” (P05057): ISC Valve Circuit

Malfunction..…………….……………….……………..1A-62

DTC “C41” (P230-H/L): FP Relay Circuit

Malfunction..…………….……………….……………..1A-67

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….1A-69

Service Data……..……………..……………….……….1A-69

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….1A-70

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….1A-70

Emission Control Devices .………………… 1B-1

Precautions……..………………..……………….…………1B-1

Precautions for Emission Control Devices ….……1B-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………1B-1

Crankcase Breather (PCV) Hose Inspection…….1B-1

Crankcase Breather (PCV) Hose Removal

and Installation ……………………….………………….1B-1

Engine Electrical Devices …………..……… 1C-1

Precautions……..………………..……………….…………1C-1

Precautions for Engine Electrical Device …………1C-1

Component Location …..…….………………………….1C-1

Engine Electrical Components Location ………….1C-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………1C-1

Engine Symptom Diagnosis ……….………………....1C-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………1C-1

ECM Removal and Installation……………………….1C-1

CKP Sensor Inspection …………..……………….……1C-1

CKP Sensor Removal and Installation …………….1C-1

IAP Sensor Inspection…………….……………….……1C-1

IAP Sensor Removal and Installation………………1C-2

TP Sensor Inspection………..……………….…………1C-2

TP Sensor Removal and Installation…….…………1C-2

TP Sensor Adjustment …………………………….……1C-3

IAT Sensor Inspection…………….…………………....1C-3

IAT Sensor Removal and Installation……………...1C-3

ECT Sensor Removal and Installation …………....1C-4

ECT Sensor Inspection …………..……………….……1C-4

TO Sensor Inspection ………………………..…………1C-5

TO Sensor Removal and Installation ………………1C-5

ISC Valve Inspection…..…………….…………….……1C-5

ISC Valve Removal and Installation…..……………1C-5

GP Switch Inspection …………..……………….………1C-6

GP Switch Removal and Installation ………….……1C-6

Specifications…….………….…….…………….…………1C-6

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1-ii Table of Contents

Service Data…..…………….…………….……………….1C-6

Tightening Torque Specifications…..……………….1C-6

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………..1C-7

Recommended Service Material ……………….1C-7

Special Tool ………..…………….……………..…………1C-7

Engine Mechanical ……..…………………….. 1D-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram……..…………….1D-1

Throttle Cable Routing Diagram.……………….……1D-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………1D-2

Engine Mechanical Symptom Diagnosis………….1D-2

Compression Pressure Check …………………….1D-2

Repair Instructions ……………………………………….1D-3

Engine Components Removable with the

Engine in Place ………..……………….…………….1D-3

Air Cleaner Element Removal and Installation ….1D-5

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning ….1D-5

Air Cleaner Box Removal and Installation…..……1D-5

Throttle Cable Removal and Installation ………….1D-6

Throttle Cable Inspection ….………………..…………1D-6

Throttle Cable Play Inspection and

Adjustment ………..…………….……………..…………1D-6

Throttle Body Components .………………..…………1D-7

Throttle Body Construction…..………………..………1D-8

Throttle Body Removal and Installation …..………1D-9

Throttle Body Disassembly and Assembly……..1D-10

Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning ………….1D-13

Engine Assembly Removal .……………..……….1D-13

Engine Assembly Installation .……………..……….1D-16

Engine Top Side Disassembly ……………….….1D-17

Engine Top Side Assembly …………..……………..1D-21

Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment ….1D-27

Camshaft Inspection ..……………….…………….….1D-28

Camshaft Sprocket Inspection …………….……….1D-30

Cam Chain Tension Adjuster Inspection.……….1D-30

Cam Chain Guide Removal and Installation …..1D-30

Cam Chain Guide Inspection .…………………..….1D-30

Cam Chain Tensioner Inspection..…………….….1D-31

Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly ……1D-31

Cylinder Head Related Parts Inspection .……….1D-35

Valve Guide Replacement …..………………..…….1D-38

Valve Seat Repair ……………………….……………..1D-40

Cam Drive Idle Gear / Sprocket Thrust

Clearance Inspection and Adjustment …………1D-40

Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly …………….1D-41

Cylinder Inspection.…………….……………..……….1D-41

Piston Ring Removal and Installation ……………1D-42

Piston and Piston Ring Inspection ………………..1D-43

Engine Bottom Side Disassembly .………………..1D-45

Engine Bottom Side Assembly……………………..1D-51

Conrod and Crankshaft Inspection………………..1D-59

Width Between Crankshaft Webs .………………..1D-60

Crankshaft Oil Seal Inspection…………….……….1D-61

Bearing Inspection …..…………….……………….….1D-61

Bearing Removal and Installation …….…………..1D-61

Specifications….……….…………….…………….…….1D-66

Service Data…..…………….…………….……………..1D-66

Tightening Torque Specifications…..……………..1D-68

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….1D-69

Recommended Service Material .……………….…1D-69

Special Tool …………………….…………….………….1D-69

Engine Lubrication System ……………….. 1E-1

Precautions..…………………..……………….……………1E-1

Precautions for Engine Oil ………………….…………1E-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram …………….……..1E-1

Engine Lubrication System Chart Diagram ………1E-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures….……..1E-2

Engine Lubrication Symptom Diagnosis ………….1E-2

Oil Pressure Check ….………………..…………………1E-2

Repair Instructions ………………………….…………1E-3

Engine Oil and Filter Replacement …………………1E-3

Engine Oil Level Inspection……………………………1E-3

Oil Sump Filter Removal and Installation …….…..1E-3

Oil Sump Filter Inspection and Cleaning…..……..1E-4

Oil Jet Removal and Installation………..……………1E-4

Oil Jet Inspection..……………….………………..……..1E-5

Oil Pump Removal and Installation ………………...1E-5

Oil Pump Inspection ………………..…………………1E-7

Specifications..……………….………………….…………1E-7

Service Data……………………….………………..……..1E-7

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………1E-7

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..…………1E-8

Recommended Service Material .…………………...1E-8

Special Tool ……………………….………………..……..1E-8

Engine Cooling System …..…………..……..1F-1

Precautions..…………………..……………….…………… 1F-1

Precautions for Engine Cooling System………….. 1F-1

Precautions for Engine Coolant …………………….. 1F-1

General Description ………..……………….…………… 1F-1

Engine Coolant Description…………………………… 1F-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram …………….…….. 1F-2

Cooling Circuit Diagram ….………….…………….….. 1F-2

Water Hose Routing Diagram ……………..………… 1F-3

Diagnostic Information and Procedures….…….. 1F-4

Engine Cooling Symptom Diagnosis…………….... 1F-4

Repair Instructions ……………………….…………… 1F-4

Cooling Circuit Inspection .……….……………….….. 1F-4

Radiator Cap Inspection…….……………….………… 1F-5

Radiator Inspection and Cleaning ………..………… 1F-5

Cooling Fan Assembly / Radiator Removal

and Installation ………………….………………..…….. 1F-5

Water Hose Removal and Installation …………….. 1F-7

Cooling Fan Inspection …..……………….…………… 1F-7

Radiator Reservoir Tank Removal and

Installation …………….………………..………………... 1F-8

Radiator Reservoir Tank Inspection……………….. 1F-8

Water Hose Inspection……………………….………… 1F-8

ECT Sensor Removal and Installation ….………… 1F-9

ECT Sensor Inspection ……..……………….………… 1F-9

Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Removal and

Installation …………….………………..………………... 1F-9

Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Inspection…………. 1F-10

Thermostat Removal and Installation……………. 1F-11

Thermostat Inspection…….……………….…………. 1F-12

Water Pump Components.……………….…………. 1F-13

Water Pump Removal and Installation ………….. 1F-13

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 1-iii

Water Pump Disassembly and Assembly ……... 1F-14

Water Pump Related Parts Inspection……….…. 1F-18

Specifications…….…………….…………….………….. 1F-19

Service Data ………….…………….………………..…. 1F-19

Tightening Torque Specifications………..……….. 1F-19

Special Tools and Equipment …………….……….. 1F-20

Recommended Service Material ………………….. 1F-20

Special Tool .…………….…………….……………..…. 1F-20

Fuel System ……………………………….…….. 1G-1

Precautions….…………….…………….………………..…1G-1

Precautions for Fuel System ……..………………..…1G-1

General Description …………….……………….……….1G-2

Fuel System Description ………..…………………..…1G-2

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………..……….1G-3

Fuel Hose Routing Diagram…………….…………….1G-3

Fuel Tank Breather Hose Routing Diagram……..1G-4

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………1G-5

Fuel System Diagnosis ………….………………..……1G-5

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..…1G-6

Fuel Pressure Inspection ………….……………..……1G-6

Fuel Pump Inspection ………………………….……….1G-6

Fuel Discharge Amount Inspection …………………1G-7

Fuel Pump Relay Inspection ………………………….1G-7

Fuel Hose Inspection ……………………..…………….1G-8

Fuel Feed Hose Removal and Installation ……….1G-8

Fuel Level Gauge Inspection ……………..………….1G-8

Fuel Level Indicator Inspection …………..………….1G-8

Fuel Tank Removal and Installation…………..……1G-8

Fuel Pump Components …..……………….………….1G-9

Fuel Pump Assembly Removal and

Installation…..………………..…………….…………….1G-9

Fuel Pump Disassembly and Assembly….……..1G-10

Fuel Mesh Filter Inspection and Cleaning………1G-10

Fuel Injector Inspection and Cleaning……………1G-10

Fuel Injector / Fuel Delivery Pipe Removal

and Installation…..……………….………………..….1G-10

Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve

Removal and Installation…………….……………..1G-12

Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve

Inspection………………….………………..…………..1G-13

Specifications…….…………….…………….…………..1G-13

Service Data ………….…………….………………..….1G-13

Tightening Torque Specifications………..………..1G-14

Special Tools and Equipment …………….………..1G-14

Special Tool .……………….………………..…………..1G-14

Ignition System….……………………….…….. 1H-1

General Description ………………….………………..1H-1

Override Switch Description………………………..1H-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………..……….1H-1

Ignition System Diagram ………..………………..……1H-1

Ignition System Components Location ……………1H-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………1H-2

Ignition System Symptom Diagnosis……………….1H-2

No Spark or Poor Spark………………….…………….1H-2

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..1H-3

Spark Plug Cap and Spark Plug Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....1H-3

Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning …….…………1H-3

Ignition Coil and Plug Cap Inspection ………..……1H-3

CKP Sensor Inspection …………..……………….……1H-5

CKP Sensor Removal and Installation …………….1H-6

Engine Stop Switch Inspection……………………….1H-6

Ignition Switch Inspection…..……………….…………1H-6

Ignition Switch Removal and Installation…….……1H-7

Override Switch Inspection ……………………………1H-7

Specifications…….………….…….…………….…………1H-8

Service Data………………………….…………………....1H-8

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………1H-8

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..…………1H-8

Special Tool ………………………….……………….……1H-8

Starting System …………….……………..……..1I-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………………. 1I-1

Starting System Diagram ……..……………….………. 1I-1

Component Location …..…….…………………….……. 1I-1

Starting System Components Location…………. 1I-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………. 1I-1

Starting System Symptom Diagnosis………………. 1I-1

Starter Motor will not Run……..……………….………. 1I-2

Starter Motor Runs but Does not Crank the

Engine …………………………..…………….……………. 1I-2

Engine Does not Turn Though the Starter

Motor Runs……..………………..……………….………. 1I-2

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………. 1I-3

Starter Motor Components……………………….……. 1I-3

Starter Motor Removal and Installation……………. 1I-4

Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly …….. 1I-4

Starter Motor Inspection…………………..…………. 1I-5

Starter Relay Removal and Installation…………. 1I-6

Starter Relay Inspection…………….………………….. 1I-7

Neutral Relay Removal and Installation ……..……. 1I-7

Neutral Relay Inspection …………………………….. 1I-8

Neutral Relay Diode Inspection…..……………….. 1I-8

Parking Brake Relay Removal and Installation ….. 1I-8

Parking Brake Relay Inspection ………..……………. 1I-9

Parking Brake Switch Inspection……….……………. 1I-9

Gear Position Switch Inspection ………….…………. 1I-9

Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation…….……………….…….. 1I-10

Starter Driven Gear Bearing Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………... 1I-12

Starter Related Parts Inspection ……….………….. 1I-12

Starter Button Inspection………………………….….. 1I-13

Recoil Starter Components ………………………….. 1I-14

Recoil Starter Assembly Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………... 1I-14

Recoil Starter Disassembly and Assembly …….. 1I-15

Recoil Starter Inspection ……………………………... 1I-17

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….. 1I-18

Service Data……..………………..…………….……….. 1I-18

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….. 1I-18

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….. 1I-18

Recommended Service Material ………….……….. 1I-18

Special Tool ………………………….……………….….. 1I-19

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1-iv Table of Contents

Charging System…………..…………….…….. 1J-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram..……………….… 1J-1

Charging System Diagram …..………………..……… 1J-1

Component Location ………..……………..………… 1J-1

Charging System Components Location…………. 1J-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 1J-1

Charging System Symptom Diagnosis……………. 1J-1

Battery Runs Down Quickly ……………..………… 1J-2

Repair Instructions ………..………….……………….… 1J-3

Battery Current Leakage Inspection…………..…… 1J-3

Regulated Voltage Inspection ………….……………. 1J-3

Generator Inspection…………..……………..………… 1J-3

Generator Removal and Installation……………..… 1J-4

Regulator / Rectifier Inspection ………..……………. 1J-8

Battery Components ..…………….…………….……… 1J-9

Battery Charging ….…………….……………..………… 1J-9

Battery Removal and Installation …..…………….. 1J-12

Battery Visual Inspection…………………………….. 1J-12

Specifications..……………….……………….…………. 1J-12

Service Data………………….……………….…………. 1J-12

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………. 1J-13

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..………. 1J-13

Recommended Service Material .………………. 1J-13

Special Tool …………………….…………….…………. 1J-13

Exhaust System………….…………….………. 1K-1

Precautions..…………………..……………….……………1K-1

Precautions for Exhaust System ……….……………1K-1

Repair Instructions ……………………….……………1K-1

Exhaust System Construction ……..………………...1K-1

Exhaust Pipe / Muffler Removal and

Installation …………….………………..………………...1K-2

Exhaust System Inspection…..………………..……..1K-3

Spark Arrester Inspection……………………………...1K-3

Specifications..……………….……………….……………1K-4

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………1K-4

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 1-1

Engine

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Engine

B831G21000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)” and “Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service in Section 00

(Page 00-2)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-1 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Engine

Engine General Information and Diagnosis

General Description

Injection Timing Description

B831G21101001

Injection Time (Injection Volume)

The factors to determine the injection time include the basic fuel injection time, which is calculated on the basis of the

intake air pressure, engine speed and throttle opening angle, and various compensations. These compensations are

determined according to the signals from various sensors that detect the engine and driving conditions.

I718H1110268-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-2

Compensation of Injection Time (Volume)

The following different signals are output from the respective sensors for compensation of the fuel injection time

(volume).

Injection Stop Control

Self-Diagnosis Function

The self-diagnosis function is incorporated in the ECM. The function has two modes, “User mode” and “Dealer mode”.

The user can only be notified by the LCD (DISPLAY) panel and LED (FI indicator light). To check the function of the

individual FI system devices, the dealer mode is prepared. In this check, the special tool is necessary to read the code

of the malfunction items.

User Mode

*1

Current letter displayed any one of the clock/hour meter.

*2

When one of the signals is not received by ECM, the fail-safe circuit works and injection is not stopped. In this case,

“FI” and clock/hour meter (*1) are indicated in the LCD panel and vehicle can run.

*3

The injection signal is stopped, when the crankshaft position sensor signal, tip-over sensor signal, ignition signal,

injector signal, fuel pump relay signal or ignition switch signal is not sent to ECM. In this case, “FI” is indicated in the

LCD panel. Vehicle does not run.

“CHEC”:

The LCD panel indications “CHEC” when no communication signal from the ECM is received for 3 seconds.

For Example:

The ignition switch is turned ON, and the engine stop switch is turned OFF. In this case, the speedometer does not

receive any signal form ECM, and the panel indicates “CHEC”.

Signal Descriptions

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SIGNAL

When engine coolant temperature is low, injection time (volume)

is increased.

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL When intake air temperature is low, injection time (volume) is

increased.

BATTERY VOLTAGE SIGNAL

ECM operates on the battery voltage and at the same time, it

monitors the voltage signal for compensation of the fuel injection

time (volume). A longer injection time is needed to adjust injection

volume in the case of low voltage.

ENGINE RPM SIGNAL At high speed, the injection time (volume) is increased.

STARTING SIGNAL When starting engine, additional fuel is injected during cranking

engine.

ACCELERATION SIGNAL/ DECELERATION

SIGNAL

During acceleration, the fuel injection time (volume) is increased

in accordance with the throttle opening speed and engine rpm.

During deceleration, the fuel injection time (volume) is decreased.

Signal Descriptions

TIP-OVER SENSOR SIGNAL (FUEL SHUT-OFF)

When the vehicle tips over, the tip-over sensor sends a signal to

the ECM. Then, this signal cuts OFF current supplied to the fuel

pump, fuel injectors and ignition coils.

OVER-REV. LIMITER SIGNAL The fuel injector stops operation when engine rpm reaches rev.

limit rpm.

Malfunction LCD (display) indication

“A”

FI indicator light indication

“B” Indication mode

“NO” Clock/Hour meter *1

“YES”

Engine can

start

Clock/Hour meter (*1) and

“FI” letters *2 FI indicator light turns ON.

Each 2 sec. Odometer (*1)

and “FI” is indicated

alternately.

Engine can

not start “FI” letters *3 FI indicator light turns ON and

blinks. “FI” is indicated continuously.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-3 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

If “CHEC” is indicated, the LCD does not indicate the trouble code. It is necessary to check the wiring harness

between ECM and speedometer couplers.

The possible cause of this indication is as follows;

Engine stop switch is in OFF position. Ignition fuse is burnt.

NOTE

The FI light turns ON 2 seconds after the ignition switch turns ON.

Dealer Mode

The defective function is memorized in the computer. Use the special tool’s coupler to connect to the mode select

switch. The memorized malfunction code is displayed on LCD (DISPLAY) panel. Malfunction means that the ECM

does not receive signal from the devices. These affected devices are indicated in the code form.

CAUTION

!

Before checking the malfunction code, do not disconnect the ECM coupler.

If the coupler form the ECM is disconnected, the malfunction code memory is erased and the

malfunction code can not be checked.

Special tool

(A): 09930–82720 (Mode select switch)

Malfunction LCD (display) indication FI light indication Indication mode

“NO” C00

FI indicator light turns OFF.

“YES” C** code is indicated from small

numeral to large one. For each 2 sec., code is indicated.

“A” “B”

I831G1110001-03

(A)

(A)

I831G1110014-01 I831G1110015-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-4

Schematic and Routing Diagram

FI System Wiring Diagram

B831G21102001

Crankshaft position sensor

(CKP sensor)

Throttle position sensor

(TP sensor)

Intake air pressure sensor

(IAP sensor)

Engine coolant temperature

sensor

(ECT sensor)

Intake air temperature sensor

(IAT sensor)

Tip-over sensor

(TO sensor)

ISC valve

Diff-lock switch

Diff-lock

relay

Starter

relay

Neutral

relay

Brake

switch (L)

Ignition

switch

Ignition

coil

Fuel injector

Fuel pump relay

Fuel pump

Engine stop

switch

START

button

Starter

motor

Parking

brake

relay

Diff-lock position switch

Override switch

Gear position

switch

N

L

H

30 A15 A

10 A

Speedometer

23

9

18

6

14

13

11

28

24

10

17

34

16

33

29

15

4

2

20

19

3

1

5

26

8

21

12

25

7

1 k

I831G1110002-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-5 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Terminal Alignment of ECM Coupler

B831G21102002

I831G1110003-03

TERMINAL NO. CIRCUIT TERMINAL NO. CIRCUIT

1 Ignition coil (IG1) 18 CKP sensor signal (CKP-)

2 Fuel injector (#1) 19 Fuel pump relay (FP relay)

3 Power source (+B) 20 Injector power voltage (VM)

4 Back up power (BATT) 21 Diff-lock relay (DL relay)

5 Brake switch (BRK) 22 Serial data for self-diagnosis (SDL)

6 Power source for sensors (VCC) 23 Serial data for speedometer (TECH)

7 ECM ground (E1) 24 Sensor ground (E2)

8 Forward sensor signal (FOW) 25 Override switch (OVR)

9 CKP sensor signal (CKP+) 26 Neutral switch (NT)

10 TO sensor signal (TO) 27 Test switch (TS)

11 ECT sensor signal (ECT) 28 IAT sensor signal (IAT)

12 Starter relay (STR) 29 Diff-lock switch (DL)

13 IAP sensor signal (IAP) 30

14 TP sensor signal (TP) 31

15 Diff-lock position sensor signal (DLP) 32

16 ISC valve (IS2A) 33 ISC valve (IS2B)

17 ISC valve (IS1A) 34 ISC valve (IS1B)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-6

Component Location

FI System Parts Location

B831G21103001

“I”

“E”

“B” “C”

“D”

“G”

“H”

“A”

“F”

I831G1110004-02

“A”: ECM “C”: TP sensor “E”: IAT sensor “G”: Speed sensor “I”: Diff-lock relay

“B”: ISC valve “D”: IAP sensor “F”: CKP sensor “H”: Combination meter

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-7 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

“J”

“K”

“N”

“L”

“A”

“M”

“I”

I831G1110005-03

“A”: ECM “J”: TO sensor “L”: Ignition coil “N”: Fuel pump

“I”: ECT sensor “K”: Fuel injector “M”: FP relay

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-8

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Engine Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21104001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Engine will not start or is

hard to start

(Compression too low)

Valve clearance out of adjustment. Adjust.

Worn valve guides or poor seating of

valves.

Repair or replace.

Mistimed valves. Adjust.

Excessively worn piston rings. Replace.

Worn-down cylinder bore. Replace.

Starter motor cranks too slowly. Refer to “Starting System Diagram in Section

1I (Page 1I-1)”.

Poor seating of spark plug. Retighten.

Engine will not start or is

hard to start (Plugs not

speaking)

Fouled spark plug. Clean.

Wet spark plug. Clean and dry.

Defective ignition coil. Replace.

Open or short in high-tension cord. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Open-circuited wiring connections. Repair or replace.

Engine will not start or is

hard to start (No fuel

reaching the intake

manifold)

Clogged fuel filter or fuel hose. Clean or replace.

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Defective fuel injector. Replace.

Defective fuel pump relay. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Open-circuited wiring connections. Check and repair.

Engine will not start or is

hard to start (Incorrect

fuel/air mixture)

TP sensor out of adjustment. Adjust.

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Engine idles poorly Valve clearance out of adjustment. Adjust.

Poor seating of valves. Replace or repair.

Defective valve guides. Replace.

Worn down camshafts. Replace.

Too wide spark plug gaps. Adjust or replace.

Defective ignition coil. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Defective ISC valve. Replace.

Engine stalls often

(Incorrect fuel/air mixture)

Defective IAP sensor or circuit. Repair or replace.

Clogged fuel filter. Clean or replace.

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Damaged or cracked vacuum hose. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective thermostat. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Engine stalls often (Fuel

injector improperly

operating)

Defective fuel injector. Replace.

No injection signal from ECM. Repair or replace.

Open or short circuited wiring

connection.

Repair or replace.

Defective battery or low battery voltage. Replace or recharge.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-9 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Engine stalls often

(Control circuit or sensor

improperly operating)

Defective ECM. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective fuel pump relay. Replace.

Engine stalls often

(Engine parts improperly

operating)

Fouled spark plug. Clean.

Defective CKP sensor or ECM. Replace.

Clogged fuel hose. Clean.

Valve clearance out of adjustment. Adjust.

Engine noisy (Excessive

valve chatter)

Too large valve clearance. Adjust.

Weakened or broken valve springs. Replace.

Worn tappet or cam surface. Replace.

Worn and burnt camshaft journal. Replace.

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to come from

piston)

Worn down pistons or cylinder. Replace.

Combustion chambers fouled with

carbon.

Clean.

Worn piston pin or piston pin bore. Replace.

Worn piston rings or ring grooves. Replace.

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to come from

timing chain)

Stretched chain. Replace.

Worn sprockets. Replace.

Tension adjuster not working. Repair or replace.

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to come from

crankshaft)

Rattling bearings due to wear. Replace.

Worn and burnt journal bearings. Replace.

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to come from

balancer)

Worn and burnt journal bearings. Replace.

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to come from

transmission)

Worn or rubbing gears. Replace.

Worn splines. Replace.

Worn or rubbing primary gears. Replace.

Worn bearings. Replace.

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to come from

water pump)

Worn or damaged impeller shaft. Replace.

Worn or damaged mechanical seal. Replace.

Contact between pump case and

impeller.

Replace.

Engine runs poorly in

high speed range

(Defective engine internal/

electrical parts)

Weakened valve springs. Replace.

Worn camshafts. Replace.

Valve timing out of adjustment. Adjust.

Too narrow spark plug gap. Adjust.

Ignition not advanced sufficiently due to

poorly working timing advance circuit.

Replace ECM.

Defective ignition coil. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Clogged air cleaner element. Clean.

Clogged fuel hose, resulting in

inadequate fuel supply to injector.

Clean and prime.

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective STP sensor/STVA. Replace.

Engine runs poorly in

high speed range

(Defective air flow

system)

Clogged air cleaner element. Clean or replace.

Defective throttle valves. Adjust or replace.

Defective ISC valve. Replace.

Sucking air from throttle body joint. Repair or replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-10

Engine runs poorly in

high speed range

(Defective control circuit

or sensor)

Low fuel pressure. Repair or replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensors. Replace.

Defective IAP sensor. Replace.

Defective AP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

TP sensor out of adjustment. Adjust.

Defective STP sensor/STVA. Replace.

Defective fuel tank pressure control

valve.

Replace.

Engine lacks power

(Defective engine internal/

electrical parts)

Loss of valve clearance. Adjust.

Weakened valve springs. Replace.

Valve timing out of adjustment. Adjust.

Worn piston rings or cylinder. Replace.

Poor seating of valves. Repair.

Fouled spark plug. Clean or replace.

Incorrect spark plugs. Adjust or replace.

Clogged injector. Clean.

TP sensor out of adjustment. Adjust.

Clogged air cleaner element. Clean.

Sucking air from throttle valve. Replace.

Too much engine oil. Drain out excess oil.

Defective fuel pump or ECM. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor and ignition coil. Replace.

Engine lacks power

(Defective control circuit

or sensor)

Low fuel pressure. Repair or replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAP sensor. Replace.

Defective AP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

TP sensor out of adjustment. Adjust.

Defective STP sensor or STVA. Replace.

Defective fuel tank pressure control

valve.

Replace.

Engine overheats

(Defective engine internal

parts)

Heavy carbon deposit on piston crown. Clean.

Not enough oil in the engine. Add oil.

Defective oil pump or clogged oil circuit. Replace or clean.

Use of incorrect engine oil. Change.

Sucking air from intake pipe. Retighten or replace.

Defective cooling system. Refer to “Engine Cooling Symptom Diagnosis

in Section 1F (Page 1F-4)”.

Engine overheats (Lean

fuel/air mixture)

Short-circuited IAP sensor/lead wire. Repair or replace.

Short-circuited IAT sensor/lead wire. Repair or replace.

Sucking air from intake pipe joint. Repair or replace.

Defective fuel injector. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Engine overheats (The

other factors)

Ignition timing too advanced due to

defective timing advance system (ECT

sensor, CKP sensor and ECM.)

Replace.

Dirty or heavy exhaust

smoke

Worn piston rings or cylinders. Replace.

Too much engine oil in the engine. Check and drain excess oil.

Worn valve guides. Replace.

Scored or scuffed cylinder wall. Replace.

Worn valves stems. Replace.

Defective stem seals. Replace.

Worn oil ring side rails. Replace.

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-11 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Self-Diagnostic Procedures

B831G21104002

Use of Mode Select Switch

NOTE

Do not disconnect coupler from ECM, the

battery cable from the battery, ECM ground

wire harness from the engine or main fuse

before confirming DTC (Diagnostic Trouble

Code) stored in memory. Such

disconnection will erase memorized

information in ECM memory.

DTC stored in ECM memory can be

checked by the special tool.

Before checking DTC, read self-diagnosis

function “User mode and dealer mode”

(Refer to “Self-Diagnostic Procedures

(Page 1A-11)”.) carefully to have good

understanding as to what functions are

available and how to use it.

Be sure to read “Precautions for Electrical

Circuit Service” (Refer to “Precautions for

Electrical Circuit Service in Section 00

(Page 00-2)”.) before inspection and

observe what is written there.

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Connect the special tool to the mode select switch at

the wiring harness.

Special tool

(A): 09930–82720 (Mode select switch)

3) Start the engine or crank the engine for more than 4

seconds.

4) Turn the special tool’s switch ON.

5) Check the DTC to determine the malfunction part.

Refer to “DTC Table (Page 1A-19)”.

Special tool

(A): 09930–82720 (Mode select switch)

6) After repairing the trouble, turn OFF the ignition

switch and turn ON again. If DTC is indicated (C00),

the malfunction is cleared.

NOTE

Even though DTC (C00) is indicated, the

previous malfunction history DTC still

remains stored in the ECM. Therefore,

erase the history DTC memorized in the

ECM using SDS.

DTC is memorized in the ECM also when

the wire coupler of any sensor is

disconnected. Therefore, when a wire

coupler has been disconnected at the time

of diagnosis, erase the stored history DTC

using SDS. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis

Reset Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

7) Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the

special tool from the mode select switch.

8) Reinstall the seat.

(A)

I831G1110006-01

(A)

I718H1110006-04

I831G1110015-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-12

Use of SDS

NOTE

Do not disconnect the coupler from ECM,

the battery cable from the battery, ECM

ground wire harness from the engine or

main fuse before confirming DTC

(Diagnostic Trouble Code) stored in

memory. Such disconnection will erase the

memorized information in ECM memory.

DTC stored in ECM memory can be

checked by the SDS.

Be sure to read “Precautions for Electrical

Circuit Service in Section 00 (Page 00-2)”

before inspection and observe what is

written there.

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Set up the SDS tools. (Refer to the SDS operation

manual for further details.)

Special tool

(A): 09904–41010 (SDS Set)

(B): 99565–01010–013 (CD-ROM Ver.13)

3) Click the DTC inspection button (1).

(A)

I831G1110008-01

(A)

(B)

I705H1110116-03

1

I705H1110003 01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-13 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

4) Start the engine or crank the engine for more than 4

seconds.

5) Check the DTC to determine the malfunction part.

Refer to “DTC Table (Page 1A-19)”.

NOTE

Read the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code)

and show data when trouble (displaying

data at the time of DTC) according to

instructions displayed on SDS.

Not only SDS is used for detecting

Diagnostic Trouble Codes but also for

reproducing and checking on screen the

failure condition as described by

customers using the trigger. (Refer to

“Show Data When Trouble (Displaying

Data at the Time of DTC) (Page 1A-14)”.)

How to use trigger. (Refer to the SDS

operation manual for further details.)

6) After repairing the trouble, clear to delete history

code (Past DTC). Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis

Reset Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

7) Close the SDS tool and turn the ignition switch OFF.

8) Disconnect the SDS tool and install the right frame

cover.

Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset Procedures

B831G21104003

NOTE

The malfunction code is memorized in the

ECM also when the wire coupler of any

sensor is disconnected. Therefore, when a

wire coupler has been disconnected at the

time of diagnosis, erase the stored

malfunction history code using SDS.

1) After repairing the trouble, turn OFF the ignition

switch and turn ON again.

2) Click the DTC inspection button (1).

3) Check the DTC.

4) The previous malfunction history code (Past DTC)

still remains stored in the ECM. Therefore, erase the

history code memorized in the ECM using SDS tool.

5) Click “Clear” (2) to delete history code (Past DTC).

6) Follow the displayed instructions.

7) Check that both “Current DTC” (3) and “Past DTC”

(4) are deleted (NIL).

8) Close the SDS tool and turn the ignition switch OFF.

9) Disconnect the SDS tool and install the seat.

1

I705H1110003-01

2

I705H1110005-01

I705H1110006-01

I705H1110009-01

34

I705H1110008-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-14

Show Data When Trouble (Displaying Data at the Time of DTC)

B831G21104004

Use of SDS

ECM stores the engine and driving conditions (in the form of data as shown in the figure) at the moment of the

detection of a malfunction in its memory. This data is called “Show data when trouble”.

Therefore, it is possible to know engine and driving conditions (e.g., whether the engine was warm or not, where the

motorcycle was running or stopped) when a malfunction was detected by checking the show data when trouble. This

show data when trouble function can record the maximum of two Diagnostic Trouble Codes in the ECM.

Also, ECM has a function to store each show data when trouble for two different malfunctions in the order of

occurrence as the malfunction is detected. Utilizing this function, it is possible to know the order of malfunctions that

have been detected. Its use is helpful when rechecking or diagnosing a trouble.

1) Click “Show data when trouble” (1) to display the data.

I831G1110016-02

1

I718H1110269 02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-15 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

2) Click the drop down button (2), either “Failure #1” or “Failure #2” can be selected.

SDS Check

B831G21104005

Using SDS, sample the data at the time of new and periodic vehicle inspections.

After saving the sampled data in the computer, file them by model and by user.

The periodically filed data help improve the accuracy of troubleshooting since they can indicate the condition of vehicle

functions that has changed with time.

For example, when a vehicle is brought in for service but the troubleshooting of a failure is not easy, comparing the

current data value to past filed data value at time of normal condition can allow the specific engine failure to be

determined.

Also, in the case of a customer vehicle which is not periodically brought in for service with no past data value having

been saved, if the data value of a good vehicle condition have been already saved as a master (STD), comparison

between the same models helps to facilitate the troubleshooting.

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Set up the SDS tool. (Refer to the SDS operation manual for further details.)

Special tool

: 09904–41010 (SDS set)

: 99565–01010–013 (CD-ROM Ver.13)

NOTE

Before taking the sample of data, check and clear the Past DTC.

A number of different data under a fixed condition as shown below should be saved or filed as

sample.

2

I831G1110017-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-16

Sample

Data sampled from cold starting through warm-up

Data at 3 000 r/min under no load

Check the engine r/min.

1 300 r/min

Check the manifold absolute pressure.

XXX kPa

Check the engine coolant temperature.

XX° C

I831G1110009-03

Check the manifold absolute

pressure XXX kPa.

Approx. 3 000 r/min.

I831G1110010-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-17 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Data at the time of racing

Throttle: Quick wide open

Throttle: Slowly open

I831G1110011-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-18

Example of Trouble

Three data; value 1 (current data 1), value 2 (past data 2) and value 3 (past data 3); can be made in comparison by

showing them in the graph. Read the change of value by comparing the current data to the past data that have been

saved under the same condition, then you may determine how changes have occurred with the passing of time and

identify what problem is currently occurring.

NOTE

With DTC not output, if the value of engine coolant temperature is found to be lower than the data

saved previously, the possible cause may probably lie in a sensor circuit opened, ground circuit

opened or influence of internal resistance value changes, etc.

No DTC output

Abnormal graph curve of the value 3

Abnormal value of engine coolant

temperature

The engine speed of the value 3 is

higher than the valve 1 and valve 2.

I831G1110012-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-19 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC Table

B831G21104006

In the LCD (DISPLAY) panel, the malfunction code is indicated from small code to large code.

*1

To get the proper signal from the throttle position sensor, the sensor basic position is indicated in the LCD (DISPLAY)

panel. The malfunction code is indicated in three difgits. In front of three digits, a line appears in any of the position,

upper, middle or lower line. If the indication is upper or lower line when engine rpm is 1 300 rpm, slightly turn the

throttle position sensor and bring the line to middle.

In the normal condition, the throttle valve stop screw pushes throttle valves slightly, and indication point is middle line.

Fail-Safe Function Table

B831G21104007

FI system is provided with fail-safe function to allow the engine to start and the motorcycle to run in a minimum

performance necessary even under malfunction condition.

The engine can start and can run even if the above signal is not received from each sensor. But, the engine running

condition is not complete, providing only emergency help (by fail-safe circuit). In this case, it is necessary to bring the

vehicle to the workshop for complete repair.

Code Malfunction Part Remarks

C00 None No defective part

C12 (P0335)

)(Page 1A-24) Crankshaft position sensor (CKP sensor) Pick-up coil signal, signal generator

C13 (P0105-H/L)

)(Page 1A-27) Intake air pressure sensor (IAP sensor)

C14 (P0120-H/L)

)(Page 1A-34) Throttle position sensor (TP sensor) *1

C15 (P0115-H/L)

)(Page 1A-41)

Engine coolant temperature sensor (ECT

sensor)

C20 (P1752)

)(Page 1A-47) Differential lock relay (Diff-lock relay)

C21(P0110-H/L)

)(Page 1A-49) Intake air temperature sensor (IAT sensor)

C23 (P1651-H/L)

)(Page 1A-53) Tip-over sensor (TO sensor)

C24 (P0351)

)(Page 1A-59) Ignition signal (Ignition coil)

C32 (P0201)

)(Page 1A-59) Injector signal (FI)

C40 (P0505)

)(Page 1A-59) Idle speed control valve (ISC valve)

C41 (P0230-H/L)

)(Page 1A-59) Fuel pump control system (FP relay) Fuel pump, Fuel pump relay

Item Fail-Safe Mode Starting Ability Running Ability

IAP sensor Intake air pressure is fixed to 101 kPa (760

mmHg). “YES” “YES”

TP sensor

The throttle opening is fixed to full open

position.

Ignition timing is also fixed.

“YES” “YES”

ECT sensor Engine coolant temperature value is fixed to

80 °C (176 °F). “YES” “YES”

IAT sensor Intake air temperature value is fixed to 40 °C

(104 °F). “YES” “YES”

Diff-lock relay Differential position signal is fixed to neutral

gear. “YES” “YES”

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-20

FI System Troubleshooting

B831G21104008

Customer Complaint Analysis

Record details of the problem (failure, complaint) and how it occurred as described by the customer. For this purpose,

use of an inspection form such as below will facilitate collecting information required for proper analysis and diagnosis.

EXAMPLE: CUSTOMER PROBLEM INSPECTION FORM

User name: Model: VIN:

Date of issue: Date Reg.: Date of problem: Mileage:

Malfunction indicator

light condition (LED) Always ON / Sometimes ON / Always OFF / Good condition

Malfunction display/code

(LCD)

User mode: No display / Malfunction display ( )

Dealer mode: No code / Malfunction code ( )

PROBLEM SYMPTOMS

Difficult Starting Poor Driveability

No cranking Hesitation on acceleration

No initial combustion Back fire / After fire

No combustion Lack of power

Poor starting at Surging

( cold / warm / always) Abnormal knocking

Other Engine rpm jumps briefly

Other

Poor Idling Engine Stall when

Poor fast Idle Immediately after start

Abnormal idling speed Throttle valve is opened

( High / Low) ( r/min) Throttle valve is closed

Unstable Load is applied

Hunting ( r/min to r/min) Other

Other

OTHERS:

VEHICLE/ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION WHEN PROBLEM OCCURS

Environmental condition

Weather

Temperature

Frequency

Fair / Cloudy / Rain / Snow / Always / Other

Hot / Warm / Cool / Cold ( °C / °F) / Always

Always / Sometimes (times / day, month) / Only once

Under certain condition

Road Mountainous ( Uphill / Downhill) / Gravel / Other

Vehicle condition

Engine condition Cold / Warming up phase / Warmed up / Always / Other at starting

Immediately after start / Racing without load / Engine speed ( r/min)

Vehicle condition During driving: Constant speed / Accelerating / Decelerating

Right hand corner / Left hand corner

At stop / Vehicle speed when problem occurs ( km/h, mile/h)

Other:

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-21 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

NOTE

The above form is a standard sample. The form should be modified according to condition and

characteristics of each market.

Visual Inspection

Prior to diagnosis using the mode select switch or SDS, perform the following visual inspections. The reason for visual

inspection is that mechanical failures (such as oil leakage) cannot be displayed on the screen with the use of mode

select switch or SDS.

Engine oil level and leakage. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

Engine coolant level and leakage. Refer to “Cooling Circuit Inspection in Section 1F (Page 1F-4)”.

Fuel level and leakage. Refer to “Fuel Line Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

Clogged air cleaner element. Refer to “Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning in Section 0B (Page 0B-3)”.

Battery condition.

Throttle cable play. Refer to “Throttle Cable Play Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Vacuum hose looseness, bend and disconnection.

Broken fuse.

FI light operation. Refer to “Combination Meter Inspection in Section 9C (Page 9C-4)”.

Each indicator light operation. Refer to “Combination Meter Inspection in Section 9C (Page 9C-4)”.

Speedometer operation. Refer to “Speedometer Inspection in Section 9C (Page 9C-6)”.

Exhaust gas leakage and noise. Refer to “Exhaust System Inspection in Section 1K (Page 1K-3)”.

Each coupler disconnection.

Clogged radiator fins. Refer to “Radiator Inspection and Cleaning in Section 1F (Page 1F-5)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-22

Malfunction Code and Defective Condition Table

B831G21104009

Malfunction

Code Detected Item Detected Failure Condition Check For

C00 NO FAULT

C12

CKP sensor The signal does not reach ECM for 3 sec. or

more, after receiving the starter signal.

CKP sensor wiring and

mechanical parts.

CKP sensor, lead wire/coupler

connection.

P0335

C13

IAP sensor

The sensor should produce following voltage.

0.5 V sensor voltage < 4.85 V

In other than the above range, C13 (P0105) is

indicated.

IAP sensor, lead wire/coupler

connection.

P0105

H Sensor voltage is higher than specified value. IAP sensor circuit shorted to

VCC or ground circuit open.

L Sensor voltage is lower than specified value.

IAP sensor circuit open or

shorted to the ground or VCC

circuit open.

C14

TP sensor

The sensor should produce following voltage.

0.2 V sensor voltage < 4.8 V

In other than the above range, C14 (P0120) is

indicated.

TP sensor, lead wire/coupler

connection.

P0120

H Sensor voltage is higher than specified value. TP sensor circuit shorted to

VCC or ground circuit open.

L Sensor voltage is lower than specified value.

TP sensor circuit open or

shorted to the ground or VCC

circuit open.

C15

ECT sensor

The sensor voltage should be the following.

0.15 V sensor voltage < 4.85 V

In other than the above range, C15 (P0115) is

indicated.

ECT sensor, lead wire/coupler

connection.

P0115

H Sensor voltage is higher than specified value. ECT sensor circuit open or

ground circuit open.

L Sensor voltage is lower than specified value. ECT sensor circuit shorted to

the ground.

C20

Diff-lock relay

No voltage is applied to 4WD/diff-lock

actuator, although ignition switch is turned ON,

or voltage is applied to 4WD/diff-lock actuator,

although ignition switch is turned OFF.

In this case, the code C20 (P1752) is

indicated.

Diff-lock relay circuit open or

shorted to ground.P1752

C21

IAT sensor

The sensor voltage should be the following.

0.15 V sensor voltage < 4.85 V

In other than the above range, C21 (P0110) is

indicated.

IAT sensor, lead wire/coupler

connection.

P0110

H Sensor voltage is higher than specified value. IAT sensor circuit open or

ground circuit open.

L Sensor voltage is lower than specified value. IAT sensor circuit shorted to

the ground.

C23

TO sensor

The sensor voltage should be the following for

2 sec. and more, after ignition switch is turned

ON.

0.2 V sensor voltage < 4.8 V

In other than the above value, C23 (P1651) is

indicated.

TO sensor, lead wire/coupler

connection.

P1651

H Sensor voltage is higher than specified value. TO sensor circuit shorted to

VCC or ground circuit open.

LSensor voltage is lower than specified value.

TO sensor circuit open or

shorted to the ground or VCC

circuit open.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-23 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

C24

Ignition signal

CKP sensor (pick-up coil) signal is produced,

but signal from ignition coil is interrupted 8

times or more continuously. In this case, the

code C24 (P0351) is indicated.

Ignition coil, wiring/coupler

connection, power supply from

the battery.

P0351

C32

Fuel injector

CKP sensor (pick-up coil) signal is produced,

but fuel injector signal is interrupted 4 times or

more continuously. In this case, the code C32

(P0201) is indicated.

Fuel injector, wiring/coupler

connection, power supply to

the injector.

P0201

C40

ISC valve The circuit voltage of motor drive is unusual.

ISC valve circuit open or

shorted to the ground.

Power source circuit open.

P0505

C41

Fuel pump relay

No voltage is applied to the fuel pump,

although fuel pump relay is turned ON, or

voltage is applied to fuel pump, although fuel

pump relay is turned OFF.

Fuel pump relay, lead wire/

coupler connection, power

source to the fuel pump relay

and fuel injectors.

P0230

HVoltage is applied to the injector and fuel

pump relay is turned OFF.

Fuel pump relay switch circuit

shorted to power source.

Fuel pump relay (switch side).

LNo voltage is applied to the injector and fuel

pump relay is turned ON.

Fuel pump relay circuit open or

short.

Fuel pump relay (coil side).

Malfunction

Code Detected Item Detected Failure Condition Check For

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-24

DTC “C12” (P0335): CKP Sensor Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104010

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

The signal does not reach ECM for 3 sec. or more, after

receiving the starter signal.

Metal particles or foreign material being stuck on the

CKP sensor and rotor tip.

CKP sensor circuit open or short.

CKP sensor malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

CKP sensor

ECM

To regulator/rectifier

Generator

CKP

CKP

Bl/G

B

Bl

W

9

18

I831G1110018-01

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-25 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the CKP sensor coupler for loose or poor

contacts.

If OK, then measure the CKP sensor resistance.

3) Disconnect the CKP sensor coupler and measure the

resistance.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

CKP sensor resistance

150 – 250 (Bl – W)

Go to Step 2. Replace the CKP

sensor with a new one.

I831G1110020-02

(A)

I831G1110007-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-26

1 4) If OK, then check the continuity between each terminal

and ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

CKP sensor continuity

(Infinity) (Bl – Ground, W – Ground)

Are the resistance and continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. Replace the CKP

sensor with a new one.

2 1) Crank the engine several seconds with the starter motor,

and measure the CKP sensor peak voltage at the

coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

CKP sensor peak voltage

5.0 V and more

((+) terminal: Bl – (–) terminal: W)

2) Repeat the above test procedure a few times and

measure the highest peak voltage.

Is the voltage OK?

Bl or W wire open or

shorted to the

ground, or poor “9” or

“18” connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again. Refer to “ECM

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Inspect that metal

particles or foreign

material stuck on the

CKP sensor and rotor

tip.

If there are no metal

particles and foreign

material, then replace

the CKP sensor with

a new one. Refer to

“CKP Sensor

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

I831G1110021-01

Peak volt

adaptor

I831G1110022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-27 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C13” (P0105-H/L): IAP Sensor Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104011

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

C13

IAP sensor voltage is not within the

following range.

0.5 V < Sensor voltage 4.85 V

NOTE

Note that atmospheric pressure

varies depending on weather

conditions as well as altitude.

Take that into consideration

when inspecting voltage.

Clogged vacuum passage between throttle body and

IAP sensor.

Air being drawn from vacuum passage between throttle

body and IAP sensor.

IAP sensor circuit open or shorted to the ground.

IAP sensor malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

P0105

HSensor voltage is higher than specified

value.

IAP sensor circuit is open or shorted to VCC or ground

circuit open.

LSensor voltage is lower than specified

value.

IAP sensor circuit is shorted to the ground or VCC circuit

open.

IAP sensor ECM

VCC

IAP

E2

R

G/B

B/Br

6

13

24

I831G1110024-01

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-28

C13 (Use of mode select switch)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the IAP sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then measure the IAP sensor input voltage.

4) Disconnect the IAP sensor coupler.

5) Turn the ignition switch ON.

6) Measure the voltage at the R wire and ground.

If OK, then measure the voltage at the R wire and B/Br

wire.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

IAP sensor input voltage

4.5 – 5.5 V

((+) terminal: R – (–) terminal: Ground, (+) terminal: R

– (–) terminal: B/Br)

Is the voltage OK?

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the ECM

coupler.

Open or short circuit

in the R wire or B/Br

wire.

I831G1110026-01

I831G1110027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-29 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

P0105-H for IAP sensor (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

3) Check the IAP sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the IAP sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the IAP sensor coupler.

5) Check the continuity between the R wire and G/B wire.

If the sound is not heard from the tester, the circuit

condition is OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Go to Step 3. G/B wire shorted to

VCC, or B/Br wire open.

I831G1110026-01

(A)

I831G1110028-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-30

Step Action Yes No

1 6) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

7) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

8) Check the continuity between the G/B wire “B” and

terminal “13”.

If OK, then check the continuity between the B/Br wire

“C” and terminal “24”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 3. G/B wire shorted to

VCC, or B/Br wire open.

“13”

“24”

(A)

(B)

“C”

“B”

I831G1110090-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-31 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

P0105-L for IAP sensor (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

3) Check the IAP sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the IAP sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the IAP sensor coupler.

5) Check the continuity between the G/B wire and ground.

Also, check the continuity between the G/B wire and B/

Br wire. If the sound is not heard from the tester, the

circuit condition is OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Go to Step 2. R and G/B wire open, G/

B wire shorted to the

ground.

I831G1110026-01

(A)

I831G1110029-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-32

1 6) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

7) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

8) Check the continuity between the R wire “A” and

terminal “6”. Also, check the continuity between the G/B

wire “B” and terminal “13”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. R and G/B wire open, G/

B wire shorted to the

ground.

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Connect the IAP sensor coupler.

3) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

4) Start the engine at idle speed and measure the IAP

sensor output voltage at the wire side coupler between

G/B wire and B/Br wire.

IAP sensor output voltage

Approx. 2.63 V at idle speed

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Is the voltage OK?

Go to Step 3. Check the vacuum

hose for crack or

damage.

Open or short circuit

in the G/B wire.

If vacuum hose and

wire is OK, replace

the IAP sensor with a

new one. Refer to

“IAP Sensor Removal

and Installation in

Section 1C

(Page 1C-2)”.

Step Action Yes No

“13”

“6”

(A)

(B) “B” “A”

I831G1110030-03

(B)

(A)

I831G1110031-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-33 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

3 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the IAP sensor. Refer to “IAP Sensor Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-2)”.

3) Connect the vacuum pump gauge to the vacuum port of

the IAP sensor.

Arrange 3 new 1.5 V batteries in series (1) (check that

total voltage is 4.5 – 5.5 V) and connect (–) terminal to

the ground terminal “B” and (+) terminal to the VCC

terminal “A”.

4) Check the voltage between Vout “C” and ground. Also,

check if voltage reduces when vacuum is applied up to

400 mmHg by using vacuum pump gauge.

Special tool

(A): 09917–47011 (Vacuum pump gauge)

(B): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Is the voltage OK?

G/B, R or B/Br wire

open or shorted to

ground, or poor “6”,

“13” or “24”

connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again. Refer to “ECM

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace IAP

sensor with a new one.

Refer to “IAT Sensor

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-3)”.

Step Action Yes No

V

1

“C”

“B”

“A”

(A)

(B)

I831G1110032-01

0 – 2 000

2 001 – 5 000

5 001 – 8 000

8 001 – 10 000

0 – 610

611 – 1 524

1 525 – 2 438

2 439 – 3 048

760 – 707

707 – 634

634 – 567

567 – 526

100 – 94

94 – 85

85 – 76

76 – 70

3.1 – 3.6

2.8 – 3.4

2.6 – 3.1

2.4 – 2.9

ALTITUDE (Reference) ATOMOSPHERIC

PRESSURE

OUTPUT

VOLTAGE

ft m mmHg kPa V

I831G1110033-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-34

DTC “C14” (P0120-H/L): TP Sensor Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104012

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

C14

Output voltage is not within the following

range.

Difference between actual throttle opening

and opening calculated by ECM is larger

than specified value.

0.2 V Sensor voltage < 4.8 V

TP sensor maladjusted.

TP sensor circuit open or short.

TP sensor malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

P0120

HSensor voltage is higher than specified

value.

TP sensor circuit is shorted to VCC or ground circuit

open.

LSensor voltage is lower than specified

value.

TP sensor circuit is open or shorted to the ground or

VCC circuit open.

TP sensor ECM

E2

TP

VCC

YP

B/Br

R

24

14

6

I831G1110025-02

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-35 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

C14 (Use of mode select switch)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the TP sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the TP sensor input voltage.

4) Disconnect the TP sensor coupler.

5) Turn the ignition switch ON.

6) Insert the pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

7) Measure the input voltage at the R wire “A” and ground.

If OK, then measure the input voltage at the R wire “A”

and B/Br wire “C”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

TP sensor input voltage

4.5 – 5.5 V

((+) terminal: R – (–) terminal: Ground, (+) terminal: R

– (–) terminal: B/Br)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the ECM

coupler.

Open or short circuit

in the R wire or B/Br

wire.

I831G1110035-01

(B)

V

“A”

“C”

(A)

I831G1110081-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-36

P0120-H (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the TP sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the TP sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the TP sensor coupler.

5) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

6) Check the continuity between R wire “A” and Y wire “B”.

If sound is not heard from the tester, the circuit condition

is OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Go to Step 2. R wire shorted to VCC

or B/Br wire open.

I831G1110035-01

(A)

(B)

?

“A”

“B”

I831G1110080-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-37 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Step Action Yes No

1 7) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

8) Check the continuity between R wire “A” and terminal

“6”.

Also, check the continuity between B/Br wire “C” and

terminal “24”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. R wire shorted to VCC

or B/Br wire open.

“24”

“6”

(A)

(B) “A”

“C”

I831G1110036-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-38

P0120-L (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the TP sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the TP sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the TP sensor coupler.

5) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

6) Check the continuity between Y wire “B” and ground.

Also, check the continuity between Y wire “B” and B/Br

wire “C”.

If sound is not heard from the tester, the circuit condition

is OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

Go to Step 2. Y or R wire open, or Y

wire shorted to ground.

I831G1110035-01

“C” “B”

(B)

(A)

I831G1110037-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-39 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Step Action Yes No

1 7) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

8) Check the continuity between Y wire “B” and terminal

“14”.

Also, check the continuity between R wire “A” and

terminal “6”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. Y or R wire open, or Y

wire shorted to ground.

2 1) Correct the ECM coupler.

2) Turn the ignition switch ON.

3) Measure the input voltage between the R wire and

ground.

If OK, the measure the input voltage between the R wire

and B/Br wire.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

TP sensor input voltage

4.5 – 5.5 V

((+) terminal: R – (–) terminal: Ground, (+) terminal: R

– (–) terminal: B/Br)

In the voltage OK?

Go to Step 3. R and P/B wire open, or

P/B wire shorted to the

ground.

“14”

(A)

(B) “A”

“B”

“6”

I831G1110038-03

(A)

V

I831G1110039-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-40

3 1) Connect the TP sensor coupler.

2) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

3) Turn the ignition switch ON.

4) Measure the TP sensor output voltage at the coupler

(between (+) Y wire and (–) B/Br wire) by opening the

throttle lever.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

TP sensor output voltage

Throttle valve is closed: Approx. 1.12 V

Throttle valve is opened: Approx. 4.32 V

Is the voltage OK?

Y, B/Br or R wire

open or shorted to

ground, or poor “14”,

“24” or “6”

connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace TP

sensor with a new one.

Refer to “Throttle Body

Disassembly and

Assembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-10)”.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

V

(B)

I831G1110040-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-41 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C15” (P0115-H/L): ECT Sensor Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104013

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

C15

Output voltage is not with in the following

range.

0.15 V Sensor voltage < 4.85 V

ECT sensor circuit open or short.

ECT sensor malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

P0115

HSensor voltage is higher than specified

value.

ECT sensor circuit is open or ground circuit open.

LSensor voltage is lower than specified

value.

ECT sensor circuit shorted to the ground.

ECT sensor ECM

B/Bl

B/Br

ECT

E2

11

24

I831G1110041-01

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-42

C15 (Use of mode select switch)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the ECT sensor coupler for loose or poor

contacts.

If OK, then measure the ECT sensor voltage at the wire

side coupler.

4) Disconnect the coupler and turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the voltage between the B/Bl wire terminal and

ground.

If OK, then measure the input voltage between B/Bl wire

terminal and B/Br wire terminal.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

ECT sensor voltage

4.5 – 5.5 V

((+) terminal: B/Bl – (–) terminal: Ground, (+)

terminal: B/Bl – (–) terminal: B/Br)

6)

Is the voltage OK?

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the ECM

coupler.

Open or short circuit

in the B/Bl or B/Br

wire.

I831G1110042-01

V(A)

I831G1110043-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-43 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

P0115-H (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the ECT sensor coupler for loose or poor

contacts.

If OK, then check the ECT sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the ECT sensor coupler.

5) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

6) Insert the needle pointed probes to lead wire coupler.

7) Check the continuity between B/Bl wire “A” and terminal

“11”.

Also, check the continuity between B/Br wire “B” and

terminal “24”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. B/Bl or B/Br wire open.

I831G1110042-01

“24”

“11”

(A)

(B)

“A” “B”

I831G1110044-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-44

P0115-L (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the ECT sensor coupler for loose or poor

contacts.

If OK, then check the ECT sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the ECT sensor coupler.

5) Check the continuity between B/Bl wire and ground.

If sound is not heard from the tester, the circuit condition

is OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

6) Connect the ECT sensor coupler.

7) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

Go to Step 2. B/Bl wire shorted to

ground.

If wire is OK, go to

Step 2.

I831G1110042-01

(A)

I831G1110045-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-45 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Step Action Yes No

1 8) Turn the ignition switch ON.

9) Measure the output voltage between B/Bl wire and

ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Output voltage

0.1 – 4.6 V

((+) terminal: B/Bl – (–) terminal: Ground)

Are the continuity and voltage OK?

Go to Step 2. B/Bl wire shorted to

ground.

If wire is OK, go to

Step 2.

(A)

V(B)

I831G1110046-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-46

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Connect the ECM coupler.

3) Disconnect the ECT sensor coupler.

4) Measure the ECT sensor resistance. Refer to “ECT

Sensor Inspection in Section 1C (Page 1C-4)” for

details.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

ECT sensor resistance

Approx 2.45 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

(Terminal – Terminal)

NOTE

Refer to “ECT Sensor Inspection in Section 1C

(Page 1C-4)” for details.

Is the resistance OK?

B/Br or B/Bl wire

open or shorted to

ground, or poor “24”

or “11” connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again. Refer to “ECM

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Replace the ECT

sensor with a new one.

Refer to “ECT Sensor

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-4)”.

Step Action Yes No

I831G1110047-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-47 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C20” (P1752): Diff-lock Relay Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104014

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

No voltage is applied to diff-lock motor, although ignition

switch is turned ON, or voltage is applied to diff-lock

motor, although ignition switch is turned OFF.

Diff-lock relay circuit open or short.

Diff-lock relay malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

ECM

Diff-lock relay

Ignition

switch

Ignition

fuse

Main

fuse

Diff-lock relay

Transfer selecting

switch

Diff-lock

motor

O/Y

B

W/Bl

Br

W

Y/B

B/G

21

I831G1110048-02

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-48

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Connect the disconnected couplers and battery.

3) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

4) Check the diff-lock relay coupler for loose or poor

contacts.

If OK, then check the diff-lock relay insulation and

continuity.

Refer to “2WD/4WD/Diff-lock System Inspection in

Section 3B (Page 3B-17)”.

Is the diff-lock relay OK?

Inspect the 4WD/diff-

lock switch.

Y/B wire open or

shorted to ground, or

poor “21” connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again.

Replace the diff-lock

relay with a new one.

I831G1110049-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-49 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C21” (P0110-H/L): IAT Sensor Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104015

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

C21

Output voltage is not with in the following

range.

0.15 V Sensor voltage < 4.85 V

IAT sensor circuit open or short.

IAT sensor malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

P0110

HSensor voltage is higher than specified

value.

IAT sensor circuit open or ground circuit open.

LSensor voltage is lower than specified

value.

IAT sensor circuit shorted to the ground.

IAT sensor ECM

IAT

E2

Dg

B/Br 24

28

I831G1110082-01

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-50

C21 (Use of mode select switch)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the IAT sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then measure the IAT sensor voltage.

4) Disconnect the coupler and turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the voltage between the Dg wire terminal and

ground.

If OK, then measure the input voltage between Dg wire

terminal and B/Br wire terminal.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

IAT sensor input voltage

4.5 – 5.5 V

((+) terminal: Dg – (–) terminal: Ground, (+) terminal:

Dg – (–) terminal: B/Br)

Is the voltage OK?

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the ECM

coupler.

Open or short circuit

in the Dg wire or B/Br

wire.

I831G1110051-01

(A)

V

I831G1110052-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-51 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

P0110-H (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the IAT sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the IAT sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the IAT sensor coupler.

5) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Also, check the continuity between B/Br wire “B” and

terminal “24”.

6) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

7) Check the continuity between the Dg wire “A” and

terminal “28”.

Also, check the continuity between the B/Br wire “B” and

terminal “24”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Connect the ECM

coupler and go to step

2.

Dg or B/Br wire open.

I831G1110051-01

“24”

“28”

(A)

(B) “A” “B”

I831G1110050-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-52

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Measure the IAT sensor resistance.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

IAT sensor resistance

Approx. 1.6 k at 20 °C (68 °F) (Terminal — Terminal)

NOTE

IAT sensor resistance measurement method is

the same way as that of the ECT sensor. Refer to

“ECT Sensor Inspection in Section 1C (Page 1C-

4)”.

Is the resistance OK?

Dg or B/Br wire open

or shorted to ground,

or poor “28” or “24”

connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again. Refer to “ECM

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Replace the IAT sensor

with a new one. Refer to

“IAP Sensor Removal

and Installation in

Section 1C (Page 1C-

2)”.

Step Action Yes No

I831G1110051-01

(A)

I831G1110083-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-53 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C23” (P1651-H/L): TO Sensor Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104016

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

C23

The sensor voltage should be the

following for 2 sec. and more, after ignition

switch is turned ON.

0.2 V Sensor voltage < 4.8 V

TO sensor circuit open or short.

TO sensor malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

P1651

HSensor voltage is higher than specified

value.

TO sensor circuit open or shorted to VCC or ground

circuit open.

LSensor voltage is lower than specified

value.

TO sensor circuit shorted to ground or VCC circuit open.

TO sensor ECM

VCC

TO

E2

R

Br/W

B/Br

6

10

24

I831G1110054-01

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-54

C23 (Use of mode select switch)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner Box

Removal and Installation in Section 1D (Page 1D-5)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the TO sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then measure the TO sensor resistance.

4) Remove the TO sensor.

5) Disconnect the TO sensor coupler.

6) Measure the resistance between terminal “A” and

terminal “B”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

TO sensor resistance

19.0 – 20.0 k

(Terminal “A” – Terminal “B”)

Is the resistance OK?

Go to Step 2. Replace the TO sensor

with a new one. Refer to

“TO Sensor Removal

and Installation in

Section 1C (Page 1C-

5)”.

I831G1110055-01

“A”

“B”

(A)

I831G1110056-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-55 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

P1651-H (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner Box

Removal and Installation in Section 1D (Page 1D-5)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the TO sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the TO sensor lead wire continuity.

4) Remove the TO sensor.

5) Disconnect the TO sensor coupler.

6) Check the continuity between the R wire “A” and B/Br

wire “B”. If the sound is not heard from the tester, the

circuit condition is OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

Go to Step 2. Br/W wire shorted to

VCC, or B/Br wire open.

I831G1110055-01

(A)

“A” “B”

I831G1110057-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-56

P1651-L (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 7) Disconnect the ECM coupler.

8) Check the continuity between Br/W wire “B” and terminal

“10”. Also, check the continuity between B/Br wire “C”

and terminal “24”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. Br/W wire shorted to

VCC, or B/Br wire open.

“B” “C”

(A)

(B)

“10”

“24”

I831G1110058-03

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner Box

Removal and Installation in Section 1D (Page 1D-5)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the TO sensor coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the TO sensor lead wire continuity.

Go to Step 2. R or B wire open, or Br/

W wire shorted to the

ground.

I831G1110055-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-57 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Step Action Yes No

1 4) Remove the TO sensor.

5) Disconnect the TO sensor coupler.

6) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

7) Check the continuity between Br/W wire “B” and ground.

Also, check the continuity between Br/W wire “B” and B/

Br wire “C”. If sound is not heard from the tester, the

circuit condition is OK.

8) Disconnect the ECM coupler. Refer to “ECM Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-1)”.

9) Check the continuity between R wire “A” and terminal

“6”.

Also, then check the continuity between Br/W wire “B”

and terminal “10”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. R or B wire open, or Br/

W wire shorted to the

ground.

(A)

“B”

“C”

I831G1110084-01

“A” “B”

(A)

(B)

“10”

“6”

I831G1110085-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-58

2 1) Connect the TO sensor coupler.

2) Insert the needle pointed probes to the lead wire coupler.

3) Turn the ignition switch ON.

4) Measure the voltage at the wire side coupler between

Br/W and B/Br wires.

Also, measure the voltage when learning the vehicle.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

TO sensor voltage

0.4 – 1.4 V

((+) terminal: Br/W – (–) terminal: B/Br)

5) Dismount the TO sensor from its bracket and measure

the voltage when it is learned 65° and more, left and

right, from the horizontal level.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle pointed probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

TO sensor voltage

3.7 – 4.4 V

((+) terminal: Br/W – (–) terminal: B/Br)

Is the voltage OK?

R, B/Br or Br/W wire

open or shorted to

ground, or poor “6”,

“24” or “10”

connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again. Refer to “ECM

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Loose or poor

contacts on the ECM

coupler.

Open or short circuit.

Replace the TO

sensor with a new

one.

Step Action Yes No

V

(A)

(B)

I831G1110059-01

(A)

(B)

V

65°

I831G1110060-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-59 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C24” (P0351): Ignition Coil Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104017

NOTE

Refer to “No Spark or Poor Spark in Section 1H (Page 1H-2)” for details.

DTC “C32” (P0201): Fuel Injector Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104018

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Injector voltage can be detected only for 3 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

CKP signal is produced but fuel injector signal is

interrupted by 4 times or more continuity.

Injector circuit open or short.

Injector malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

ECM

VM

FP

INJ

To engine

stop switch

Fuel

fuse

Main

fuse

Fuel pump relay

Y/R

Y/Bl

R/B

O/W

Fuel injector

Gr/W

20

19

2

I831G1110086-03

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-60

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the injector coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then measure the injector resistance.

4) Disconnect the injector coupler and measure the

resistance between terminals.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

Injector resistance

Approx. 11 – 13 at 20 °C (68 °F)

(Terminal – Terminal)

Go to Step 2. Replace the injector

with a new one. Refer to

“Throttle Body

Disassembly and

Assembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-10)”.

I831G1110087-01

(A)

I831G1110088-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-61 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

1 5) If OK, then check the continuity between each terminal

and ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Injector continuity

(Infinity)

(Terminal – Ground)

Are the resistance and continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. Replace the injector

with a new one. Refer to

“Throttle Body

Disassembly and

Assembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-10)”.

2 1) Turn the ignition switch ON.

2) Measure the injector voltage between Y/R wire and

ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Injector voltage

Battery voltage

((+) terminal: Y/R – (–) terminal: Ground)

Is the voltage OK?

Gr/W or Y/R wire

open or shorted to

ground, or poor “2” or

“20” connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again.

Open circuit in the Y/R

wire.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

I831G1110089-01

(A)

V

I831G1110061-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-62

DTC “C40” (P05057): ISC Valve Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104019

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

Be careful not to disconnect at lease 3 seconds after ignition switch is turned to OFF.

If the ECM coupler is disconnected within 3 seconds after ignition switch is turned to OFF, there is a

possibility of an usual valve being written in ECM and causing an error of ISC valve operation.

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

No voltage is applied to ISC valve motor, although ignition

switch is turned ON, or voltage is applied to ISC valve

motor, although ignition switch is turned OFF.

ISC valve circuit open or shorted to the ground.

ISC valve malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

ISC valve ECM

IS1A

M

BATT

IS1B

B/Lg

R/B

P/W

IS2A

G

IS2B

W/Bl

17

4

34

16

33

I831G1110062-01

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-63 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

3) Check the ISC valve coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the ISC valve lead wire continuity.

4) Disconnect the ISC valve coupler.

5) Check the continuity between terminals “A” and “34”,

terminals “B” and “4”, terminals “C” and “17”, terminals

“D” and “33”, terminals “E” and “4” and terminals “F” and

“16”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Is the continuity OK?

Go to Step 2. B/Lg, R/B, P/W, G or W/

Bl wire open.

I831G1110063-01

(A)

“17”

“34”

“A”

“B”

“C”

“4”

I831G1110064-02

(A)

“33”

“16”

“4”

“D”

“E” “F”

I831G1110065-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-64

2 1) Measure the resistance between terminals “A” and “C”,

terminals “B” and “D”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

ISC valve resistance

Approx.

(Terminal “A” – Terminal “C”)

(Terminal “B” – Terminal “D”)

2) If OK, then measure the resistance between terminals

“A” and “B”, terminals “C” and “D”.

ISC valve resistance

Approx. 31 k at 20 °C

(Terminal “A” – Terminal “B”)

(Terminal “C” – Terminal “D”)

Is the resistance OK?

If wire is OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Replace the ISC valve

with a new one.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

“A”

“C”

“B”

“D”

I831G1110066-02

(A)

“A”

“D”

“B”

“C”

I831G1110067-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-65 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

ACTIVE CONTROL INSPECTION (ISC RPM CONTROL)

Check 1

1) Set up the SDS tool. (Refer to the SDS operation manual for further details.)

2) Check that the engine is running.

3) Click the “Active control”.

4) Click the “ISC rpm control” (1).

5) Check that the “Spec” (2) is idle speed 1 300 ± 100 rpm.

6) Check that the “Desired idle speed” (3) is within the specified idle rpm.

Check 2

1) Click the button (4) and decrease the “Spec” (2) to 1 100 rpm slowly.

2) Check that the “Desired idle speed” (3) is nearly equal to the “Spec” (2). At the same time, check that the number

of steps (5) in the ISC valve position decreases.

3) Click the button (6) and increase the “Spec” (2) slowly.

4) Check that the “Desired idle speed” (3) is nearly equal to the “Spec” (2). Also, check that the number of steps (5) in

the ISC valve position increases.

1

I831G1110070-02

2

I831G1110068-02

3

I831G1110069-02



24

6

I831G1110071-05

3

5

1100

I831G1110072-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-66

Check 3

1) Click the button (6) and increase the “Spec” (2) to 1 400 rpm slowly.

2) Check that the “Desired idle speed” (3) is nearly equal to the “Spec” (2). Also, check that the number of steps (5) in

the ISC valve position increases.

Check 4

1) Click the button (6) and increase the “Spec” (2) to 1 600 rpm.

2) Check that the “Desired idle speed” (3) is approx. 1 600 rpm.

3) Check that the “Engine speed” (7) is close to 1 600 rpm.

NOTE

Be careful not to increase the “Spec” to 1 650 rpm, or the “Engine speed” may reach the upper limit.

If the ISC valve does not function properly, replace the ISC valve or inspect the ISC valve. Refer to “Throttle Body

Disassembly and Assembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-10)”.

2

6

4

I831G1110073-01

3

5

I831G1110074-01

2

6

I831G1110076-01

7

3

I831G1110075-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-67 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

DTC “C41” (P230-H/L): FP Relay Circuit Malfunction

B831G21104020

Detected Condition and Possible Cause

Wiring Diagram

ECM coupler (Harness side)

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

When using the multi-circuit tester, do not strongly touch the terminal of the ECM coupler with a

needle pointed tester probe to prevent the terminal damage or terminal bend.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using SDS tool. Refer to “Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset

Procedures (Page 1A-13)”.

Detected Condition Possible Cause

C41

No voltage is applied to fuel pump

although fuel pump relay is turned ON, or

voltage is applied to fuel pump, although

fuel pump relay is turned OFF.

Fuel pump relay circuit open or short.

Fuel pump relay malfunction.

ECM malfunction.

P0230

HVoltage is applied to fuel pump although

fuel pump relay is turned OFF.

Fuel pump relay switch circuit shorted to power source.

Faulty fuel pump relay (switch side).

LNo voltage is applied to fuel pump

although fuel pump relay is turned ON.

Fuel pump relay coil circuit open or short.

Faulty fuel pump relay (coil side).

ECM

VM

FP

Engine stop

switch

Ignition

switch

Ignition

fuse

Main

fuse

Fuel

fuse

Fuel pump relay

Fuel pump

To the combination

meter

R/B

O/W

Y/R

Y/Bl

20

19

I831G1110077-04

I831G1110019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-68

C41 (Use of mode select switch)

P0230-H (Use of SDS)

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

3) Check the FP relay coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the FP relay. Refer to “Fuel Pump

Relay Inspection in Section 1G (Page 1G-7)”.

Is the FP relay OK?

Y/Bl or O/W wire

open or shorted to

ground, or poor “19”

connection.

Y/R or R/B wire open

or shorted to ground,

or poor “20”

connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again. Refer to “ECM

Removal and

Installation in Section

1C (Page 1C-1)”.

Replace the FP relay

with a new one.

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

3) Check the FP relay coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the FP relay. Refer to “Fuel Pump

Relay Inspection in Section 1G (Page 1G-7)”.

Is the FP relay OK?

Y/R wire shorted to

power source.

Y/Bl wire shorted to

ground.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again.

Replace the FP relay

with a new one.

I831G1110078-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1A-69 Engine General Information and Diagnosis:

P0230-L (Use of SDS)

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21107001

Injector

FI Sensors + Secondary Throttle Valve Actuator

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch to OFF.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Check the FP relay coupler for loose or poor contacts.

If OK, then check the FP relay. Refer to “Fuel Pump

Relay Inspection in Section 1G (Page 1G-7)”.

Is the FP relay OK?

Y/Bl wire open or

poor “19” connection.

O/W wire open or

shorted to ground.

R/B or Y/R wire open

or shorted to ground

or poor “16”

connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty ECM.

Recheck each

terminal and wire

harness for open

circuit and poor

connection.

Replace the ECM

with a known good

one, and inspect it

again.

Replace the FP relay

with a new one.

I831G1110078-01

Item Specification Note

Injector resistance 11 – 13 at 20 °C (68 °F) —

Item Specification Note

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more When cranking

IAP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAP sensor output voltage Approx. 2.63 V at idle speed

TP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

TP sensor output voltage Closed Approx. 1.1 V

Opened Approx. 4.3 V

ECT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

ECT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

ECT sensor resistance Approx. 2.45 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

IAT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

IAT sensor resistance Approx. 1.60 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

TO sensor resistance 19 – 20 k

TO sensor voltage

Normal 0.4 – 1.4 V

Leaning 3.7 – 4.4 V When leaning

65°

GP switch voltage 0.6 V and more From 1st to Top

Injector voltage Battery voltage

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

ISC valve resistance Approx. 31 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine General Information and Diagnosis: 1A-70

Special Tools and Equipment

Special Tool

B831G21108001

09900–25008 09900–25009

Multi-circuit tester set Needle pointed probe set

)(Page 1A-25) /

)(Page 1A-26) /

)(Page 1A-26) /

)(Page 1A-28) /

)(Page 1A-29) /

)(Page 1A-30) /

)(Page 1A-31) /

)(Page 1A-32) /

)(Page 1A-32) /

)(Page 1A-33) /

)(Page 1A-35) /

)(Page 1A-36) /

)(Page 1A-37) /

)(Page 1A-38) /

)(Page 1A-39) /

)(Page 1A-39) /

)(Page 1A-40) /

)(Page 1A-42) /

)(Page 1A-43) /

)(Page 1A-44) /

)(Page 1A-45) /

)(Page 1A-46) /

)(Page 1A-50) /

)(Page 1A-51) /

)(Page 1A-52) /

)(Page 1A-54) /

)(Page 1A-55) /

)(Page 1A-56) /

)(Page 1A-57) /

)(Page 1A-58) /

)(Page 1A-58) /

)(Page 1A-60) /

)(Page 1A-61) /

)(Page 1A-61) /

)(Page 1A-63) /

)(Page 1A-64)

)(Page 1A-30) /

)(Page 1A-32) /

)(Page 1A-32) /

)(Page 1A-35) /

)(Page 1A-36) /

)(Page 1A-37) /

)(Page 1A-38) /

)(Page 1A-39) /

)(Page 1A-40) /

)(Page 1A-43) /

)(Page 1A-45) /

)(Page 1A-51) /

)(Page 1A-56) /

)(Page 1A-57) /

)(Page 1A-58) /

)(Page 1A-58)

09904–41010 09917–47011

SDS set Vacuum pump gauge

)(Page 1A-12) /

)(Page 1A-15)

)(Page 1A-33)

09930–82720 99565–01010–013

Mode select switch CD-ROM Ver.13

)(Page 1A-3) / )(Page 1A-

11) / )(Page 1A-11)

)(Page 1A-12) /

)(Page 1A-15)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1B-1 Emission Control Devices:

Engine

Emission Control Devices

Precautions

Precautions for Emission Control Devices

B831G21200001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)”.

Repair Instructions

Crankcase Breather (PCV) Hose Inspection

B831G21206001

Inspect the PCV hose in the following procedures:

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Inspect the PCV hose (1) for wear or damage. If it is

worn or damaged, replace the PCV hose with a new

one.

Check that the PCV hose (1) is securely connected.

Crankcase Breather (PCV) Hose Removal and

Installation

B831G21206002

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the PCV hose (1).

Installation

1) Install the PCV hose as shown in the fuel hose

routing diagram. Refer to “Fuel Hose Routing

Diagram in Section 1G (Page 1G-3)”.

2) Reinstall the removed parts.

1

I831G1120001-01

1

I831G1120001-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Electrical Devices: 1C-1

Engine

Engine Electrical Devices

Precautions

Precautions for Engine Electrical Device

B831G21300001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)” and “Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service in Section 00

(Page 00-2)”.

Component Location

Engine Electrical Components Location

B831G21303001

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A (Page 0A-7)”.

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Engine Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21304001

Refer to “Engine Symptom Diagnosis in Section 1A (Page 1A-8)”.

Repair Instructions

ECM Removal and Installation

B831G21306001

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the battery (–) lead wire.

3) Disconnect the ECM coupler (1) and remove the

ECM (2).

Installation

NOTE

When replacing the ECM, turn the ignition

switch ON and OFF.

Install the ECM in the reverse order of removal.

CKP Sensor Inspection

B831G21306002

Refer to “CKP Sensor Inspection in Section 1H

(Page 1H-5)”.

CKP Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21306003

Removal

1) Remove the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

2) Remove the CKP sensor (1) along with generator

starter.

Installation

Install the CKP sensor in the reverse order of removal.

Refer to “Generator Removal and Installation in Section

1J (Page 1J-4)”.

IAP Sensor Inspection

B831G21306004

Refer to “DTC “C13” (P0105-H/L): IAP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-27)”.

1

2

I831G1130001-02

1

I831G1130002-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1C-2 Engine Electrical Devices:

IAP Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21306005

Removal

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the IAP sensor coupler (1) and vacuum

hose (2).

3) Remove the IAP sensor (3).

Installation

Install the IAP sensor in the reverse order of removal.

TP Sensor Inspection

B831G21306006

Refer to “DTC “C14” (P0120-H/L): TP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-34)”.

TP Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21306007

Removal

NOTE

Prior to disassembly, mark sensor original

position with a paint or scribe for accurate

reinstallation.

1) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation in Section 1D

(Page 1D-5)”.

2) Disconnect the TP sensor coupler (1) and remove

the TP sensor (2).

Installation

NOTE

When replacing the TP sensor, turn the

ignition switch ON and OFF.

Install the TP sensor in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the O-ring.

Install the TP sensor (1) and tighten the TP sensor

mounting screw to the specified torque.

NOTE

Align the throttle shaft end “A” with the

groove “B” of TP sensor.

Apply grease to the throttle shaft end “A” if

necessary.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Tightening torque

TP sensor mounting screw: 2 N·m (0.2 kgf-m, 1.5

lb-ft)

NOTE

Make sure the TP valve open or close

smoothly. If the TP sensor adjustment is

necessary, refer to “TP Sensor Adjustment

(Page 1C-3)”.

12

3

I831G1130003-01

1

2

I831G1130004-01

1

“B”

“A”

I831G1130005-01

I831G1130006-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Electrical Devices: 1C-3

TP Sensor Adjustment

B831G21306008

Adjust the TP sensor in the following procedures:

1) Connect the special tool to the mode select switch.

Refer to “Self-Diagnostic Procedures in Section 1A

(Page 1A-11)”.

Special tool

: 09930–82720 (Mode select switch)

2) Warm up the engine and keep it running in idling

speed.

3) Turn the mode select switch ON.

4) Check the position of the bar “A” in the left of C code

displayed on the LCD panel.

5) If the TP sensor adjustment is necessary, remove

the left side cover and loosen the TP sensor

mounting screw. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

6) Slide the TP sensor (1) and bring the line to the

middle.

7) Tighten the TP sensor mounting screw.

Tightening torque

TP sensor mounting screw: 2 N·m (0.2 kgf-m,

1.5 lb-ft)

8) Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the

mode select switch.

9) Reinstall the removed parts.

IAT Sensor Inspection

B831G21306009

Refer to “DTC “C21” (P0110-H/L): IAT Sensor Circuit

Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-49)”.

IAT Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21306010

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the coupler (1) and remove the IAT

sensor (2).

Installation

Install the IAT sensor in the reverse order of removal.

“B”: Incorrect position “D”: Incorrect position

“C”: Correct position

“A”

I831G1130007-01

1

I831G1130008-01

“C”

“B”

“D”

I831G1130016-01

1

2

I831G1130009-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1C-4 Engine Electrical Devices:

ECT Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21306011

Removal

1) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

2) Disconnect the coupler (1) and remove the ECT

sensor (2).

CAUTION

!

Take special care when handling the ECT

sensor. It may cause damage if it gets an

excessive impact.

Installation

Install the ECT sensor in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Tighten the ECT sensor to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Use the new gasket washer (1) to prevent

engine coolant leakage.

Tightening torque

ECT sensor (a): 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0 lb-ft)

Pour engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

ECT Sensor Inspection

B831G21306012

Refer to “DTC “C15” (P0115-H/L): ECT Sensor Circuit

Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-41)”.

Inspect the ECT sensor in the following procedures:

1) Remove the ECT sensor. Refer to “ECT Sensor

Removal and Installation (Page 1C-4)”.

2) Connect the ECT sensor (1) to a circuit tester and

place it in the oil (2) contained in a pan, which is

placed on a stove.

3) Heat the oil to raise its temperature slowly and read

the column thermometer (3) and the ohmmeter.

If the ECT sensor ohmic valve does not change in

the proportion indicated, replace it with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Do not contact the ECT sensor and the

column thermometer with a pan.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

Temperature sensor specification

4) Install the ECT sensor. Refer to “ECT Sensor

Removal and Installation (Page 1C-4)”.

1

2

I831G1130010-01

1

(a)

I831G1130011-01

Temperature Standard resistance

20 °C (68 °F) Approx. 2.45 k

50 °C (122 °F) Approx. 0.811 k

80 °C (176 °F) Approx. 0.318 k

110 °C (230 °F) Approx. 0.142 k

(A)

2

1

3

I718H1130014-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Electrical Devices: 1C-5

TO Sensor Inspection

B831G21306013

Refer to “DTC “C23” (P1651-H/L): TO Sensor Circuit

Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-53)”.

TO Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21306014

Removal

1) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation in Section 1D

(Page 1D-5)”.

2) Disconnect the coupler (1) and remove the TO

sensor (2).

Installation

Install the TO sensor in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following point:

When installing the TO sensor, bring the “UPPER”

letters and arrow mark “A” upward.

ISC Valve Inspection

B831G21306015

Refer to “DTC “C40” (P05057): ISC Valve Circuit

Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-62)”.

ISC Valve Removal and Installation

B831G21306016

Removal

CAUTION

!

Be careful not to disconnect the ISC valve

coupler at least 3 seconds after ignition

switch is turned to OFF. If the ECM coupler or

ISC valve coupler is disconnected within 3

seconds after ignition switch is turned to

OFF, there is a possibility of an unusual valve

position being written in ECM and causing an

error of ISC valve operation.

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the ISC valve coupler (1) and remove the

ISC valve (2).

12

I831G1130012-02

“A”

I831G1130013-01

1

2

I831G1130014-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1C-6 Engine Electrical Devices:

Installation

NOTE

When replacing the ISC valve, turn the

ignition switch ON and OFF.

Install the ISC valve in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the new O-ring (1).

Install the ISC valve (2) and tighten the ISC valve

mounting screws to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

ISC valve mounting screw: 2 N·m (0.2 kgf-m, 1.5

lb-ft)

GP Switch Inspection

B831G21306017

Refer to “Gear Position Switch Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-9)”.

GP Switch Removal and Installation

B831G21306018

Refer to “Gear Position (GP) Switch Removal and

Installation in Section 3C (Page 3C-13)”.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21307001

FI Sensors

2

1

I831G1130015-01

Item Specification Note

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more When cranking

IAP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAP sensor output voltage Approx. 2.63 V at idle speed

TP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

TP sensor output voltage Closed Approx. 1.1 V

Opened Approx. 4.3 V

ECT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

ECT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

ECT sensor resistance Approx. 2.45 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

IAT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

IAT sensor resistance Approx. 1.60 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

TO sensor resistance 19 – 20 k

TO sensor voltage

Normal 0.4 – 1.4 V

Leaning 3.7 – 4.4 V When leaning

65°

GP switch voltage 0.6 V and more From 1st to Top

Injector voltage Battery voltage

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

ISC valve resistance Approx. 31 k at 20 °C (68 °F)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Electrical Devices: 1C-7

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21307002

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G21308001

Special Tool

B831G21308002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

TP sensor mounting screw 20.2 1.5

)(Page 1C-2) /

)(Page 1C-3)

ECT sensor 18 1.8 13.0 )(Page 1C-4)

ISC valve mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5 )(Page 1C-6)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1C-2)

09900–25008 09930–82720

Multi-circuit tester set Mode select switch

)(Page 1C-4) )(Page 1C-3)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-1 Engine Mechanical:

Engine

Engine Mechanical

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Throttle Cable Routing Diagram

B831G21402001

1

1

2

35

4

“A”

“B”

I831G1140002-02

1. Throttle cable 5. Throttle cable guide

2. Brake hose “A”: Pass through the throttle cable inside of pin.

3. Handlebar “B”: Pass through the throttle cable inside of brake hose.

4. Pin

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Engine Mechanical Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21404001

Refer to “Engine Symptom Diagnosis in Section 1A

(Page 1A-8)”.

Compression Pressure Check

B831G21404002

The compression pressure reading of a cylinder is a

good indicator of its internal condition.

Periodic maintenance records kept at your dealership

should include compression readings for each

maintenance service.

NOTE

Before checking the engine for

compression pressure, make sure that the

cylinder head nuts are tightened to the

specified torque values and the valves are

properly adjusted.

Make sure that the battery is in fully

charged condition.

1) Warm up the engine.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Disconnect the fuel pump relay coupler (1).

4) Remove the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Cap

and Spark Plug Removal and Installation in Section

1H (Page 1H-3)”.

5) Install the compression gauge and adaptor in the

spark plug hole. Make sure that the connection is

tight.

Special tool

(A): 09915–64512 (Compression gauge)

(B): 09915–63311 (Compression gauge

attachment)

6) Keep the throttle grip in the fully-opened position.

7) Press the starter button and crank the engine for a

few seconds. Record the maximum gauge reading

as the cylinder compression.

Compression pressure specification

Low compression pressure can indicate any of

the following conditions:

Excessively worn cylinder wall

Worn piston or piston rings

Piston rings stuck in grooves

Poor valve seating

Ruptured or otherwise defective cylinder head

gasket

8) After checking the compression pressure, reinstall

the removed parts.

1

I831G1140003-01

Standard

Approx. 1 000 kPa

(10.0 kgf/cm2, 142 psi)

(Automatic decompression actuated)

(A)

(B)

I831G1140004-01

I831G1140005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-3 Engine Mechanical:

Repair Instructions

Engine Components Removable with the Engine in Place

B831G21406001

Engine components which can be removed while the engine is installed on the frame are as follows. For the installing

and removing procedures, refer to respective paragraphs describing each component.

Center of Engine

Item Removal Inspection Installation

Starter motor

Refer to “Starter Motor

Removal and Installation in

Section 1I (Page 1I-4)”.

Refer to “Starter Motor

Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-5)”.

Refer to “Starter Motor

Removal and Installation in

Section 1I (Page 1I-4)”.

Air cleaner

Refer to “Air Cleaner

Element Removal and

Installation (Page 1D-5)”.

Refer to “Air Cleaner

Element Inspection and

Cleaning (Page 1D-5)”.

Refer to “Air Cleaner

Element Removal and

Installation (Page 1D-5)”.

Oil filter

Refer to “Engine Oil and

Filter Replacement in

Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

Refer to “Engine Oil and

Filter Replacement in

Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

Exhaust pipe/Muffler

Refer to “Exhaust Pipe /

Muffler Removal and

Installation in Section 1K

(Page 1K-2)”.

Refer to “Exhaust System

Inspection in Section 1K

(Page 1K-3)”.

Refer to “Exhaust Pipe /

Muffler Removal and

Installation in Section 1K

(Page 1K-2)”.

Throttle body

Refer to “Throttle Body

Removal and Installation

(Page 1D-9)”.

Refer to “Throttle Body

Inspection and Cleaning

(Page 1D-13)”.

Refer to “Throttle Body

Removal and Installation

(Page 1D-9)”.

Cylinder head Refer to “Engine Top Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Cylinder Head

Related Parts Inspection

(Page 1D-35)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Cam chain tension

adjuster

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Cam Chain Tension

Adjuster Inspection

(Page 1D-30)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Spark plug

Refer to “Spark Plug Cap and

Spark Plug Removal and

Installation in Section 1H

(Page 1H-3)”.

Refer to “Spark Plug

Inspection and Cleaning in

Section 1H (Page 1H-3)”.

Refer to “Spark Plug Cap and

Spark Plug Removal and

Installation in Section 1H

(Page 1H-3)”.

Cylinder head cover

Refer to “Valve Clearance

Inspection and Adjustment in

Section 0B (Page 0B-4)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Camshaft Refer to “Engine Top Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Camshaft

Inspection (Page 1D-28)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Valve

Refer to “Cylinder Head

Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 1D-31)”.

Refer to “Cylinder Head

Related Parts Inspection

(Page 1D-35)”.

Refer to “Cylinder Head

Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 1D-31)”.

Cylinder Refer to “Engine Top Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Cylinder Inspection

(Page 1D-41)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Piston Refer to “Engine Top Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Piston and Piston

Ring Inspection (Page 1D-

43)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-4

Engine Right Side

Engine Left Side

Item Removal Inspection Installation

Fixed drive face

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Refer to “Movable / Fixed

Drive Face Parts Inspection

in Section 5A (Page 5A-15)”.

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Movable drive face

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Refer to “Movable / Fixed

Drive Face Parts Inspection

in Section 5A (Page 5A-15)”.

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Clutch housing/Clutch shoe

Refer to “Clutch Shoe

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-16)”.

Refer to “Clutch Parts

Inspection in Section 5A

(Page 5A-20)”.

Refer to “Clutch Shoe

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-16)”.

Movable driven face

assembly

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Refer to “Movable / Fixed

Driven Face Parts Inspection

in Section 5A (Page 5A-15)”.

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Drive V-belt

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Refer to “Drive V-belt

Inspection in Section 5A

(Page 5A-14)”.

Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Gear position switch

Refer to “Gear Position (GP)

Switch Removal and

Installation in Section 3C

(Page 3C-13)”.

Refer to “Gear Position

Switch Inspection in Section

1I (Page 1I-9)”.

Refer to “Gear Position (GP)

Switch Removal and

Installation in Section 3C

(Page 3C-13)”.

Item Removal Inspection Installation

Generator

Refer to “Generator Removal

and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

Refer to “Generator

Inspection in Section 1J

(Page 1J-3)”.

Refer to “Generator Removal

and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

Starter clutch

Refer to “Starter Torque

Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation in

Section 1I (Page 1I-10)”.

Refer to “Starter Related

Parts Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-12)”.

Refer to “Starter Torque

Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation in

Section 1I (Page 1I-10)”.

Starter idle gear Refer to “Engine Bottom Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-45)”. Refer to “Engine Bottom Side

Assembly (Page 1D-51)”.

Starter torque limiter

Refer to “Starter Torque

Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation in

Section 1I (Page 1I-10)”.

Refer to “Starter Related

Parts Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-12)”.

Refer to “Starter Torque

Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation in

Section 1I (Page 1I-10)”.

Balancer driven gear Refer to “Engine Bottom Side

Disassembly (Page 1D-45)”. Refer to “Engine Bottom Side

Assembly (Page 1D-51)”.

Oil pump driven gear

Refer to “Oil Pump Removal

and Installation in Section 1E

(Page 1E-5)”.

Refer to “Oil Pump Removal

and Installation in Section 1E

(Page 1E-5)”.

Oil pump

Refer to “Oil Pump Removal

and Installation in Section 1E

(Page 1E-5)”.

Refer to “Oil Pump

Inspection in Section 1E

(Page 1E-7)”.

Refer to “Oil Pump Removal

and Installation in Section 1E

(Page 1E-5)”.

CKP sensor

Refer to “Generator Removal

and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

Refer to “CKP Sensor

Inspection in Section 1H

(Page 1H-5)”.

Refer to “Generator Removal

and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

Water pump

Refer to “Water Pump

Removal and Installation in

Section 1F (Page 1F-13)”.

Refer to “Water Pump

Related Parts Inspection in

Section 1F (Page 1F-18)”.

Refer to “Water Pump

Removal and Installation in

Section 1F (Page 1F-13)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-5 Engine Mechanical:

Air Cleaner Element Removal and Installation

B831G21406002

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the air cleaner box cover (1).

3) Remove the air cleaner element bolt (2).

4) Remove the air cleaner element (3).

Installation

Installation in the reverse order of removal.

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21406003

Refer to “Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning in

Section 0B (Page 0B-3)”.

Air Cleaner Box Removal and Installation

B831G21406004

Removal

1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the IAP sensor lead wire coupler (1) and

vacuum hose (2).

3) Remove the air cleaner box mounting bolts.

4) Loosen the throttle body clamp screw (3) and

remove the air cleaner box (4).

1

I831G1140007-02

2

3

I831G1140008-01

1

2

I831G1140011-01

I831G1140012-01

3

4

I831G1140013-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-6

5) Remove the IAT sensor coupler (5) and PCV hose

(6).

Installation

Install the air cleaner box in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Install the air cleaner box (1) and tighten the throttle

body clamp screw. Refer to “Throttle Body

Construction (Page 1D-8)”.

Tighten the air cleaner box mounting bolts to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Air cleaner box mounting bolt (a): 4.5 N·m (0.45

kgf-m, 3.0 lb-ft)

Install the removed parts.

Throttle Cable Removal and Installation

B831G21406005

Removal

1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the right handlebar switch box. Refer to

“Handlebars Removal and Installation in Section 6B

(Page 6B-3)”.

3) Remove the throttle cable as shown in the cable

routing diagram. Refer to “Throttle Cable Routing

Diagram (Page 1D-1)”.

Installation

Install the throttle cables in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the throttle cable as shown in the cable routing

diagram. Refer to “Throttle Cable Routing Diagram

(Page 1D-1)”.

Check the throttle cable play and proper operation.

Throttle Cable Inspection

B831G21406006

Check that the throttle lever moves smoothly from full

open to full close. If it does not move smoothly, lubricate

the throttle cable.

Throttle Cable Play Inspection and Adjustment

B831G21406007

Refer to “Throttle Cable Play Inspection and Adjustment

in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

5

6

I831G1140014-01

(a)

1

(a)

1

I831G1140015-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-7 Engine Mechanical:

Throttle Body Components

B831G21406008

FWD

1

2

3

6

7

4

(a)

(b)

8

9

13

11

12

10

(a)

5

I831G1140016-05

1. TP sensor 6. Fuel injector 11. TP sensor mounting screw : Apply grease.

2. ISC valve 7. Cushion seal 12. ISC valve mounting screw : Apply engine oil.

3. IAP sensor 8. Vacuum hose 13. Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw : Do not reuse.

4. Fuel delivery pipe 9. Throttle linkage cover : 2 Nm (0.2 kgf-m, 1.5 Ib-ft)

5. O-ring 10. IAP sensor cover : 5 Nm (0.5 kgf-m, 3.5 Ib-ft)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-8

Throttle Body Construction

B831G21406009

Throttle Body Removal and Installation

B831G21406010

Removal

1) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation (Page 1D-5)”.

2) Place a rug under the fuel feed hose (1) and

disconnect the fuel feed hose (1) from the fuel

delivery pipe.

WARNING

!

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.

Keep heat, spark and flame away.

1

12

2

3

55

4

“A”

2

3

FR

LH RH

RR

FR

LH RH

RR

“A”

I831G1140018-01

1. Air cleaner box 4. IAP sensor hose

2. Fuel hose 5. Clamp

3. PCV hose “A”: Pass through the fuel hose between air cleaner guide ribs.

1

I831G1140019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-9 Engine Mechanical:

3) Disconnect the fuel injector coupler (2) and TP/IAP/

IAT sensor coupler (3).

4) Disconnect the ISC valve coupler (4).

5) Remove the throttle cable cover (5).

6) Disconnect the throttle cable.

CAUTION

!

After disconnecting the throttle cables, do

not snap the throttle valve from full open to

full close. It may cause damage to the throttle

valve and throttle body.

7) Loosen the throttle body clamp screw and remove

the throttle body assembly.

Installation

NOTE

When replacing the throttle body, turn the

ignition switch ON and OFF.

Install the throttle body in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the throttle body.

NOTE

When installing the throttle body, fit the

concave part “A” of the intake pipe onto the

convex part “B” of the throttle body.

2

3

4

I831G1140020-01

5

I831G1140021-01

I831G1140025-02

I831G1140022-01

“A”

“B”

I831G1140026-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-10

Connect the throttle cable.

Tighten the throttle body clamp screws. Refer to

“Throttle Body Construction (Page 1D-8)”.

After installed throttle cable, adjust the throttle cable

play. Refer to “Throttle Cable Play Inspection and

Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Throttle Body Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21406011

Refer to “Throttle Body Removal and Installation

(Page 1D-9)”.

Disassembly

1) Disconnect the vacuum hose (1).

2) Remove the fuel delivery pipe assembly (2) by

removing its mounting screws.

3) Remove the fuel injector (3).

4) Remove the ISC valve (4).

I831G1140027-01

I831G1140028-01

1

I831G1140030-01

2

I831G1140031-01

3

I831G1140033-01

4

I831G1140034-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-11 Engine Mechanical:

5) Remove the TP sensor (5).

NOTE

Prior to disassembly, mark the TP sensors

original position with a paint or scribe for

accurate reinstallation.

CAUTION

!

Never remove the throttle valve (6).

CAUTION

!

Do not loosen the lock-nut (7).

The fast idle screw (8) is factory-adjusted

at the time of delivery and therefore avoid

removing or turning it unless otherwise

necessary.

Assembly

Assembly is the throttle body in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the O-ring.

With the throttle valve fully closed, install the TP

sensor (1) and tighten the TP sensor mounting screw

to the specified torque.

NOTE

Align the secondary throttle shaft end “A”

with the groove “B” of TP sensor.

Apply grease to the secondary throttle

shaft end “A” if necessary.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Special tool

: 09930–11950 (Torx wrench)

Tightening torque

TP sensor mounting screw: 2 N·m (0.2 kgf-m, 1.5

lb-ft)

NOTE

Make sure the TP valve open or close

smoothly. If the TP sensor adjustment is

necessary, refer to “TP Sensor Adjustment in

Section 1C (Page 1C-3)”.

5

I831G1140035-01

6

I831G1140038-01

7

8

I831G1140039-01

1“A”

“B”

I831G1140040-01

I831G1140042-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-12

Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the O-ring and install

the ISC valve assembly.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

Special tool

: 09930–11950 (Torx wrench)

Tightening torque

ISC valve mounting screw (a): 2 N·m (0.2 kgf-m,

1.5 lb-ft)

Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the new cushion seal

(2) and the O-ring (3).

CAUTION

!

Replace the cushion seal and O-ring with the

new ones.

Install the fuel injector (4) by pushing it straight to the

throttle body.

CAUTION

!

Never turn the injector while pushing it.

Install the fuel delivery pipe assembly (5) to the fuel

injector.

CAUTION

!

Never turn the fuel injector while installing

them.

Tighten the fuel delivery pipe mounting screws to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw (b): 5 N·m (0.5

kgf-m, 3.5 lb-ft)

I831G1140044-01

23

I831G1140046-01

4

I831G1140047-01

(b)

I831G1140048-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-13 Engine Mechanical:

Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21406012

Refer to “Throttle Body Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 1D-10)”.

Cleaning

WARNING

!

Some carburetor cleaning chemicals,

especially dip-type soaking solutions, are

very corrosive and must be handled carefully.

Always follow the chemical manufacturer’s

instructions on proper use, handling and

storage.

Clean passageways with a spray-type carburetor

cleaner and blow dry with compressed air.

CAUTION

!

Do not use wire to clean passageways. Wire

can damage passageways. If the components

cannot be cleaned with a spray cleaner it may

be necessary to use a dip-type cleaning

solution and allow them to soak. Always

follow the chemical manufacturers

instructions for proper use and cleaning of

the throttle body components. Do not apply

carburetor cleaning chemicals to the rubber

and plastic materials.

Inspection

Check following items for any defects or clogging.

Replace the throttle body if necessary.

•Oring

Throttle valve

Vacuum hose

ISC Valve Visual Inspection

Check the ISC valve for carbon deposits or other

damage. If carbon is deposited, remove it with a brush

and clean with a compressed air.

CAUTION

!

Normally, the removed O-ring must be

replaced with a new one. However, this O-

ring is not available for the spare parts. If it is

found to be damaged, replace the ISC valve

assembly with new one.

Engine Assembly Removal

B831G21406013

Before taking the engine out of the frame, wash the

engine using a steam cleaner. Engine removal is

sequentially explained in the following steps:

1) Drain engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

2) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

3) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

4) Disconnect the battery lead wires.

CAUTION

!

When disconnecting the battery lead wires,

be sure to disconnect the battery (–) lead

wire first.

I831G1140049-02

I831G1140050-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-14

5) Remove the following parts from the vehicle.

Front fender (1). Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-6)”.

Rear fender (2). Refer to “Rear Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

9)”.

Mud guard (Left and Right) (3). Refer to “Rear

Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in

Section 9D (Page 9D-9)”.

6) Remove the shift lever assembly. Refer to “Shift

Lever Assembly Removal and Installation in Section

5A (Page 5A-24)”.

7) Disconnect the spark plug cap (4).

8) Disconnect the starter motor lead wire (5) and

ground lead wire (6).

9) Disconnect the radiator inlet hose (7) and outlet hose

(8).

10) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation (Page 1D-5)”.

11) Remove the throttle body assembly. Refer to

“Throttle Body Removal and Installation (Page 1D-

9)”.

12) Disconnect the speed sensor coupler (9) and clamp.

12

3

I831G1140052-02

4

I831G1140053-01

5

6

I831G1140054-01

8

7

I831G1140055-02

I831G1140056-01

I831G1140057-01

9

I831G1140058-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-15 Engine Mechanical:

13) Disconnect the generator coupler (10), CKP sensor

coupler (11) and gear position sensor coupler (12).

14) Remove the V-belt cooling ducts. Refer to “V-belt

Cooling Duct Removal and Installation in Section 5A

(Page 5A-5)”.

15) Remove the muffler and exhaust pipes. Refer to

“Exhaust Pipe / Muffler Removal and Installation in

Section 1K (Page 1K-2)”.

16) Remove the rear brake cable clamp bolt (13).

17) Remove the right footrest (14).

18) Remove the rear brake pedal. Refer to “Rear Brake

Pedal Removal and Installation in Section 4A

(Page 4A-14)”.

19) Remove the rear propeller shaft (15). Refer to “Rear

Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation in Section

3D (Page 3D-17)”.

20) Remove the front differential mounting bolts and

slide the front differential assembly (16) forward.

Refer to “Front Drive (Differential) Assembly

Removal and Installation in Section 3B (Page 3B-4)”.

21) Remove the front propeller shaft (17) and spring

(18).

22) Remove the dumper stopper (20) by removing the

mounting bolts.

10

11

12

I831G1140060-02

14

13

I831G1140061-02

I831G1140062-01

15

I831G1140063-03

16

17

18

I831G1140064-02

20

I831G1140065-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-16

23) Support engine with a jack and remove the engine

mounting bolts and nuts.

24) Remove the engine from the right side.

WARNING

!

Care should be taken not to drop the engine

accidentally when the engine mounting bolts

and nuts are removed.

Engine Assembly Installation

B831G21406014

Reinstall the engine in the reverse order of engine

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Tighten the engine mounting nuts (1) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Engine mounting nut (a): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5

lb-ft)

NOTE

The engine mounting nuts are self-locking.

Once the nuts have been removed, they are

no longer of any use.

When installing the engine mounting damper stopper

(2), keep that the clearance are equal.

Tighten the engine mounting damper stopper bolts (3)

to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Engine mounting damper stopper bolt (b): 23 N·m

(2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

Install the front propeller shaft and front differential

assembly. Refer to “Front Drive (Differential)

Assembly Removal and Installation in Section 3B

(Page 3B-4)”.

Install the rear propeller shaft and rear differential

assembly. Refer to “Final Gear Assembly Removal

and Installation in Section 3B (Page 3B-23)”.

Apply thread lock to the footrest bolts (4), and tighten

them to the specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Footrest mounting bolt (M8) (c): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-

m, 19.0 lb-ft)

Footrest mounting bolt (M10) (d): 55 N·m (5.5 kgf-

m, 40.0 lb-ft)

I831G1140066-01

(a)

1(a)

1

I831G1140067-03

“a”: Clearance

“a”

“a”

2

2

I831G1140068-03

(b)

3

I831G1140070-05

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-17 Engine Mechanical:

Install the rear brake cable clamp (5).

Install the rear brake pedal. Refer to “Rear Brake

Pedal Removal and Installation in Section 4A

(Page 4A-14)”.

Install the exhaust pipe assembly and muffler. Refer to

“Exhaust Pipe / Muffler Removal and Installation in

Section 1K (Page 1K-2)”.

Install the shift lever assembly. Refer to “Shift Lever

Assembly Removal and Installation in Section 5A

(Page 5A-24)”.

Install the throttle body. Refer to “Throttle Body

Removal and Installation (Page 1D-9)”.

After remounting the engine, route the wiring harness,

cable and hoses properly. Refer to “Wiring Harness

Routing Diagram in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”, “Throttle

Cable Routing Diagram (Page 1D-1)” and “Water

Hose Routing Diagram in Section 1F (Page 1F-3)”.

Pour engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to “Cooling

System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)” and

“Engine Oil and Filter Replacement in Section 0B

(Page 0B-10)”.

After finishing the engine installation, check the

following items:

Throttle cable play

Refer to “Throttle Cable Play Inspection and

Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Rear brake cable play

Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking

Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment in Section

0B (Page 0B-19)”.

Parking Brake cable play

Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking

Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment in Section

0B (Page 0B-19)”.

Engine oil and coolant leakage

Refer to “Cooling Circuit Inspection in Section 1F

(Page 1F-4)”.

Engine Top Side Disassembly

B831G21406015

It is unnecessary to remove the engine assembly from

the frame when servicing the engine top side.

CAUTION

!

Identify the position of each removed part.

Organize the parts in their respective groups

(e.g., intake, exhaust) so that they can be

reinstalled in their original positions.

1) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Remove the battery.

CAUTION

!

When disconnecting the battery lead wires,

be sure to disconnect the battery (–) lead

wire first.

4) Remove the front fender and left mud guard. Refer to

“Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation

in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)” and “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

5) Remove the shift lever assembly. Refer to “Shift

Lever Assembly Removal and Installation in Section

5A (Page 5A-24)”.

6) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation (Page 1D-5)”.

7) Remove the throttle body. Refer to “Throttle Body

Removal and Installation (Page 1D-9)”.

5

(c)

4

(d)

4

I831G1140071-04

I831G1140072-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-18

8) Disconnect the ECT sensor coupler (1).

9) Remove the engine mounting dumper stopper (2).

Water Hose

1) Disconnect the radiator inlet hose (1) of the

thermostat.

2) Disconnect the water bypass hose (2) of the cylinder

head side.

3) Remove the water pump outlet hose (3).

Exhaust Pipe

Remove the exhaust pipe. Refer to “Exhaust Pipe /

Muffler Removal and Installation in Section 1K

(Page 1K-2)”.

Spark Plug Cap / Spark Plug

Remove the spark plug cap and spark plug. Refer to

“Spark Plug Cap and Spark Plug Removal and

Installation in Section 1H (Page 1H-3)”.

Recoil Starter

Remove the recoil starter (1) by removing the bolts.

1

I831G1140073-01

2

I831G1140076-01

1

I831G1140079-01

2

I831G1140080-03

3

I831G1140081-03

I831G1140082-01

1

I831G1140083-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-19 Engine Mechanical:

Cylinder Head Cover

Remove the cylinder head cover (1) and its gasket.

Cam Shaft

1) Remove the valve timing inspection plug.

2) Turn the crankshaft and align the match mark “A” on

the crankshaft with the mark “B” of the crankcase.

Also position each of the camshaft as shown.

3) Remove the camshaft journal holders (1).

CAUTION

!

Be sure to loosen the camshaft journal

holder bolts evenly by shifting the wrench

diagonally.

4) Remove the dowel pins (2) and camshafts (3).

NOTE

Be careful not to drop the dowel pins into the

crankcase.

Cam Chain Tension Adjuster

1) Remove the cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt (1).

2) Remove the cam chain tension adjuster (2) with the

spring (3), O-ring (4) and bar (5).

1

I831G1140084-02

I831G1140085-02

“A” “B”

I831G1140086-03

IN

EX

I831G1140087-03

1

I831G1140088-01

2

3

I831G1140089-01

2

3

4

5

1

I831G1140090-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-20

Cylinder Head

1) Remove the cam drive idle gear/sprocket (1) by

removing its shaft (2) with the idle shaft gasket (3)

and cam chain idle shim (4).

NOTE

Be careful not to drop the cam chain idle

shim (4) into the crankcase.

2) Remove the cylinder head bolts (M6) (5).

NOTE

Sightly loosen the cylinder nuts (6) to

facilitate later disassembly.

3) Remove the cylinder head bolts (M10) and washers.

NOTE

When loosening the cylinder head bolts,

loosen each bolt little by little diagonally.

4) Remove the cylinder head (7).

NOTE

If the cylinder head does not come off easily,

lightly tap using a plastic hammer.

Cylinder

1) Remove the dowel pins (1) and gasket (2).

2) Remove the cam chain guide (3).

3) Remove the cylinder (5) by removing the cylinder

nuts (4).

NOTE

If the cylinder does not come off easily,

lightly top using a plastic hammer.

1

2

3

4

I831G1140091-01

5

5

6

I831G1140186-01

7

I831G1140093-01

1

2

3

I831G1140096-01

5

4

I831G1140097-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-21 Engine Mechanical:

4) Remove the dowel pins (6) and gasket (7).

NOTE

Be careful not to drop the dowel pins (6) into

the crankcase.

Piston

1) Place a clean rag over the cylinder base so as not to

drop the piston pin circlips into the crankcase.

2) Remove the piston pin circlip (1).

3) Draw out the piston pin (2) and remove the piston

(3).

Engine Top Side Assembly

B831G21406016

Assemble the engine top side in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

CAUTION

!

When turning the crankshaft, pull the cam

chain upward, or the chain will be caught

between the crankcase and the cam drive

sprocket.

Piston

When installing the piston pin, apply a light coat

molybdenum oil solution onto piston pin.

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Install the piston and piston pin.

NOTE

When installing the piston, the indent “A” on

the piston head must be faced to exhaust

side.

6

7

I831G1140098-01

1

I831G1140103-01

2

3

I831G1140104-01

“A”

I831G1140105-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-22

Place a clean rag over the cylinder base so as not to

drop the piston pin circlip (1) into the crankcase.

Install the piston pin circlip (1).

CAUTION

!

Use new piston pin circlip (1) to prevent

circlip failure which will occur when it is bent.

NOTE

End gap of the circlip (1) should not be

aligned with the cutaway in the piston pin

bore.

Apply molybdenum oil solution to the sliding surface

of the piston.

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Apply bond lightly to the mating surfaces of

crankcases.

: Sealant 99000–31110 (SUZUKI BOND

No.1215 or equivalent)

Fit the dowel pins (1) and the new gasket (2).

CAUTION

!

Replace the cylinder gasket (2) with a new

one.

Position the piston ring gaps as shown in the figure.

Before inserting each piston into its cylinder, check

that the gaps are properly positioned.

Cylinder

Insert the piston into the cylinder (1).

Temporarily tighten the cylinder base nuts (2).

Apply engine oil to sliding surface of the cylinder.

CAUTION

!

When installing the cylinder, pull the cam

chain upward, or the chain will be caught

between the crankcase and cam drive

sprocket.

1

I831G1140106-02

1

2

I831G1140108-03

“B”: 2nd ring and lower side rail

“C”: Upper side rail

“D”: 1st ring and spacer

EX

IN

“C”

“B”

“D”

I718H1140051-01

1

2

I831G1140109-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-23 Engine Mechanical:

Cam Chain Guide

Install the cam chain guide (1).

CAUTION

!

Be sure that the cam chain guide (1) is

installed properly.

Cylinder Head

Fit the dowel pins (1) and new cylinder head gasket

(2).

CAUTION

!

Replace the cylinder head gasket (2) with a

new one.

Place the cylinder head (3) on the cylinder.

NOTE

When installing the cylinder head (3), keep

the cam chain taut.

Apply the engine oil to the threads and both sides of

washers.

Tighten the cylinder head bolts to the specified two-

step torque with a torque wrench sequentially and

diagonally.

Tightening torque

Cylinder head bolt (L: 200) (Initial): 25 N·m (2.5

kgf-m, 18.0 lb-ft)

Cylinder head bolt (L: 200) (Final): 37 N·m (3.7

kgf-m, 27.0 lb-ft)

After firmly tightening the cylinder head bolts (4),

install the cylinder head bolts.

Tightening torque

Cylinder head bolt (L: 70) (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m,

7.0 lb-ft)

Cylinder head bolt (L: 100) (b): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m,

7.0 lb-ft)

1

I831G1140110-01

1

2

I831G1140111-02

3

I831G1140112-01

I831G1140113-01

I831G1140114-02

(a)

4

(b)

4

I831G1140115-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-24

Tighten the cylinder base nuts (5) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Cylinder base nut (c): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Cam Drive Idle Gear / Sprocket

Align the match mark “A” on the generator rotor with

the mark “B” on the crankcase.

Install the cam drive idle gear/sprocket (1) onto the

cylinder head and cam chain on it. When installing the

cam drive idle gear/sprocket, align the punched mark

“A” on the cam drive gear/sprocket (1) with the

embossed line “B” on the cylinder head.

Install the cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft (2),

copper washer (3) and shim (4).

CAUTION

!

When checking the positions, remove the

cam chain slack at the cam chain guide side

by holding the cam drive idle gear/sprocket

by hand.

NOTE

Due to special valve train mechanism,

aligning of the three elements; the punched

mark “C”, embossed line “D” and the gear

tooth root on the cam drive idle gear/

sprocket; can occur once every other

rotation of crankshaft.

CAUTION

!

If the punched mark “C” does not align the

embossed line “D”, turn the crankshaft 360°

(1 turn) to bring the line on the generator

rotor to the index mark on the crankcase

again and reinstall the cam drive idle gear/

sprocket to the correct position as shown in

the figure.

(c)

5

I831G1140116-02

“A” “B”

I831G1140117-02

“A”

“B”

1

I831G1140118-01

2

3

4

I831G1140119-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-25 Engine Mechanical:

CORRECT

INCORRECT

INCORRECT

Tighten the cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft (2) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft (a): 41 N·m (

4.1 kgf-m, 29.5 lb-ft)

Cam Chain Tension Adjuster

Install the cam chain tension adjuster (1) and tighten

the its mounting bolts to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Use a new gasket to prevent oil leakage.

Tightening torque

Cam chain tension adjuster bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0

kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

“C”: Punched mark “F”: Root of tooth

“D”: Embossed line “G”: Top of tooth

“E”: White paint

“E” “E”

“F”

“C” “D”

I831G1140120-03

“C”

“D”

“G”

“E”

“E”

I831G1140121-04

“C” “D”

“G”

“E”

“E”

I831G1140122-03

(a)

2

I831G1140328-01

(a)

1

I831G1140123-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-26

Install the new O-ring (2), spring (3) and bar (4).

CAUTION

!

Use a new O-ring to prevent oil leakage.

Install the cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt (5).

NOTE

Click sound is heard when the cam chain

tension adjuster cap bolt is installed.

Tighten the cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt (5) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt (b): 7 N·m (

0.7 kgf-m, 5.0 lb-ft)

CAUTION

!

After installing the cam chain tension

adjuster, check to be sure that the adjuster

works properly by checking the slack of cam

chain.

Camshaft

Align the line “A” on the generator rotor with the index

mark “B” on the crankcase.

Install the dowel pins (1).

The camshafts are identified by the engraved letters.

Before replacing the camshafts on cylinder head,

apply engine oil to their journals and cam faces.

Apply engine oil to the camshaft journal holders.

NOTE

Before installing the camshaft, check that the

tappets are installed correctly.

Align the engraved mark “C” and “D” on the camshaft

sprockets so it is parallel with the matching surface of

the cylinder head cover.

Tighten the journal holder bolts to the specified

torque.

NOTE

Each camshaft journal holder is identified

with an embossed letter.

The arrow mark of the camshaft journals

camshaft sprocket side.

Tightening torque

Camshaft journal holder bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf

m, 7.0 lb-ft)

2

3

4

(b)

5

I831G1140124-01

“A” “B”

I831G1140125-01

1

1

I831G1140126-01

“C” “D”

EX IN

I831G1140128-05

(a)

(a)

(a)

(a)

EX

IN

I831G1140127-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-27 Engine Mechanical:

Be sure to check and adjust the valve clearance.

Refer to “Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment

in Section 0B (Page 0B-4)”.

Before assemble the cylinder head cover, pour a

small amount of engine oil in oil pocket in the cylinder

head.

Cylinder Head Cover

Install a new gasket (1) to the cylinder head cover.

CAUTION

!

Use a new gasket (1) to prevent oil leakage.

Apply bond to the cam end caps of the gasket as

shown in the figure.

: Sealant 99000–31230 (SUZUKI BOND

No.1216B or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Use the gaskets with new ones to prevent oil

leakage.

Apply engine oil to the both sides of head cover

washers.

Tighten the head cover bolts to the specified two-step

torque with a torque wrench sequentially and

diagonally.

Tightening torque

Head cover bolt (Initial) (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0

lb-ft)

Head cover bolt (Final) (a): 14 N·m (1.4 kgf-m,

10.0 lb-ft)

Spark plug

Install the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Cap and

Spark Plug Removal and Installation in Section 1H

(Page 1H-3)”.

Valve Timing Inspection Plug

Tighten the valve timing inspection plug (1) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Valve timing inspection plug (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-

m, 16.5 lb-ft)

Throttle Body

Install the throttle body (1). Refer to “Throttle Body

Removal and Installation (Page 1D-9)”.

Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment

B831G21406017

Refer to “Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment in

Section 0B (Page 0B-4)”.

1

I831G1140129-01

I831G1140130-01

(a)

(a)

I831G1140131-01

(a)

1

I831G1140329-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-28

Camshaft Inspection

B831G21406018

Refer to “Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Camshaft Identification

The exhaust camshaft has the automatic decompression

(1).

Automatic decompression

Move the automatic decompression weight by hand to

inspect if it is operating smoothly. If it does not operate

smoothly, replace the camshaft/automatic

decompression assembly with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the camshaft/

automatic decompression assembly.

It is not serviceable.

Cam Wear

Check the camshaft for wear or damage.

Measure the cam height “a” with a micrometer.

Replace a camshaft if the cams are worn to the service

limit.

Special tool

: 09900–20202 (Micrometer (1/100 mm, 25 – 50

mm))

Cam height “a”

Service limit (IN.): 36.030 mm (1.4185 in)

Service limit (EX.): 35.000 mm (1.3780 in)

Camshaft Runout

Measure the runout using the dial gauge. Replace the

camshaft if the runout exceeds the limit.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(B): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

(C): 09900–21304 (V-block (100 mm))

Camshaft runout (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 0.10 mm (0.004 in)

Camshaft Journal Wear

Inspect the camshaft journal wear in the following

procedures:

1) Determine whether or not each journal is worn down

to the limit by measuring the oil clearance with the

camshaft installed in place.

1

I831G1140132-03

I831G1140133-01

“a”

I649G1140199-02

(A)

(B)

(C)

I831G1140134-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-29 Engine Mechanical:

2) Use the plastigauge to read the clearance at the

widest portion, which is specified as follows.

Special tool

(A): 09900–22301 (Plastigauge (0.025 –

0.076 mm))

(B): 09900–22302 (Plastigauge (0.051 –

0.152 mm))

3) Install each camshaft journal holder to its original

position. Refer to “Engine Top Side Assembly

(Page 1D-21)”.

4) Tighten the camshaft journal holder bolts evenly and

diagonally to the specified torque. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

NOTE

Do not rotate the camshafts with the

plastigauge in place.

Tightening torque

Camshaft journal holder bolt: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-

m, 7.0 lb-ft)

5) Remove the camshaft journal holders and measure

the width of the compressed plastigauge using the

envelope scale.

6) This measurement should be taken at the widest

part of the compressed plastigauge.

Camshaft journal oil clearance (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 0.150 mm (0.0059 in)

7) If the camshaft journal oil clearance exceeds the

limit, measure the inside diameter of the camshaft

journal holder and the outside diameter of the

camshaft journal. Replace the camshaft or the

cylinder head depending upon which one exceeds

the specification.

Special tool

(C): 09900–20602 (Dial gauge (1/1000 mm, 1

mm))

(D): 09900–22403 (Small bore gauge (18 –

35 mm))

Camshaft journal holder I.D. (IN. & EX.)

Standard: 22.012 – 22.025 mm (0.8666 – 0.8671

in)

Special tool

(E): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Camshaft journal O.D. (IN. & EX.)

Standard: 21.972 – 21.993 mm (0.8650 – 0.8659

in)

(A), (B)

I831G1140331-01

I831G1140332-01

I831G1140137-01

(C) (D)

I831G1140138-01

(E)

I831G1140139-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-30

Camshaft Sprocket Inspection

B831G21406019

Inspect the camshaft sprocket in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the intake and exhaust camshafts. Refer to

“Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

2) Inspect the teeth of each camshaft sprocket for wear

or damage.

If they are worn or damaged, replace the camshaft

and cam chain as a set.

CAUTION

!

Do not disassemble the camshaft

sprocket.

The camshaft sprocket and cam shaft is

available only as an assembly.

3) Install the camshafts. Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Cam Chain Tension Adjuster Inspection

B831G21406020

The cam chain tension adjuster is maintained at the

proper tension by an automatically adjusted.

1) Remove the cam chain tension adjuster. Refer to

“Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

2) Check that the push rod slides smoothly when

releasing stopper (1). If it does not slide smoothly,

replace the cam chain tension adjuster with a new

one.

3) Install the cam chain tension adjuster. Refer to

“Engine Top Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Cam Chain Guide Removal and Installation

B831G21406021

Removal

1) Remove the cylinder head. Refer to “Engine Top

Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

2) Remove the cam chain guide (1).

NOTE

Be careful not to drop the chain into the

crankcase.

Installation

Install the cam chain guide in the reverse order of

removal.

Cam Chain Guide Inspection

B831G21406022

Inspect the cam chain guide in the following procedures:

Remove the cam chain guides. Refer to “Cam Chain

Guide Removal and Installation (Page 1D-30)”.

Check the contacting surface of the cam chain guide.

If it is worn or damaged, replace it with a new one.

I831G1140140-01

1

I831G1140141-01

1

I831G1140142-01

I831G1140143-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-31 Engine Mechanical:

Cam Chain Tensioner Inspection

B831G21406023

Inspect the cam chain tensioner in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the cylinder head. Refer to “Engine Top

Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

2) Remove the starter driven gear. Refer to “Engine

Bottom Side Disassembly (Page 1D-45)”.

3) Remove the cam chain tensioner (1).

4) Check the contacting surface of the cam chain

tensioner. If it is worn or damaged, replace it with a

new one.

5) Install the cam chain tensioner.

6) Reinstall the starter driven gear. Refer to “Engine

Bottom Side Assembly (Page 1D-51)”.

7) Reinstall the cylinder head cover. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

8) Reinstall the removed parts.

Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21406024

Refer to “Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

CAUTION

!

Identify the position of each removed part.

Organize the parts in their respective groups

(i.e., intake, exhaust) so that they can be

installed in their original locations.

Disassembly

1) Remove the tappet (1) and shim (2) by fingers or

magnetic hand.

2) Using the special tools, compress the valve spring

and remove the two cotter halves (3) from the valve

stem.

CAUTION

!

To prevent damage of the tappet sliding

surface with the special tool, use the sleeve

protector.

Special tool

(A): 09916–14510 (Valve spring

compressor)

(B): 09916–14521 (Valve spring compressor

attachment)

: 09916–84511 (Tweezers)

(C): 09919–28610 (Sleeve protector)

3) Remove the valve spring retainer (4) and valve

spring (5).

1

I831G1140144-02

I831G1140145-01

12

I831G1140188-02

3

(A)

(B)

(C)

I831G1140146-02

5

4

I831G1140147-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-32

4) Pull out the valve (6) from the combustion chamber

side.

5) Remove the oil seal (7) and spring seat (8).

6) Remove the other valves in the same manner as

described previously.

7) Remove the bypass union (9).

8) Remove the intake pipe.

9) Remove the oil gallery plug (cylinder head) (10).

10) Remove the ECT sensor. Refer to “ECT Sensor

Removal and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-

4)”.

11) Remove the thermostat. Refer to “Thermostat

Removal and Installation in Section 1F (Page 1F-

11).

Assembly

Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Pay

attention to the following points:

Install the thermostat. Refer to “Thermostat Removal

and Installation in Section 1F (Page 1F-11)”.

Instal the ECT sensor. Refer to “ECT Sensor Removal

and Installation in Section 1C (Page 1C-4)”.

Tighten the oil gallery plug (1) (cylinder head) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Oil gallery plug (Cylinder head) (a): 10 N·m (1.0

kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket with new ones.

6

I831G1140148-01

7

8

I831G1140149-01

9

I831G1140150-01

I831G1140151-01

10

I831G1140152-01

(a)

1

I831G1140153-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-33 Engine Mechanical:

Apply grease to the O-ring of the intake pipe.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with new ones.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the intake pipe

mounting bolts and tighten them to the specified

torque.

NOTE

Make sure that the “UP” mark faces up.

Tightening torque

Intake pipe bolt (b): 9 N·m (0.9 kgf-m, 6.5 lb-ft)

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Apply thread lock to the water bypass union (2) and

tighten it to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Water bypass union (c): 12 N·m (1.2 kgf-m, 8.5 lb-

ft)

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Install the valve spring seat.

Apply engine oil to the oil seal (2), and press-fit it into

position.

CAUTION

!

Do not reuse the removed oil seal.

I831G1140156-01

(b)

I831G1140157-02

(c)

2

I831G1140158-04

2

I831G1140159-05

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-34

Insert the valve, with its stem coated with

molybdenum oil all around and along the full stem

length without any break.

CAUTION

!

When inserting the valve, take care not to

damage the lip of the oil seal.

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Install the valve spring with the small-pitch portion “B”

facing cylinder head.

Put on the valve spring retainer (3), and using the

special tools, press down the spring, fit the cotter

halves to the stem end, and release the lifter to allow

the cotter halves to wedge in between retainer and

stem.

CAUTION

!

Be sure to restore each spring and valve to

their original positions.

Be careful not to damage the valve and

valve stem when handling them.

To prevent damage of the tappet sliding

surface with the special tool, use the

sleeve protector.

Special tool

(A): 09916–14510 (Valve spring compressor)

(B): 09916–14910 (Valve spring compressor

attachment)

(C): 09916–84511 (Tweezers)

(D): 09919–28610 (Sleeve protector)

Be sure that the rounded lip “F” of the cotter fits snugly

into the groove “G” in the stem end.

“B”: Small-pitch portion “D”: UPWARD

“C”: Large-pitch portion “E”: Paint

I705H1140165-01

“B”

“D” “C”

“E”

I718H1140004-01

3. Valve spring retainer 4. Cotter

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

3

I831G1140160-03

“F”

“G”

4

3

I831G1140161-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-35 Engine Mechanical:

Install the other valves and springs in the same

manner as described previously.

Install the tappet shims and the tappets to their

original positions.

NOTE

Apply engine oil to the stem end, shim and

tappet before fitting them.

When seating the tappet shim, be sure the

figure printed surface faces the tappet.

Cylinder Head Related Parts Inspection

B831G21406025

Refer to “Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 1D-31)”.

Cylinder Head Distortion

1) Decarbonize the combustion chambers.

2) Check the gasket surface of the cylinder head for

distortion. Use a straightedge and thickness gauge.

Take clearance readings at several places. If

readings exceed the service limit, replace the

cylinder head.

Special tool

: 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Cylinder head distortion

Service limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in)

Valve Stem Runout

Support the valve using V-blocks, as shown, and check

its runout using the dial gauge. If the runout exceeds the

service limit, replace the valve.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(B): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

(C): 09900–21304 (V-block (100 mm))

Valve stem runout (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 0.05 mm (0.002 in)

Valve Head Radial Runout

Place the dial gauge at a right angle to the valve head

face and measure the valve head radial runout. If it

measures more than the service limit, replace the valve.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(B): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

(C): 09900–21304 (V-block (100 mm))

Valve head radial runout (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 0.03 mm (0.001 in)

I831G1140162-01

I831G1140163-01

(A)

(C)

(B)

I649G1140231-03

(A)

(B)

(C)

I649G1140232-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-36

Valve Face Wear

Visually inspect each valve face for wear. Replace any

valve with an abnormally worn face. The thickness of the

valve face decreases as the face wears. Measure the

valve head “a”. If it is out of specification replace the

valve with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–20101 (Vernier calipers (1/15 mm, 150

mm))

Valve head thickness “a” (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 0.5 mm (0.02 in)

Valve Stem Deflection

Lift the valve about 10 mm (0.39 in) “a” from the valve

seat. Measure the valve stem deflection in two

directions, “X” and “Y”, perpendicular to each other.

Position the dial gauge as shown. If the deflection

exceeds the service limit, then determine whether the

valve or the guide should be replaced with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(B): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

Valve stem deflection (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 0.35 mm (0.014 in)

Valve Stem Wear

Measure the valve stem O.D. using the micrometer. If it

is out of specification, replace the valve with a new one.

If the valve stem O.D. is within specification but the valve

stem deflection is not, replace the valve guide. After

replacing the valve or valve guide, recheck the

deflection.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Valve stem O.D.

Standard (IN.): 5.475 – 5.490 mm (0.2156 – 0.2161 in)

Standard (EX.): 5.455 – 5.470 mm (0.2148 – 0.2154 in)

NOTE

If valve guides have to be removed for

replacement after inspecting related parts,

carry out the steps shown in valve guide

replacement. Refer to “Valve Guide

Replacement (Page 1D-38)”.

“a”

I649G1140233-02

(A) (B)

I831G1140164-02

(A)

I718H1140122-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-37 Engine Mechanical:

Valve Spring

The force of the coil spring keeps the valve seat tight. A

weakened spring results in reduced engine power output

and often accounts for the chattering noise coming from

the valve mechanism.

Check the valve springs for proper strength by

measuring their free length and also by the force

required to compress them. If the spring length is less

than the service limit or if the force required to compress

the spring does not fall within the specified range,

replace the valve spring.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20101 (Vernier calipers (1/15 mm,

150 mm))

Valve spring free length (IN. & EX.)

Service limit: 46.1 mm (1.81 in)

Valve spring tension (IN. & EX.)

Standard: 182 – 210 N (18.6 – 21.4 kgf, 41.0 – 47.2

Ibs)/36.35 mm (1.43 in)

Valve Seat Width

1) Visually check for valve seat width on each valve

face. If the valve face has worn abnormally, replace

the valve.

2) Coat the valve seat with a red lead (Prussian Blue)

and set the valve in place.

3) Rotate the valve with light pressure.

Special tool

(A): 09916–10911 (Valve lapper set)

4) Check that the transferred red lead (blue) on the

valve face is uniform all around and in center of the

valve face.

If the seat width “a” measured exceeds the standard

value, or seat width is not uniform reface the seat

using the seat cutter. Refer to “Valve Seat Repair

(Page 1D-40)”.

Valve seat width “a” (IN. & EX.)

Standard: 0.9 – 1.1 mm (0.035 – 0.043 in)

Tension “a” Length “b”

182 – 210 N

(18.6 – 21.4 kgf, 41.0 – 47.2 lbs)

36.35 mm

(1.43 in)

(A)

I649G1140237-03

“a”

“b”

I649G1140238-03

(A)

I831G1140165-01

“a”

I649G1140246-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-38

Valve Seat Sealing Condition

1) Clean and assemble the cylinder head and valve

components.

2) Fill the intake and exhaust ports with gasoline to

check for leaks. If any leaks occur, inspect the valve

seat and face for burrs or other things that could

prevent the valve from sealing. Refer to “Valve Seat

Repair (Page 1D-40)”.

WARNING

!

Always use extreme caution when handling

gasoline.

NOTE

After servicing the valve seats, be sure to

check the valve clearance after the cylinder

head has been reinstalled. Refer to “Valve

Clearance Inspection and Adjustment in

Section 0B (Page 0B-4)”.

Valve Guide Replacement

B831G21406026

1) Remove the cylinder head. Refer to “Engine Top

Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

2) Remove the valves. Refer to “Cylinder Head

Disassembly and Assembly (Page 1D-31)”.

3) Using the valve guide remover, drive the valve guide

out toward the intake or exhaust camshaft side.

Special tool

(A): 09916–44910 (Valve guide remover/

installer)

NOTE

Discard the removed valve guide sub-

assemblies.

Only oversized valve guides are available

as replacement parts. (Part No. 11115-

32E70)

4) Refinish the valve guide holes in the cylinder head

using the reamer and handle.

CAUTION

!

When refinishing or removing the reamer

from the valve guide hole, always turn it

clockwise.

Special tool

(B): 09916–34580 (Valve guide reamer (10.8

mm))

(C): 09916–34542 (Reamer handle)

I831G1140334-02

(A)

I831G1140166-01

(B)

(C)

I831G1140167-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-39 Engine Mechanical:

5) Cool down the new valve guides in a freezer for

about one hour and heat the cylinder head to 100 –

150 °C (212 – 302 °F) with a hot plate.

CAUTION

!

Do not use a burner to heat the valve guide

hole to prevent cylinder head distortion.

6) Apply engine oil to each valve guide and valve guide

hole.

7) Drive the guide into the guide hole using the valve

guide installer.

CAUTION

!

Failure to oil the valve guide hole before

driving the new guide into place may result in

a damaged guide or head.

Special tool

(A): 09916–44910 (Valve guide remover/

installer)

(D): 09916–57360 (Attachment)

8) After installing the valve guides, refinish their guiding

bores using the reamer. Be sure to clean and oil the

guides after reaming.

Special tool

(C): 09916–34542 (Reamer handle)

(E): 09916–34550 (Valve guide reamer (5.5

mm))

NOTE

Be sure to cool down the cylinder head to

ambient air temperature.

Insert the reamer from the combustion

chamber and always turn the reamer

handle clockwise.

9) Reassemble the cylinder head. Refer to “Cylinder

Head Disassembly and Assembly (Page 1D-31)”.

10) Install the cylinder head assembly. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

1. Cylinder head “a”: IN.: 14.5 mm (0.57 in)

EX.: 12.5 mm (0.49 in)

“a”

(A)

(D)

1

I718H1140127-01

(A)

(D)

I831G1140168-01

(C) (E)

I831G1140169-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-40

Valve Seat Repair

B831G21406027

The valve seats (1) for both the intake and exhaust

valves are machined to three different angles. The seat

contact surface is cut at 45°.

CAUTION

!

The valve seat contact area must be

inspected after each cut.

Do not use lapping compound after the

final cut is made. The finished valve seat

should have a velvety smooth finish but

not a highly polished or shiny finish. This

will provide a soft surface for the final

seating of the valve which will occur

during the first few seconds of engine

operation.

NOTE

After servicing the valve seats, be sure to

check the valve clearance after the cylinder

head has been reinstalled. Refer to “Valve

Clearance Inspection and Adjustment in

Section 0B (Page 0B-4)”.

Cam Drive Idle Gear / Sprocket Thrust

Clearance Inspection and Adjustment

B831G21406028

Inspection

Install the cam drive idle gear/sprocket (1) and tighten

the shaft (2) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft (a): 41 N·m (

4.1 kgf-m, 29.5 lb-ft)

Measure the thrust clearance between the idle gear

and shim by using a thickness gauge.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket thrust clearance

Standard: 0.15 – 0.27 mm (0.006 – 0.011 in)

Intake Exhaust

Seat angle 30°/45°/60°15°/45°/60°

Seat width 0.9 – 1.1 mm

(0.035 – 0.043 in)

Valve

diameter

36 mm

(1.42 in)

33 mm

(1.30 in)

Valve guide

I.D.

5.500 – 5.512 mm

(0.2165 – 0.2170 in)

11

60°

30°

45°

15°

45°

60°

IN EX

I831G1140170-02

(a)

1

2

I831G1140171-01

(A)

I831G1140172-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-41 Engine Mechanical:

Adjustment

If the thrust clearance is exceed the standard, adjust the

thrust clearance by the following procedures:

Remove the shim, and measure its thickness with a

micrometer.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Replace the sim with a other size.

Recheck the thrust clearance.

Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21406029

Disassembly

Refer to “Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Assembly

Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Pay

attention to the following points:

Apply engine coolant to O-ring of water union.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

Tighten the water union bolt.

Cylinder Inspection

B831G21406030

Refer to “Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Refer to “Engine Top Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Cylinder Distortion

Check the gasket surface of the cylinder for distortion.

Use a straightedge and thickness gauge. Take clearance

readings at several places. If any reading exceeds the

service limit, replace the cylinder.

Special tool

: 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Cylinder distortion

Service limit: 0.05 mm (0.102 in)

Color “A”/Mark “B”

(part No.) Shim thickness “C”

Dark blue

(09181-15182)

1.38 – 1.42

(0.054 – 0.056)

Yellow

(09181-15181)

1.28 – 1.32

(0.050 – 0.052)

Light blue

(09181-15176)

1.18 – 1.22

(0.046 – 0.048)

Light green

(09181-15172)

1.08 – 1.12

(0.043 – 0.044)

Brown

(09181-15166)

0.98 – 1.02

(0.039 – 0.040)

“J” mark

(09181-15164)

0.88 – 0.92

(0.035 – 0.036)

(A)

I831G1140173-01

“C”

“A”

“B”

I831G1140174-01

I831G1140175-01

I831G1140176-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-42

Cylinder Bore

Inspect the cylinder wall for any scratches, nicks or other

damage. If any defects are found, replace the cylinder

with a new one.

Measure the cylinder bore diameter at six places.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20530 (Cylinder gauge set)

Cylinder bore

Standard: 104.000 – 104.015 mm (4.0945 – 4.0951 in)

Piston-to-cylinder Clearance

Refer to “Piston and Piston Ring Inspection (Page 1D-

43)”.

Piston Ring Removal and Installation

B831G21406031

Removal

1) Draw out the piston pin and remove the piston. Refer

to “Engine Top Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

2) Carefully spread the ring opening with your thumbs

and then push up the opposite side of the 1st ring to

remove it.

NOTE

Do not expand the piston ring excessively

since it is apt to be broken down.

3) Remove the 2nd ring and oil ring in the same

manner.

Installation

NOTE

When installing the piston ring, be careful

not to damage the piston.

Do not expand the piston ring excessively

since it is apt to be broken down.

1) Install the piston rings in the order of the oil ring,

second ring and top ring.

a) The first member to go into the oil ring groove is

a spacer (1).

After placing the spacer, fit the two side rails (2).

CAUTION

!

When installing the spacer, be careful so that

the both edges are not overlapped.

(A)

I831G1140177-01

I718H1140141-01

I831G1140178-01

“A”: INCORRECT “B”: CORRECT

1

2

2

I718H1140143-02

A

B

“A”

“B”

I705H1140170-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-43 Engine Mechanical:

b) Install the 2nd ring (3) and 1st ring (4) to piston.

NOTE

1st ring (4) and 2nd ring (3) differ in shape.

NOTE

Face the side with the edge “C” and stamped

mark “D” upward when assembling.

2) Position the gaps of the three rings and side rails as

shown. Before inserting piston into the cylinder,

check that the gaps are so located.

3) Install the piston and piston pin. Refer to “Engine Top

Side Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Piston and Piston Ring Inspection

B831G21406032

Refer to “Piston Ring Removal and Installation

(Page 1D-42)”.

Piston Diameter

Measure the piston diameter using the micrometer at 15

mm (0.6 in) “a” from the skirt end. If the piston diameter

is less than the service limit, replace the piston.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20210 (Micrometer (100 – 125 mm))

Piston diameter

Service limit: 103.880 mm (4.0898 in)

Piston-to-cylinder Clearance

Subtract the piston diameter from the cylinder bore

diameter. If the piston-to-cylinder clearance exceeds the

service limit, replace both the cylinder and the piston.

Piston-to-cylinder clearance

Service limit: 0.120 mm (0.0047 in)

“D”: 2nd ring and lower side rail

“E”: Upper side rail

“F”: 1st ring and spacer

3

4

I831G1140179-02

3

4

“C”

“D”

I831G1140180-01

EX

IN

“D” “E”

“F”

I831G1140181-03

“a”

I831G1140335-02

(A)

I831G1140337-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-44

Piston Ring-to-groove Clearance

Measure the side clearances of the 1st and 2nd piston

rings using the thickness gauge. If any of the clearances

exceed the limit, replace both the piston and piston

rings.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

(B): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Piston ring-to-groove clearance

Service limit: (1st): 0.180 mm (0.0071 in)

Service limit: (2nd): 0.150 mm (0.0059 in)

Piston ring groove width

“a”: Standard: (1st): 0.83 – 0.85 mm (0.0327 – 0.0335

in)

“b”: Standard: (1st): 1.30 – 1.32 mm (0.0512 – 0.0520

in)

Standard: (2nd): 1.01 – 1.03 mm (0.0398 – 0.0406 in)

Standard: (Oil): 2.01 – 2.03 mm (0.0791 – 0.0799 in)

Piston ring thickness

Standard: (1st):0.76 – 0.81 mm (0.0299 – 0.0319)

Standard: (1st):1.08 – 1.10 mm (0.0425 – 0.0433)

Standard: (2nd): 0.97 – 0.99 mm (0.0382 – 0.0390 in)

Piston Ring Free End Gap and Piston Ring End Gap

Measure the piston ring free end gap using vernier

calipers. Next, fit the piston ring squarely into the

cylinder and measure the piston ring end gap using the

thickness gauge. If any of the measurements exceed the

service limit, replace the piston ring with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20101 (Vernier calipers (1/15 mm,

150 mm))

Piston ring free end gap

Service limit: (1st): 10.5 mm (0.41 in)

Service limit: (2nd): 11.7 mm (0.46 in)

Special tool

(B): 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Piston ring end gap

Service limit: (1st): 0.50 mm (0.020 in)

Service limit: (2nd): 0.50 mm (0.020 in)

(A)

I831G1140183-03

“a” “b”

I831G1140336-01

(B)

I649G1140264-03

(A)

I649G1140265-03

(B)

I831G1140184-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-45 Engine Mechanical:

Piston Pin and Pin Bore

Measure the piston pin bore inside diameter using the

small bore gauge. If measurement is out of specification,

replace the piston.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20602 (Dial gauge (1/1000 mm, 1

mm))

(B): 09900–22403 (Small bore gauge (18 – 35

mm))

Piston pin bore I.D.

Service limit: 23.030 mm (0.9067 in)

Measure the piston pin outside diameter at three

positions using the micrometer. If any of the

measurements are out of specification, replace the

piston pin.

Special tool

(C): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Piston pin O.D.

Service limit: 22.980 mm (0.9047 in)

Engine Bottom Side Disassembly

B831G21406033

Remove the engine assembly. Refer to “Engine

Assembly Removal (Page 1D-13)”.

Starter Motor

Remove the starter motor (1).

Engine Top Side

Remove the engine top side (1). Refer to “Engine Top

Side Disassembly (Page 1D-17)”.

Oil Filter

Remove the oil filter (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09915–40610 (Oil filter wrench)

(A)

(B)

I831G1140185-02

(C)

I649G1140268-03

1

I831G1140189-01

1

I831G1140333-01

(A)

1

I831G1140191-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-46

Water Pump

Remove the water pump (1).

Starter Cup

1) Remove the starter cup nut (1) with a suitable bar.

2) Remove the starter cup (2).

Generator

Remove the generator component parts (1). Refer to

“Generator Removal and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Idle Gear

1) Remove the starter torque limiter (1) with the

washers (2).

2) Remove the starter idle gear (3) and shaft (4).

3) Remove the bushings (5) from the crankcase and

generator cover.

Starter Driven Gear

Remove the key (1) and starter driven gear (2).

1

I831G1140192-01

1

2

I831G1140193-01

1

I831G1140194-01

1

3

4

2

I831G1140196-02

5

5

I831G1140197-01

1

2

I831G1140195-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-47 Engine Mechanical:

Gear Shift System

1) Remove the washers (1) and gearshift shaft (2).

2) Remove the cam driven gear (3) by removing its bolt

(4).

3) Remove the gear shift cam stopper bolt (5) and gear

shift cam stopper (6), washer (7) and return spring

(8).

Transfer Output Drive Gear

1) Remove the snap ring (1) and transfer output drive

gear (2).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

2) Remove the drive gear spacer (3) and output shaft

spacer (4).

Cam Chain / Cam Chain Tensioner

1) Remove the cam chain tensioner bolt (1), cam chain

tensioner (2) and washer (3).

2) Remove the cam chain (4).

Oil Pump

1) Remove the snap ring (1).

NOTE

Do not drop the snap ring (1) into the

crankcase.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

2) Remove the oil pump drive chain (2) and oil pump

driven gear (3) from the oil pump.

3

4

2

1

I831G1140198-02

5

6

7

8

I831G1140199-01

1

2

I831G1140203-01

3

4

I831G1140204-01

1

2

4

3

I831G1140205-01

12

3

I831G1140207-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-48

3) Remove the pin (4) and washer (5).

4) Remove the oil pump (6).

NOTE

Do not drop the pin (4) and washer (5) into

the crankcase.

Balancer Shaft Drive / Driven Gear

1) Remove the balancer shaft driven gear bolts (1) by

holding the crankshaft with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09924–52460 (Socket (52 mm))

2) Remove the water pump drive gear (2) and oil pump

drive gear (3).

3) Remove the crank balancer shaft driven gears (4).

4) Remove the keys (5).

5) Unlock the crank balancer drive gear nut.

6) Remove the crank balancer drive gear nut (5) with

the special tools.

Special tool

(A): 09924–52460 (Socket (52 mm))

(B): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub

holder)

: 09920–31020 (Extension handle)

5

6

4

I831G1140209-01

(A)

1

1

I831G1140210-01

2

3

4

I831G1140211-01

5

I831G1140212-01

I831G1140213-02

(A)

(B)

5

I831G1140214-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-49 Engine Mechanical:

7) Remove the washer (6) and crank balancer drive

gear (7).

8) Remove the pin (8).

Automatic Transmission

Remove the automatic component parts (1). Refer to “V

belt Type Continuously Variable Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-5)” and

“Clutch Shoe Removal and Installation in Section 5A

(Page 5A-16)”.

Oil Jet

Remove the oil jet (1) from crankcase.

Oil Gallery Plug

Remove the oil gallery plug (1) and gasket (2).

Gear Position Switch

1) Remove the gear position switch (1).

2) Remove the gear position switch contacts (2) and its

springs (3).

6

7

I831G1140215-01

8

I831G1140216-01

1

I831G1140217-01

1

I831G1140218-01

1

2

I831G1140219-01

1

I831G1140220-01

2

3

I831G1140221-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-50

Crankcase

1) Remove the crankcase bolts “A” and clamp (1).

2) Remove the crankcase bolts “B”.

NOTE

Loosen the crankcase bolts diagonally with

the smaller sizes first.

3) Separate the crankcase with the special tool.

NOTE

The crankcase separator plate is parallel

with the end face of the crankcase.

The crankshaft must remain in the left

crankcase half.

Special tool

(A): 09920–13120 (Crankcase separating

tool)

4) Remove the collar (2).

5) Remove the dowel pins (3).

Oil Strainer

Remove the oil strainer (1).

Transfer / Rear Output Shaft / Rear Output Shaft

Bevel Gear

Remove the transfer component parts (1), rear output

shaft (2) and rear output shaft bevel gear component

parts (3). Refer to “Transfer Removal and Installation in

Section 3C (Page 3C-3)”.

Crank Balancer

Remove the crank balancer shafts (1).

1

“B”

“A”

“A”

“A”

I831G1140222-02

(A)

2

I831G1140224-01

3

I831G1140225-01

1

I831G1140229-01

3

1

2

I831G1140230-03

1

I831G1140233-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-51 Engine Mechanical:

Crankshaft

1) Install the removed generator cover (1) and tighten

the bolts at three places.

2) Remove the crankshaft (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09920–13120 (Crankcase separating

tool)

Engine Mount Bushing

Remove the engine mount bushings if necessary.

Engine Bottom Side Assembly

B831G21406034

Assemble the engine bottom side in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

NOTE

Apply engine oil to each running and sliding

part before reassembling.

Crankshaft

CAUTION

!

Never fit the crankshaft into the crankcase by

striking it with a plastic mallet.

Always use the special tool, otherwise the

accuracy of the crankshaft alignment will be

affected.

Install the crankshaft to left crankcase with the special

tools.

Special tool

(A): 09910–32812 (Crankshaft installer)

(B): 09910–32860 (Attachment)

(C): 09941–53610 (Front fork installer

hammer)

Crank Balancer

Install the crank balancer shafts (1).

1

I831G1140234-01

2

(A)

I831G1140236-01

I831G1140237-01

(A)

(B)

(C)

I831G1140239-01

1

1

I831G1140241-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-52

Oil Strainer

Install the oil strainer (1).

NOTE

Fit the convex part “A” of the oil strainer in

the concave part “B” of the crankcase.

Transfer / Rear Output Shaft / Rear Output Shaft

Bevel Gear

Install the rear output shaft bevel gear (1) and rear

output shaft (2). Refer to “Transfer Removal and

Installation in Section 3C (Page 3C-3)”.

NOTE

Measure the backlash before installing the

transfer component parts (3). Refer to “Rear

Output Shaft Drive Bevel Gear Shim

Inspection and Adjustment in Section 3D

(Page 3D-11)”.

Install the transfer component parts (3). Refer to

“Transfer Removal and Installation in Section 3C

(Page 3C-3)”.

Crankcase

Wipe the crankcase mating surface (both surfaces).

Insert the dowel pins (1) onto the left crankcase.

Apply engine oil to the conrod big end and each gear.

Apply bond to the mating surface of the right

crankcase.

: Sealant 99000–31110 (SUZUKI BOND

No.1215 or equivalent)

Apply grease to the oil seals.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Assemble the crankcase with in few minutes.

“A”

“B”

1

I831G1140246-01

2

3

1

I831G1140247-02

1

I831G1140248-03

I831G1140252-01

I831G1140250-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-53 Engine Mechanical:

Tighten the crankcase bolts a little at a time to

equalize the pressure.

Tighten the crankcase bolts to the specified torque.

NOTE

Tighten the larger diameter crankcase

bolts first and then smaller ones

diagonally and evenly.

Fit the cramp to the bolt “A”.

Tightening torque

Crankcase bolt (M6): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Crankcase bolt (M8): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

After the crankcase bolts have been tightened, check

if the each shaft rotate smoothly.

Apply grease to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Use the new O-ring to prevent oil leakage.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Install the collar (2).

Gear Position Switch

Install each gear shift switch contact and spring.

Apply grease to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

“A”

I831G1140253-01

I831G1140255-01

I831G1140256-02

2

I831G1140258-03

I831G1140260-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-54

Tighten the gear position switch mounting bolts.

CAUTION

!

Be careful not to tighten the bolts too

much.

Clamp the read wire firmly.

Oil Gallery Plug

Install the oil gallery plug to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Use a new gasket (1) to prevent oil pressure

leak.

Tightening torque

Main oil gallery plug (a): 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0 lb-

ft)

Oil Jet

When installing the oil jet, apply grease to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Use a new O-ring to prevent oil pressure leak.

Automatic Transmission

Install the automatic transmission component parts

(1). Refer to “V-belt Type Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-5)” and “Clutch Shoe Removal

and Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-16)”.

Crank Balancer Drive / Driven Gear

Install the pin (1).

(a)

I831G1140261-03

1

(a)

I831G1140339-01

I831G1140262-01

1

I831G1140263-01

1

I831G1140264-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-55 Engine Mechanical:

Install the crank balancer drive gear (2) and washer

(3).

Hold the crank balancer drive gear with the special

tools and tighten the drive gear nut to the specified

torque with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Do not reuse the balancer drive gear nut.

Special tool

(A): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub holder)

(B): 09924–52460 (Socket (52 mm))

: 09920–31020 (Extension handle)

Tightening torque

Crank balancer drive gear nut: 150 N·m (15.0 kgf-

m, 108.5 lb-ft)

Lock the crank balancer drive gear nut with a center

punch.

Install the keys (4).

Install the crank balancer driven gears (5) water pump

drive gear (6) and oil pump drive gear (7).

NOTE

Align the punch mark “A” of crank

balancer drive gear with the punch marks

“B” of each crank balancer driven gear as

shown.

Be careful direction of the oil pump drive

gear.

2

3

I831G1140265-02

(A)

(B)

I831G1140266-02

I831G1140267-02

4

I831G1140268-01

5

5

6

7

“A”

“B”

I831G1140269-01

OUTSIDE INSIDE

I831G1140270-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-56

Apply thread lock to the balancer driven gear bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Hold the crank balancer drive gear nut with the special

tool and tighten bolts to the specified torque.

Special tool

(A): 09924–52460 (Socket (52 mm))

Tightening torque

Crank balancer driven gear bolt (a): 50 N·m (5.0

kgf-m, 36.0 lb-ft)

Oil Pump

Apply thread lock to the oil pump mounting bolts and

tighten the bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Install the washer (1) and pin (2).

Install the oil pump drive gear (3) with chain (4).

Install the snap ring (5).

NOTE

Be careful not to drop the snap ring (5) into

the crankcase.

Cam Chain Tensioner

Install the cam chain tensioner (1) along with the

washer (2).

Tighten the cam chain tensioner bolt (3) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Cam chain tensioner bolt (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m,

16.5 lb-ft)

Transfer Output Drive Gear

Install the spacer (1) and (2).

(A)

(a)

I831G1140271-02

(A)

(a)

I831G1140272-01

1

2

I831G1140273-01

3

4

5

I831G1140274-01

12

(a)

3

I831G1140275-01

1

2

I831G1140276-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-57 Engine Mechanical:

Install the snap ring (3).

CAUTION

!

The removed snap ring must be replaced

with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Gearshift System

Install the gearshift cam stopper (1), bolt (2), washer

(3) and return spring (4).

NOTE

Hook the return spring end “A” to the

stopper (1).

Check the gearshift cam stopper moves smoothly.

Locate the gearshift cam in the neutral position.

Install the gearshift cam stopper plate (5).

NOTE

Align the gearshift cam pin “B” with the

gearshift cam stopper plate hole “C”.

Install the gearshift shaft (6).

NOTE

Align the punch mark “D” with the concave

mark “E” of gearshift cam of surface.

Starter Driven Gear

Install the starter driven gear (1) and key (2).

3

I831G1140277-01

12

3

4

I831G1140278-01

1

“A”

I831G1140279-02

5

“C”

“B”

I831G1140280-01

6

“D”

“E”

I831G1140282-01

1

2

I831G1140323-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-58

Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Idle Gear

Apply molybdenum oil solution to the starter idle gear

pin.

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Install the starter idle gear (1).

Install the bushings (2) into the crankcase and

generator cover.

NOTE

Apply molybdenum oil solution to the inside

of the bushings.

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Install the starter torque limiter (3) with washers (4).

Generator

Install the generator component parts. Refer to

“Generator Removal and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

NOTE

Fit the clamp to the bolt “A”.

Starter Cup

Apply grease to the O-ring and lip of the oil seal.

Install the starter cup (1).

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

I831G1140283-01

1

I831G1140284-01

22

I831G1140285-01

3

4

4

I831G1140286-02

“A”

I831G1140287-02

1

2

I831G1140288-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-59 Engine Mechanical:

Tighten the starter cup nut to the specified torque by

holding starter cup with the suitable bar (2).

Tightening torque

Starter cup nut (a): 38 N·m (3.8 kgf-m, 27.5 lb-ft)

Water Pump

Apply grease to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Tighten the water pump mounting bolts (1) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Water pump mounting bolt: 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0

lb-ft)

Starter Motor

Install the starter motor. Refer to “Starter Motor Removal

and Installation in Section 1I (Page 1I-4)”.

Engine Top Side

Assemble the engine top side. Refer to “Engine Top Side

Assembly (Page 1D-21)”.

Conrod and Crankshaft Inspection

B831G21406035

Refer to “Engine Bottom Side Disassembly (Page 1D-

45)”.

Conrod Small End I.D.

Measure the conrod small end inside diameter with the

dial calipers.

If conrod small end inside diameter exceeds the service

limit, replace the conrod.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20605 (Dial calipers (1/100 mm, 10 –

34 mm))

Conrod small end I.D.

Service limit: 23.040 mm (0.9071 in)

(a)

I831G1140289-01

I831G1140290-01

(a)

1

(a)

1

I831G1140291-02

(A)

I831G1140292-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-60

Conrod Deflection

Wear On the big end of the conrod can be estimated by

checking the movement of the small end of the rod. This

method can also check the extent of ware on the parts of

the conrod’s big end.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

(B): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(C): 09900–21304 (V-block (100 mm))

Conrod deflection

Service Limit: 3.0 mm (0.12 in)

Conrod Big End Side Clearance

1) Check the conrod big end side clearance with the

thickness gauge.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Conrod big end side clearance

Service limit: 1.0 mm (0.04 in)

2) If the clearance exceeds the limit, replace the

crankshaft assembly and conrod with a new one.

Crankshaft Runout

Measure the crankshaft runout with V-blocks and dial

gauge.

NOTE

Place the crankshaft onto the V-blocks so

that it becomes horizontally.

Measure the runout from the tips of the

crankshaft.

Crankshaft runout

Service limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 in)

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

: 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

: 09900–21304 (V-block (100 mm))

Width Between Crankshaft Webs

B831G21406036

Measure the width between crankshaft webs “a”.

Width between crankshaft webs “a”

Standard: 72.9 – 73.1 mm (2.87 – 2.88 in)

(A)

(B)

(C)

I831G1140293-01

(A)

I831G1140294-01

(A) (A)

I705H1140241-01

“a”

I705H1140149-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-61 Engine Mechanical:

Crankshaft Oil Seal Inspection

B831G21406037

Check the oil seal for damage. If any damage is found,

replace the oil seal with a new one. Refer to “Engine

Bottom Side Disassembly (Page 1D-45)” and “Bearing

Removal and Installation (Page 1D-61)”.

Bearing Inspection

B831G21406038

Refer to “Engine Bottom Side Disassembly (Page 1D-

45)”.

Rotate the bearing inner race by finger to inspect for

abnormal play, noise and smooth rotation while the

bearings are in the crankcase. Replace the bearing if

there is anything unusual.

Left crankcase

Right crankcase

Generator cover

Bearing Removal and Installation

B831G21406039

Removal

Left crankcase

1) Remove the each bearing retainers.

2) Remove the drive shaft bearing (1) with the special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

I831G1140296-01

I831G1140299-03

I831G1140300-03

I831G1140301-03

I831G1140302-01

1

(A)

I831G1140303-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-62

3) Remove the other bearings (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Right crankcase

1) Remove the bearing retainers.

2) Remove the oil seal (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

3) Remove the each bearing (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

4) Remove the front output shaft bearing (3) with the

special tools.

Special tool

(C): 09923–74511 (Bearing remover)

(D): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover slide

shaft)

5) Remove the crankshaft bearing (4) with the special

tools.

Special tool

(D): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover slide

shaft)

(E): 09941–64511 (Bearing remover)

2

2

22

(B)

I831G1140304-01

I831G1140305-01

(A)

1

I831G1140306-01

2

2

(B)

1

I831G1140307-03

(C)

(D)

3

I831G1140308-01

4

(E)

(D)

I831G1140309-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-63 Engine Mechanical:

6) Remove the oil seal (5) with the special tool.

Special tool

(F): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Generator cover

1) Remove the magnet stator. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

2) Remove the snap rings (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

3) Remove the each bearings (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

4) Remove the oil seal (3) with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

5) Remove the speed sensor (4).

6) Remove the oil seals (5).

(F)

5

I831G1140310-01

1

I831G1140311-01

(A)

2

2

2

I831G1140312-01

3

(B)

I831G1140313-01

4

I831G1140314-01

55

I831G1140315-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-64

Installation

CAUTION

!

The removed bearings and oil seals must be

replaced with new ones.

Generator cover

1) Install the oil seals (1) with suitable tool.

2) Install the each bearing (2) with a special tool.

CAUTION

!

Use the special tool suitable size for each

bearing to prevent damage.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

3) Install the snap rings (3).

CAUTION

!

The removed snap rings must be replaced

with new ones.

4) Apply grease to O-ring and install the speed sensor

(4).

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

5) Tighten the bolt to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Speed sensor bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-

ft)

6) Install the removed parts. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

11

I831G1140316-01

I831G1140317-02

3

I831G1140325-01

4

(a)

I831G1140318-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-65 Engine Mechanical:

Right crankcase

1) Install the oil seals (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

2) Install the bearings (2) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Use the special tool suitable size for each

bearing to prevent damage.

NOTE

The stamped mark side of the bearing faces

inside of crankcase.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

3) Apply thread lock to the screws and tighten them.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Left crankcase

1) Install the bearings (1) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Use the special tool suitable size for each

bearing to prevent damage.

NOTE

The stamped mark side of the bearing faces

inside of crankcase.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

2) Apply thread lock to the screws, and install the

retainers by tightening them.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

(A) (A)

1

1

I831G1140319-02

2

2

(A)

2

I831G1140338-02

2

2

I831G1140320-01

1

1

1

(A)

I831G1140321-01

I831G1140322-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-66

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21407001

Valve + Valve Guide

Unit: mm (in)

Camshaft + Cylinder Head

Unit: mm (in)

Item Standard Limit

Valve diam. IN. 36.0 (1.42)

EX. 33.0 (1.30)

Tappet clearance (when cold) IN. 0.10 – 0.20 (0.004 – 0.008)

EX. 0.20 – 0.30 (0.008 – 0.012)

Valve guide to valve stem clearance IN. 0.010 – 0.037 (0.0004 – 0.0015)

EX. 0.030 – 0.057 (0.0012 – 0.0022)

Valve guide I.D. IN. & EX. 5.500 – 5.512 (0.2165 – 0.2170)

Valve stem O.D. IN. 5.475 – 5.490 (0.2156 – 0.2161)

EX. 5.455 – 5.470 (0.2148 – 0.2154)

Valve stem deflection IN. & EX. 0.35 (0.014)

Valve stem runout IN. & EX. 0.05 (0.002)

Valve head thickness IN. & EX. 0.5 (0.02)

Valve seat width IN. & EX. 0.9 – 1.1 (0.035 – 0.043)

Valve head radial runout IN. & EX. 0.03 (0.001)

Valve spring free length IN. & EX. 46.1 (1.81)

Valve spring tension IN. & EX. 182 – 210 N (18.6 – 21.4 kgf, 41.0 – 47.2 lbs) at

length 36.35 mm (1.43 in)

Item Standard Limit

Cam height IN. 36.330 – 36.380 (1.4303 – 1.4323) 36.030 (1.4185)

EX. 35.300 – 35.350 (1.3898 – 1.3917) 35.000 (1.3780)

Camshaft journal oil clearance IN. & EX. 0.019 – 0.053 (0.0007 – 0.0021) 0.150 (0.0059)

Camshaft journal holder I.D. IN. & EX. 22.012 – 22.025 (0.8666 – 0.8671)

Camshaft journal O.D. IN. & EX. 21.972 – 21.993 (0.8650 – 0.8659)

Camshaft runout IN. & EX. 0.10 (0.004)

Cylinder head distortion 0.05 (0.002)

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket thrust

clearance 0.15 – 0.27 (0.006 – 0.011)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-67 Engine Mechanical:

Cylinder + Piston + Piston Ring

Unit: mm (in)

Conrod + Crankshaft

Unit: mm (in)

Item Standard Limit

Compression pressure (Automatic-

decomp. actuated) Approx. 1 000 kPa (10.0 kgf/cm2, 142 psi)

Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.030 – 0.040 (0.0012 – 0.0016) 0.120 (0.0047)

Cylinder bore 104.000 – 104.015 (4.0945 – 4.0951) Nicks or Scratches

Piston diam. 103.965 – 103.980 (4.0931 – 4.0937)

Measure at 15 mm (0.6 in) from the skirt end. 103.880 (4.0898)

Cylinder distortion 0.05 (0.102)

Piston ring free end gap 1st R Approx. 13.1 (0.52) 10.5 (0.41)

2nd RN Approx. 14.6 (0.57) 11.7 (0.46)

Piston ring end gap 1st R 0.10 – 0.25 (0.004 – 0.010) 0.50 (0.020)

2nd RN 0.10 – 0.25 (0.004 – 0.010) 0.50 (0.020)

Piston ring-to-groove clearance 1st 0.180 (0.0071)

2nd 0.150 (0.0059)

Piston ring groove width

1st 0.83 – 0.85 (0.0327 – 0.0335)

1.30 – 1.32 (0.0512 – 0.0520)

2nd 1.01 – 1.03 (0.0398 – 0.0406)

Oil 2.01 – 2.03 (0.0791 – 0.0799)

Piston ring thickness 1st 0.76 – 0.81 (0.0299 – 0.0319)

1.08 – 1.10 (0.0425 – 0.0433)

2nd 0.97 – 0.99 (0.0382 – 0.0390)

Piston pin bore I.D. 23.002 – 23.008 (0.9056 – 0.9058) 23.030 (0.9067)

Piston pin O.D. 22.992 – 23.000 (0.9052 – 0.9055) 22.980 (0.9047)

Item Standard Limit

Conrod small end I.D. 23.006 – 23.014 (0.9057 – 0.9061) 23.040 (0.9071)

Conrod deflection 3.0 (0.12)

Conrod big end side clearance 0.10 – 0.75 (0.004 – 0.030) 1.0 (0.04)

Conrod big end width 24.95 – 25.00 (0.982 – 0.984)

Crank web to web width 72.9 – 73.1 (2.87 – 2.88)

Crankshaft runout 0.08 (0.003)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-68

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21407002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Throttle Body Components (Page 1D-7)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Air cleaner box mounting bolt 4.5 0.45 3.0 )(Page 1D-6)

TP sensor mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5 )(Page 1D-11)

ISC valve mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5 )(Page 1D-12)

Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw 5 0.5 3.5 )(Page 1D-12)

Engine mounting nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 1D-16)

Engine mounting damper stopper bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1D-16)

Footrest mounting bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 1D-16)

Footrest mounting bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0 )(Page 1D-16)

Cylinder head bolt (L: 200) (Initial) 25 2.5 18.0 )(Page 1D-23)

Cylinder head bolt (L: 200) (Final) 37 3.7 27.0 )(Page 1D-23)

Cylinder head bolt (L: 70) 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-23)

Cylinder head bolt (L: 100) 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-23)

Cylinder base nut 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-24)

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft 41 4.1 29.5 )(Page 1D-25) /

)(Page 1D-40)

Cam chain tension adjuster bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-25)

Cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt 7 0.7 5.0 )(Page 1D-26)

Camshaft journal holder bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-26) /

)(Page 1D-29)

Head cover bolt (Initial) 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-27)

Head cover bolt (Final) 14 1.4 10.0 )(Page 1D-27)

Valve timing inspection plug 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1D-27)

Oil gallery plug (Cylinder head) 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-32)

Intake pipe bolt 9 0.9 6.5 )(Page 1D-33)

Water bypass union 12 1.2 8.5 )(Page 1D-33)

Crankcase bolt (M6) 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-53)

Crankcase bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 1D-53)

Main oil gallery plug 18 1.8 13.0 )(Page 1D-54)

Crank balancer drive gear nut 150 15.0 108.5 )(Page 1D-55)

Crank balancer driven gear bolt 50 5.0 36.0 )(Page 1D-56)

Cam chain tensioner bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1D-56)

Starter cup nut 38 3.8 27.5 )(Page 1D-59)

Water pump mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-59)

Speed sensor bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1D-64)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-69 Engine Mechanical:

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G21408001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Throttle Body Components (Page 1D-7)”

Special Tool

B831G21408002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1D-11) /

)(Page 1D-33) /

)(Page 1D-52) /

)(Page 1D-53) /

)(Page 1D-53) /

)(Page 1D-58) /

)(Page 1D-59) /

)(Page 1D-64)

Molybdenum oil MOLYBDENUM OIL SOLUTION )(Page 1D-21) /

)(Page 1D-22) /

)(Page 1D-34) /

)(Page 1D-58) /

)(Page 1D-58)

Sealant SUZUKI BOND No.1215 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–31110 )(Page 1D-22) /

)(Page 1D-52)

SUZUKI BOND No.1216B or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–31230 )(Page 1D-27)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 1D-16) /

)(Page 1D-56)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 1D-33) /

)(Page 1D-33) /

)(Page 1D-56) /

)(Page 1D-65) /

)(Page 1D-65)

09900–06107 09900–06108

Snap ring pliers Snap ring pliers

)(Page 1D-47) /

)(Page 1D-47) /

)(Page 1D-57)

)(Page 1D-63)

09900–20101 09900–20202

Vernier calipers (1/15 mm,

150 mm)

Micrometer (1/100 mm, 25

50 mm)

)(Page 1D-36) /

)(Page 1D-37) /

)(Page 1D-44)

)(Page 1D-28)

09900–20205 09900–20210

Micrometer (0 – 25 mm) Micrometer (100 – 125 mm)

)(Page 1D-29) /

)(Page 1D-36) /

)(Page 1D-41) /

)(Page 1D-44) /

)(Page 1D-45)

)(Page 1D-43)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-70

09900–20530 09900–20602

Cylinder gauge set Dial gauge (1/1000 mm, 1

mm)

)(Page 1D-42) )(Page 1D-29) /

)(Page 1D-45)

09900–20605 09900–20607

Dial calipers (1/100 mm, 10

– 34 mm)

Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm)

)(Page 1D-59) )(Page 1D-28) /

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-36) /

)(Page 1D-60) /

)(Page 1D-60)

09900–20701 09900–20803

Magnetic stand Thickness gauge

)(Page 1D-28) /

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-36) /

)(Page 1D-60) /

)(Page 1D-60)

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-40) /

)(Page 1D-41) /

)(Page 1D-44) /

)(Page 1D-44) /

)(Page 1D-60)

09900–21304 09900–22301

V-block (100 mm) Plastigauge (0.025 – 0.076

mm)

)(Page 1D-28) /

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-35) /

)(Page 1D-60) /

)(Page 1D-60)

)(Page 1D-29)

09900–22302 09900–22403

Plastigauge (0.051 – 0.152

mm)

Small bore gauge (18 – 35

mm)

)(Page 1D-29) )(Page 1D-29) /

)(Page 1D-45)

09910–32812 09910–32860

Crankshaft installer Attachment

)(Page 1D-51) )(Page 1D-51)

09913–50121 09913–70210

Oil seal remover Bearing installer set

)(Page 1D-62) /

)(Page 1D-63)

)(Page 1D-62) /

)(Page 1D-63) /

)(Page 1D-64) /

)(Page 1D-65) /

)(Page 1D-65) /

)(Page 1D-65)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1D-71 Engine Mechanical:

09915–40610 09915–63311

Oil filter wrench Compression gauge

attachment

)(Page 1D-45) )(Page 1D-2)

09915–64512 09916–10911

Compression gauge Valve lapper set

)(Page 1D-2) )(Page 1D-37)

09916–14510 09916–14521

Valve spring compressor Valve spring compressor

attachment

)(Page 1D-31) /

)(Page 1D-34)

)(Page 1D-31)

09916–14910 09916–34542

Valve spring compressor

attachment

Reamer handle

)(Page 1D-34) )(Page 1D-38) /

)(Page 1D-39)

09916–34550 09916–34580

Valve guide reamer (5.5

mm)

Valve guide reamer (10.8

mm)

)(Page 1D-39) )(Page 1D-38)

09916–44910 09916–57360

Valve guide remover/

installer

Attachment

)(Page 1D-38) /

)(Page 1D-39)

)(Page 1D-39)

09916–84511 09919–28610

Valve adjuster driver Sleeve protector

)(Page 1D-31) /

)(Page 1D-34)

)(Page 1D-31) /

)(Page 1D-34)

09920–13120 09920–31020

Crankcase separating tool Extension handle

)(Page 1D-50) /

)(Page 1D-51)

)(Page 1D-48) /

)(Page 1D-55)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Mechanical: 1D-72

09920–53740 09921–20240

Clutch sleeve hub holder Bearing remover set

)(Page 1D-48) /

)(Page 1D-55)

)(Page 1D-61) /

)(Page 1D-62) /

)(Page 1D-63)

09923–74511 09924–52460

Bearing remover Socket (52 mm)

)(Page 1D-62) )(Page 1D-48) /

)(Page 1D-48) /

)(Page 1D-55) /

)(Page 1D-56)

09930–11950 09930–30104

Torx wrench Rotor remover slide shaft

)(Page 1D-11) /

)(Page 1D-12)

)(Page 1D-62) /

)(Page 1D-62)

09941–53610 09941–64511

Front fork installer hammer Bearing remover

)(Page 1D-51) )(Page 1D-62)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1E-1 Engine Lubrication System:

Engine

Engine Lubrication System

Precautions

Precautions for Engine Oil

B831G21500001

Refer to “Fuel and Oil Recommendation in Section 0A (Page 0A-3)”.

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Engine Lubrication System Chart Diagram

B831G21502001

OIL SUMP

FILTER

OIL PUMP RELIEF VALVE

OIL FILTER

OIL JET DRIVE SHAFT

GEARS

CRANK

CASE (R)

CYLINDER

CAM FACE

& TAPPET

CAMSHAFT

JOURNAL (R)

EX.

CAMSHAFT

CAM FACE

& TAPPET

ONE-WAY

CLUCH

CLUCH SHOE

CONROD

BIG END BEARING

CYLINDER WALL

& PISTON

MAIN GALLERY

OIL PAN

EX. CAMSHAFT

JOURNAL (L)

IN. CAMSHAFT

JOURNAL (L)

CAM FACE

& TAPPET

IN. CAMSHAFT

CAMSHAFT

JOURNAL (R)

CAM FACE

& TAPPET

CAM CHAIN

IDLE GEAR

CAM

CHAIN

ONE-WAY

CLUCH

CAM

CHAIN

STARTER DRIVEN

GEAR BEARING

CRANKSHAFT (L)

CRANKSHAFT

BEARING (R)

CRANKSHAFT (R)

CYLINDER HEAD

I831G1150001-08

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Lubrication System: 1E-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Engine Lubrication Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21504001

Oil Pressure Check

B831G21504002

Check the engine oil pressure periodically. This will give

a good indication of the condition of the moving parts.

NOTE

Before checking the oil pressure, check the

following.

Oil level (Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.)

Oil leaks (If leak is found, repair it.)

Oil quality (If oil is discolored or

deteriorated, replace it.)

1) Remove the right inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the belt cooling intake duct. Refer to “V-belt

Cooling Duct Removal and Installation in Section 5A

(Page 5A-5)”.

3) Remove the main oil gallery plug (1).

4) Install the oil pressure gauge and attachment into

the main oil gallery.

5) Connect the tachometer to the high-tension cord.

Special tool

(A): 09915–74511 (Oil pressure gauge set)

(B): 09915–74533 (Oil pressure gauge

attachment)

: 09900–26006 (Engine tachometer (solar

cell type))

6) Warm up the engine as follows:

Summer: 10 min. at 2 000 r/min

Winter: 20 min. at 2 000 r/min

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Engine overheats Insufficient amount of engine oil. Check level and add.

Defective oil pump. Replace.

Clogged oil circuit. Clean.

Incorrect engine oil. Change.

Exhaust smoke is dirty or

thick

Excessive amount of engine oil. Check level and drain.

Engine lacks power Excessive amount of engine oil. Check level and drain.

1

I831G1150002-01

(A)

(B)

I831G1150003-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1E-3 Engine Lubrication System:

7) After warm up, increase the engine speed to 3 000 r/

min (Observe the tachometer), and read the oil

pressure gauge.

If the oil pressure is lower or higher than the

specification, the following causes may be

considered.

Oil pressure specification

140 – 180 kPa (1.4 – 1.8 kgf/cm2, 20 – 26 psi) at 3

000 r/min, Oil temp. at 60 °C (140 °F)

8) Stop the engine and remove the oil pressure gauge

and attachment.

9) Reinstall the main oil gallery plug (1) and tighten it to

the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Use a new gasket to prevent oil leakage.

Tightening torque

Main oil gallery plug (a): 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0

lb-ft)

10) Check the engine oil level. Refer to “Engine Oil and

Filter Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

11) Reinstall the removed parts.

Repair Instructions

Engine Oil and Filter Replacement

B831G21506001

Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter Replacement in Section

0B (Page 0B-10)”.

Engine Oil Level Inspection

B831G21506002

Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter Replacement in Section

0B (Page 0B-10)”.

Oil Sump Filter Removal and Installation

B831G21506003

Removal

1) Remove the engine assembly from the frame. Refer

to “Engine Assembly Removal in Section 1D

(Page 1D-13)”.

2) Disassemble the engine top side. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Disassembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-17)”.

3) Separate the left and right crankcase. Refer to

“Engine Bottom Side Disassembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-45)”.

4) Remove the oil sump filter (1).

High oil pressure Low oil pressure

Engine oil viscosity is too

high.

Clogged oil passage.

Combination of the

above items.

Clogged oil filter.

Oil leakage from the oil

passage.

Damaged O-ring.

Defective oil pump.

Combination of the

above items.

(a)

1

I831G1150004-02

1

I831G1150005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Lubrication System: 1E-4

Installation

Install the oil sump filter in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the oil sump filter (1).

CAUTION

!

The lip “A” of the oil sump filter should be

positioned downward.

The shorter side “B” of the oil sump filter

should be positioned inside.

Oil Sump Filter Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21506004

Inspect the oil sump filter in the following procedures:

1) Remove the oil sump filter. Refer to “Oil Sump Filter

Removal and Installation (Page 1E-3)”.

2) If the oil sump filter is clogged with sediment or rust,

clean the oil sump filter using compressed air.

NOTE

When the filter is dirtied excessively, replace

the oil sump filter with a new one.

3) Install the oil sump filter. Refer to “Oil Sump Filter

Removal and Installation (Page 1E-3)”.

Oil Jet Removal and Installation

B831G21506005

Removal

1) Remove the clutch shoe housing case and gasket.

Refer to “Clutch Shoe Removal and Installation in

Section 5A (Page 5A-16)”.

2) Remove the oil jet (1).

“A”: Lip “B”: Shorter side

“A”

“B”

1

I831G1150006-02

“A”

“B”

Downside

I705H1150004-01

I831G1150007-01

1

I831G1150008-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1E-5 Engine Lubrication System:

Installation

Install the oil jet in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following point:

Apply engine oil to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Use a new O-ring to prevent oil leakage.

Oil Jet Inspection

B831G21506006

Refer to “Oil Jet Removal and Installation (Page 1E-4)”.

Make sure that the oil jet is not clogged. If it is clogged,

clean the oil passage using a wire of the proper size and

compressed air.

Oil Pump Removal and Installation

B831G21506007

Removal

NOTE

Do not drop the each parts into the

crankcase.

1) Drain the engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

2) Remove the starter motor (1). Refer to “Starter Motor

Removal and Installation in Section 1I (Page 1I-4)”.

3) Remove the starter torque limiter and starter idle

gear (2). Refer to “Starter Torque Limiter / Starter

Clutch Removal and Installation in Section 1I

(Page 1I-10)”.

4) Remove the generator rotor assembly (3) and starter

driven gear (4). Refer to “Generator Removal and

Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)” and “Starter

Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch Removal and

Installation in Section 1I (Page 1I-10)”.

5) Hold the crank balancer driven gear with the special

tool and remove the oil pump drive gear bolt and

washer.

Special tool

(A): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub

holder)

6) Remove the oil pump drive gear (5) along with the

chain (6).

I831G1150009-03

I831G1150010-02

2

1

3

4

I831G1150011-01

(A)

I831G1150012-01

5

6

I831G1150013-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Lubrication System: 1E-6

7) Remove the snap ring (7) and oil pump driven gear

(8).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

8) Remove the pin (9), washer (10) and oil pump (11).

Installation

Install the oil pump in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

Apply thread lock to the oil pump bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Install the new snap ring (1).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Install the oil pump drive gear (2) with chain.

NOTE

The flange side of the oil pump drive gear (2)

inside.

Apply thread lock super to the oil pump drive gear bolt

(3).

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

7

89

10

11

I831G1150014-01

I831G1150015-02

2. Oil pump drive gear

2

1

I831G1150020-02

2

OUTSIDE INSIDE

I831G1150016-07

3

I831G1150017-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1E-7 Engine Lubrication System:

Hold the crank balancer driven gear with the special

tool and tighten the oil pump drive gear bolt (3) to the

specified torque.

Special tool

(A): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub holder)

Tightening torque

Oil pump drive gear/Crank balancer driven gear

bolt (a): 50 N·m (5.0 kgf-m, 36.0 lb-ft)

Oil Pump Inspection

B831G21506008

Inspect the oil pump in the following procedures:

1) Remove the oil pump. Refer to “Oil Pump Removal

and Installation (Page 1E-5)”.

2) Rotate the oil pump by hand and check that it moves

smoothly. If it does not move smoothly, replace the

oil pump assembly.

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the oil pump

assembly.

The oil pump is available only as an

assembly.

3) Install the oil pump. Refer to “Oil Pump Removal and

Installation (Page 1E-5)”.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21507001

Oil Pump

Oil

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21507002

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

(A)

(a)

3

I831G1150018-03

I831G1150019-01

Item Standard Limit

Oil pressure (at 60 °C, 140 °F)

140 – 180 kPa

(1.4 – 1.8 kgf/cm2, 20 – 26 psi)

at 3 000 r/min

Item Specification Note

Engine oil type SAE 10 W-40, API SF/SG or SH/SJ with JASO MA

Engine oil capacity

Change 2 300 ml (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt)

Filter change 2 500 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

Overhaul 3 000 ml (3.2/2.6 US/lmp qt)

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Main oil gallery plug 18 1.8 13.0 )(Page 1E-3)

Oil pump drive gear/Crank balancer driven gear

bolt 50 5.0 36.0 )(Page 1E-7)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Lubrication System: 1E-8

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G21508001

Special Tool

B831G21508002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 1E-6)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 1E-6)

09900–06107 09900–26006

Snap ring pliers Engine tachometer (solar

cell type)

)(Page 1E-6) / )(Page 1E-

6)

)(Page 1E-2)

09915–74511 09915–74533

Oil pressure gauge set Oil pressure gauge

attachment

)(Page 1E-2) )(Page 1E-2)

09920–53740

Clutch sleeve hub holder

)(Page 1E-5) / )(Page 1E-

7)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-1 Engine Cooling System:

Engine

Engine Cooling System

Precautions

Precautions for Engine Cooling System

B831G21600001

WARNING

!

You can be injured by boiling fluid or steam if you open the radiator cap when the engine is hot.

After the engine cools, wrap a thick cloth around cap and carefully remove the cap by turning it a

quarter turn to allow pressure to escape and then turn the cap all the way off.

The engine must be cool before servicing the cooling system.

Coolant is harmful:

If it comes in contact with skin or eyes, flush with water.

If swallowed accidentally, induce vomiting and call physician immediately.

Keep it away from children.

Precautions for Engine Coolant

B831G21600002

Refer to “Engine Coolant Recommendation in Section 0A (Page 0A-4)”.

General Description

Engine Coolant Description

B831G21601001

CAUTION

!

Use a high quality ethylene glycol base

anti-freeze, mixed with distilled water. Do

not mix an alcohol base anti-freeze and

different brands of anti-freeze.

Do not put in more than 60% anti-freeze or

less than 50%. (Refer to Fig. 1 and 2.)

At the time of manufacture, the cooling system is filled

with a 50:50 mixture of distilled water and ethylene

glycol anti-freeze. This 50:50 mixture will provide the

optimum corrosion protection and excellent heat

protection, and will protect the cooling system from

freezing at temperatures above –31 °C (–24 °F).

If the vehicle is to be exposed to temperatures below –

31 °C (–24 °F), this mixing ratio should be increased up

to 55% or 60% according to the figure.

Anti-freeze Proportioning Chart

Fig.1: Engine coolant density-freezing point curve

Fig.2: Engine coolant density-boiling point curve

Anti-freeze density Freezing point

50% –31 °C (–24 °F)

55% –40 °C (–40 °F)

60% –55 °C (–67 °F)

I310G1160001-01

I310G1160002-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-2

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Cooling Circuit Diagram

B831G21602001

WATER

PUMP

RADIATOR

COOLING

FAN THERMO

SWITCH

ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE

SWITCH

THERMOSTAT CYLINDER HEAD

CYLINDER

RESERVOIR

TANK

BYPASS

I831G1160001-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-3 Engine Cooling System:

Water Hose Routing Diagram

B831G21602002

1

2

3

4

5

“D”

5

6

7

“C”

“A”

“B”

“B”

“A”

“A”

(a)

(b)

“A”

I831G1160002-05

1. Thermostat 6. Radiator outlet hose “D”: Face the tip of the clip to upper.

2. Radiator 7. Water pump : 17 Nm (1.7 kgf-m, 12.5 lb-ft)

3. Reservoir tank “A”: Yellow mark : 12 Nm (1.2 kgf-m, 8.5 lb-ft)

4. Radiator inlet hose “B”: White mark

5. Bypass hose “C”: Face the tip of the clip to forward.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-4

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Engine Cooling Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21604001

Repair Instructions

Cooling Circuit Inspection

B831G21606001

WARNING

!

Do not open the radiator cap when the

engine is hot, as you may be injured by

escaping hot liquid or vapor.

When removing the radiator cap tester, put

a rag on the filler to prevent the engine

coolant from spraying out.

Inspect the cooling circuit in the following procedures:

1) Remove the radiator cap lid (1) and radiator cap (2).

2) Connect the radiator tester (3) to the filler.

3) Pressurize the cooling system with 120 kPa (1.2 kgf/

cm, 17 psi) of pressure, and then check if it holds the

pressure for 10 seconds.

CAUTION

!

Do not exceed the radiator cap release

pressure, or the radiator cap and

subsequently the radiator, can be damaged.

4) After finishing the cooling circuit inspection, reinstall

the removed parts.

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Engine overheats Not enough engine coolant. Add engine coolant.

Radiator core clogged with dirt or scale. Clean.

Faulty cooling fan. Repair or replace.

Defective cooling fan thermo-switch. Replace.

Clogged water passage. Clean.

Air trapped in the cooling circuit. Bleed air.

Defective water pump. Replace.

Use of incorrect engine coolant. Replace.

Defective thermostat. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Engine over cools Defective cooling fan thermo-switch. Replace.

Extremely cold weather. Put on radiator cover.

Defective thermostat. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

1

2

I831G1160003-01

3

I831G1160005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-5 Engine Cooling System:

Radiator Cap Inspection

B831G21606002

Inspect the radiator cap in the following procedures:

1) Remove the radiator cap. Refer to “Cooling Circuit

Inspection (Page 1F-4)”.

2) Attach the radiator cap (1) to the radiator tester (2)

as shown in the figure.

3) Slowly apply pressure to the radiator cap.

If the radiator cap does not hold the pressure for at

least 10 seconds, replace it with a new one.

Radiator cap release pressure

110 – 140 kPa (1.1 – 1.4 kgf/cm2, 15.6 – 19.9 psi)

4) After finishing the radiator cap inspection, reinstall

the removed parts.

Radiator Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21606003

Radiator Hose

Refer to “Cooling System Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-15)”.

Radiator

Inspect the radiator for water leaks. If any defects are

found, replace the radiator with a new one.

If the fins are bent or dented, repair them by carefully

straightening them with the blade of a small screwdriver.

Radiator Cleaning

Blow out any foreign matter that is stuck in the radiator

fins using compressed air.

CAUTION

!

Make sure not to bend the fins when using

compressed air.

Always apply compressed air from the

engine side of engine. If compressed air is

applied from the front side, dirt will be

forced into the pores of radiator.

Cooling Fan Assembly / Radiator Removal and

Installation

B831G21606004

Removal

1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the hoses (1).

3) Remove the reservoir tank (2).

I718H1160033-01

I831G1160061-01

I831G1160062-01

2

1

I831G1160063-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-6

4) Disconnect the cooling fan motor coupler (3).

5) Remove the cooling fan assembly (4) by removing

the bolts.

6) Disconnect the cooling fan thermo-switch (5).

7) Disconnect the inlet hose (6) and outlet hose (7).

8) Remove the radiator (8) by removing the bolts.

9) Remove the radiator cover (9).

3

I831G1160055-01

4

I831G1160004-01

4

I831G1160007-01

5

I831G1160008-01

6

7

I831G1160009-01

8

I831G1160010-01

9

I831G1160011-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-7 Engine Cooling System:

Installation

Install the cooling fan assembly and radiator in the

reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following

points:

Connect the radiator hoses securely. Refer to “Water

Hose Routing Diagram (Page 1F-3)”.

Tighten the cooling fan assembly mounting bolts (1) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Cooling fan assembly mounting bolt (a): 8.5 N·m (

0.85 kgf-m, 6.0 lbf-ft)

Pour engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Bleed air from the cooling circuit. Refer to “Cooling

System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Water Hose Removal and Installation

B931G21606005

Removal

1) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the water hose as shown in the water hose

routing diagram. Refer to “Water Hose Routing

Diagram (Page 1F-3)”.

Installation

1) Install the water hose as shown in the water hose

routing diagram. Refer to “Water Hose Routing

Diagram (Page 1F-3)”.

2) Pour engine coolant and bleed air from the cooling

circuit. Refer to “Cooling System Inspection in

Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

3) Reinstall the removed parts.

Cooling Fan Inspection

B931G21606006

Inspect the cooling fan in the following procedures:

1) Disconnect the cooling fan motor coupler (1).

2) Test the cooling fan motor for load current with an

ammeter connected as shown in the figure.

If the fan motor does not turn, replace the cooling fan

assembly with a new one. Refer to “Cooling Fan

Assembly / Radiator Removal and Installation

(Page 1F-5)”.

NOTE

When making this test, it is not necessary

to remove the cooling fan.

Make sure that the battery has a capacity

enough to supply the motor with 12 V.

With the motor running at full speed, the

ammeter should indicate an amperage not

higher than 8 A.

3) Connect the cooling fan motor coupler.

(a)

1

(a)

1

I831G1160012-03

2. Fan motor 3. Ammeter 4. Battery

1

I831G1160018-02

23

4

I718H1160048-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-8

Radiator Reservoir Tank Removal and

Installation

B831G21606007

Removal

1) Remove the right inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the reservoir tank mounting bolts.

3) Disconnect the hoses (1) and drain the engine

coolant.

4) Remove the reservoir tank (2).

Installation

Install radiator reservoir tank in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Connect the radiator reservoir tank hoses securely.

Refer to “Water Hose Routing Diagram (Page 1F-3)”.

Fill the reservoir tank to the upper level.

Radiator Reservoir Tank Inspection

B831G21606008

Inspect the radiator reservoir tank cooling leaks. If any

defects are found, replace the radiator reservoir tank

with a new one.

Water Hose Inspection

B831G21606009

Inspect the water hoses in the following procedures:

1) Remove the left side cover (1) and engine side cover

(2).

2) Check the water hoses for crack, damage or engine

coolant leakage. If any defects are found, replace

the radiator hose with a new one.

2

1

I831G1160019-02

L

F

I831G1160020-04

I831G1160021-01

1

2

I831G1160064-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-9 Engine Cooling System:

3) Any leakage from the connecting section should be

corrected by proper tightening. Refer to “Water Hose

Routing Diagram (Page 1F-3)”.

4) After finishing the water hose inspection, reinstall the

removed parts.

ECT Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21606010

Refer to “ECT Sensor Removal and Installation in

Section 1C (Page 1C-4)”.

ECT Sensor Inspection

B831G21606011

Refer to “ECT Sensor Inspection in Section 1C

(Page 1C-4)”.

Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Removal and

Installation

B831G21606012

Removal

1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

3) Disconnect the cooling fan thermo-switch lead wire

coupler (1).

4) Remove the cooling fan thermo-switch (2).

I831G1160022-01

I831G1160023-01

I831G1160024-02

1

2

I831G1160025-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-10

Installation

Install the cooling fan thermo-switch in the reverse order

of removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply engine coolant to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Replace the removed O-ring with a new one.

Tighten the cooling fan thermo-switch to the specified

torque and connect the coupler (1).

Tightening torque

Cooling fan thermo-switch (a): 17 N·m (1.7 kgf-m,

12.5 lb-ft)

Pour engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Bleed air from the cooling circuit. Refer to “Cooling

System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Inspection

B831G21606013

Inspect the cooling fan thermo-switch in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the cooling fan thermo-switch. Refer to

“Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Removal and

Installation (Page 1F-9)”.

2) Check the thermo-switch closing or opening

temperatures by testing it at the bench as shown in

the figure.

3) Connect the thermo-switch (1) to a circuit tester and

place it in the water “A” contained in a pan, which is

placed on the stove.

4) Heat the water to raise its temperature slowly and

read the column thermometer (2) when the switch

closes or opens. If any abnormality is found, replace

the cooling fan thermo-switch with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Take special care when handling the

cooling fan thermo-switch. Do not subject

it to strong blows or allow it to be dropped.

Do not contact the cooling fan thermo-

switch (1) and the column thermometer (2)

with a pan.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

Cooling fan thermo-switch operating

temperature

Standard (OFF ON): Approx. 93 °C (199 °F)

Standard (ON OFF): Approx. 87 °C (189 °F)

5) Reinstall the cooling fan thermo-switch. Refer to

“Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Removal and

Installation (Page 1F-9)”.

I831G1160026-01

1

(a)

I831G1160065-01 I705H1160033-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-11 Engine Cooling System:

Thermostat Removal and Installation

B831G21606014

Removal

1) Drain a small amount of engine coolant. Refer to

“Cooling System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-

15)”.

2) Place a rag under the thermostat cover (1).

3) Remove the thermostat case (1).

4) Remove the thermostat (2).

Installation

Install the thermostat in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply engine coolant to the rubber seal on the

thermostat.

Install the thermostat.

NOTE

Align the protrusions on the thermostat

with the groove on the cylinder head.

The jiggle valve of the thermostat faces

upside.

Tighten the thermostat cover bolts (1) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Thermostat cover bolt (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5

lb-ft)

1

I831G1160027-01

2

I831G1160028-01

I831G1160029-01

I831G1160030-02

(a)

1

I831G1160031-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-12

Pour engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Bleed air from the cooling circuit. Refer to “Cooling

System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

Thermostat Inspection

B831G21606015

Inspect the thermostat in the following procedures:

1) Remove the thermostat. Refer to “Thermostat

Removal and Installation (Page 1F-11)”.

2) Inspect the thermostat pellet for signs of cracking.

3) Test the thermostat at the bench for control action.

CAUTION

!

Do not contact the thermostat (1) and the

column thermometer (2) with a pan.

As the thermostat operating response to

water temperature change is gradual, do

not raise water temperature too quickly.

The thermostat with its valve open even

slightly under normal temperature must be

replaced.

4) Immerse the thermostat (1) in the water contained in

a beaker and note that the immersed thermostat is in

suspension.

5) Heat the water by placing the beaker on a stove and

observe the rising temperature on a thermometer

(2).

6) Read the thermometer just when opening the

thermostat. If this reading, which is the temperature

level at which the thermostat valve begins to open, is

out of the standard value, replace the thermostat

with a new one.

Thermostat valve opening temperature

Standard: Approx. 82 °C (180 °F)

7) Keep on heating the water to raise its temperature.

8) Just when the water temperature reaches specified

value, the thermostat valve should have been lifted

by at least 8 mm (0.31 in). A thermostat failing to

satisfy either of the two requirements (start-to-open

temperature and valve lift) must be replaced.

Thermostat valve lift “a”

Standard: 8 mm (0.31 in) and over at 95 °C (203

°F)

9) Install the thermostat. Refer to “Thermostat Removal

and Installation (Page 1F-11)”.

I831G1160032-01

“A”: String “B”: Water

I705H1160030-03

I705H1160031-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-13 Engine Cooling System:

Water Pump Components

B831G21606016

Water Pump Removal and Installation

B831G21606017

Removal

NOTE

Before draining engine oil and engine

coolant, inspect engine oil and coolant

leakage between the water pump and

crankcase. If engine oil is leaking, visually

inspect the oil seal and O-ring. If engine

coolant is leaking, visually inspect the

mechanical seal and seal washer. Refer to

“Water Pump Related Parts Inspection

(Page 1F-18)”.

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the left mud guard. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Drain engine oil and coolant. Refer to “Engine Oil

and Filter Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”

and “Cooling System Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-15)”.

4) Disconnect the outlet hose (1) and water bypass

hose (2).

5) Remove the water pump assembly (3).

1

2

3

2

2

4

5

FWD

(a)

(c)

(a)

(b)

I831G1160033-05

1. Water pump cover 4. Mechanical seal : 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft) : Apply engine coolant.

2. O-ring 5. Oil seal : 13 Nm (1.3 kgf-m, 9.5 Ib-ft) : Do not reuse.

3. Impeller : 10 Nm (1.0 kgf-n, 7.0 Ib-ft) : Apply grease.

1

2

3

I831G1160034-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-14

Installation

Install the water pump in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the O-rings.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-rings with the new ones.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Set the water pump driven gear (1) to the water pump

drive gear (2) and install the water pump assembly

(3).

Tighten the water pump mounting bolts (4) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Water pump mounting bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-

m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Connect the water hoses securely. Refer to “Water

Hose Routing Diagram (Page 1F-3)”.

Pour engine oil and coolant. Refer to “Engine Oil and

Filter Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)” and

“Cooling System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-

15)”.

Bleed air from the cooling circuit. Refer to “Front

Differential Gear Oil Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-12)”.

Water Pump Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21606018

Refer to “Water Pump Removal and Installation

(Page 1F-13)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the O-rings (1), snap ring (2), washer (3)

and water pump driven gear (4).

2) Remove the water pump cover (5).

3) Remove the O-ring (6).

1

2

3

I831G1160035-01

(a)

4

I831G1160036-01

1

2

3

4

I831G1160037-02

5

I831G1160038-01

6

I831G1160039-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-15 Engine Cooling System:

4) Remove the pin (7) and washer (8).

5) Remove the impeller (9).

6) Remove the mechanical seal ring (10) and rubber

seal (11) from the impeller.

7) Remove the mechanical seal with the special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal condition, the

mechanical seal removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(A): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

8) Remove the oil seal (12).

NOTE

If there is no abnormal condition, the oil seal

removal is not necessary.

7

8

I831G1160040-02

9

I831G1160041-01

11

10

I831G1160042-01

(A)

I831G1160043-01

12

I831G1160044-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-16

Assembly

1) Install the oil seal with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Replace the oil seal with a new one.

NOTE

The stamped mark on the oil seal should face

mechanical seal side.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

2) Apply a small quantity of the grease to the oil seal

lip.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

3) Install a new mechanical seal using a suitable size

socket wrench.

CAUTION

!

Replace the mechanical seal with a new one.

NOTE

On the new mechanical seal, the sealer “A”

has been applied.

4) Install the rubber seal (1) into the impeller.

5) After wiping off the oily or greasy matter from the

mechanical seal ring (2), install it into the impeller.

NOTE

The paint marked side “B” of mechanical seal

ring faces the rubber seal.

(A)

I831G1160045-01

I831G1160046-01

“A”

I831G1160047-01

I831G1160048-01

“B”

2

1

I831G1160049-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-17 Engine Cooling System:

6) Apply grease to the impeller shaft.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

7) Install the impeller shaft to the water pump body.

8) Install the washer (3) and pin (4) to the impeller

shaft.

9) Install the water pump driven gear (5), washer (6)

and snap ring (7).

CAUTION

!

The convex part “C” of water pump driven

gear should face the water pump side.

10) Install a new O-ring (8) and apply engine coolant to

it.

CAUTION

!

Use a new O-ring to prevent engine coolant

leakage.

I831G1160051-01

4

3

I831G1160050-02

“C”

I831G1160052-02

6

5

7

I831G1160053-04

8

I831G1160054-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-18

11) Fit the water pump cover and tighten the water pump

cover screws (9) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Water pump cover screw (a): 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-m,

4.5 lb-ft)

Water Pump Related Parts Inspection

B831G21606019

Refer to “Water Pump Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 1F-14)”.

Mechanical Seal

Visually inspect the mechanical seal for damage, with

particular attention given to the sealing face.

Replace the mechanical seal that shows indications of

leakage.

Oil Seal

Visually inspect the oil seal for damage, with particular

attention given to the lip.

Replace the oil seal that shows indications of leakage.

Impeller

Visually inspect the impeller and its shaft for damage.

Replace the impeller if necessary.

Impeller Shaft Journal

Visually inspect the journal for damage or scratch.

Replace the water pump body if necessary.

(a)

9

(a)

9

I831G1160056-04

I831G1160057-01

I831G1160058-02

I831G1160059-01

I831G1160060-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1F-19 Engine Cooling System:

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21607001

Thermostat + Radiator + Fan + Coolant

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21607002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Water Hose Routing Diagram (Page 1F-3)”

“Water Pump Components (Page 1F-13)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Item Standard Note

Thermostat valve opening

temperature Approx. 82 °C (180 °F) —

Thermostat valve lift 8 mm (0.31 in) and over at 95 °C (203 °F) —

ECT sensor resistance

20 °C

(68 °F) Approx. 2.45 k

50 °C

(122 °F) Approx. 0.811 k

80 °C

(176 °F) Approx. 0.318 k

110 °C

(230 °F) Approx. 0.142 k

Radiator cap valve opening pressure 110 – 140 kPa (1.1 – 1.4 kgf/cm2, 15.6 – 19.9 psi)

Cooling fan thermo-switch operating

temperature

OFF ON Approx. 93 °C (199 °F) —

ON OFF Approx. 87 °C (189 °F) —

Engine coolant type Use an antifreeze/coolant compatible with aluminum radiator,

mixed with distilled water only, at the ratio of 50:50.

Engine coolant Reservoir Approx. 250 ml (0.26/0.22 US/lmp qt)

Engine Approx. 2 200 ml (2.32/1.94 US/lmp qt)

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Cooling fan assembly mounting bolt 8.5 0.85 6.0 )(Page 1F-7)

Cooling fan thermo-switch 17 1.7 12.5 )(Page 1F-10)

Thermostat cover bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1F-11)

Water pump mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1F-14)

Water pump cover screw 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 1F-18)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Engine Cooling System: 1F-20

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G21608001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Water Pump Components (Page 1F-13)”

Special Tool

B831G21608002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1F-14) /

)(Page 1F-16) /

)(Page 1F-17)

09900–25008 09913–70210

Multi-circuit tester set Bearing installer set

)(Page 1F-10) )(Page 1F-16)

09921–20240

Bearing remover set

)(Page 1F-15)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-1 Fuel System:

Engine

Fuel System

Precautions

Precautions for Fuel System

B831G21700001

WARNING

!

Keep away from fire or spark.

During disassembling, use care to minimize spillage of gasoline.

Spilled gasoline should be wiped off immediately.

Work in a well-ventilated area.

CAUTION

!

To prevent the fuel system (fuel tank, fuel hose, etc.) from contamination with foreign particles, blind

all openings.

After removing the throttle body, tape the cylinder intake section to prevent foreign particles from

entering.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-2

General Description

Fuel System Description

B831G21701001

Fuel System

The fuel delivery system consists of the fuel tank (1), fuel pump (2), fuel mesh filter (3), fuel feed hose (4), fuel delivery

pipe (5) (including fuel injector) and fuel pressure regulator (6). There is no fuel return hose. The fuel in the fuel tank

(1) is pumped up by the fuel pump (2) and pressurized fuel flows into the injector (7) installed in the fuel delivery pipe

(5). Fuel pressure is regulated by the fuel pressure regulator (6). As the fuel pressure applied to the fuel injector (7)

(the fuel pressure in the fuel delivery pipe) is always kept at absolute fuel pressure of 300 kPa (3.0 kgf/cm2, 43 psi), the

fuel is injected into the throttle body in conic dispersion when the injector (7) opens according to the injection signal

from the ECM.

The fuel relieved by the fuel pressure regulator (6) flows back to the fuel tank (1).

1

3

5

6

7

4

2

“C”

“A”

“B”

I831G1170001-01

1. Fuel tank 4. Fuel feed hose 7. Fuel injector “C”: Relieved fuel

2. Fuel pump 5. Fuel delivery pipe “A”: Pressurized fuel

3. Fuel mesh filter 6. Fuel pressure regulator “B”: Before-pressurized fuel

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-3 Fuel System:

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Fuel Hose Routing Diagram

B831G21702001

A

FR

RR RR

RH RH LH

LH

FR

Intake pipe Outlet tube

1

5

2

2

1

3

43

1

VIEW A

I831G1170002-04

1. Fuel hose 4. IAP sensor hose

2. Air cleaner box 5. Pass the fuel hose between the air cleaner guide.

3. PCV hose

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-4

Fuel Tank Breather Hose Routing Diagram

B831G21702002

1

3

2

7

2

3

5

6

4

1

26

8

(a)

“A”

I831G1170003-04

1. Frame 5. Valve (Black) “A”: Align the fuel pump nipple with the mark.

2. Fuel tank breather hose 6. Valve (Orange) : 35 Nm (3.5 kgf-m, 25.5 lb-ft)

3. Check valve hose 7. Mark

4. Fuel tank 8. Fuel tank pressure control valve

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-5 Fuel System:

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Fuel System Diagnosis

B831G21704001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Engine will not start or is

hard to start (No fuel

reaching the intake

manifold)

Clogged fuel filter or fuel hose. Clean or replace.

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Defective fuel injectors. Replace.

Defective fuel pump relay. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Open-circuited wiring connections. Check and repair.

Engine will not start or is

hard to start (Incorrect

fuel/air mixture)

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensors. Replace.

Dirty throttle body. Clean.

Engine stalls often

(Incorrect fuel/air mixture)

Defective IAP sensor or circuit. Repair or replace.

Clogged fuel filter. Clean or replace.

Defective fuel pump. Replace.

Defective fuel pressure regulator. Replace.

Damaged or cracked vacuum hose. Replace.

Defective ECT sensor. Replace.

Defective thermostat. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Engine stalls often (Fuel

injector improperly

operating)

Defective fuel injectors. Replace.

No injection signal from ECM. Repair or replace.

Open or short circuited wiring

connection.

Repair or replace.

Defective battery or low battery voltage. Replace or recharge.

Engine runs poorly in

high speed range

(Defective control circuit

or sensor)

Low fuel pressure. Repair or replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Defective IAP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Engine lacks power

(Defective control circuit

or sensor)

Low fuel pressure. Repair or replace.

Defective TP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAT sensor. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective IAP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-6

Repair Instructions

Fuel Pressure Inspection

B831G21706001

WARNING

!

Keep away from fire or spark.

Spilled gasoline should be wiped off

immediately.

Work in a well-ventilated area.

Inspect the fuel pressure in the following procedures:

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Place a rag under the fuel feed hose and disconnect

fuel feed hose (1) from the fuel delivery pipe.

4) Install the special tools between the fuel pump and

fuel delivery pipe.

Special tool

(A): 09940–40211 (Fuel pressure gauge

adapter)

(B): 09940–40220 (Fuel pressure gauge

hose attachment)

(C): 09915–77331 (Meter (for high

pressure))

(D): 09915–74521 (Oil pressure gauge hose)

5) Turn the ignition ON and check for fuel pressure.

Fuel pressure

Approx. 294 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm2, 41 psi)

If the fuel pressure is lower than the specification,

check for the followings:

Fuel hose leakage

Clogged fuel filter

Pressure regulator

Fuel pump

If the fuel pressure is higher than the specification,

check for the followings:

Fuel pump

Pressure regulator

6) Remove the special tools.

WARNING

!

Before removing the special tools, turn the

ignition switch OFF and release the fuel

pressure slowly.

7) Reinstall the removed parts.

Fuel Pump Inspection

B831G21706002

Turn the ignition switch ON and check that the fuel pump

operates for a few seconds.

If the fuel pump motor does not make operating sound,

inspect the fuel pump circuit connections or inspect the

fuel pump relay and TO sensor. Refer to “Fuel Pump

Relay Inspection (Page 1G-7)” and “TO Sensor

Inspection in Section 1C (Page 1C-5)”.

If the fuel pump relay, TO sensor and fuel pump circuit

connections are OK, the fuel pump may be faulty,

replace the fuel pump with a new one. Refer to “Fuel

Pump Assembly Removal and Installation (Page 1G-9)”.

1

I831G1170005-02

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

I831G1170007-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-7 Fuel System:

Fuel Discharge Amount Inspection

B831G21706003

WARNING

!

Keep away from fire or spark.

Spilled gasoline should be wiped off

immediately.

Work in a well-ventilated area.

Inspect the fuel discharge amount in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

2) Place a rag under the fuel feed hose (1) and

disconnect fuel feed hose from the fuel pump.

3) Connect a proper fuel hose (2) to the fuel pump.

4) Place the measuring cylinder and insert the fuel

hose end into the measuring cylinder.

5) Disconnect the fuel pump lead wire coupler (3).

6) Connect a proper lead wire into the fuel pump lead

wire coupler (fuel pump side) and apply 12 V to the

fuel pump (between (+) Y/R wire and (–) B/W wire)

for 10 seconds and measure the amount of fuel

discharged.

If the discharge amount is out of the specification,

the probable cause may be failure of the fuel pump

or clogged fuel filter.

NOTE

The battery must be in fully charged

condition.

Fuel discharge amount

55.5 ml (1.88/1.95 US/lmp oz) and more/10 sec.

7) After finishing the fuel discharge inspection, reinstall

the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

9)”.

Fuel Pump Relay Inspection

B831G21706004

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A

(Page 0A-7)”.

Inspect the fuel pump relay in the following procedures:

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the fuel pump relay (1).

1

I831G1170008-01

2

I831G1170009-01

3

I831G1170010-01

12V

I831G1170012-02

1

I831G1170013-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-8

3) First, check for insulation with the tester between

terminals “A” and “B”. Next, check for continuity

between “A” and “B” with 12 V voltage applied,

positive (+) to terminal “C” and negative (–) to

terminal “D”. If continuity does not exist, replace the

relay with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

Fuel Hose Inspection

B831G21706005

Refer to “Fuel Line Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-

10)”.

Fuel Feed Hose Removal and Installation

B831G21706006

Removal

1) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

2) Disconnect the fuel feed hose (1).

Installation

1) Install the fuel feed hose as shown in the fuel hose

routing diagram. Refer to “Fuel Hose Routing

Diagram (Page 1G-3)”.

2) Install the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

Fuel Level Gauge Inspection

B831G21706007

Refer to “Fuel Level Gauge Inspection in Section 9C

(Page 9C-6)”.

Fuel Level Indicator Inspection

B831G21706008

Refer to “Fuel Level Indicator Inspection in Section 9C

(Page 9C-5)”.

Fuel Tank Removal and Installation

B831G21706009

Removal

WARNING

!

Keep away from fire or spark.

Spilled gasoline should be wiped off

immediately.

Work in a well-ventilated area.

1) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

2) Remove the fuel tank outer cover. Refer to “Rear

Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in

Section 9D (Page 9D-9)”.

3) Place a rag under the fuel feed hose and disconnect

the fuel feed hose (1) from the fuel pump.

4) Disconnect the fuel tank coupler (2) and fuel tank

breather hose (3).

5) Remove the fuel tank mounting bolts.

6) Remove the fuel tank from the left side.

“A”

“B”

“C”

“D”

I718H1170013-01

1

I831G1170014-01

3

2

1

I831G1170015-01

I831G1170016-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-9 Fuel System:

7) Remove the fuel tank lower cover (4).

Installation

Install the fuel tank in the reverse order of removal.

Fuel Pump Components

B831G21706010

Fuel Pump Assembly Removal and Installation

B831G21706011

Removal

WARNING

!

Spilled gasoline should be wiped off

immediately.

Keep away from fire or spark.

Work in a well-ventilated area.

1) Remove the fuel tank. Refer to “Fuel Tank Removal

and Installation (Page 1G-8)”.

2) Remove the fuel pump retainer (1) with the special

tool.

Special tool

: 09941–51012 (Ring locknut wrench)

3) Remove the fuel pump assembly (2).

Installation

Install the fuel pump assembly in the reverse order of

removal.

Pay attention the following points:

Align the fuel pump nipple (1) with alignment mark “A”

on the fuel tank.

Tighten the fuel pump retainer with the special tool to

the specified torque.

Special tool

(A): 09941–51012 (Ring locknut wrench)

Tightening torque

Fuel pump retainer: 35 N·m (3.5 kgf-m, 25.5 lb-ft)

1. Fuel pump 2. Fuel feed hose

4

I831G1170017-01

FWD

1

2

I831G1170004-01

1

2

(A)

I831G1170018-01

(A)

1

“A”

I831G1170019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-10

Fuel Pump Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21706012

Refer to “Fuel Pump Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 1G-9)”.

Disassembly

Remove the fuel cup holder (1) with a (–) screw driver.

Assembly

Assemble the fuel tank pump in the reverse order of the

disassembly.

Fuel Mesh Filter Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21706013

Inspect the fuel mesh filter in the following procedures:

1) Remove the fuel cup holder. Refer to “Fuel Pump

Disassembly and Assembly (Page 1G-10)”.

2) If the fuel mesh filter is clogged with foreign particles,

it hinders smooth gasoline flow resulting in loss of

engine power. Such a filter should be cleaned by

blowing with compressed air.

NOTE

When the fuel mesh filter is dirtied

excessively, replace the fuel mesh filter with

a new one.

3) After finishing the fuel mesh filter inspection, reinstall

the fuel cup holder and fuel pump assembly. Refer to

“Fuel Pump Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 1G-9)”.

Fuel Injector Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21706014

Inspect the fuel injector in the following procedures:

1) Remove the fuel injector. Refer to “Fuel Injector /

Fuel Delivery Pipe Removal and Installation

(Page 1G-10)”.

2) Check the fuel injector filter for evidence of dirt and

contamination. If present, clean and check for

presence of dirt in the fuel lines and fuel tank.

3) Install the fuel injector. Refer to “Fuel Injector / Fuel

Delivery Pipe Removal and Installation (Page 1G-

10)”.

Fuel Injector / Fuel Delivery Pipe Removal and

Installation

B831G21706015

Removal

WARNING

!

Spilled gasoline should be wiped off

immediately.

Keep away from fire or spark.

Work in a well-ventilated area.

1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation in Section 1D

(Page 1D-5)”.

3) Place a rug under the fuel feed hose (1) and

disconnect the fuel feed hose (1) from the fuel

delivery pipe.

1

I831G1170020-01

I831G1170021-01

I831G1170022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-11 Fuel System:

4) Disconnect the injector coupler (2).

5) Remove the fuel delivery pipe (3) with the injector

(4).

6) Remove the fuel injector (4) from the fuel delivery

pipe.

Installation

Install the fuel injector / fuel delivery pipe in the reverse

order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the new cushion seal

(1) and O-ring (2).

CAUTION

!

Replace the cushion seal and O-ring with the

new ones.

Install the fuel injector (3) by pushing it straight to the

delivery pipe (4).

CAUTION

!

Never turn the injector while pushing it.

NOTE

Align the coupler “A” of injector with boss

“B” of the delivery pipe.

2

1

I831G1170023-01

4

3

I831G1170024-01

4

I831G1170025-02

1

2

I831G1170026-01

“B”

“A”

3

4

I831G1170027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-12

Install the fuel delivery pipe assembly (5) to the

throttle body assembly.

CAUTION

!

Never turn the fuel injector while installing it.

Tighten the fuel delivery pipe mounting screws to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw (a): 5 N·m (0.5

kgf-m, 3.5 lb-ft)

Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve

Removal and Installation

B831G21706016

Removal

1) Remove the rear carrier. Refer to “Rear Carrier

Removal and Installation in Section 9E (Page 9E-5)”.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Remove the side covers, left and right. Refer to

“Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation

in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

4) Remove the engine side cover. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-9)”.

5) Remove the mad guard mounting fasteners (1) and

screws (2).

6) Remove the fuel tank cap (3).

CAUTION

!

To prevent the fuel tank from contamination

with foreign particles, blind opening.

(a)

5

I831G1170028-01

1

2

I831G1170029-01

1

2

I831G1170030-01

3

I831G1170031-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1G-13 Fuel System:

7) Move the rear fender upside.

8) Disconnect the breather hoses (4) and remove the

FTPC valve (5).

Installation

Install the FTPC valve in the reverse order of removal,

pay attention to the following points.

Install the FTPC valve as shown in the fuel tank

breather hose routing diagram. Refer to “Fuel Tank

Breather Hose Routing Diagram (Page 1G-4)”.

Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve

Inspection

B831G21706017

Inspect the FTPC valve in the following procedures:

1) Remove the FTPC valve. Refer to “Fuel Tank

Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve Removal and

Installation (Page 1G-12)”.

2) Check the FTPC valve if air can pass through

smoothly when blown from the orange color side and

not from the other side. If abnormal condition is

found, replace the FTPC valve with a new one.

3) After finishing the FTPC valve inspection, reinstall

the FTPC valve. Refer to “Fuel Tank Pressure

Control (FTPC) Valve Removal and Installation

(Page 1G-12)”.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21707001

Injector + Fuel Pump + Fuel Pressure Regulator

Fuel

4

5

I831G1170032-01

“A”: Orange

“A”

I705H1170014-02

Item Specification Note

Injector resistance 11 – 13 at 20 °C (68 °F) —

Fuel pump discharge amount 55.5 ml (1.88/1.95 US/lmp oz) and more/10 sec.

Fuel pressure regulator operating

set pressure Approx. 294 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm2, 41 psi)

Item Specification Note

Fuel type

Use only unleaded gasoline of at least 87 pump octane (R/2

+ M/2) or 91 octane or higher rated by the Research Method.

Gasoline containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether), less

than 10% ethanol, or less than 5% methanol with

appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitor is permissible.

P-28, 33

Gasoline used should be graded 91 octane or higher. An

unleaded gasoline type is recommended. Others

Fuel tank capacity 17.5 L (4.6/3.8 US/lmp gal)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Fuel System: 1G-14

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21707002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Fuel Tank Breather Hose Routing Diagram (Page 1G-4)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Special Tool

B831G21708001

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Fuel pump retainer 35 3.5 25.5 )(Page 1G-9)

Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw 5 0.5 3.5 )(Page 1G-12)

09900–25008 09915–74521

Multi-circuit tester set Oil pressure gauge hose

)(Page 1G-8) )(Page 1G-6)

09915–77331 09940–40211

Meter (for high pressure) Fuel pressure gauge

adapter

)(Page 1G-6) )(Page 1G-6)

09940–40220 09941–51012

Fuel pressure gauge hose

attachment

Ring locknut wrench

)(Page 1G-6) )(Page 1G-9) /

)(Page 1G-9)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1H-1 Ignition System:

Engine

Ignition System

General Description

Override Switch Description

B831G21801001

The override switch allows the rider to increase the

power available by overriding the normal speed limiter in

forward Differential Lock or Reverse. For example, the

rider may need to use extra power when stuck in the

mud. To override the normal speed limiter the rider must

push the override button and hold it in. When the switch

button is released, engine speed will once again be

limited by the speed limiter.

In forward Differential Lock made, the override mode can

be used for an indefinite period of time simply by holding

the button in continuously.

Operation

1) Set the diff-lock position or “R” (Reverse) position.

2) Operate the override switch while pushing it.

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Ignition System Diagram

B831G21802001

Refer to “Wire Color Symbols in Section 0A (Page 0A-5)”.

Ignition System Components Location

B831G21802002

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A (Page 0A-7)”.

I831G1180013-01

CKP

sensor

TP

sensor

ECT

sensor

GP

switch

Engine stop switch

Fuse

Fuse

Ignition

switch

Ignition

coil

Battery

ECM

I831G1180004-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Ignition System: 1H-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Ignition System Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21804001

No Spark or Poor Spark

B831G21804002

Troubleshooting

NOTE

Check that the transfer is in neutral and the engine stop switch is in the “RUN” position. Check that the

fuse is not blown and the battery is fully-charged before diagnosing.

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Spark plug not sparking Damaged spark plug. Replace.

Fouled spark plug. Clean or replace.

Wet spark plug. Clean and dry or replace.

Defective ignition coil. Replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Open-circuited wiring connections. Repair or replace.

Open or short in high-tension cord. Replace.

Engine stalls easily (No

spark)

Fouled spark plug. Clean or replace.

Defective CKP sensor. Replace.

Defective ECM. Replace.

Spark plug is wet or

quickly becomes fouled

with carbon

Excessively rich air/fuel mixture. Inspect FI system.

Excessively high idling speed. Inspect FI system.

Incorrect gasoline. Change.

Dirty air cleaner element. Clean or replace.

Incorrect spark plug. Change to correct spark plug.

Spark plug quickly

becomes fouled with oil

or carbon

Worn piston rings. Replace.

Worn piston. Replace.

Worn cylinder. Rebore or replace.

Excessive valve-stem to valve-guide

clearance.

Replace.

Worn valve stem oil seals. Replace.

Spark plug electrodes

overheat or burn

Incorrect spark plug. Change to correct spark plug.

Overheated engine. Tune-up.

Loose spark plug. Tighten.

Excessively lean air/fuel mixture. Inspect FI system.

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the ignition system couplers for poor connections.

Is there connection in the ignition system couplers?

Go to step 2. Poor connection of

couplers.

2 Measure the battery voltage between input lead wires (O/W

and B/W) at the ECM with the ignition switch in the “ON”

position.

Is the voltage OK?

Go to Step 3. Faulty ignition switch.

Faulty wire harness.

Broken wire harness

or poor connection of

related circuit

couplers.

3 Measure the ignition coil primary peak voltage. Refer to

“Ignition Coil and Plug Cap Inspection (Page 1H-3)”.

NOTE

This inspection method is applicable only with

the multi-circuit tester and the peak volt adaptor.

Is the peak voltage OK?

Go to step 4. Go to step 5.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1H-3 Ignition System:

Repair Instructions

Spark Plug Cap and Spark Plug Removal and

Installation

B831G21806001

Removal

WARNING

!

The hot engine can burn you.

Wait until the engine is cool enough to touch.

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the right side cover and right inner fender.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the spark plug cap (1).

4) Remove the spark plug with a spark plug wrench.

Special tool

: 09930–10121 (Spark plug wrench set)

Installation

Install the spark plug in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Screw the spark plug into the cylinder head with

fingers, and then tighten them to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Do not cross thread or over tighten the spark

plug, or such an operation will damage the

aluminum threads of the cylinder head.

Special tool

: 09930–10121 (Spark plug wrench set)

Tightening torque

Spark plug: 11 N·m (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lb-ft)

Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning

B831G21806002

Refer to “Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning in Section

0B (Page 0B-9)”.

Ignition Coil and Plug Cap Inspection

B831G21806003

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A

(Page 0A-7)”.

Ignition Coil Primary Peak Voltage

1) Remove the right side cover and right inner fender.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the spark plug cap. Refer to “Spark Plug

Cap and Spark Plug Removal and Installation

(Page 1H-3)”.

4 Inspect the spark plug. Refer to “Spark Plug Inspection and

Cleaning in Section 0B (Page 0B-9)”.

Is the spark plug OK?

Go to Step 5. Faulty spark plug.

5 Inspect the ignition coil. Refer to “Ignition Coil and Plug Cap

Inspection (Page 1H-3)”.

Is the ignition coil OK?

Go to step 6. Faulty ignition coil.

6 Measure the CKP sensor peak voltage and its resistance.

Refer to “CKP Sensor Inspection (Page 1H-5)”.

NOTE

The CKP sensor peak voltage inspection is

applicable only with the multi-circuit tester and

peak volt adaptor.

Are the peak voltage and resistance OK?

•Faulty ECM.

Open or short circuit

in wire harness.

Poor connection of

ignition wire harness.

Faulty CKP sensor.

Metal particles or

foreign material being

stuck on the CKP

sensor and rotor tip.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

1

I831G1180001-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Ignition System: 1H-4

3) Connect the new spark plug to spark plug cap and

ground it to the cylinder head.

NOTE

Be sure that the spark plug is connected

properly and the battery used is in fully-

charged condition.

4) Connect the multi-circuit tester with the peak voltage

adaptor as follows:

CAUTION

!

Before using the multi-circuit tester and peak

voltage adaptor, refer to the appropriate

instruction manual.

NOTE

Do not disconnect the ignition coil lead

wires.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication: Voltage ( )

5) Measure the ignition coil primary peak voltage in the

following procedures:

a) Shift the transfer to the neutral, turn the ignition

switch ON.

b) Press the starter button and allow the engine to

crank for a few seconds, and then measure the

ignition coil primary peak voltage.

6) Repeat the b) procedure few times and measure the

highest peak voltage.

If the voltage is lower than standard range, inspect

the ignition coil and the CKP sensor.

Ignition coil primary peak voltage

80 V and more

7) After measuring the ignition coil primary peak

voltage, reinstall the removed parts.

Ignition Coil Resistance

1) Disconnect the spark plug cap. Refer to “Ignition Coil

and Plug Cap Inspection (Page 1H-3)”.

2) Disconnect the ignition coil lead wire.

((+) Probe) ((–) Probe)

Ignition coil W/Bl lead wire

terminal

B/W lead wire

terminal or

Ground

I831G1180005-01

1. ECM “A”: (+) probe

2. Peak voltage adaptor “B”: (–) probe

3. New spark plug “C”: Battery

4. Ignition coil

(ޓ)

I831G1180006-01

1

2

“A”

“B”

“C”

4

3

(A)

I831G1180002-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1H-5 Ignition System:

3) Measure the ignition coil resistance in both the

primary and secondary coils. If the resistance is not

within the standard range, replace the ignition coil

with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

Ignition coil resistance

Primary: 0.1 – 0.6 ((+) terminal – (–) Ground)

Secondary: 12 – 19 k (Spark plug cap – (–)

terminal)

4) After measuring the ignition coil resistance, reinstall

the removed parts.

CKP Sensor Inspection

B831G21806004

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A

(Page 0A-7)”.

CKP Sensor Peak Voltage

1) Remove the left side cover and engine side cover.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the CKP sensor coupler (1).

NOTE

Be sure that all of the couplers are connected

properly and the battery is fully-charged.

3) Connect the multi-circuit tester with the peak volt

adaptor as follows:

CAUTION

!

Before using the multi-circuit tester and peak

voltage adaptor, refer to the appropriate

instruction manual.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication: Voltage ( )

4) Measure the CKP sensor peak voltage in the

following procedures:

a) Shift the transfer to the neutral, turn the ignition

switch ON.

b) Press the starter button and allow the engine to

crank for a few seconds, and then measure the

CKP sensor peak voltage.

5) Repeat the b) procedure a few times and measure

the highest CKP sensor peak voltage.

CKP sensor peak voltage

5.0 V and more (Blue – White)

6) If the peak voltage is within the specification, check

the continuity between the CKP sensor coupler and

ECM coupler.

CAUTION

!

Normally, use the needle pointed probe to the

backside of the lead wire coupler to prevent

the terminal bend and terminal alignment.

7) After measuring the CKP sensor peak voltage,

reinstall the removed parts.

(ޓ)

(–)

I831G1180007-01

1

I831G1180008-01

CKP sensor (+) Probe (–) Probe

BI W

2. CKP sensor coupler 4. Peak voltage adaptor

3. CKP sensor

2

3W

BI

(A)

4

I831G1180003-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Ignition System: 1H-6

CKP Sensor Resistance

1) Remove the left side cover and engine side cover.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the CKP sensor coupler (1).

3) Measure the resistance between the lead wires and

ground. If the resistance is not within the standard

range, replace the CKP sensor with a new one.

Refer to “CKP Sensor Removal and Installation

(Page 1H-6)”.

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

CKP sensor resistance

150 – 250 (Blue – Green)

(Blue – Ground)

4) After measuring the CKP sensor resistance, reinstall

the removed parts.

CKP Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G21806005

Refer to “Generator Removal and Installation in Section

1J (Page 1J-4)”.

Engine Stop Switch Inspection

B831G21806006

Inspect the engine stop switch in the following

procedures:

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the handlebar switch coupler (1).

4) Inspect the engine stop switch for continuity with a

tester.

If any abnormality is found, replace the handlebar

switch assembly with a new one. Refer to

“Handlebars Removal and Installation in Section 6B

(Page 6B-3)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

5) After finishing the engine stop switch inspection,

reinstall the removed parts.

Ignition Switch Inspection

B831G21806007

Refer to “Ignition Switch Inspection in Section 9C

(Page 9C-7)”.

2. CKP sensor coupler 3. CKP sensor

1

I831G1180008-01

3

2

I718H1180008-02

1

I831G1180010-01

O O/W

Color

Position

OFF

RUN

()

()

I831G1180009-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1H-7 Ignition System:

Ignition Switch Removal and Installation

B831G21806008

Removal

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the combination meter cover. Refer to

“Combination Meter Removal and Installation in

Section 9C (Page 9C-3)”.

3) Disconnect the clamps and ignition switch coupler

(1).

4) Disconnect the clamp and remove the ignition switch

(2).

Installation

Install the ignition switch in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following point:

Route the wiring harness properly. Refer to “Wiring

Harness Routing Diagram in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

Override Switch Inspection

B831G21806009

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the override switch read wire coupler.

3) Check the continuity B/W wire and Br wire of the

override switch and pushing the override switch. If

any abnormality is found, replace the left handle

switch assembly with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

1

I831G1180011-02

2

I831G1180012-01

I831G1180013-01

Bl/B

B/W

Color

Position

PUSH

I831G1180014-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Ignition System: 1H-8

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21807001

Electrical

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21807002

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Special Tool

B831G21808001

Item Specification Note

Spark plug

Type NGK: CR6E

DENSO: U20ESR-N

Gap 0.7 – 0.8

(0.028 – 0.031)

Spark performance Over 8 (0.3) at 1 atm.

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more

Ignition coil resistance Primary 0.1 – 0.6 Terminal – Ground

Secondary 12 – 19 kPlug cap – Terminal

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Spark plug 11 1.1 8.0 )(Page 1H-3)

09900–25008 09930–10121

Multi-circuit tester set Spark plug wrench set

)(Page 1H-4) / )(Page 1H-

5) / )(Page 1H-5) /

)(Page 1H-6) / )(Page 1H-

7)

)(Page 1H-3) / )(Page 1H-

3)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-1 Starting System:

Engine

Starting System

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Starting System Diagram

B831G21902001

Refer to “Wire Color Symbols in Section 0A (Page 0A-5)”.

Component Location

Starting System Components Location

B831G21903001

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A (Page 0A-7)”.

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Starting System Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21904001

Starter

motor

Main

fuse

Starter relay

B/W

Y/B

R

Neutral relay

Starter

button

Engine

stop switch Ignition

fuse

Ignition

switch

Parking

brake

relay

Parking

brake

switch

Neutral

indicator

light

Neutral

relay

diode

O/Y

Y/G

Battery

Gear

position

switch

N

Bl/B

B/Bl

B/W

O/YB/R

Bl/B

B/W

I831G1190001-01

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Starter button is not

effective

Run down battery. Repair or replace.

Defective switch contacts. Replace.

Brushes not seating properly on starter

motor commutator.

Repair or replace.

Defective starter relay or neutral relay. Replace.

Defective main fuse or ignition fuse. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-2

Starter Motor will not Run

B831G21904002

NOTE

Make sure the fuses are not blown and the battery is fully-charged before diagnosing.

Troubleshooting

Starter Motor Runs but Does not Crank the Engine

B831G21904003

The starter motor runs when the transfer is in neutral, but does not run when the transfer is in any position other than

neutral, with the parking lever grasped firmly.

Engine Does not Turn Though the Starter Motor Runs

B831G21904004

Faulty starter clutch

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Shift the transfer to neutral.

2) Turn on the ignition switch with the engine stop switch in

the “RUN” position and listen for a click from the starter

relay when the starter button is pushed.

Is a click sound heard?

Go to step 2. Go to step 3.

2 Check if the starter motor runs when its terminal is

connected to the battery (+) terminal. (Do not use thin “wire”

because a large amount of current flows.)

Does the starter motor run?

Faulty starter relay.

Loose or

disconnected starter

motor lead wire.

Loose or

disconnected

between starter relay

and battery (+)

terminal.

Faulty starter motor.

3 Measure the starter relay voltage at the starter relay

connectors (between Y/B (+) and B/W (–)) when the starter

button is pushed.

Is the voltage OK?

Go to Step 4. Faulty ignition switch.

Faulty engine stop

switch.

Faulty neutral relay.

Faulty starter button.

Poor contact of

connector.

Open circuit in wire

harness.

4 Check the starter relay. Refer to “Starter Relay Inspection

(Page 1I-7)”.

Is the starter relay OK?

Poor contact of the

starter relay.

Faulty starter relay.

Step Action Yes No

1 Check the parking brake switch. Refer to “Parking Brake

Switch Inspection (Page 1I-9)”.

Is the parking brake switch OK?

Go to Step 2. Faulty parking brake

switch.

2 Check the parking brake relay. Refer to “Parking Brake

Relay Inspection (Page 1I-9)”.

Is the parking brake relay OK?

Open circuit in wire

harness.

Poor contact of

connector.

Faulty parking brake

relay.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-3 Starting System:

Repair Instructions

Starter Motor Components

B831G21906001

4

1

2

3

5

6

4

(a)

FWD

(b)

I831G1190002-04

1. O-ring 5. Starter motor case : Apply grease to sliding surface.

2. Housing end (Inside) 6. Housing end (Outside) : Apply moly paste to sliding surface.

3. Armature : 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft) : Do not reuse.

4. O-ring : 10 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-4

Starter Motor Removal and Installation

B831G21906002

Removal

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the

battery (–) lead wire. Refer to “Battery Removal and

Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-12)”.

2) Remove the right side cover. Refer to“Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the starter motor lead wire (1).

4) Remove the starter motor.

Installation

Install the starter motor in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the starter motor O-ring.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

Tighten the starter motor mounting bolts (1) with the

battery (–) lead wire (2) and starter motor lead wire

mounting nut (3) to the specified torque. Refer to

“Wiring Harness Routing Diagram in Section 9A

(Page 9A-4)”.

Tightening torque

Starter motor mounting bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-

m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Starter motor lead wire mounting nut (b): 6 N·m (

0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft)

Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21906003

Refer to “Starter Motor Removal and Installation

(Page 1I-4)”.

Disassembly

Disassemble the starter motor as shown in the starter

motor components diagram. Refer to “Starter Motor

Components (Page 1I-3)”.

Assembly

Reassemble the starter motor in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-rings with new ones to prevent

oil leakage and moisture.

1

I831G1190003-01

I831G1190004-01

2

(a)

1

(b)

3

I831G1190005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-5 Starting System:

Apply grease to the lip of the oil seal and bearing.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Fit the washer to the housing end correctly as shown

in the figure.

Apply a small quantity of moly paste to the armature

shaft.

: Moly paste 99000–25140 (SUZUKI Moly

paste or equivalent)

Align the match mark on the starter motor case with

the match mark on the housing end.

Tighten the starter motor housing bolts.

Starter Motor Inspection

B831G21906004

Refer to “Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 1I-4)”.

Carbon Brush

Inspect the carbon brushes for abnormal wear, cracks or

smoothness in the brush holder.

If either carbon brush is defective, replace the brush

holder set with a new one.

Measure the length “a” of the carbon brushes using a

vernier calipers. If the measurement is less than the

service limit, replace the housing end assembly with a

new one.

Brush length “a”

Service limit: 6.0 mm (0.24 in)

Special tool

: 09900–20102 (Vernier calipers (1/20 mm, 200

mm))

I831G1190006-02

I831G1190007-01

I831G1190008-01

I831G1190009-01

“a”

I831G1190065-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-6

Commutator

Inspect the commutator for discoloration, abnormal wear

or undercut “A”.

If the commutator is abnormally worn, replace the

armature.

If the commutator surface is discolored, polish it with

#400 sandpaper and wipe it using a clean, dry cloth.

If there is no undercut, scrape out the insulator (1) with a

saw blade.

Armature Coil

Measure for continuity between each segment. Measure

for continuity between each segment and the armature

shaft.

If there is no continuity between the segments or there is

continuity between the segments and shaft, replace the

armature with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity set ( )

Oil Seal

Check the seal lip for damage. If any damage is found,

replace the housing end (Inside).

Bearing

Check the bearing of housing end for damage.

If any damage is found, replace the housing end.

Starter Relay Removal and Installation

B831G21906005

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A

(Page 0A-7)”.

Removal

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF position.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Disconnect the battery (–) lead wire from the battery.

4) Pull the starter relay (1).

5) Disconnect the starter relay coupler (2) and remove

the starter relay cover (3).

6) Disconnect the starter motor lead wire (4) and

battery (+) lead wire (5).

7) Remove the starter relay (1).

1

“A”

I649G1190016-02

(A)

I649G1190017-03

I831G1190010-01

I831G1190011-01

2

3

1

I831G1190013-01

1

4

5

I831G1190012-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-7 Starting System:

Installation

Install the starter relay in the reverse order of removal.

Starter Relay Inspection

B831G21906006

Inspect the starter relay in the following procedures:

1) Remove the starter relay. Refer to “Starter Relay

Removal and Installation (Page 1I-6)”.

2) Apply 12 V to “A” and “B” terminals and check for

continuity between the positive and negative

terminals using the multi-circuit tester. If the starter

relay clicks and continuity is found, the relay is OK.

CAUTION

!

Do not apply battery voltage to the starter

relay for five seconds and more, since the

relay coil may overheat and get damaged.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

3) Measure the relay coil resistance between the

terminals using the multi-circuit tester. If the

resistance is not within the specified value, replace

the starter relay with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Starter relay resistance

3 – 5

4) Install the starter relay. Refer to “Starter Relay

Removal and Installation (Page 1I-6)”.

Neutral Relay Removal and Installation

B831G21906007

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A

(Page 0A-7)”.

Removal

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF position.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Remove the neutral relay (1).

Installation

Install the neutral relay in the reverse order of removal.

“A” “B”

(A)

I649G1190021-04

“A”

“B”

To batteryTo starter motor

(+)

(–)

I823H1190040-02

(A)

I649G1190023-03

1

I831G1190014-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-8

Neutral Relay Inspection

B831G21906008

Inspect the neutral relay in the following procedures:

1) Remove the neutral relay. Refer to “Neutral Relay

Removal and Installation (Page 1I-7)”.

2) Check the insulation between “A” and “B” terminals

using the multi-circuit tester.

3) Apply 12 V to terminals “C” and “D” ((+) to “C” and (–

) to “D”) and check the continuity between “A” and

“B”. If there is no continuity, replace the neutral relay

with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

4) Install the neutral relay. Refer to “Neutral Relay

Removal and Installation (Page 1I-7)”.

Neutral Relay Diode Inspection

B831G21906009

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A

(Page 0A-7)”.

Inspect the neutral relay diode in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the neutral relay diode (1).

3) Measure the voltage between the “A” and “B”

terminals using the multi-circuit tester.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Diode test ( )

NOTE

If the multi circuit tester reads 1.4 V and

below when the tester probes are not

connected, replace its battery.

4) Connect the neutral relay diode.

5) Install the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

Parking Brake Relay Removal and Installation

B831G21906010

Removal

1) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

2) Disconnect the coupler (1) and remove the parking

brake relay (2).

Installation

Install the parking brake relay in the reverse order of

removal.

“C” “D”

“A” “B”

I831G1190016-02

1

I831G1190015-01

“A”

“B”

I831G1190017-01

Probe of tester to:

“A”

“A”“B”

“B”

0.3 0.6 V

1.4 V and more

(Tester’s battery voltage)

Probe of

tester to:

+

I831G1190018-03

1

2

I831G1190019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-9 Starting System:

Parking Brake Relay Inspection

B831G21906011

Inspect the parking brake relay in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the parking brake relay. Refer to “Parking

Brake Relay Removal and Installation (Page 1I-8)”.

2) Check the insulation between “A” and “B” terminals

using the multi-circuit tester.

3) Apply 12 V to terminals “C” and “D” ((+) to “C” and (–

) to “D”) and check the continuity between “A” and

“B”. If there is no continuity, replace the parking

brake relay with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity test ( )

4) Install the parking brake relay in the reverse order of

removal.

Parking Brake Switch Inspection

B831G21906012

Inspect the parking brake switch in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the brake switch coupler (1).

3) Inspect the parking brake switch for continuity with a

tester. If any abnormality is found, replace the

parking brake switch with a new one. Refer to

“Handlebars Removal and Installation in Section 6B

(Page 6B-3)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

4) After finishing the parking brake switch inspection,

reinstall the removed parts.

Gear Position Switch Inspection

B831G21906013

Inspect the gear position switch in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the left side cover and engine side cover.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the gear position switch coupler (1).

3) Inspect the gear position switch for continuity with a

tester. If any abnormality is found, replace the gear

position switch with a new one. Refer to “Gear

Position (GP) Switch Removal and Installation in

Section 3C (Page 3C-13)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

“B”

“A” “C”

“D”

I831G1190020-01

1

I831G1190021-01

WBl

Color

Position

ON

OFF

I831G1190022-01

1

I831G1190023-01

Color

H

L

N

R

Position WBlBGR

I831G1190024-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-10

4) After finishing the gear position switch inspection,

reinstall the removed parts.

Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch Removal

and Installation

B831G21906014

Removal

1) Drain engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

2) Remove the generator cover (1). Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

3) Remove the starter torque limiter (2) with the

washers (3).

4) Remove the bushings (4) from the crankcase and

generator cover.

5) Remove the idle gear shaft (5) and starter idle gear

(6).

6) Remove the generator rotor assembly (7). Refer to

“Generator Removal and Installation in Section 1J

(Page 1J-4)”.

7) Remove the key (8) and starter driven gear (9).

8) Hold the generator rotor with a 41 mm offset wrench

and remove the starter clutch bolts.

9) Remove the one way clutch (10) from the guide (11).

1

I831G1190025-01

2

3

I831G1190026-02

4

4

I831G1190027-02

5

6

7

I831G1190028-01

8

9

I831G1190030-01

I831G1190031-01

11

10

I831G1190032-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-11 Starting System:

Installation

Install the starter clutch in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

When inserting the one way clutch (1) into the guide

(2), fit the flange “A” in the step of the guide (2).

NOTE

Be sure to seat the flange “A” of the one way

clutch (1) to the guide (2).

Install the guide to the generator rotor.

NOTE

The arrow mark “B” must face the generator

rotor side.

Apply thread lock to the bolts, and then tighten them

to the specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Starter clutch bolt (a): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-

ft)

Apply engine oil to the bearing of the starter driven

gear.

Install the generator rotor assembly onto crankshaft.

Refer to “Generator Removal and Installation in

Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

Apply molybdenum oil solution to the inside of

bushings.

1

2

“A”

I831G1190033-01

I718H1190031-01

“B”

I831G1190034-01

(a)

(a)

I831G1190035-01

I831G1190036-01

I831G1190037-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-12

Fit the washers (3) onto the starter torque limiter (4).

Install the starter torque limiter (4) to the crankcase.

Starter Driven Gear Bearing Removal and

Installation

B831G21906015

Removal

1) Remove the starter driven gear. Refer to “Starter

Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch Removal and

Installation (Page 1I-10)”.

2) Remove the bearing with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Installation

Install the starter driven gear bearing in the reverse order

of removal. Pay attention to following point:

Install the bearing with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Starter Related Parts Inspection

B831G21906016

Refer to “Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch Removal

and Installation (Page 1I-10)”.

Starter Clutch

1) Install the starter driven gear onto the starter clutch.

2) Turn the starter driven gear by hand to inspect the

starter clutch for smooth movement. The gear turns

in one direction only. If a large resistance is felt for

rotation, inspect the starter clutch or the starter

clutch contacting surface on the starter driven gear

for wear or damage.

If they are found to be damaged, replace the one

way clutch with a new one.

Starter Driven Gear Bearing

Inspect the starter driven gear bearing for wear or

damage. If necessary, replace it with a new one.

3

4

I831G1190038-01

(A)

I831G1190039-01

(A)

I831G1190039-01

I831G1190041-01

I831G1190042-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-13 Starting System:

Starter Torque Limiter

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the starter

torque limiter. The starter torque limiter is

available only as an assembly.

1) Set the starter torque limiter to the special tools and

vise.

2) Turn the starter torque limiter and check the slip

torque.

Special tool

(A): 09930–73170 (Starter torque limiter

holder)

(B): 09930–73140 (Starter torque limiter

socket)

Starter torque limiter slip torque

Standard: 41.2 – 62.8 Nm (4.2 – 6.4 kgf-m, 14.5

32.5 lb-ft)

Starter Idle Gear

Inspect the starter idle gear for wear or damage. If any

damage is found, replace it with a new one.

Starter Button Inspection

B831G21906017

Inspect the starter button in the following procedures:

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the handlebar switch coupler (1).

3) Measure the voltage between Y/G and O lead wires.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Diode test ( )

NOTE

If the tester reads 1.4 V and below when the

tester probes are not connected, replace its

battery.

(A)

(B)

I831G1190043-01

I831G1190044-01

Y/G

((+) probe)

O

((–) probe)

ON 0.4 – 0.6 V

OFF 1.4 V and more

(Tester’s battery voltage)

1

I831G1190045-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-14

Recoil Starter Components

B831G21906018

Recoil Starter Assembly Removal and

Installation

B831G21906019

Removal

Remove the recoil starter (1).

Installation

Install the recoil starter assembly in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following point:

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the recoil

starter bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

1

2

3

4

FWD

I831G1190046-04

1. Ratchet set 3. Spiral spring : Apply grease.

2. Reel 4. Rope assembly : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

1

I831G1190047-02

I831G1190048-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-15 Starting System:

Recoil Starter Disassembly and Assembly

B831G21906020

Refer to “Recoil Starter Assembly Removal and

Installation (Page 1I-14)”.

Disassembly

WARNING

!

Wear hand and eye protection when

removing the reel, since the spring may

quickly unwind and cause an injury.

1) Remove the nut (1) and friction plate (2).

2) Remove the ratchet guide (3), ratchet (4) and ratchet

pin (5).

3) Remove the spring cover (6), spring (7) and spacer

(8).

4) Disengage the rope (9) from the handle (10).

5) Hook the rope to groove “A” of the reel (11).

6) Turn the rope on the reel (11) properly.

7) Remove the reel (11).

8) Remove the spiral spring (12).

1

2

I831G1190049-03

3

5

4

I831G1190050-02

6

7

8

I831G1190051-02

10

9

I831G1190052-02

11

“A”

I831G1190053-02

12

I831G1190054-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-16

Assembly

Assemble the recoil starter in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

WARNING

!

Wear hand and eye protection when

installing the reel, since the spring may

quickly unwind and cause an injury.

When installing the spiral spring, hook the spiral

spring end “A” with the recoil starter case as shown in

the figure.

Apply grease to the spiral spring.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Turn the rope on the reel properly.

After installing the spiral spring, engage the part “B” of

the reel with the spiral spring end “C”.

Hook the rope onto the hook part “D” of the reel, turn

the reel clockwise five or six times with the rope.

Connect the handle (1) to the rope (2).

Install the ratchet related parts.

Apply grease to the shaft and ratchet guide.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Pull the rope and check that the ratchet is pushed out.

“A”

I831G1190055-01

“C”

“B”

I831G1190056-01

“D”

I831G1190057-01

2

1

I831G1190058-02

I831G1190059-01

I831G1190060-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-17 Starting System:

Recoil Starter Inspection

B831G21906021

Ratchet Set

Inspect the ratchet set for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace the ratchet set with a new

one.

Reel

Inspect the reel for wear or damage. If any defects are

found, replace the reel with a new one.

Rope

Inspect the rope for damage. If any defects are found,

replace the rope with a new one.

I831G1190061-01

I831G1190062-02

I831G1190063-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-18

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21907001

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21907002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Starter Motor Components (Page 1I-3)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G21908001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Starter Motor Components (Page 1I-3)”

“Recoil Starter Components (Page 1I-14)”

Item Specification Note

Starter motor brush length Standard 12.5 (0.49)

Limit 6.0 (0.24)

Starter torque limiter slip torque Standard 41.2 – 62.8 Nm

(4.2 – 6.4 kgf-m, 14.5 – 32.5 lb-ft)

Starter relay resistance 3 – 5

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Starter motor mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1I-4)

Starter motor lead wire mounting nut 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 1I-4)

Starter clutch bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 1I-11)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1I-4) / )(Page 1I-5)

/ )(Page 1I-16) /

)(Page 1I-16)

Moly paste SUZUKI Moly paste or equivalent P/No.: 99000–25140 )(Page 1I-5)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 1I-11)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 1I-14)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-19 Starting System:

Special Tool

B831G21908002

09900–20102 09900–25008

Vernier calipers (1/20 mm,

200 mm)

Multi-circuit tester set

)(Page 1I-5) )(Page 1I-6) / )(Page 1I-7)

/ )(Page 1I-7) / )(Page 1I-

8) / )(Page 1I-8) /

)(Page 1I-9) / )(Page 1I-9)

/ )(Page 1I-9) / )(Page 1I-

13)

09913–70210 09930–73140

Bearing installer set Starter torque limiter socket

)(Page 1I-12) / )(Page 1I-

12)

)(Page 1I-13)

09930–73170

Starter torque limiter holder

)(Page 1I-13)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-1

Engine

Charging System

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Charging System Diagram

B831G21A02001

Component Location

Charging System Components Location

B831G21A03001

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A (Page 0A-7)”.

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Charging System Symptom Diagnosis

B831G21A04001

SCR

IC

Generator

Regulator/Rectifier Ignition switch

Battery

Load

I718H11A0001-01

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Generator does not

charge

Open- or short-circuited lead wires, or

loose lead connections.

Repair, replace or connect properly.

Short-circuited, grounded or open

generator coil.

Replace.

Short-circuited or punctured regulator/

rectifier.

Replace.

Generator does charge,

but charging rate is below

the specification

Lead wires tend to get short- or open-

circuited or loosely connected at

terminals.

Repair or retighten.

Grounded or open-circuited generator

coil.

Replace.

Defective regulator/rectifier. Replace.

Defective cell plates in the battery. Replace the battery.

Generator overcharges Internal short-circuit in the battery. Replace the battery.

Damaged or defective regulator/rectifier. Replace.

Poorly grounded regulator/rectifier. Clean and tighten ground connection.

Unstable charging Lead wire insulation frayed due to

vibration, resulting in intermittent short-

circuiting.

Repair or replace.

Internally short-circuited generator. Replace.

Defective regulator/rectifier. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-2 Charging System:

Battery Runs Down Quickly

B831G21A04002

Troubleshooting

Battery overcharges Faulty regulator/rectifier. Replace.

Faulty battery. Replace.

Poor contact of generator lead wire

coupler.

Repair.

Battery runs down quickly Trouble in charging system. Check the generator, regulator/rectifier and

circuit connections and make necessary

adjustments to obtain specified charging

operation.

Cell plates have lost much of their active

materials a result of overcharging.

Replace the battery and correct the charging

system.

Internal short-circuit in the battery. Replace the battery.

Too low battery voltage. Recharge the battery fully.

Too old battery. Replace the battery.

Battery “sulfation” Incorrect charging rate. (When not in

use battery should be checked at least

once a month to avoid sulfation.)

Replace the battery.

The battery was left unused in a cold

climate for too long.

Replace the battery if badly sulfated.

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Step Action Yes No

1 Check accessories which use excessive amounts of

electricity.

Are accessories being installed?

Remove accessories. Go to Step 2.

2 Check the battery for current leakage. Refer to “Battery

Current Leakage Inspection (Page 1J-3)”.

Is the battery for current leakage OK?

Go to Step 3. Short circuit of wire

harness.

Faulty electrical

equipment.

3 Measure the regulated voltage between the battery

terminals. Refer to “Regulated Voltage Inspection (Page 1J-

3)”.

Is the regulated voltage OK?

Faulty battery.

Abnormal driving

condition.

Go to Step 4.

4 Measure the resistance of the generator coil. Refer to

“Generator Inspection (Page 1J-3)”.

Is the resistance of generator coil OK?

Go to Step 5. Faulty generator coil.

Disconnected lead

wires.

5 Measure the generator no-load performance. Refer to

“Generator Inspection (Page 1J-3)”.

Is the generator no-load performance OK?

Go to Step 6. Faulty generator.

6 Inspect the regulator/rectifier. Refer to “Regulator / Rectifier

Inspection (Page 1J-8)”.

Is the regulator/rectifier OK?

Go to Step 7. Faulty regulator/rectifier.

7 Inspect wirings.

Is the wirings OK?

Faulty battery. Short circuit of wire

harness.

Poor contact of

couplers.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-3

Repair Instructions

Battery Current Leakage Inspection

B831G21A06001

Inspect the battery current leakage in the following

procedures:

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Disconnect the (–) battery lead wire.

4) Measure the current between (–) battery terminal

and the (–) battery lead wire using the multi-circuit

tester. If the reading exceeds the specified value,

leakage is evident.

CAUTION

!

In case of a large current leak, turn the

tester to high range first to avoid tester

damage.

Do not turn the ignition switch ON when

measuring current.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Current ( , 20 mA)

Battery current (Leak)

Under 2.6 mA

5) Connect the (–) battery terminal and install the seat.

Regulated Voltage Inspection

B831G21A06002

Inspect the regulated voltage in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Start the engine and keep it running at 5 000 r/min

with the dimmer switch turned HI position.

3) Measure the DC voltage between the (+) and (–)

battery terminals using the multi-circuit tester. If the

voltage is not within the specified value, inspect the

generator and regulator/rectifier. Refer to “Generator

Inspection (Page 1J-3)” and “Regulator / Rectifier

Inspection (Page 1J-8)”.

NOTE

When making this test, be sure that the

battery is fully charged condition.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Regulated voltage (Charging output)

Standard: 13.5 – 15.0 V at 5 000 r/min

4) Install the seat.

Generator Inspection

B831G21A06003

Generator Coil Resistance

1) Remove the left side cover and engine side cover.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the generator coupler (1).

I649G11A0002-02

(DCV)

Tester

Battery

I649G11A0003-02

1

I831G11A0001-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-4 Charging System:

3) Measure the resistance between the three lead

wires.

If the resistance is out of specified value, replace the

stator with a new one. Also, check that the generator

core is insulated properly.

NOTE

When making this test, it is not necessary to

remove the generator.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

Generator coil resistance

0.4 – 1.0 (Y – Y)

(Y – Ground)

4) After finishing the inspection, reinstall the removed

parts.

No-load Performance

1) Remove the side covers, left and right. Refer to

“Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation

in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Connect the tachometer onto the spark plug high-

tension cord.

3) Disconnect the generator coupler (1).

4) Start the engine and keep it running at 5 000 r/min.

5) Using the multi-circuit tester, measure the voltage

between three lead wires.

If the tester reads under the specified value, replace

the generator with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage (~)

Generator no-load performance (When engine is

cold)

75 V (AC) and more at 5 000 r/min

Generator Removal and Installation

B831G21A06004

Removal

1) Disconnect the (–) battery lead wire. Refer to

“Battery Removal and Installation (Page 1J-12)”.

2) Drain engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

3) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

4) Remove the left mud guard. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-9)”.

5) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

6) Remove the water pump assembly. Refer to “Water

Pump Removal and Installation in Section 1F

(Page 1F-13)”.

7) Disconnect the water hose (1) and remove the recoil

starter (2).

Y

Y

Y

I831G11A0002-01

1

I831G11A0001-01

Y

Y

Y

I831G11A0003-01

2

1

I831G11A0004-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-5

8) Disconnect the gearshift lever arm (3) and speed

sensor coupler (4).

9) Disconnect the CKP sensor coupler (5) and

generator coupler (6).

10) Remove the starter cup nut with a suitable bar.

11) Remove the starter cup (7).

12) Remove the generator cover (8).

13) Remove the gasket (9) and dowel pins.

14) Hold the generator rotor with a 41 mm offset wrench.

15) Remove the generator rotor nut.

16) Install the special tool to the crankshaft end.

Special tool

(A): 09930–31921 (Rotor remover)

3

4

I831G11A0015-01

5

6

I831G11A0006-02

7

I831G11A0005-02

8

I831G11A0008-03

9

I831G11A0009-01

I831G11A0010-01

(A)

I831G11A0011-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-6 Charging System:

17) Remove the generator rotor assembly (10) with the

special tool.

NOTE

Remove the starter clutch if necessary. Refer

to “Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation in Section 1I

(Page 1I-10)”.

Special tool

(B): 09930–30721 (Rotor remover)

18) Remove the key (11).

19) Remove the generator stator (12) along with the

CKP sensor (13).

Installation

Install the generator in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

Tighten the generator stator set bolts and CKP sensor

mounting bolts to the specified torque.

NOTE

Be sure the grommet (1) is set to the

generator cover.

Tightening torque

Generator stator set bolt (a): 11 N·m (1.1 kgf-m,

8.0 lb-ft)

CKP sensor mounting bolt (b): 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-m,

4.5 lb-ft)

Lead wire clamp bolt (c): 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-

ft)

Degrease the tapered portion “A” of generator rotor

assembly and also the crankshaft “B”. Use

nonflammable cleaning solvent to wipe off oily or

greasy matter to make these surfaces completely dry.

Fit the key (2) in the key slot on the crankshaft.

Install the generator rotor assembly onto crankshaft.

10

(B)

I831G11A0012-01

11

I831G11A0013-02

12

13

I831G11A0014-02

(a)

(b)

(c)

1

I831G11A0016-03

2

“B”

“A”

I831G11A0017-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-7

Hold the generator rotor and tighten the generator

rotor nut to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Generator rotor nut (d): 160 N·m (16.0 kgf-m,

115.5 lb-ft)

Apply molybdenum oil solution to the inside of the

bush.

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Install the dowel pins and new gasket (3).

CAUTION

!

Use a new gasket to prevent oil leakage.

Install the generator cover and tighten the generator

cover bolts.

WARNING

!

Be careful not to pinch the finger between the

generator cover and the crankcase.

CAUTION

!

Fit the clamp to the bolt “C”.

Apply grease to the O-ring (4) and oil seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring (4) with a new one.

(d)

I831G11A0018-05

I831G11A0019-01

3

I831G11A0020-03

“C”

I831G11A0021-02

4

I831G11A0022-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-8 Charging System:

Tighten the starter cup nut (5) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Starter cup nut (e): 38 N·m (3.8 kgf-m, 27.5 lb-ft)

When installing the gearshift lever arm, align the wide

spline teeth “D” with “E”. Refer to “Shift Lever

Disassembly and Assembly in Section 5A (Page 5A-

25)”.

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Regulator / Rectifier Inspection

B831G21A06005

Inspect the regulator/rectifier in the following procedures:

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the rear fender. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-9)”.

3) Disconnect the regulator/rectifier coupler (1) and remove the regulator/rectifier (2).

(e)

5

I831G11A0023-05

“D”

“E”

I831G11A0024-02

I831G11A0025-02

2

1

I831G11A0026-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-9

4) Measure the voltage between the terminals using the multi-circuit tester as indicated in the following table. If the

voltage is not within the specified value, replace the regulator/rectifier with a new one.

NOTE

If the tester reads 1.4 V and below when the tester probes are not connected, replace its battery.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Diode test ( )

Unit: V

5) Connect the regulator/rectifier coupler and reinstall the removed parts.

Battery Components

B831G21A06006

Battery Charging

B831G21A06007

Initial Charging

Filling electrolyte

NOTE

When filling electrolyte, the battery must be

removed from the vehicle and must be put on

the level ground.

1) Remove the aluminum tape (1) which seals the

battery filler holes “A”.

“C”“A” “B”

“D” “E” “F”

I831G11A0027-01

“A” “B” “C” “D” “E” “F”

(–) probe of

tester to:

“A” * 0.4 – 1.2 0.3 – 0.7 0.3 – 0.7 0.3 – 0.7

B*****

C*****

“D” * * 0.3 – 0.7 * *

“E” * * 0.3 – 0.7 * *

“F” * * 0.3 – 0.7 * *

*1.4 V and more (tester’s battery voltage)

1. Anode plates 5. Stopper

2. Separator (Fiberglass plate) 6. Filter

3. Cathode plates 7. Terminal

4. Upper cover breather 8. Safety valve

1

3

2

4

56

7

8

I649G11A0046-03

1

“A”

I649G11A0039-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-10 Charging System:

2) Remove the caps (2) from the electrolyte container.

NOTE

Do not remove or pierce the sealed areas

“B” of the electrolyte container.

After filling the electrolyte completely, use

the removed cap (2) as sealing caps of

battery-filler holes.

3) Insert the nozzles of the electrolyte container (3) into

the electrolyte filler holes of the battery.

4) Hold the electrolyte container firmly so that it does

not fall.

NOTE

Do not allow any of the electrolyte to spill.

5) Make sure that air bubbles (4) rise to the top of each

electrolyte container, and leave in this position for

about more than 20 minutes.

NOTE

If no air bubbles come out from a filler port,

tap the bottom of the electrolyte container

two or three times.

Never remove the container from the battery.

6) After confirming that the electrolyte has entered the

battery completely, remove the electrolyte containers

from the battery.

7) Wait for about 20 minutes.

8) Insert the caps (2) into the filler holes, pressing in

firmly so that the top of the caps do not protrude

above the upper surface of the battery’s top cover.

CAUTION

!

Once the caps are installed to the battery,

do not remove the caps.

Do not tap the caps with a hammer when

installing them.

2

“B”

I649G11A0040-03

3

I649G11A0041-03

4

I649G11A0042-03

I310G11A0024-01

2

I718H11A0027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-11

Charging

For initial charging, use the charger specially designed

for MF battery.

CAUTION

!

For charging the battery, make sure to use

the charger specially designed for MF

battery. Otherwise, the battery may be

overcharged resulting in shortened service

life.

Do not remove the cap during charging.

Position the battery with the cap facing

upward during charging.

Battery Recharging

CAUTION

!

Do not remove the caps on the battery top

while recharging.

NOTE

When the vehicle is not used for a long

period, check the battery every 1 month to

prevent the battery discharge.

1) Remove the battery from the vehicle. Refer to

“Battery Removal and Installation (Page 1J-12)”.

2) Measure the battery voltage using the multi-circuit

tester.

If the voltage reading is less than the 12 V (DC),

recharge the battery with a battery charger.

Recharging time

1.8 A for 5 to 10 hour

3) After recharging, wait at least 30 minutes and then

measure the battery voltage using the multi-circuit

tester.

If the battery voltage is less than 12.5 V, recharge

the battery again.

If the battery voltage is still less than 12.5 V after

recharging, replace the battery with a new one.

4) Install the battery to the vehicle. Refer to “Battery

Removal and Installation (Page 1J-12)”.

Correct

Incorrect

I649G11A0047-02

“A”: Charging period “B”: Stop charging

“A”

“B”

I649G11A0045-02

I705H11A0029-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-12 Charging System:

Battery Removal and Installation

B831G21A06008

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the battery stay (1).

3) Disconnect the battery (–) lead wire (2).

4) Disconnect the battery (+) lead wire (3).

NOTE

Be sure to disconnect the battery (–) lead

wire (2) first, then disconnect the battery (+)

lead wire (3).

5) Remove the battery (4).

Installation

Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to following point:

CAUTION

!

Never use anything except the specified

battery.

Tighten the battery lead wire mounting bolts securely.

Battery Visual Inspection

B831G21A06009

Inspect the battery in the following procedures:

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Visually inspect the surface of the battery container.

If any signs of cracking or electrolyte leakage from

the sides of the battery have occurred, replace the

battery with a new one.

If the battery terminals are found to be coated with

rust or an acidic white powdery substance, clean the

battery terminals with sandpaper.

3) Install the seat.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G21A07001

Battery

CAUTION

!

Never use anything except the specified battery.

Generator

1

I831G11A0028-02

3

4

2

I831G11A0029-02

Item Specification Note

Type designation YTX20CH-BS

Capacity 12 V, 64.8 kC (18 Ah)/10 HR

Item Specification Note

Generator coil resistance 0.4 – 1.0

Generator maximum output Approx. 400 W at 5 000 r/min

Generator no-load voltage

(When engine is cold) 75 V (AC) and more at 5 000 r/min

Regulated voltage 13.5 – 15.5 V at 5 000 r/min

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-13

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21A07002

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G21A08001

Special Tool

B831G21A08002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Generator stator set bolt 11 1.1 8.0 )(Page 1J-6)

CKP sensor mounting bolt 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 1J-6)

Lead wire clamp bolt 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 1J-6)

Generator rotor nut 160 16.0 115.5 )(Page 1J-7)

Starter cup nut 38 3.8 27.5 )(Page 1J-8)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1J-7)

Molybdenum oil MOLYBDENUM OIL SOLUTION )(Page 1J-7)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 1J-8)

09900–25008 09930–30721

Multi-circuit tester set Rotor remover

)(Page 1J-3) / )(Page 1J-

3) / )(Page 1J-4) /

)(Page 1J-4) / )(Page 1J-

9)

)(Page 1J-6)

09930–31921

Rotor remover

)(Page 1J-5)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1K-1 Exhaust System:

Engine

Exhaust System

Precautions

Precautions for Exhaust System

B831G21B00001

WARNING

!

To avoid the risk of being burned, do not touch the exhaust system when the system is hot. Any

service on the exhaust system should be performed when the system is cool.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the exhaust pipe and muffler have enough clearance from the rubber parts and plastic

parts to avoid melting.

Repair Instructions

Exhaust System Construction

B831G21B06001

(a)

4

1

3

2

(a)

5

(a)

6

I831G11B0001-03

1. Exhaust pipe 4. Exhaust pipe nut : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

2. Muffler 5. Exhaust pipe mounting bolt : Do not reuse.

3. Connector 6. Muffler connecting bolt

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exhaust System: 1K-2

Exhaust Pipe / Muffler Removal and Installation

B831G21B06002

Removal

1) Remove the inner fenders and side covers, left and

right. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal

and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the rear carrier. Refer to “Rear Carrier

Removal and Installation in Section 9E (Page 9E-5)”.

3) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

4) Remove the engine side cover and rear fender.

Refer to “Rear Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-9)”.

5) Loosen the muffler connecting bolt (1).

6) Remove the exhaust pipe (2).

NOTE

Support the exhaust pipe to prevent it from

falling.

7) Remove the muffler (3).

NOTE

Support the muffler to prevent it from falling.

8) Remove the muffler cover (4).

Installation

Install the exhaust pipe/muffler in the reverse order of

removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Tighten the muffler mounting bolts (1) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Muffler mounting bolt (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5

lb-ft)

1

I831G11B0002-02

2

I831G11B0003-01

3

I831G11B0004-03

4

I831G11B0005-02

(a)

1

(a)

1

I831G11B0006-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1K-3 Exhaust System:

Install the exhaust pipe gasket (2) and connector (3).

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket and connector with new

ones.

Tighten the exhaust pipe nuts (4) and muffler

connecting mounting bolt (5) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Exhaust pipe nut (b): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

Muffler connecting bolt (c): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m,

16.5 lb-ft)

Exhaust System Inspection

B831G21B06003

Inspect the exhaust pipe connection and muffler

connection for exhaust gas leakage and mounting

condition. If any defect are found, replace the exhaust

pipe assembly or muffler with a new one.

Check the exhaust pipe nuts (1), muffler connecting bolt

(2) and muffler mounting bolts (3) are tightened to their

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Exhaust pipe nut (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

Muffler connecting bolt (b): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5

lb-ft)

Muffler mounting bolt (c): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-

ft)

Spark Arrester Inspection

B831G21B06004

Refer to “Spark Arrester Cleaning in Section 0B

(Page 0B-10)”.

2

3

I831G11B0007-05

(b)

4

(c)

5

I831G11B0008-04

(b)

2

(a)

1

I831G11B0009-03

(c)

3

(c)

3

I831G11B0010-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exhaust System: 1K-4

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G21B07001

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Exhaust System Construction (Page 1K-1)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Muffler mounting bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1K-2) /

)(Page 1K-3)

Exhaust pipe nut 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1K-3) /

)(Page 1K-3)

Muffler connecting bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 1K-3) /

)(Page 1K-3)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1K-5 Exhaust System:

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 2- i

2

Section 2

CONTENTS

Suspension

Precautions ………………………………….………2-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 2-1

Precautions for Suspension ……………….………… 2-1

Suspension General Diagnosis………….. 2A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………2A-1

Suspension and Wheel Symptom Diagnosis …… 2A-1

Front Suspension ………..……………..…….. 2B-1

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..2B-1

Front Suspension Components ………….…………. 2B-1

Front Suspension Assembly Construction ………. 2B-2

Front Shock Absorber Removal and

Installation……………………….……………….………. 2B-3

Front Suspension Inspection ……………..…………. 2B-3

Front Shock Absorber Inspection…………..………. 2B-3

Spring Pre-load Adjustment ……………….…………. 2B-4

Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal

and Installation…..……………….………………..……2B-4

Front Hub Bearing Inspection …………….………. 2B-7

Front Hub Bearing Removal and Installation …… 2B-7

Front Suspension Upper / Lower Arm

Removal and Installation…………….………………. 2B-9

Steering Knuckle End Inspection ………………….2B-10

Steering Knuckle End Removal and

Installation……………………….……………….……..2B-11

Front Suspension Arm Related Parts

Inspection………………….………………..………….. 2B-12

Front Suspension Upper Arm Bushing and

Inner Dust Seal Removal and Installation……. 2B-13

Front Suspension Lower Arm Bushing

Removal and Installation…………….…………….. 2B-14

Specifications…….…………….…………….…………..2B-15

Service Data ………….…………….………………..…. 2B-15

Tightening Torque Specifications………..………..2B-15

Special Tools and Equipment …………….………..2B-15

Recommended Service Material ………………….. 2B-15

Special Tool .……………….………………..………….. 2B-16

Rear Suspension ………………………..…….. 2C-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………2C-1

Rear Suspension Components ………………………2C-1

Rear Suspension Assembly Construction………..2C-2

Rear Shock Absorber Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....2C-3

Rear Suspension Inspection ………………………....2C-4

Rear Shock Absorber Inspection ……………………2C-4

Spring Pre-load Adjustment ………….……………….2C-4

Rear Wheel Hub / Suspension Knuckle

Removal and Installation…….……………….………2C-4

Rear Hub Bearing Inspection ………..……………….2C-6

Rear Hub Bearing Removal and Installation …....2C-6

Rear Suspension Arm Upper / Lower

Removal and Installation…….……………….………2C-8

Rear Suspension Arm Related Parts

Inspection……….………………..……………….………2C-9

Rear Suspension Upper Arm Bushing

Removal and Installation….…………….………….2C-11

Rear Suspension Lower Arm Bushing

Removal and Installation….…………….………….2C-12

Rear Suspension Knuckle Bushing Removal

and Installation ……………………….………………..2C-13

Rear Stabilizer Removal and Installation ……….2C-14

Stabilizer Parts Inspection……….…………….…….2C-15

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….2C-16

Service Data……..……………..……………….……….2C-16

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….2C-16

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….2C-16

Recommended Service Material ……….………….2C-16

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….2C-17

Wheels and Tires ……………………….……… 2D-1

Precautions……..………………..……………….…………2D-1

Precautions for Wheel and Tire..……………….……2D-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………2D-1

Front and Rear Wheel Components ……………….2D-1

Front / Rear Wheel Removal and Installation ..2D-2

Tire Removal and Installation…..…………………....2D-2

Specifications…….………….…….…………….…………2D-4

Service Data………………………….…………………....2D-4

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………2D-4

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2-1 Precautions:

Suspension

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Suspension

B831G22000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)”.

WARNING

!

All suspensions, bolts and nuts are an important part in that it could affect the performance of vital

parts. They must be tightened to the specified torque periodically and if the suspension effect is lost,

replace it with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Never attempt to heat, quench or straighten any suspension part. Replace it with a new one, or

damage to the part may result.

NOTE

The right and left suspension related parts (shock absorbers, suspension arms and knuckles) are

installed symmetrically and therefore the removal procedure for one side is the same as that for the

other side.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Suspension General Diagnosis: 2A-1

Suspension

Suspension General Diagnosis

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Suspension and Wheel Symptom Diagnosis

B831G22104001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Wobbly front wheel Distorted wheel rim. Replace.

Worn hub bearings. Replace.

Defective or incorrect tire. Replace.

Loose front wheel nut. Tighten.

Worn front suspension bushings. Replace.

Loose front suspension fastener. Tighten.

Front suspension too soft Weak front shock absorber spring. Replace.

Front shock absorber leaks oil. Replace.

Improperly suspension setting. Adjust.

Front suspension too stiff Bent front shock absorber shaft. Replace.

Bent front upper or lower suspension

arm.

Replace.

Improperly suspension setting. Adjust.

Front suspension too

noisy

Loose front suspension fastener. Tighten.

Worn front suspension related bushings. Replace.

Wobbly rear wheel Distorted wheel rim. Replace.

Worn hub bearings. Replace.

Defective or incorrect tire. Replace.

Loose rear wheel nut. Tighten.

Worn rear suspension bushings. Replace.

Loose rear suspension fastener. Tighten.

Rear suspension too soft Weak rear shock absorber spring. Replace.

Rear shock absorber leaks oil. Replace.

Improperly suspension setting. Adjust.

Rear suspension too stiff Bent rear shock absorber shaft. Replace.

Bent rear upper or lower suspension

arm.

Replace.

Improperly suspension setting. Adjust.

Rear suspension too

noisy

Loose rear suspension fastener. Tighten.

Worn rear suspension related bushings. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-1 Front Suspension:

Suspension

Front Suspension

Repair Instructions

Front Suspension Components

B831G22206001

(a)

1

2

(b)

9

16

13

15

14

18

(d)

13

17

FWD

19

19

19

(b)

3

(d)

(d)

4

7

6

67

8

(c)

11

(c)

11

10

12

5

I831G1220002-08

1. Front shock absorber mounting bolt 10. Suspension arm bolt (Lower) 19. Cotter pin

2. Front shock absorber 11. Suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) : 55 Nm (5.5 kgf-m, 40.0 lb-ft)

3. Front shock absorber mounting nut 12. Suspension lower arm set : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

4. Suspension arm bolt (Upper) 13. Knuckle end : 65 Nm (6.5 kgf-m, 47.0 lb-ft)

5. Suspension upper arm 14. Hub bearing : 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

6. Bushing 15. Outer dust seal : Apply water resistance grease.

7. Inner dust seal 16. Inner dust seal : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

8. Spacer 17. Tie-rod end : Do not reuse.

9. Suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) 18. Steering knuckle

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-2

Front Suspension Assembly Construction

B831G22206002

“a” “a”

10

11

(e)

7

8

(d)

6

(d)

6

(c)

4

(b)

3

(b)

2

(a)

1

12 12

11

9

(d)

5

I831G1220001-06

1. Front shock absorber mounting bolt 11. Inner dust seal

: Align the surface of dust seal with the edge of suspension arm.

2. Front shock absorber mounting nut 12. Outer dust seal

3. Front suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) “a”: Position of the bushing (7.0 mm (0.28 in) from edge of suspension arm)

4. Front suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) : 55 Nm (5.5 kgf-m, 40.0 lb-ft)

5. Tie-rod end nut : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

6. Steering knuckle end nut (Upper / Lower) : 65 Nm (6.5 kgf-m, 47.0 lb-ft)

7. Front wheel hub nut : 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

8. Washer

: The conical side of washer faces outside.

:110 Nm (11.0 kgf-m, 79.5 lb-ft)

9. Cotter pin : Apply water resistance grease.

10. Bushing : Do not reuse.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-3 Front Suspension:

Front Shock Absorber Removal and Installation

B831G22206003

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

Removal

1) Remove the front wheel. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

2) Remove the front shock absorber upper mounting

bolt.

3) Remove the front shock absorber lower mounting

nut and bolt.

4) Remove the front shock absorber (1).

Installation

Install the front shock absorber in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following point:

Tighten the mounting bolt and nut to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Front shock absorber mounting bolt (Upper) (a):

55 N·m (5.5 kgf-m, 40.0 lb-ft)

Front shock absorber mounting nut (Lower) (b):

60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

Front Suspension Inspection

B831G22206004

Refer to “Suspensions Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-22)”.

Front Shock Absorber Inspection

B831G22206005

Inspect the front shock absorber in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the front shock absorber. Refer to “Front

Shock Absorber Removal and Installation (Page 2B-

3)”.

2) Inspect the front shock absorber for damage and oil

leakage, and absorber bushing for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the front shock

absorber with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the front

shock absorber. It is unserviceable.

3) Install the front shock absorber. Refer to “Front

Shock Absorber Removal and Installation (Page 2B-

3)”.

1

I831G1220003-02

(a)

(b)

I831G1220004-02

I831G1220005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-4

Spring Pre-load Adjustment

B831G22206006

WARNING

!

Be sure to adjust the spring pre-load on the

both suspensions equally.

Turn the spring tension ring (1) to the desired position.

NOTE

Position 1 provides the softest spring tension

and position 5 provides the stiffest.

STD position

2nd position

Install the removed parts.

Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal

and Installation

B831G22206007

Removal

1) Remove the cotter pin (1) and loosen the hub nut (2).

2) Remove the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

3) Remove the front drive shaft cover (3).

4) Remove the brake caliper. Refer to “Front Brake

Caliper Removal and Installation in Section 4B

(Page 4B-3)”.

5) Remove the front wheel hub (4) by removing hub nut

(5) and washer (6).

6) Remove the front disc cover (7).

7) Remove the cotter pin, tie-rod end nut and washer.

12345

1

I831G1220058-01

1

2

I831G1220006-01

3

I831G1220007-01

5

6

4

I831G1220008-01

7

I831G1220010-01

I831G1220011-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-5 Front Suspension:

8) Disengage the tie-rod end (8) with the special tool.

WARNING

!

When using the tie-rod end remover, keep

clear of the tie-rod end because it may come

loose with some force and could strike you.

Special tool

(A): 09942–72410 (Tie rod end remover)

9) Remove the cotter pins, knuckle end nuts and

washers.

10) Remove the steering knuckle (11) with a

commercially available bearing joint remover.

11) Remove the steering knuckle (11).

Installation

Install the steering knuckle in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the lip of inner dust seal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the washer (1) and lock washer (2) and tighten

the knuckle end nuts (3) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Steering knuckle end nut (a): 29 N·m (2.9 kgf-m,

21.0 lb-ft)

8

(A)

I831G1220012-02

I831G1220013-02

11

11

I831G1220014-02

11

I831G1220015-02

I831G1220016-01

1

2

1

2

(a)

3(a)

3

I831G1220017-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-6

Install the cotter pins (4).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pins (4) must be replaced

with new ones.

Connect the tie-rod end (5) to the steering knuckle (6)

and tighten the tie-rod end nut (7) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod end nut (b): 29 N·m (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

Install the cotter pin (8).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pin (8) must be replaced

with a new one.

Apply thread lock to the brake disc cover mounting

bolts (9) and tighten them to the specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32130

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1360 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Brake disc cover mounting bolt (c): 10 N·m (1.0

kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Apply grease to the wheel hub spline and lip of dust

seal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the wheel hub (10), washer (11) and front hub

nut (12).

NOTE

The conical side of washer (11) faces out

side. Refer to “Front Suspension Assembly

Construction (Page 2B-2)”.

4

4

I831G1220018-01

6

8

5

(b)

7

I831G1220019-01

(c)

9

I831G1220020-01

I831G1220021-01

12 10

11

I831G1220022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-7 Front Suspension:

Install the brake caliper. Refer to “Front Brake Caliper

Removal and Installation in Section 4B (Page 4B-3)”.

Install the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

Tighten the front hub nut (13) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Front hub nut (d): 110 N·m (11.0 kgf-m, 79.5 lb-ft)

Install the cotter pin (14).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pin (14) must be replaced

with a new one.

Front Hub Bearing Inspection

B831G22206008

Inspect the inner race play of the front hub bearing by

hand while they are in the steering knuckle.

Rotate the inner races by hand to inspect for abnormal

noise and smooth rotation. If there is anything unusual,

replace the front hub bearing with a new one.

Front Hub Bearing Removal and Installation

B831G22206009

Refer to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal

and Installation (Page 2B-4)”.

Removal

1) Remove the outer dust seal (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

2) Remove the snap ring (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

3) Remove the inner dust seal (3) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

“a”: Play

14

(d)

13

I831G1220023-02

“a”

“a”

I831G1220024-02

(A)

1

I831G1220025-03

2

I831G1220026-02

3

(A)

I831G1220027-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-8

4) Remove the wheel hub bearing (4), using the

hydraulic press and special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Installation

Install the wheel hub bearing in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Install the wheel hub bearing (1), using the hydraulic

press and special tool.

CAUTION

!

Never reuse wheel hub bearing (1).

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Install the snap ring (2) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Never reuse snap ring (2).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

Install a new inner dust seal (3) using a suitable size

socket wrench.

CAUTION

!

Replace the inner dust seal (3) with a new

one.

Apply grease to the lip of inner dust seal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

(B)

4

I831G1220028-02

1

(A)

I831G1220029-03

2

I831G1220032-02

3

I831G1220030-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-9 Front Suspension:

Install a new outer dust seal (4) using a suitable size

socket wrench.

CAUTION

!

Replace the outer dust seal (4) with a new

one.

Apply grease to the lip of outer dust seal (4).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Front Suspension Upper / Lower Arm Removal

and Installation

B831G22206010

Removal

1) Remove the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

2) Remove the inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the brake hose. Refer to “Front Brake

Hose Removal and Installation in Section 4A

(Page 4A-7)”.

4) Remove the steering knuckle. Refer to “Front Wheel

Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and Installation

(Page 2B-4)”.

5) Remove the shock absorber mounting lower bolt (1)

and nut (2).

6) Remove the suspension upper arm (3) by removing

the suspension upper bolt (4) and pivot nut (5).

7) Remove the suspension lower arm (6) by removing

suspension lower bolts (7) and pivot nuts (8).

Installation

1) Apply thread lock to the suspension arm bolts

(lower) (1).

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

2) Tighten the suspension arm pivot nuts (lower) (2) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) (a): 65 N·m (

6.5 kgf-m, 47.0 lb-ft)

4

I831G1220031-02

1

2

I831G1220033-01

3

5

4

I831G1220034-01

6

7

8

8

I831G1220035-01

1

(a)

2

1

(a)

2

I831G1220036-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-10

3) Set the steering knuckle (3) and install the

suspension upper arm (4).

4) Temporarily tighten the suspension arm pivot nut

(upper) (5) and shock absorber mounting nut (6).

5) Tighten the steering knuckle end nut and tie-rod end

nut, and then install the wheel hub. Refer to “Front

Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and

Installation (Page 2B-4)”.

6) Tighten the nuts to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) (b): 60 N·m (

6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

Shock absorber mounting nut (c): 60 N·m (6.0

kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

7) Install the brake hose. Refer to “Front Brake Hose

Removal and Installation in Section 4A (Page 4A-7)”.

8) Install the inner fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-6)”.

9) Install the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

Steering Knuckle End Inspection

B831G22206011

Inspect the steering knuckle end for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the front lower

knuckle end with a new one.

Inspect front lower knuckle end for movement. If there

are any abnormalities, replace the front lower knuckle

end with a new one.

UPPER

LOWER

3

5

64

I831G1220037-02

(c)

(b)

I831G1220038-02

I831G1220039-01

I831G1220040-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-11 Front Suspension:

Steering Knuckle End Removal and Installation

B831G22206012

Refer to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal

and Installation (Page 2B-4)” and “Front Suspension

Upper / Lower Arm Removal and Installation (Page 2B-

9)”.

Removal

Upper

Remove the snap ring (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Remove the knuckle end (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Lower

Remove the snap ring (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Remove the front lower knuckle end (2) with the

special tools and vise as shown in the figure.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

(B): 09941–53610 (Front fork installer

hammer)

Installation

Upper

Install the knuckle end (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

1

I831G1220041-01

(A)

2

I831G1220042-01

1

I831G1220043-01

(A)

(B) 2

I831G1220044-02

1

(A)

I831G1220045-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-12

Install the snap ring (2) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Replace the snap ring (2) with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Lower

Install the knuckle end (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Install the snap ring (2) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Replace the snap ring (2) with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Front Suspension Arm Related Parts Inspection

B831G22206013

Refer to “Front Suspension Upper / Lower Arm Removal

and Installation (Page 2B-9)”.

Upper arm

1) Inspect the following parts for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace defective parts with new

ones.

Upper arm (1)

Dust seal (2)

Washer (3)

Spacer (4)

2) Insert the spacer into bushings.

3) Check the play by moving the spacer up and down. If

excessive play is noted, replace the bushing with a

new one. Refer to “Front Suspension Upper Arm

Bushing and Inner Dust Seal Removal and

Installation (Page 2B-13)”.

2

I831G1220047-01

(A)

1

I831G1220046-01

2

I831G1220048-01

2

2

3

4

3

1

I831G1220049-02

I831G1220050-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-13 Front Suspension:

Lower arm

Inspect the front lower arm (1) and bushings (2) for bend

or damage. If any defects are found, replace the

defective parts with new ones. Refer to “Front

Suspension Lower Arm Bushing Removal and

Installation (Page 2B-14)”.

Front Suspension Upper Arm Bushing and

Inner Dust Seal Removal and Installation

B831G22206014

Refer to “Front Suspension Upper / Lower Arm Removal

and Installation (Page 2B-9)”.

Removal

1) Remove the following parts from the front upper arm.

Dust seal (1)

•Washer (2)

Spacer (3)

2) Remove the front upper arm bushings along with

inner dust seals.

Special tool

(A): 09923–73210 (Bearing remover)

(B): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover slide

shaft)

Installation

1) Install the front upper arm bushings and inner dust

seals with the special tool and suitable socket

wrench.

NOTE

Position the bushings and dust seals by

referring to “Front Suspension Assembly

Construction (Page 2B-2)”.

CAUTION

!

The removed bushings and dust seals must

be replaced with new ones.

Special tool

(A): 09941–34513 (Steering race installer)

1

2

2

I831G1220051-01

1

1

2

3

2

I831G1220052-01

(A)

(B)

I831G1220053-01

(A)

I831G1220054-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-14

2) Apply grease to the lip of inner dust seals, spacer (1)

and inside of dust seals (2).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

3) Install the washers (3) to the dust seals (2) and

install the spacer (1) and dust seals (2) to the front

suspension upper arm.

Front Suspension Lower Arm Bushing Removal

and Installation

B831G22206015

Refer to “Front Suspension Upper / Lower Arm Removal

and Installation (Page 2B-9)”.

Removal

Remove the front suspension lower arm bushings with

the special tool and hydraulic press.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Installation

Install the front suspension lower arm bushings with the

special tool and hydraulic press.

CAUTION

!

The removed bushings must be replaced

with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

1

2

3

3

2

I831G1220055-01

(A)

I831G1220056-01

(A)

I831G1220057-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2B-15 Front Suspension:

Specifications

Service Data

B831G22207001

Suspension

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G22207002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Front Suspension Components (Page 2B-1)”

“Front Suspension Assembly Construction (Page 2B-2)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G22208001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Suspension Components (Page 2B-1)”

“Front Suspension Assembly Construction (Page 2B-2)”

Item Standard Limit

Front shock absorber spring adjustor 2/5 position

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Front shock absorber mounting bolt (Upper) 55 5.5 40.0 )(Page 2B-3)

Front shock absorber mounting nut (Lower) 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2B-3)

Steering knuckle end nut 29 2.9 21.0 )(Page 2B-5)

Tie-rod end nut 29 2.9 21.0 )(Page 2B-6)

Brake disc cover mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 2B-6)

Front hub nut 110 11.0 79.5 )(Page 2B-7)

Suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) 65 6.5 47.0 )(Page 2B-9)

Suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2B-10)

Shock absorber mounting nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2B-10)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 2B-5) / )(Page 2B-

6) / )(Page 2B-8) /

)(Page 2B-9) / )(Page 2B-

14)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 2B-9)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1360 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32130 )(Page 2B-6)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Suspension: 2B-16

Special Tool

B831G22208002

09900–06107 09900–06108

Snap ring pliers Snap ring pliers

)(Page 2B-11) /

)(Page 2B-11) /

)(Page 2B-12) /

)(Page 2B-12)

)(Page 2B-7) / )(Page 2B-

8)

09913–50121 09913–70210

Oil seal remover Bearing installer set

)(Page 2B-7) / )(Page 2B-

7)

)(Page 2B-8) / )(Page 2B-

8) / )(Page 2B-11) /

)(Page 2B-11) /

)(Page 2B-11) /

)(Page 2B-12) /

)(Page 2B-14) /

)(Page 2B-14)

09923–73210 09930–30104

Bearing remover Rotor remover slide shaft

)(Page 2B-13) )(Page 2B-13)

09941–34513 09941–53610

Steering race installer Front fork installer hammer

)(Page 2B-13) )(Page 2B-11)

09942–72410

Tie rod end remover

)(Page 2B-5)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-1 Rear Suspension:

Suspension

Rear Suspension

Repair Instructions

Rear Suspension Components

B931G22306001

7

6

8

(a)

16

14

(a)

18

2

4

3

7

(a)

15

1

(a)

16

9

7

(a)

18

(b)

17

(a)

15

12

10

13

11

5

FWD

7

8

9

14

7

8

8

9

8

9

8

8

8

78

“A”

19

I931G1230003-02

1. Rear shock absorber 10. Rear suspension arm (lower) 19. Washer [From 5SAAR41A497105527]

2. Rear stabilizer bar 11. Rear suspension knuckle “A”: Do not apply grease. [From 5SAAR41A197105887]

3. Rear stabilizer bushing 12. Hub bearing : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

4. Rear stabilizer bracket 13. Snap ring : Up to 5SAAR41A497105526: 34 Nm (3.4 kgf-m, 24.5 lb-ft)

From 5SAAR41A497105527: 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

5. Rear stabilizer joint 14. Dust seal : Apply water resistance grease.

6. Rear suspension arm (upper) 15. Rear shock absorber mounting nut : Apply silicone grease. [Up to 5SAAR41A197105886]

7. Bushing 16. Rear suspension arm pivot nut : Apply thread lock to thread part.

8. Inner dust seal 17. Rear stabilizer joint nut : Do not reuse.

9. Spacer 18. Rear suspension knuckle nut

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-2

Rear Suspension Assembly Construction

B931G22306002

9

9

7

(a)

1

“a”

“a”

8

7

(b)

3

4

3

“a”

“a”

7

8

8

7

7

(c)

12

“a”“a”

9

9

7

7

7

(a)

6

“a” “a” (a)

5

7

9

9

8

(a)

10

(a)

11

(a)

2

9

9

9

9

(a)

2

7

“A”

I931G1230001-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-3 Rear Suspension:

Rear Shock Absorber Removal and Installation

B931G22306003

Removal

1) Place the vehicle on level ground and support the

vehicle with a jack.

2) Remove the rear wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

3) Remove the rear drive shaft cover (1).

4) Remove the shock absorber (2) by removing the

shock absorber upper and lower mounting bolt and

nut.

Installation

Install the rear shock absorber in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply thread lock to the rear shock absorber mounting

bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tighten the rear shock absorber upper/lower

mounting bolts and nuts.

Tightening torque

Rear shock absorber mounting nut (a): 60 N·m (

6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

Install the rear wheel assembly. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

1. Rear suspension arm pivot nut (upper) 11. Rear shock absorber mounting nut (lower)

2. Rear suspension arm pivot nut (lower) 12. Stabilizer joint nut

3. Rear wheel hub nut “A”: Do not apply grease. [From 5SAAR41A197105887]

4. Washer

: The conical side of washer faces outside.

:60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

5. Suspension knuckle mounting nut (upper) : 121 Nm (12.1 kgf-m, 87.5 lb-ft)

6. Suspension knuckle mounting nut (lower) : Up to 5SAAR41A497105526: 34 Nm (3.4 kgf-m, 24.5 lb-ft)

From 5SAAR41A497105527: 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

7. Inner dust seal

: Align the surface of dust seal with the edge of suspension arm.

: Apply water resistance grease.

8. Bushing : Apply silicone grease. [Up to 5SAAR41A197105886]

9. Outer dust seal : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

10. Rear shock absorber mounting nut (upper) : Do not reuse.

1

I831G1230004-01

2

I831G1230005-01

(a)

(a)

I831G1230062-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-4

Rear Suspension Inspection

B931G22306004

Refer to “Suspensions Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-22)”.

Rear Shock Absorber Inspection

B931G22306005

Inspect the rear shock absorber in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the rear shock absorber. Refer to “Rear

Shock Absorber Removal and Installation (Page 2C-

3)”.

2) Inspect the rear shock absorber for damage and oil

leakage, and absorber bushing for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the rear shock

absorber with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the rear shock

absorber. It is unserviceable.

3) Install the rear shock absorber. Refer to “Rear Shock

Absorber Removal and Installation (Page 2C-3)”.

Spring Pre-load Adjustment

B931G22306006

WARNING

!

Be sure to adjust the spring pre-load on the

both suspensions equally.

After installing the rear suspension, adjust the spring

pre-load as follows:

Turn the spring tension ring (1) to the desired position.

NOTE

Position 1 provides the softest spring tension

and position 5 provides the stiffest.

STD Position

2nd position

Rear Wheel Hub / Suspension Knuckle Removal

and Installation

B931G22306007

NOTE

The right and left suspension parts are

installed procedure for one side is the same

as that for the other side.

Removal

1) Remove the cotter pin (1) and loosen the hub nut (2).

I831G1230006-01

12345

1

I831G1230063-01

1

2

I831G1230007-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-5 Rear Suspension:

2) Remove the rear wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

3) Remove the hub nut (3), washer (4) and rear wheel

hub (5).

4) Remove the suspension knuckle upper and lower

bolts and nuts.

5) Remove the rear suspension knuckle (6).

Installation

Apply grease to the lip of outer dust seal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Install the rear wheel hub (1) to the rear suspension

knuckle (2).

Apply grease to the lip of outer dust seal and rear

wheel hub spline.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Tighten the rear knuckle nuts (3) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Rear knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) (a): 60

N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

Install the washer (4) and hub nut (5).

NOTE

The conical side of washer (4) faces outside.

Refer to “Rear Suspension Assembly

Construction (Page 2C-2)”.

3

5

4

I831G1230008-01

6

I831G1230009-01

1

2

I831G1230066-01

I831G1230067-01

(a)

3

I831G1230068-01

4

5

I831G1230013-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-6

Install the rear wheel assembly. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

Tighten the hub nut (5) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear wheel hub nut (b): 121 N·m (12.1 kgf-m, 87.5

lbf-ft)

Install the cotter pin (6).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pin (6) must be replaced

with a new one.

Rear Hub Bearing Inspection

B931G22306008

Inspect the inner race play of the rear hub bearing by

hand while it is in the rear knuckle.

Rotate the inner race by hand to inspect for abnormal

noise and smooth rotation. If there is anything unusual,

replace the rear hub bearing with a new one.

Rear Hub Bearing Removal and Installation

B931G22306009

Removal

1) Remove the outer dust seal (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

2) Remove the snap ring (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

3) Remove the inner dust seal (3) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

“a”: Play

6

(b)

5

I831G1230014-01

“a”

“a”

I831G1220024-02

1

(A)

I831G1230016-01

2

I831G1230017-01

3

(A)

I831G1230018-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-7 Rear Suspension:

4) Remove the hub bearing (4) using the hydraulic

press and special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Installation

Install the hub bearing in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the hub bearing (1) using the hydraulic press

and special tool.

CAUTION

!

Never reuse wheel hub bearing.

NOTE

The sealed side “A” of hub bearing (1) faces

inside.

Special tool

(A): 09913–75520 (Bearing installer)

Install the snap ring (2) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

Never reuse snap ring (2).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

Install a new inner dust seal (3) using a suitable size

socket wrench.

CAUTION

!

Replace the inner dust seal (3) with a new

one.

Apply grease to the lip of inner dust seal (3).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Install a new outer dust seal (4) using a suitable size

socket wrench.

CAUTION

!

Replace the outer dust seal (4) with a new

one.

(B)

4

I831G1230064-02

1“A”

I831G1230019-01

(A)

1

I831G1230020-01

2

I831G1230021-01

3

I831G1230022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-8

Apply grease to the lip of outer dust seal (4).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Rear Suspension Arm Upper / Lower Removal

and Installation

B931G22306010

Removal

1) Remove the rear wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

2) Remove the rear drive shaft cover (1).

3) Remove the rear suspension knuckle. Refer to “Rear

Wheel Hub / Suspension Knuckle Removal and

Installation (Page 2C-4)”.

4) Remove the rear upper suspension arm (2).

5) Disconnect the stabilizer joint (3) from the rear

suspension lower arm (4).

6) Remove the shock absorber mounting lower bolt (5)

and nut (6).

7) Remove the rear suspension lower arm (4).

Installation

Install the suspension arms in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points.

Tighten the suspension arm pivot nuts to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Suspension arm lower pivot nut (a): 60 N·m (6.0

kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

Apply thread lock to the shock absorber mounting

bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

4

I831G1230023-02

1

I831G1230024-01

2

I831G1230025-01

3

5

6

4

I831G1230026-01

4

I831G1230027-02

(a)

(a)

I831G1230028-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-9 Rear Suspension:

Tighten the shock absorber mounting lower bolt and

nut to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear shock absorber mounting nut (b): 60 N·m (

6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

Connect the stabilizer joint by tightening the joint nut

to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear stabilizer joint nut [Up to

5SAAR41A497105526] (c): 34 N·m (3.4 kgf-m, 24.5

lbf-ft)

Rear stabilizer joint nut [From

5SAAR41A497105527] (c): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5

lbf-ft)

Tighten the suspension arm upper bolt and pivot nut

to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Suspension arm upper pivot nut (d): 60 N·m (6.0

kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

Install the rear suspension knuckle arm and wheel

hub. Refer to “Rear Wheel Hub / Suspension Knuckle

Removal and Installation (Page 2C-4)”.

Rear Suspension Arm Related Parts Inspection

B931G22306011

Refer to “Rear Suspension Arm Upper / Lower Removal

and Installation (Page 2C-8)”.

Upper Arm

1) Inspect the following parts for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace defective parts with new

ones.

Suspension upper arm (1)

Dust seal (2)

Washer (3)

Spacer (4)

2) Insert the spacer into bushings.

3) Check the play by moving the spacer up and down. If

excessive play is noted, replace the bushings with a

new one. Refer to “Rear Suspension Upper Arm

Bushing Removal and Installation (Page 2C-11)”.

(b)

I831G1230029-02

(c)

I831G1230030-01

(d)

I831G1230031-01

1

2

2

3

4

I831G1230032-01

I831G1230033-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-10

Lower Arm

1) Inspect the following parts for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace defective parts with new

ones.

Suspension lower arm (1)

Dust seal (2)

•Washer (3)

Spacer (4)

2) Insert the spacer into bushings.

3) Check the play by moving the spacer up and down. If

excessive play is noted, replace the bushings with a

new one. Refer to “Rear Suspension Lower Arm

Bushing Removal and Installation (Page 2C-12)”.

Suspension Knuckle

1) Inspect the following parts for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace defective parts with new

ones.

Suspension knuckle (1)

Dust seal (2)

Washer (3)

Spacer (4)

2) Insert the spacer into bushings.

3) Check the play by moving the spacer up and down. If

excessive play is noted, replace the bushings with a

new one. Refer to “Rear Suspension Upper Arm

Bushing Removal and Installation (Page 2C-11)”.

1

2

2

2

3

4

4

3

I831G1230034-01

I831G1230035-02

3

3

3

3

4

1

4

2

2

2

I831G1230036-02

I831G1230037-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-11 Rear Suspension:

Rear Suspension Upper Arm Bushing Removal

and Installation

B931G22306012

Refer to “Rear Suspension Arm Upper / Lower Removal

and Installation (Page 2C-8)”.

Removal

1) Remove the following parts from the rear suspension

upper arm.

Dust seal (1)

•Washer (2)

Spacer (3)

2) Remove the rear upper suspension arm bushings

along with inner dust seals with the special tools.

Special tool

(A): 09923–73210 (Bearing remover)

: 09930–30104 (Rotor remover sliding shaft)

Installation

1) Install the rear suspension upper arm bushing and

inner dust seal with the special tool and suitable

socket wrench.

NOTE

Position the bushing and dust seals by

referring to “Rear Suspension Assembly

Construction (Page 2C-2)”.

CAUTION

!

The removed bushings and dust seals must

be replaced with new ones.

Special tool

(A): 09941–34513 (Steering race installer)

2) Apply grease to the lip of inner dust seals, spacer (1)

and inside of dust seals (2).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

3) Install the washers (3) and dust seals (2) to the rear

suspension upper arm.

1

1

3

2

2

I831G1230065-01

(A)

I831G1230038-01

(A)

I831G1230039-01

1

2

2

3

3

I831G1230040-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-12

Rear Suspension Lower Arm Bushing Removal

and Installation

B931G22306013

Refer to “Rear Suspension Arm Upper / Lower Removal

and Installation (Page 2C-8)”.

Removal

1) Remove the following parts from the rear suspension

lower arm.

Dust seal (1)

•Washer (2)

Spacer (3)

2) Remove the rear suspension lower arm bushing (4)

along with inner dust seal (5) with the special tools.

Special tool

(A): 09923–73210 (Bearing remover)

: 09930–30104 (Rotor remover sliding shaft)

3) Remove the another inner dust seal (6) with the

special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09943–88211 (Bearing remover/

installer)

Installation

1) Install the rear lower arm bushings (1) and inner dust

seals (2) with the special tool and suitable socket.

NOTE

Position the bushings and dust seals by

referring to “Rear Suspension Assembly

Construction (Page 2C-2)”.

CAUTION

!

The removed bushings and dust seals must

be replaced with new ones.

Special tool

(A): 09941–34513 (Steering race installer)

3

2

32

3

1

1

I831G1230041-01

(A)

4

5

I831G1230043-03

(B)

6

I831G1230044-03

(A)

2

1

2

(A)

I831G1230045-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-13 Rear Suspension:

2) Apply grease to the lip of inner dust seals, spacer (3)

and inside of dust seals (4).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

3) Install the spacer (3), dust seals (4) and washers (5)

to the rear suspension lower arm.

Rear Suspension Knuckle Bushing Removal

and Installation

B931G22306014

Refer to “Rear Wheel Hub / Suspension Knuckle

Removal and Installation (Page 2C-4)”.

Removal

1) Remove the following parts from the suspension

knuckle.

Dust seal (1)

•Washer (2)

Spacer (3)

2) Remove the suspension knuckle bushings along

with inner dust seals with the special tools.

Special tool

(A): 09923–73210 (Bearing remover)

(B): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover sliding

shaft)

Installation

1) Install the suspension knuckle bushing and inner

dust seal with the special tool and suitable socket

wrench.

NOTE

Position the bushing s and dust seals by

referring to “Rear Suspension Assembly

Construction (Page 2C-2)”.

CAUTION

!

The removed bushings and dust seals must

be replaced with new ones.

Special tool

(A): 09941–34513 (Steering race installer)

3

5

4

4

I831G1230046-02

1

2

1

2

3

2

2

3

I831G1230047-01

(A)

(B)

I831G1230048-03

(A)

I831G1230049-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-14

2) Apply grease to the lip of the inner dust seals, spacer

(1) and inside of dust seals (2).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

3) Install the spacers (1), dust seals (2) and washers

(3) to the rear suspension knuckle.

Rear Stabilizer Removal and Installation

B931G22306015

Removal

1) Remove the rear wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

2) Disconnect the stabilizer joints (1) from the rear

suspension lower arm and stabilizer bar.

3) Remove the stabilizer plates (2) and bushings (3).

4) Remove the stabilizer bar (4).

Installation

Install the stabilizer in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

Applicable model

Up to 5SAAR41A197105886

Install the stabilizer in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the inside of stabilizer bushing.

: Grease 99000–25100 (SUZUKI SILICONE

GREASE or equivalent)

Applicable model

From 5SAAR41A197105887

Install the stabilizer in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Do not apply grease to the inside of stabilizer bushing.

3

3

3

3

1

1

2

2

2

I831G1230050-01

11

I831G1230055-01

2

3

2

3

I831G1230052-02

4

I831G1230053-01

I831G1230051-03

I931G1230002-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-15 Rear Suspension:

Apply thread lock to the stabilizer plate mounting bolts

and tighten the bolts securely.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tighten the stabilizer joint nuts (2) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Rear stabilizer joint nut [Up to

5SAAR41A497105526] (a): 34 N·m (3.4 kgf-m, 24.5

lbf-ft)

Rear stabilizer joint nut [From

5SAAR41A497105527] (a): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5

lbf-ft)

Stabilizer Parts Inspection

B931G22306016

Refer to “Rear Stabilizer Removal and Installation

(Page 2C-14)”.

Stabilizer Bar

Inspect for damage or deformation. If any defects are

found, replace the stabilizer bar with a new one.

Stabilizer Bushing / Plate

Inspect the bushing and plate for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace the bushing and/or plate with

a new one.

Stabilizer Joint

Inspect the stabilizer joint for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace the stabilizer joint with a new

one.

Inspect the stabilizer joint smooth movement. If there are

any abnormalities, replace the stabilizer joint with a new

one.

NOTE

Stabilizer joint (1) cannot be disassembled.

I831G1230056-03

(a)

2(a)

2

I831G1230057-01

I831G1230058-01

I831G1230059-01

1

I831G1230060-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Suspension: 2C-16

Specifications

Service Data

B931G22307001

Suspension

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G22307002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“Rear Suspension Components (Page 2C-1)”

“Rear Suspension Assembly Construction (Page 2C-2)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G22308001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Rear Suspension Components (Page 2C-1)”

“Rear Suspension Assembly Construction (Page 2C-2)”

Item Standard Limit

Rear shock absorber spring adjustor 2/5 position

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

Rear shock absorber mounting nut 60 6.0 43.5

)(Page 2C-3) /

)(Page 2C-9)

Rear knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2C-5)

Rear wheel hub nut 121 12.1 87.5 )(Page 2C-6)

Suspension arm lower pivot nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2C-8)

Rear stabilizer joint nut [Up to

5SAAR41A497105526] 34 3.4 24.5

)(Page 2C-9) /

)(Page 2C-15)

Rear stabilizer joint nut [From

5SAAR41A497105527] 60 6.0 43.5

)(Page 2C-9) /

)(Page 2C-15)

Suspension arm upper pivot nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2C-9)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SILICONE GREASE or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25100 )(Page 2C-14)

Water resistance grease or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 2C-5) / )(Page 2C-

5) / )(Page 2C-7) /

)(Page 2C-8) / )(Page 2C-

11) / )(Page 2C-13) /

)(Page 2C-14)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 2C-3) / )(Page 2C-

8) / )(Page 2C-15)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2C-17 Rear Suspension:

Special Tool

B931G22308002

09900–06108 09913–50121

Snap ring pliers Oil seal remover

)(Page 2C-6) / )(Page 2C-

7)

)(Page 2C-6) / )(Page 2C-

6)

09913–70210 09913–75520

Bearing installer set Bearing installer

)(Page 2C-7) )(Page 2C-7)

09923–73210 09930–30104

Bearing remover Rotor remover sliding shaft

)(Page 2C-11) /

)(Page 2C-12) /

)(Page 2C-13)

)(Page 2C-11) /

)(Page 2C-12) /

)(Page 2C-13)

09941–34513 09943–88211

Steering race installer Bearing remover/installer

)(Page 2C-11) /

)(Page 2C-12) /

)(Page 2C-13)

)(Page 2C-12)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wheels and Tires: 2D-1

Suspension

Wheels and Tires

Precautions

Precautions for Wheel and Tire

B831G22400001

WARNING

!

Proper tire pressure and proper tire loading are important factors. Over loading tire can lead to tire

failure and loss of vehicle control.

Under-inflated tires make smooth cornering difficult, and can result in rapid tire wear.

Over-inflated tires have a smaller amount of tire in contact with the load, which can contribute to

skidding and loss of control.

Replace the wheel if find damage such as crack, nick or scratch.

When tire replacement is necessary, the original equipment type tire should be used.

Do not mix different types of tires on the same vehicle except in emergencies, because handling

may be seriously affected and may result in loss of control.

Replacement wheel must be equivalent to the original equivalent wheel.

Repair Instructions

Front and Rear Wheel Components

B831G22406001

1

7

23

(a)

4

(a)

4

6

3

5

8

FWD

I831G1240001-01

1. Front tire 6. Rear wheel

2. Front wheel 7. Front wheel hub

3. Front wheel air valve 8. Rear wheel hub

4. Wheel nut : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

5. Rear tire : Do not reuse.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2D-2 Wheels and Tires:

Front / Rear Wheel Removal and Installation

B831G22406002

NOTE

The front and rear wheels are installed

symmetrically and therefore the removal

procedure for one side is the same as that for

the other side.

Removal

1) Place the vehicle on level ground.

2) Support the vehicle with a jack or wooden block.

3) Remove the wheel nuts (1).

4) Remove the wheel.

Installation

Install the wheel in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

Install the wheel and tighten the wheel nuts

temporarily.

WARNING

!

The directional arrow on the tire should point

to the wheel rotation, when remounting the

wheel.

Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque.

NOTE

Tighten the wheel nuts diagonally.

Tightening torque

Wheel nut (a): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

Tire Removal and Installation

B831G22406003

1) Remove the wheel from vehicle. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation (Page 2D-2)”.

2) After removing the air valve caps, release the tire

pressure by depressing the valves.

3) Dismount the bead from the rim completely as

shown in the figure.

4) Separate the tire from the rim using a set of tire

levers and rim protectors.

CAUTION

!

When using the tire levers, do not scratch or

hit the sealing portion (hump) of the wheel or

it may cause air-leakage.

1

1

I831G1240002-01

I831G1240003-01

1

2

3

4

(a)

(a)

I831G1240004-01

I831G1240005-01

I831G1240006-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wheels and Tires: 2D-3

5) After removing the tire, inspect the wheel if

necessary.

Installation

1) Clean up the sealing portion of the rim.

2) Apply tire lubricant to the tire bead and the flange of

the rim.

CAUTION

!

Never apply grease, oil or gasoline to the tire

bead because they will deteriorate the tire.

CAUTION

!

The standard tire fitted on this vehicle is

AT25 x 8-12  for the front and AT25 x 10-

12  for the rear. The use of tires other than

the standard may cause instability. It is highly

recommended to use the specified tire.

3) Mount the tire on the rim by hand as shown in the

figure.

4) When installing each tire, make sure the arrow “A”

on the tire points in the direction of rotation. Also,

make sure the outer side of the wheel rim is facing

outward.

5) Inflate the tire to seat the tire bead.

Maximum tire bead seat pressure

Front: 250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 36psi)

Rear: 250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 36 psi)

CAUTION

!

Place the tire under a protective tire cage or

similar protective covering device before

inflating the tire. To minimize the possibility

of tire damage when seating the tire bead,

never exceed the MAXIMUM TIRE BEAD

SEAT PRESSURE rating shown on the tire.

I831G1240007-02

I831G1240008-01

I831G1240009-02

“A”

I831G1240010-01

I831G1240011-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

2D-4 Wheels and Tires:

NOTE

Check the “rim line” “B” cast on the tire

sidewalls. It must be equidistant from the

wheel rim all the way around. If the distance

between the rim line and the wheel rim

varies, this indicates that the bead is not

properly seated. If this is so, deflate the tire

completely, and unseat the tire bead on both

sides. Then, coat the bead with clean water,

and re-seat the tire.

6) Adjust the tire pressure to the specified pressure.

Cold inflation tire pressure

Front: 35 kPa (0.35 kgf/cm2, 5.1 psi)

Rear: 30 kPa (0.30 kgf/cm2, 4.4 psi)

Vehicle load capacity

172 kg (380 lbs)

CAUTION

!

Before inflating the tire, check the MAXIMUM

OPERATING PRESSURE rating of the tire.

This is indicated by a “” following the tire

size shown on the sidewall. The number of

” on the tire indications the maximum

operating pressure.

Maximum operating pressure

: 25 kPa (0.25 kgf/cm2, 3.6 psi)

: 35 kPa (0.35 kgf/cm2, 5.1 psi)

: 45 kPa (0.45 kgf/cm2, 6.5 psi)

Specifications

Service Data

B831G22407001

Tire

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G22407002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Front and Rear Wheel Components (Page 2D-1)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

“B”

I831G1240012-02

Item Standard Limit

Cold inflation tire pressure

(Solo riding)

Front 35 kPa (0.35 kgf/cm2, 5.1 psi)

Rear 30 kPa (0.30 kgf/cm2, 4.4 psi)

Tire size Front AT25 x 8-12 , tubeless

Rear AT25 x 10-12 , tubeless

Tire tread depth Front 4.0 (0.16)

Rear 4.0 (0.16)

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Wheel nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 2D-2)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 3- i

3

Section 3

CONTENTS

Driveline / Axle

Precautions ………………………………….………3-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 3-1

Precautions for Driveline / Axle ……..………………... 3-1

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft... 3A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………3A-1

Drive Shaft Symptom Diagnosis ……………………. 3A-1

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..3A-1

Front Drive Shaft Components ……………..………. 3A-1

Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation……………………….……………….………. 3A-2

Front Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly …. 3A-2

Front Drive Shaft Inspection …..…………….………. 3A-5

Rear Drive Shaft Components ………………………. 3A-6

Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation……………………….……………….………. 3A-6

Rear Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly…..3A-7

Rear Drive Shaft Inspection ………….………………. 3A-7

Special Tools and Equipment …………….………….3A-7

Recommended Service Material ……………………. 3A-7

Special Tool .……………….………………..……………. 3A-7

Differential………………………………….…….. 3B-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………3B-1

Drive Train Symptom Diagnosis………….…………. 3B-1

DTC “C20” (P1752) Diff-lock Relay Circuit

Malfunction.…………….………………..…………….3B-1

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..3B-2

Front Drive (Differential) Components ………….3B-2

Front Drive (Differential) Construction….…………. 3B-3

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Oil Level

Inspection………………….………………..……………. 3B-4

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Oil

Replacement……..……………….………………..……3B-4

Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal

and Installation…..……………….………………..……3B-4

Front Drive (Differential) Assembly

Disassembly and Assembly …………..……………. 3B-5

Front Drive (Differential) Related Parts

Inspection………………….………………..………….. 3B-12

Breather Rubber Case Inspection………….……..3B-14

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Shim

Inspection and Selection…………………………...3B-14

2WD/4WD/Diff-lock System Inspection…………. 3B-17

Rear Drive Breather Hose Routing Diagram….. 3B-20

Final Gear Components …………….………………..3B-21

Final Gear Construction …………….………………..3B-22

Final Gear Oil Level Inspection ..…………………..3B-23

Final Gear Oil Replacement.…………………….….3B-23

Final Gear Assembly Removal and

Installation ………….…………….…………….………. 3B-23

Final Gear Assembly Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………….…………….………………..3B-24

Final Gear Related Parts Inspection ……………..3B-30

Final Gear Shim Inspection and Selection ……..3B-31

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….3B-34

Service Data……..……………..……………….……….3B-34

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….3B-34

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….3B-35

Recommended Service Material ……….………….3B-35

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….3B-35

Transfer ………….………………………………… 3C-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………3C-1

Transfer Symptom Diagnosis………..……………….3C-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………3C-2

Transfer Components ………………………..…………3C-2

Transfer Removal and Installation ………………….3C-3

Transfer Construction…….………………..……………3C-6

Counter Shaft / Reverse Idle Gear

Disassembly and Assembly …………………………3C-6

Gearshift Cam Components.………………………….3C-9

Gearshift System Construction …………………….3C-10

Gearshift Cam Disassembly and Assembly ……3C-11

Transfer Gear Bearing Removal and

Installation ………….…………….…………….……….3C-12

Transfer Gear Bearing Inspection .…………….….3C-12

Transfer Related Parts Inspection.…………….….3C-12

Transfer Related Bearing Inspection……………..3C-13

Gear Position (GP) Switch Inspection..………….3C-13

Gear Position (GP) Switch Removal and

Installation ………….…………….…………….……….3C-13

Gearshift Shaft No. 2 / Gearshift Cam Plate

Removal and Installation….…………….………….3C-14

Gearshift Linkage Inspection……………….……….3C-17

Gearshift Shaft Oil Seal Removal and

Installation ………….…………….…………….……….3C-17

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….3C-18

Service Data……..……………..……………….……….3C-18

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….3C-18

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3-ii Table of Contents

Recommended Service Material ………………..3C-18

Special Tool ………..………………..…………………..3C-18

Propeller Shafts………….…………………….. 3D-1

Repair Instructions ……………………………………….3D-1

Front Output Shaft Components ……………….……3D-1

Front Output Shaft Removal and Installation 3D-1

Front Output Shaft Disassembly and

Assembly ………….…………….……………..…………3D-2

Front Output Shaft Related Parts Inspection ……3D-5

Rear Output Shaft Components……………..………3D-6

Rear Output Shaft Removal and Installation…….3D-6

Rear Output Shaft Disassembly and

Assembly ………….…………….……………..…………3D-8

Rear Output Shaft Related Parts Inspection .….3D-10

Rear Output Shaft Drive Bevel Gear Shim

Inspection and Adjustment………..…………….…3D-11

Front Propeller Shaft Components….…………….3D-14

Front Propeller Shaft Removal and

Installation ………….…………….…………….……….3D-14

Front Propeller Shaft Related Parts

Inspection.…………….………………..…………….…3D-16

Rear Propeller Shaft Components .……………….3D-17

Rear Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation ..3D-17

Rear Propeller Shaft Related Parts Inspection ..3D-22

Specifications..……………….……………….………….3D-23

Service Data………………….……………….………….3D-23

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….3D-23

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….3D-23

Recommended Service Material .……………….…3D-23

Special Tool …………………….…………….………….3D-24

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 3-1

Driveline / Axle

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Driveline / Axle

B831G23000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)”.

WARNING

!

Support the vehicle with a jack or wooden block when servicing the drive shafts and drive train.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-1 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

Driveline / Axle

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Drive Shaft Symptom Diagnosis

B831G23104001

Repair Instructions

Front Drive Shaft Components

B831G23106001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Noisy Drive Shaft Worn drive shaft joints. Replace.

Worn wheel hub bearings. Replace.

Loose wheel nuts. Tighten.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

8

10

FWD

I831G1310001-05

1. Circlip 5. Inner boot 9. Outer boot

2. Snap ring 6. Inner boot band (Small) 10. Outer boot band (Large)

3. Stopper ring 7. Drive shaft : Apply grease.

4. Inner boot band (Large) 8. Outer boot band (Small) : Do not reuse.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft: 3A-2

Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation

B831G23106002

Removal

1) Drain the front differential gear oil. Refer to “Front

Differential Gear Oil Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-12)”.

2) Remove the front wheel. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

3) Remove the steering knuckle. Refer to “Front Wheel

Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and Installation in

Section 2B (Page 2B-4)”.

4) Hold the inboard joint (1) of the front drive shaft and

tug the drive shaft horizontally.

NOTE

If it is difficult to remove the front drive shaft

from the front differential gear case, use the

suitable tool.

Installation

Install the front drive shaft assembly in the reverse order

of removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Install a new circlip into the groove of front differential

gear spline.

CAUTION

!

The removed circlip must be replaced with a

new one.

Apply grease to the spline of the front drive shafts and

install the front drive shafts to the front differential gear

case.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

CAUTION

!

Be careful not to damage the front differential

gear case oil seals.

NOTE

After installing both drive shafts, make sure

the stopper rings are seated properly by

pulling both inboard joints lightly.

Install the steering knuckle. Refer to “Front Wheel

Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and Installation in

Section 2B (Page 2B-4)”.

Install the front wheel. Refer to “Front / Rear Wheel

Removal and Installation in Section 2D (Page 2D-2)”.

Pour the front differential gear oil. Refer to “Front

Differential Gear Oil Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-12)”.

Front Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

B831G23106003

Refer to “Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation (Page 3A-2)”.

Disassembly

CAUTION

!

Do not disassemble the wheel side joint. If

any damages are found, replace it with a new

one.

1) Remove the boot band of the differential side joint.

1

I831G1310003-01

I831G1310004-02

I831G1310005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-3 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

2) Slide the boot toward the center of the front drive

shaft and remove the stopper ring from the outer

race.

3) Remove the outer race from the front drive shaft.

4) Wipe off any grease and remove the snap ring.

Special tool

(A): 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

5) Remove the cage from the front drive shaft.

6) Remove the boot band of the small diameter side.

Assembly

CAUTION

!

Wash all parts before installation, clean the

inside and outside of the boots with a

cloth.

Do not wash the boots in any commercially

available degreaser, such as gasoline or

kerosene. Washing in a degreaser causes

deterioration of the boots.

1) Fit a boot on the drive shaft end, fitting the small

diameter side of the boot to the shaft groove, fix its

end with a new boot band.

CAUTION

!

Replace the boot band with a new one.

2) Install the cage (1) on the shaft.

CAUTION

!

Install the cage with the large diameter side

“A” facing the shaft end.

I831G1310006-01

I831G1310007-01

(A)

I831G1310022-01

I831G1310009-01

“A”: Large diameter “B”: Small diameter

I831G1310011-02

I831G1310011-02

1

“A” “B”

I831G1310012-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft: 3A-4

3) Install the new snap ring to the cage.

CAUTION

!

Replace the snap ring with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

4) Apply grease to the entire surface of the cage and

the inside of the outer race.

NOTE

The tube of joint grease is included in the

wheel side boot set or wheel side joint

assembly of spare parts.

5) Insert the cage into the outer race and install the new

stopper ring to the groove of the outer race.

CAUTION

!

Replace the stopper ring with a new one.

Position the opening of stopper ring “C”

so that it will not be lined up with a ball.

6) After installing the boot on the outer race, insert a

screw driver into the boot on the outer race side and

allow air to enter the boot so that the air pressure in

the boot becomes the same as the atmospheric

pressure at the positions indicated in the figure.

7) Fix the boot on the outer race with a new boot band,

taking care not to distort the boot.

Position

Wheel side Differential side

Grease: Quantity 45 g 85 g

(A)

I831G1310023-01

I831G1310013-01

I831G1310014-01

“D”: Right side “F”: Rotation direction

“E”: Left side “a”: 188 – 198 mm (7.4 – 7.8 in)

“C”

I831G1310015-01

A

“a”

VIEW A

“F”

“D” “E”

“F”

I831G1310016-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-5 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

8) Install the circlip (2) into the groove of front drive

shaft spline.

CAUTION

!

The removed circlip must be replaced with a

new one.

9) Inspect the axle play by using a push-and-pull

motion given to the axle shaft and wheel spindle.

Front Drive Shaft Inspection

B831G23106004

Inspect the front drive shaft in the following procedures:

1) Remove the front drive shaft assembly. Refer to

“Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation (Page 3A-2)”.

2) Inspect the boots, circlip and boot bands for wear or

damage. If any damages are found, replace them

with new ones.

3) Install the front drive shaft assembly. Refer to “Front

Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 3A-2)”.

2

I831G1310017-02

I831G1310018-01

I831G1310019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft: 3A-6

Rear Drive Shaft Components

B831G23106005

Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation

B831G23106006

Removal

1) Drain the rear final gear oil. Refer to “Final Gear Oil

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-14)”.

2) Remove the rear wheel. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

3) Remove the rear wheel hub and rear suspension

arm. Refer to “Rear Wheel Hub / Suspension

Knuckle Removal and Installation in Section 2C

(Page 2C-4)”.

4) Hold the in board joint (1) of the rear drive shaft and

tug the drive shaft horizontally.

NOTE

If it is difficult to remove the rear drive shaft

from the rear differential gear case, using the

suitable tool.

FWD

1

2

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

4

I831G1310002-05

1. Circlip 5. Inner boot 9. Outer boot

2. Snap ring 6. Inner boot band (Small) 10. Outer boot band (Large)

3. Stopper ring 7. Drive shaft : Apply grease.

4. Inner boot band (Large) 8. Outer boot band (Small) : Do not reuse.

1

I831G1310020-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-7 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

Installation

Install the rear drive shaft in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Install a new circlip (1) into the groove of drive shaft

spline.

CAUTION

!

The removed circlip must be replaced with a

new one.

Apply grease to the spline of the rear drive shafts and

install the rear drive shafts to the rear final gear case.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

CAUTION

!

Be careful not to damage the front drive case

oil seal.

NOTE

After installing both drive shafts, make sure

the circlips (1) is seated properly by pulling

both inboard joints lightly.

Rear Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

B831G23106007

Refer to “Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation (Page 3A-6)”.

Rear drive shaft disassembly and assembly as the same

manner of front drive shaft.

Rear Drive Shaft Inspection

B831G23106008

Refer to “Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation (Page 3A-6)”.

Rear drive shaft inspection as the same manner of front

drive shaft.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G23108001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Drive Shaft Components (Page 3A-1)”

“Rear Drive Shaft Components (Page 3A-6)”

Special Tool

B831G23108002

1

I831G1310021-04

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 3A-2) / )(Page 3A-

7)

09900–06107

Snap ring pliers

)(Page 3A-3) / )(Page 3A-

4)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-1

Driveline / Axle

Differential

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Drive Train Symptom Diagnosis

B831G23204001

DTC “C20” (P1752) Diff-lock Relay Circuit Malfunction

B831G23204002

Refer to “DTC “C20” (P1752): Diff-lock Relay Circuit Malfunction in Section 1A (Page 1A-47)”.

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Engine noisy (Noise

seems to came from front/

rear output shaft bevel

gear, front drive

(differential) bevel gear

and rear drive bevel gear)

Worn or damage drive and driven bevel

gears.

Replace.

Excessive backlash. Adjust.

Improper tooth contact. Adjust.

Damage bearing. Replace.

Worn or rubbing gears. Replace.

Worn output shaft spline. Replace output shaft.

Too large front drive gear thrust

clearance.

Adjust or replace.

Too large rear drive gear thrust

clearance.

Adjust or replace.

Power will not transmit

from the engine to the

front wheel

Broken drive and driven bevel gear

teeth.

Replace.

Worn or broken propeller shaft serration. Replace.

Broken or damaged front drive

(differential) gear or pinion.

Replace.

Improperly operated front differential

shifting motor.

Repair or replace.

Worn or damaged shifting sleeve, shaft

and fork of the 2WD/4WD and diff-lock

shifting.

Replace.

Worn or damaged universal joint. Replace.

Worn or damaged front drive shaft or

universal joint serration.

Replace.

Power will not transmit

from the engine to the

rear wheel

Broken drive and driven bevel gear

teeth.

Replace.

Broken rear output shaft. Replace.

Worn or broken rear drive shaft

serration.

Replace.

Worn or damaged coupling joint

serration.

Replace.

Broken or damaged rear drive and

driven bevel gears.

Replace.

Worn or damaged universal joint. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-2 Differential:

Repair Instructions

Front Drive (Differential) Components

B831G23206001

1

11

(a)

25

24

3

5

4

6

7

2

(b)

26

11 (b)

27

13

12

8

9

10

20

21

22

23

14

15

16

17

18

19

FWD

I831G1320001-06

1. Front drive (differential) gear case 12. O-ring 23. Input shaft

2. Front drive (differential) gear case cover 13. 4WD/Diff-lock Actuator 24. Breather rubber case

3. Shim (Right side) 14. Bearing 25. Front drive (differential) gear case mounting nut

4. Bearing 15. Drive bevel gear 26. Front drive (differential) gear case cover bolt

5. Front drive (differential) gear case 16. Bearing 27. Actuator mounting bolt

6. Bearing 17. Snap ring : 50 Nm (5.0 kgf-m, 36.0 lb-ft)

7. Shim (Left Side) 18. 2WD/4WD shifting sleeve : 22 Nm (2.2 kgf-m, 16.0 lb-ft)

8. 2WD/4WD shifting cam 19. Snap ring : Apply water resistance grease.

9. 2WD/4WD shifting fork 20. Bearing : Apply bond.

10. 2WD/4WD shifting fork shaft 21. Snap ring : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

11. Oil seal 22. Oil seal

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-3

Front Drive (Differential) Construction

B831G23206002

(a)

2

1

1

“A”

I831G1320002-07

1. Shim : 1.3 Nm (0.13 kgf-m, 0.94 lb-ft) : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

2. Front drive (differential) case cover bolt : Apply grease. : Apply bond to matching surface.

“A”: Matching surface : Apply water resistance grease. : Apply molybdenum oil solution.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-4 Differential:

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Oil Level

Inspection

B831G23206003

Refer to “Front Differential Gear Oil Inspection in Section

0B (Page 0B-12)”.

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Oil Replacement

B831G23206004

Refer to “Front Differential Gear Oil Inspection in Section

0B (Page 0B-12)”.

Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal

and Installation

B831G23206005

Removal

1) Remove the front wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

2) Drain front differential gear oil. Refer to “Front

Differential Gear Oil Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-12)”.

3) Remove the inner fender (left and right). Refer to

“Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation

in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

4) Remove the drive shaft. Refer to “Front Drive Shaft

Assembly Removal and Installation in Section 3A

(Page 3A-2)”.

5) Disconnect the rear brake light switch lead wire.

6) Remove the lead wire clamps.

7) Disconnect the 2WD/4WD/diff-lock actuator lead

wire coupler (1).

8) Remove the front drive (differential) mounting bolts

and nuts.

9) Remove the front shock absorber. Refer to “Front

Shock Absorber Removal and Installation in Section

2B (Page 2B-3)”.

10) Move the suspension upper arm upward and remove

the front drive (differential) assembly.

I831G1320003-01

I831G1320004-01

1

I831G1320005-02

I831G1320006-02

I831G1320146-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-5

Installation

Install the front drive (differential) assembly in the

reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following

points:

Apply 4.5 gram of grease to spline of the front

propeller shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Apply thread lock to the bolts and tighten them to the

specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Front drive (differential) mounting nut (a): 50 N·m

(5.0 kgf-m, 36.0 lb-ft)

Attach the boot (1) to the input shaft.

After installing the front drive (differential), check the

wiring harness routing and pour the front differential

gear oil. Refer to “Wiring Harness Routing Diagram in

Section 9A (Page 9A-4)” and “Front Differential Gear

Oil Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-12)”.

Front Drive (Differential) Assembly

Disassembly and Assembly

B831G23206006

Refer to “Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal

and Installation (Page 3B-4)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the 2WD/4WD/diff-lock actuator assembly.

2) Remove the front drive (differential) case cover bolts

diagonally and evenly.

3) Remove the front drive (differential) case housing

(1).

Special tool

(A): 09912–34510 (Cylinder disassembling

tool)

I831G1320144-01

(a)

I831G1320007-02

1

I831G1320147-01

I831G1320008-01

I831G1320009-01

1(A)

I831G1320010-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-6 Differential:

4) Align the concave part of 2WD/4WD shifting cam

and convex part of diff-lock shift fork.

5) Remove the front drive (differential) gear assembly

(2), diff-lock shifting fork (3) and shifting fork shaft

(4).

6) Remove the shims from the housing and cover.

7) Remove the snap ring (5).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

8) Remove the 2WD/4WD shifting cam (6).

9) Remove the oil seals.

Special tool

(B): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

10) Remove the snap ring (7).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

11) Remove the 2WD/4WD shifting cam bearing with the

special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(C): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

12) Remove 2WD/4WD gear shifting fork shaft (8) and

4WD/diff-lock shifting fork (9).

2

3

4

I831G1320011-02

I831G1320012-01

5

6

I831G1320013-01

(B)

(B)

I831G1320014-01

7(C)

I831G1320015-02

8

9

I831G1320016-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-7

13) Remove the oil seal cap (10) and oil seal (11).

Remove the snap ring (12) and input shaft (13).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

14) Remove 2WD/4WD shifting sleeve (14).

15) Remove the input shaft bearing (15) with the special

tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(D): 09913–60910 (Bearing remover)

16) Remove the snap ring (16) and pinion gear (17).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

17) Remove the pinion gear bearing with the special

tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(D): 09913–60910 (Bearing remover)

11

10

I831G1320017-01

12

13

I831G1320018-01

14

I831G1320019-01

(D)

15

I831G1320020-01

16

17

I831G1320021-01

(D)

17

I831G1320022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-8 Differential:

18) Remove the pinion gear pilot bearing with the special

tools.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(E): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

(F): 09944–66010 (Bearing installer)

(G): 09924–84521 (Bearing installer set)

19) Remove the front drive (differential) gear bearing

with the special tool, as shown in the figure.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(D): 09913–60910 (Bearing remover)

Assembly

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seals, snap rings and

bearings must be replaced with new ones.

1) Install the bearings (1) to the front drive (differential)

gear assembly with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

2) Install the pinion gear pilot bearing (2) into the front

drive (differential) gear case with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

3) Install the pinion gear bearing (3) onto the gear shaft

with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

(E)

(F)

(G)

I831G1320023-02

(D)

(D)

I831G1320024-01

(A)

(A)

1

1

I831G1320025-01

2(A)

I831G1320026-01

3

(A)

I831G1320027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-9

4) Install the pinion gear into the front drive train

(differential) gear case and fix the snap ring (4).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

5) Install the input shaft bearing (5) onto the input shaft

with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

6) Install the snap ring (6).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

7) Install the input shaft.

8) Apply a small quantity of grease to the oil seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

9) Install the oil seal with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

(B): 09924–74520 (Oil seal installer/

remover)

(C): 09924–74570 (Final drive gear bearing

installer/remover)

10) Install the oil seal cap (7) with the special tool.

Special tool

(D): 09922–21410 (Long socket (46 mm))

11) Install the 4WD/diff-lock shifting fork (8), onto the

groove of the 2WD/4WD shifting sleeve “A”.

4

I831G1320028-01

(A)

5

6

I831G1320029-01

(A)

(B)

(C)

I831G1320030-03

(D)

7

I831G1320031-01

8

“A”

I831G1320032-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-10 Differential:

12) Apply front differential gear oil to the 2WD/4WD

sifting fork shaft (9).

13) Install the left and right side shims into the case

cover and case.

14) Install the 2WD/4WD sifting cam bearing (10) with

special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

15) Install the snap ring (11).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

16) Install the oil seals (12) into the front drive

(differential) gear case cover with the special tool.

NOTE

Insert the oil seal until the specified value as

shown in the figure.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

17) Install the 2WD/4WD shifting cam (13).

18) Install the snap ring (14).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

9

I831G1320033-02

I831G1320034-01

(A)

10

11

I831G1320035-01

“a”: 4 mm (0.1574 in)

“a”: 4 mm (0.1574 in)

12

(A)

“a”

I831G1320036-02

12

(A)

“a”

I831G1320037-02

13

14

I831G1320038-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-11

19) Install the diff-lock shifting fork (15) to the shifting

sleeve.

20) Install the front drive (differential) gear assembly, diff-

lock shifting fork (15) and shifting fork shaft (16).

21) Align the shifting fork pin with the groove of the 2WD/

4WD shifting cam (13).

22) Apply bond to the mating surface of the front drive

(differential) case.

: Sealant 99000–31110 (SUZUKI BOND

No.1215 or equivalent)

23) Turn the 2WD/4WD shifting cam (13) clockwise, and

install 2WD/4WD shifting fork pin to the bottom.

24) Align the 2WD/4WD shifting fork pin (17) with the

groove “C” of the 2WD/4WD shifting cam when

reassembling.

25) Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the front drive

(differential) case cover bolts and tighten then to the

specified torque diagonally.

NOTE

Fit clamp to the bolt “B”.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Front drive (differential) case cover bolt (a): 22

N·m (2.2 kgf-m, 16.0 lb-ft)

15

I831G1320039-01

13

15

16

I831G1320040-01

I831G1320041-01

17

“C”

13

I831G1320042-02

(a)

(a)

“B”

I831G1320043-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-12 Differential:

26) Apply grease to the O-rings.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-rings with new ones.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

27) Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the 4WD/diff-

lock actuator mounting bolts (18).

28) Install the 2WD/4WD/diff-lock actuator assembly

(19) and tighten its mounting bolts (18) to the

specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

4WD/Diff-lock actuator mounting bolt (b): 22

N·m (2.2 kgf-m, 16.0 lb-ft)

29) Check the backlash and tooth contact. Refer to

“Front Drive (Differential) Gear Shim Inspection and

Selection (Page 3B-14)”.

30) Install the Front drive (differential) assembly. Refer to

“Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal and

Installation (Page 3B-4)”.

Front Drive (Differential) Related Parts

Inspection

B831G23206007

Refer to “Front Drive (Differential) Assembly

Disassembly and Assembly (Page 3B-5)”.

Front Drive Gear Oil Seals

Inspect the lip of oil seal for wear or damage. If any

defect is found, replace the oil seal with a new one.

2WD/4WD Shifting Cam Bearing and Pinion Gear

Pilot Bearing

Inspect the bearings for abnormal noise and smooth

rotation. Replace the bearing if there is anything

unusual.

I831G1320044-01

19

(b)

18 (b)

18

I831G1320045-01

I831G1320047-01

I831G1320048-01

I831G1320049-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-13

Diff-lock Shifting Shaft and 2WD/4WD Shifting Shaft

Inspect the 2WD/4WD shifting fork shafts for wear or

damage. If any defects are found, replace the shifting

fork shafts with new ones.

Diff-lock Shifting Fork and 2WD/4WD Shifting Fork

Inspect the shifting forks for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace the shifting forks with new

ones.

2WD/4WD Shifting Cam

Inspect the 2WD/4WD shifting cam for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the 2WD/4WD shifting

cam with new ones.

2WD/4WD Shifting Sleeve

Inspect the 2WD/4WD shifting sleeve for wear or

damage. If any defects are found, replace the 2WD/4WD

shifting sleeve with new one.

Input Shaft

Inspect the input shaft for wear or damage.

Inspect the input shaft bearing for abnormal noise and

smooth rotation. If any defects are found, replace

defective parts.

I831G1320050-01

I831G1320051-01

I831G1320052-01

I831G1320143-01

I831G1320054-01

I831G1320055-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-14 Differential:

Pinion Gear

Inspect the pinion gear for wear or damage.

Inspect the pinion gear bearing for abnormal noise and

smooth rotation. If any defects are found, replace

defective parts.

Front Drive (Differential) Gear

Inspect the front drive (differential) gear for stick or

damage.

Inspect the front drive (differential) gear bearing for

abnormal noise and smooth rotation. If any defects are

found, replace defective parts.

Breather Rubber Case Inspection

B831G23206008

Inspect the breathe rubber case for wear or damage. If

any defects are found, replace the breather rubber case

with new one.

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Shim Inspection

and Selection

B831G23206009

Refer to “Front Drive (Differential) Assembly

Disassembly and Assembly (Page 3B-5)”.

Backlash

Install the pinion gear, input shaft, left and right side

shim(s) and front drive (differential) gear assembly

(1).

Install the front drive (differential) case (2) and tighten

the bolts to the specified torque diagonally.

NOTE

At this time, it is not necessary to apply a

sealant to the mating surface of the gear

case.

Tightening torque

Front drive (differential) case bolt (a): 22 N·m (2.2

kgf-m, 16.0 lb-ft)

I831G1320056-01

I831G1320057-01

I831G1320058-01

1

I831G1320059-01

I831G1320034-01

(a)

(a)

2

I831G1320060-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-15

Remove the oil filler cap and measure the backlash of

the differential ring gear using the horizontal type dial

gauge and drive shaft (3) as shown in the figure.

Take backlash readings at three places while turning

the front drive (differential) gear slightly in each

direction and securely holding the pinion gear. Rear

the total backlash on the dial gauge.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(B): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

Front drive (differential) gear backlash

Standard: 0.05 – 0.10 mm (0.0020 – 0.0040 in)

Remove the dial gauge and turn the front drive

(differential) gear 120°, then measure the backlash.

Repeat this procedure once more and compare the

difference of the three measurements. If the backlash

should be re-checked until the backlash is within

specification. Check the table at the appropriate shim

thickness.

NOTE

Adjust the backlash by referring to the table

at using the thickness of the removed shims

a guide.

List of shims (for right side)

If the backlash is too small, replace the right side

shim(s) with a thicker one. If the backlash is too large,

replace the right side shim(s) with a thinner one. If the

right side shim was changed with a 0.10 mm thicker

shim, replace the left side shim with one that is 0.10

mm thinner.

Left Side Shim Selection

Install the right side shim(s) (1) and front drive

(differential) gear assembly.

NOTE

Do not install the left side shim(s) at this time.

Put a few pieces of solder (O.D.: 1.2 – 1.5 mm x L: 6

mm) on the bearing outer race, as shown in the figure.

Backlash Shim adjustment

Under 0.05 mm

(0.0020 in) Increase shim thickness

0.05 – 0.10 mm

(0.0020 – 0.0040 in) Correct

Over 0.10 mm

(0.0040 in) Decrease shim thickness

3

(A) (B)

I831G1320061-01

I831G1320062-01

Part No. Shim thickness

27445-38FA0

(Shim set: 15 pcs.)

0.75 mm (0.0295 in)

0.80 mm (0.0315 in)

0.85 mm (0.0335 in)

0.90 mm (0.0354 in)

0.95 mm (0.0374 in)

1.00 mm (0.0394 in)

1.05 mm (0.0413 in)

1.10 mm (0.0433 in)

1.15 mm (0.0453 in)

1.20 mm (0.0472 in)

1.25 mm (0.0492 in)

1.30 mm (0.0512 in)

1.35 mm (0.0531 in)

1.40 mm (0.0551 in)

1.45 mm (0.0571 in)

1

I831G1320064-01

I831G1320065-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-16 Differential:

Install the front drive (differential) case (2) and tighten

the bolts to the special torque diagonally.

Tightening torque

Front drive (differential) case bolt (a): 22 N·m (2.2

kgf-m, 16.0 lb-ft)

Remove the front drive (differential) case.

Measure the thickness of compressed solder (3) with

the micrometer.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Select the proper size of shim(s) from the table,

according the compressed solder thickness.

List of shims (for left side)

After selecting the proper size of shim(s), check or

adjust the backlash and tooth contact.

Tooth Contact

CAUTION

!

Make sure to check the backlash after the

tooth contact has been adjusted, since it may

have changed. Adjust the tooth contact and

backlash until they are both within

specification. If the correct tooth contact

cannot be maintained when adjusting the

backlash, replace the pinion gear and final

drive (differential) gear as a set.

Clean and degreas several teeth on the final drive

(differential) gear and pinion gear, and the apply a

coating of machinist’s layout dye or paste to several

teeth of the pinion gear.

Install the left and right side shims and front drive

(differential) assembly.

Install the front drive (differential) case and tighten the

bolts to the specified torque diagonally.

Tightening torque

Front drive (differential) case bolt (a): 22 N·m (2.2

kgf-m, 16.0 lb-ft)

Part No. Shim thickness

27445-38FA0

(Shim set: 15 pcs.)

0.75 mm (0.0295 in)

0.80 mm (0.0315 in)

0.85 mm (0.0335 in)

0.90 mm (0.0354 in)

0.95 mm (0.0374 in)

1.00 mm (0.0394 in)

1.05 mm (0.0413 in)

1.10 mm (0.0433 in)

1.15 mm (0.0453 in)

1.20 mm (0.0472 in)

1.25 mm (0.0492 in)

1.30 mm (0.0512 in)

1.35 mm (0.0531 in)

1.40 mm (0.0551 in)

1.45 mm (0.0571 in)

(a)

(a)

2

I831G1320060-02

3

(A)

I831G1320066-01

I831G1320067-01

(a)

(a)

I831G1320068-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-17

Rotate the final drive (differential) gear several turns in

each direction. This will provide a contact pattern on

the coated teeth of final drive (differential) gear.

Remove the final drive (differential) gear and compare

the coated teeth to the examples shown in [A], [B] and

[C].

If tooth contact is found to be incorrect (example [A]

and [C]), the shim must be changed and the tooth

contact should be re-check until correct (example [B]).

2WD/4WD/Diff-lock System Inspection

B831G23206010

Actuator

Refer to “Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal

and Installation (Page 3B-4)”.

1) Remove the actuator assembly (1).

2) Connect the 12 V battery to the actuator lead wires

(Bl wire and Y wire). If the motor does not run,

replace the diff-lock/transfer actuator assembly with

a new one.

2WD/4WD/Diff-lock Switch

Continuity check

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the 2WD/4WD/diff-lock actuator coupler

(1).

[A]: Incorrect (Contact at tooth top)

[B]: Correct

[C]: Incorrect (Contact at tooth root)

[A]

[B]

[C]

I831G1320046-01

1

I831G1320069-01

I831G1320070-01

1

I831G1320071-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-18 Differential:

3) Inspect the 2WD/4WD/diff-lock switch for continuity

with a tester. If any abnormality is found, replace the

left handlebar switch assembly with a new one.

Refer to “Handlebars Removal and Installation in

Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

4) After finishing the 4WD/diff-lock inspection, reinstall

the removed parts.

SDS Operation Check

1) Check that the transfer selecting switch (diff-lock position switch (1) and diff-lock switch (2)) is turned OFF.

2) Set up the SDS tool. (Refer to the SDS operation manual for further details.)

3) Click the “Date monitor” button (3).

2WD

4WD

Diff-lock

Color

Position Bl/R O B W/Bl Br B/G B/Y B/W

I831G1320053-01

1

2

I831G1320072-01

3

I831G1320073-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-19

4) Check that both “Differential lock position switch signal” and “Differential lock switch signal” are “Open”.

5) Turn the transfer selecting switch (diff-lock position switch and diff-lock switch) ON position.

6) Check that both “Differential lock position switch signal” and “Differential lock switch signal” are “GND”.

If the transfer selecting switch dose not function properly, inspect the 4WD/diff-lock switch for continuity check.

Drive Relay

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

6)”.

2) Remove the drive relay (1).

3) Check the continuity between “A” and “D”, between

“D” and “F” terminals with the multi-circuit tester.

Check the insulation between “A” and “E”, between

“E” and “F”. Apply 12 V to the terminals “C” and “E”

((+) to “E” and (–) to “C”), check the insulation

between “D” and “F”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

I831G1320074-01

I831G1320075-01

1

I831G1320076-01

“C”

“D”

“E”

“F”

“A”

I831G1320077-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-20 Differential:

4) Apply 12 V to the terminal “B” and “E” ((+) to “E” and

(–) to “B”), check the insulation between “A” and “D”.

If any abnormality is found, replace the 4WD/diff-lock

relay with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Diff-lock Relay

Check the insulation between “A” and “B” terminals with

the multi-circuit tester. Then Apply 12 V to the terminal

“C” and “D” ((+) to “C” and (–) to “D”), check the

continuity between “A” and “B”. If there is no continuity,

replace the diff-lock relay with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Rear Drive Breather Hose Routing Diagram

B831G23206011

“D”

“E”

“F”

“A”

“B”

I831G1320078-03

“A”

“B”

“C”

“D”

I831G1320079-02

1

2

2

3

1

5

6

“A”

“B”

“a”

FWD

4

I831G1320145-02

1. Breather hose 6. V-belt cooling duct

2. Rear drive assembly “A”: Press the breather hose between the fuel tank lower cover and belt cooling duct.

3. Clamp “B”: Face the tip of clip to forward.

4. Clamp

: Set the clamp to the concave of belt cooling duct.

“a”: 20 – 30 mm (0.79 – 1.18 in)

5. Fuel tank

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-21

Final Gear Components

B831G23206012

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

910

11

12

13

(a)

14

(a)

15

(b)

16

(c)

17

(d)

17

(d)

18

(d)

19

FWD

20 (e)

I831G1320080-08

1. Final gear case 11. Shim : 100 Nm (10.0 kgf-m, 72.0 lb-ft)

2. Final gear case cover 12. Pinion gear : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

3. Ring gear 13. Bearing : 55 Nm (5.5 kgf-m, 40.0 lb-ft)

4. Shim (Right side) 14. Pinion gear nut : 65 Nm (6.5 kgf-m, 47.0 lb-ft)

5. Shim (Left side) 15. Bearing stopper : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

6. Bearing 16. Final drive gear case cover bolt (M8) : Apply grease.

7. Oil seal 17. Final drive gear case cover bolt (M10) : Apply water resistance grease.

8. Oil seal 18. Final gear case mounting nut : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

9. Washer 19. Final gear case mounting bolt : Apply bond to matching surface.

10. Bearing 20. Oil drain bolt : Do not reuse.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-22 Differential:

Final Gear Construction

B831G23206013

1

2

2

3

(b)

4

(b)

5

(b)

6

(a)

“A”

“A”

I831G1320081-04

1. Shim (Left side) 6. Lock-nut : Apply water resistance grease.

2. Shim (Right side) “A”: Matching surface : Apply thread lock to thread part.

3. Pinion gear shim(s) : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft) : Apply bond.

4. Pinion gear nut : 100 Nm (10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft) : Apply molybdenum oil solution.

5. Final drive bearing stopper : Apply grease.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-23

Final Gear Oil Level Inspection

B831G23206014

Refer to “Final Gear Oil Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-14)”.

Final Gear Oil Replacement.

B831G23206015

Refer to “Final Gear Oil Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-14)”.

Final Gear Assembly Removal and Installation

B831G23206016

Removal

1) Remove the trailer towing. Refer to “Trailer Towing

Removal and Instruction in Section 9E (Page 9E-7)”.

2) Remove the rear under cover. Refer to “Under Cover

Removal and Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-

12)”.

3) Drain the final gear oil. Refer to “Final Gear Oil

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-14)”.

4) Remove the rear wheel. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

5) Remove the rear suspension upper arms. Refer to

“Rear Suspension Arm Upper / Lower Removal and

Installation in Section 2C (Page 2C-8)”.

6) Remove the rear drive shaft. Refer to “Rear Drive

Shaft Assembly Removal and Installation in Section

3A (Page 3A-6)”.

7) Remove the rear brake adjust nuts (1) and brake

cables (2).

8) Disconnect the breather hose (3).

9) Loosen the outlet pipe connecting screws (4).

10) Remove the V-belt outlet cooling duct (5).

11) Remove the final gear assembly mounting bolts and

nuts.

12) Remove the rear final gear assembly for backward.

2

1

I831G1320083-02

3

I831G1320084-03

4

I831G1320085-02

5

I831G1320086-03

I831G1320087-02

I831G1320088-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-24 Differential:

Installation

Installation the final gear assembly in the reverse order

of removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply 4.5 gram water resistance grease to the spline

of the rear propeller shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the final gear case assembly to the frame.

Apply thread lock to the mounting bolts and tighten

the rear final gear case mounting nuts (1) and bolts (2)

to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Final gear case mounting nut (a): 65 N·m (6.5 kgf-

m, 47.0 lb-ft)

Final gear case mounting bolt (b): 65 N·m (6.5

kgf-m, 47.0 lb-ft)

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Install the rear drive shaft (left and right). Refer to

“Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and Installation

in Section 3A (Page 3A-6)”.

Install the suspension upper arms. Refer to “Front

Suspension Upper / Lower Arm Removal and

Installation in Section 2B (Page 2B-9)”.

Install the trailer towing. Refer to “Trailer Towing

Removal and Instruction in Section 9E (Page 9E-7)”.

Adjust the rear brake pedal free travel. Refer to “Rear

Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking Brake) Lever

Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-

19)”.

Adjust the parking brake lever play. Refer to “Rear

Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking Brake) Lever

Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-

19)”.

Pour the final gear oil. Refer to “Final Gear Oil

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-14)”.

Final Gear Assembly Disassembly and

Assembly

B831G23206017

Refer to “Final Gear Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 3B-23)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the rear brake assembly (1). Refer to “Rear

Brake Assembly Removal and Installation in Section

4C (Page 4C-2)”.

2) Remove the final gear cover bolts.

3) Remove the final gear cover (2) from the final gear

case, by using two 5 mm screws.

I831G1320089-01

(a)

1

(b)

2

I831G1320090-06

1

I831G1320092-01

I831G1320093-01

2

2

I831G1320094-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-25

4) Remove the O-ring (3) and final driven gear (4).

5) Remove the shim(s) (5).

6) Remove the oil seal (6) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

7) Remove the final driven gear bearing (7) with the

special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal condition, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(B): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

(C): 09944–66010 (Bearing installer)

8) Remove the shim(s).

9) Remove the oil seal (8) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

3

4

I831G1320095-01

5

I831G1320096-02

(A)

6

I831G1320097-01

(B)

(C)

7

I831G1320098-01

I831G1320099-01

(A)

8

I831G1320100-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-26 Differential:

10) Remove the final driven gear bearing (9) with the

suitable tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal condition, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

11) Unlock the final drive stopper (10) with a chisel.

12) Remove the final drive stopper (11) with the special

tool.

Special tool

(D): 09924–41830 (Bearing retainer wrench)

13) Remove the final drive gear (12) and shim(s) (13).

14) Unlock the rear final drive nut (14) with a chisel.

15) Remove the final drive gear nut (14) with the special

tool.

Special tool

(E): 09924–52470 (Fixed final drive gear

holder)

(F): 09940–92430 (Rear axel wrench A)

16) Remove the washer (15).

9

I831G1320101-01

10

I831G1320102-01

(D)

11

I831G1320103-01

12

13

I831G1320104-01

14

I831G1320105-01

(E)

(F)

14

I831G1320106-02

15

I831G1320107-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-27

17) Remove the bearing (16) and the upper inner race

from the pinion gear with the special tool and

suitable tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal condition, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(G): 09913–61510 (Bearing puller)

18) Remove the lower inner race (17) with the special

tool.

Special tool

(H): 09913–60910 (Bearing remover)

19) Remove the final drive gear bearing (18) with the

special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal condition, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(I): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

Assembly

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seals, O-rings and bearings

must be replaced with new ones.

Install the gear case bearing to the gear case with the

special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

(B): 09924–84521 (Bearing installer set)

(G)

16

I831G1320108-01

(H)

17

I831G1320110-01

(I)

18

I831G1320111-01

(A)

(B)

I831G1320112-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-28 Differential:

Install the final drive gear bearing (1) to the final gear

case with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Install the final drive bearing (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(C): 09913–84510 (Bearing installer)

Install the washer (3) and lock-nut (4) to the final drive

gear.

CAUTION

!

The removed lock-nut (4) must be replaced

with a new one.

Tighten the lock-nut (4) to the specified torque with

the special tool.

Tightening torque

Final drive lock-nut (a): 100 N·m (10.0 kgf-m, 72.5

lb-ft)

Special tool

(D): 09924–52470 (Fixed final drive gear

holder)

(E): 09940–92430 (Rear axel wrench A)

Lock the nut with a center punch.

Install the shim(s) (5) and final drive gear (6) to the

final gear case.

1(A)

I831G1320113-01

(C)

2

I831G1320114-03

3

4

I831G1320115-01

(a)

4

(D) (E)

I831G1320116-02

I831G1320117-01

5

6

I831G1320118-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-29

Tighten the final drive gear bearing stopper (7) to the

specified torque with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

The removed final drive gear bearing stopper

must be replaced with a new one.

Tightening torque

Final drive gear bearing stopper (b): 100 N·m (

10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

Special tool

(F): 09924–41830 (Bearing retainer wrench)

Lock the bearing stopper with a center punch.

NOTE

After the backlash and tooth contact have

been checked or adjusted, stake the collar of

bearing stopper into the notch.

Install the oil seal to the final gear case with the

special tool.

Special tool

(G): 09951–15810 (Bearing installer)

Apply a small quantity of grease to the oil seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the final driven gear bearing cover with the

special tool.

Special tool

(G): 09951–15810 (Bearing installer)

Install the oil seal with the special tool.

Special tool

(G): 09951–15810 (Bearing installer)

Apply a small quantity of grease to the oil seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

(b)

7

(F)

I831G1320119-02

I831G1320120-01

(G)

I831G1320121-03

(G)

I831G1320122-02

(G)

I831G1320123-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-30 Differential:

Install the final driven gear (8) and shim(s) (9) into the

final gear case.

Install the shim(s) (10).

Install the O-ring to the final gear cover (11).

Apply a small quantity of grease to the O-ring.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the final gear

cover tools and tighten them to the specified torque

diagonally.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Final gear cover bolt (M8) (c): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m,

19.0 lb-ft)

Final gear cover bolt (M10) (d): 55 N·m (5.5 kgf-

m, 40.0 lb-ft)

Check the backlash and tooth contact. Refer to “Final

Gear Shim Inspection and Selection (Page 3B-31)”.

Install the rear brake assembly. Refer to “Rear Brake

Assembly Removal and Installation in Section 4C

(Page 4C-2)”.

Final Gear Related Parts Inspection

B831G23206018

Refer to “Final Gear Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 3B-23)”.

Final Driven Gear Oil Seal

Inspect the oil seals lip for damage or wear. If any defect

are found, replace the oil seals with new ones.

Final Driven / Drive Gear Bering

Inspect the bearings for abnormal noise and smooth

rotation. Replace the bearings if there is anything

unusual.

8

9

I831G1320124-01

10

11

I831G1320125-01

(d)

(c)

(c)

I831G1320126-01

I831G1320127-01

I831G1320128-01

I831G1320129-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-31

Final Drive Gear

Inspect the final drive gear for wear or damage.

Inspect the final drive gear bearing for abnormal noise

and smooth rotation. If any defects are found, replace

defective parts.

Final Driven Gear

Inspect the final driven gear for wear or damage. If any

defects are found, replace drive and driven gear as a

set.

Final Gear Shim Inspection and Selection

B831G23206019

Refer to “Final Gear Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 3B-23)”.

Backlash

Install the shim(s), final drive gear assembly and new

final drive gear bearing stopper.

Tighten the final drive gear bearing stopper (1) to the

specified torque with the special tool.

NOTE

As this time, it is not necessary to bend the

bearing stopper collar.

Special tool

(A): 09924–41830 (Bearing retainer wrench)

Tightening torque

Final drive gear bearing stopper (a): 100 N·m (

10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

Install the left side shim(s) and final driven gear.

Special tool

: 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

: 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

Final gear backlash

Standard: 0.02 – 0.06 mm (0.0008 – 0.0024 in)

(without gear cover specification)

Standard: 0.08 – 0.15 mm (0.0031 – 0.0059 in)

(Gear cover assembled specification)

Measure the backlash with the dial gauge, as shown.

Take backlash readings at several places while

turning the gear shift in each direction and securely

holding the final driven gear. If the backlash is not

within specification, the shim must be changed and

the backlash should be re-checked until the backlash

is within specification. Check to the table for the

appropriate shim thickness.

NOTE

Adjust the backlash by referring to the table

at using the thickness of the removed shims

as a guide.

Check the left side shim selection.

I831G1320130-01

I831G1320131-01

Backlash Shim adjustment

Under 0.02 mm

(0.0008 in) Increase shim thickness

0.02 – 0.06 mm

(0.0008 – 0.0024 in) Correct

Over 0.06 mm

(0.0024 in) Decrease shim thickness

(a)

1

(A)

I831G1320132-01

I831G1320133-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-32 Differential:

Left Side Shim Selection

Put a few pieces of solder (O.D.: 1.2 – 1.5 mm x L: 6

mm) on the back side of final driven gear, as shown in

the figure.

NOTE

Do not install the left side shim(s) at this time.

Install the final gear cover and tighten its bolts to the

specified torque diagonally. Refer to “Final Gear

Assembly Disassembly and Assembly (Page 3B-24)”.

NOTE

Do not install the new O-ring to the gear

cover.

Do not apply a thread lock to the bolts.

Remove the final gear cover.

Measure the thickness of compressed solder with the

micrometer.

Special tool

: 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Shim thickness

Compressed solder thickness + 0.10 mm

Select the proper size of shim(s) from the table,

according as the compressed solder thickness.

LIst of shims (for left side)

After selecting the proper size of shim(s), check or

adjust the backlash and tooth contact.

Tooth Connect

Remove the final driven gear assembly (1).

Clean and degreas several teeth on the final drive

gear and final driven gear, and then apply a coating of

machinist’s layout dye or paste to several teeth of the

final drive gear.

I831G1320134-01

I831G1320135-01

Part No. Shim thickness

27326-31G00-030 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)

27326-31G00-035 0.35 mm (0.0138 in)

27326-31G00-040 0.40 mm (0.0157 in)

27326-31G00-050 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)

27326-31G00-060 0.60 mm (0.0236 in)

I831G1320136-01

1

I831G1320137-01

I831G1320138-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-33

Install the left and right side shim(s) (2) and final

driven gear assembly (1).

Install the final gear cover, and then tighten the bolts

to the specified torque diagonally. Refer to “Final Gear

Assembly Disassembly and Assembly (Page 3B-24)”.

NOTE

At this time, it is not necessary to install the

gear case cover’s O-ring.

Rotate the final driven gear several turns in each

direction. This will provide connect pattern on the

coated teeth of the gear.

Remove the final drive gear and compare the coated

teeth to the examples shown in [A], [B] and [C].

If tooth contact is found to be incorrect (examples [A]

and [C]), the shim between the final drive gear bearing

and gear case must be changed and the tooth contact

should be re-checked until the tooth contact is found

to be correct (example [B]).

CAUTION

!

Make sure to check the backlash and shim

thickness after the tooth contact has been

adjusted, since it may have changed. Adjust

the tooth contact and backlash until they are

both within specification. If the correct tooth

contact cannot be maintained when adjusting

the backlash, replace the final drive gear and

final driven gear as a set.

List of shims (for final drive gear)

1

2

2

I831G1320139-01

I831G1320140-01

I831G1320141-01

Tooth contact Shim adjustment

Contact at tooth top [A] Decrease shim thickness

Contact at tooth top [C] Increase shim thickness

Part No. Shim thickness

27445-24A01-030 0.30 mm (0.0118 in)

27445-24A01-035 0.35 mm (0.0138 in)

27445-24A01-040 0.40 mm (0.0157 in)

27445-24A01-050 0.50 mm (0.0197 in)

27445-24A01-060 0.60 mm (0.0236 in)

Incorrect (Contact at tooth top)

Incorrect (Contact at tooth root)

Correct

[A]

[C]

[B]

I831G1320142-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-34 Differential:

Specifications

Service Data

B831G23207001

Drive Train

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G23207002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Front Drive (Differential) Components (Page 3B-2)”

“Front Drive (Differential) Construction (Page 3B-3)”

“Final Gear Components (Page 3B-21)”

“Final Gear Construction (Page 3B-22)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Item Standard Limit

Front drive (differential) gear backlash 0.05 – 0.10 (0.0020 – 0.0040)

Front gear

backlash

Without gear cover

specification 0.02 – 0.06 (0.0008 – 0.0024)

Gear cover assembled

specification 0.08 – 0.15 (0.0031 – 0.0059)

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Front drive (differential) mounting nut 50 5.0 36.0 )(Page 3B-5)

Front drive (differential) case cover bolt 22 2.2 16.0 )(Page 3B-11)

4WD/Diff-lock actuator mounting bolt 22 2.2 16.0 )(Page 3B-12)

Front drive (differential) case bolt

22 2.2 16.0

)(Page 3B-14) /

)(Page 3B-16) /

)(Page 3B-16)

Final gear case mounting nut 65 6.5 47.0 )(Page 3B-24)

Final gear case mounting bolt 65 6.5 47.0 )(Page 3B-24)

Final drive lock-nut 100 10.0 72.5 )(Page 3B-28)

Final drive gear bearing stopper 100 10.0 72.5 )(Page 3B-29) /

)(Page 3B-31)

Final gear cover bolt (M 8) 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 3B-30)

Final gear cover bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0 )(Page 3B-30)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Differential: 3B-35

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G23208001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Drive (Differential) Components (Page 3B-2)”

“Front Drive (Differential) Construction (Page 3B-3)”

“Final Gear Components (Page 3B-21)”

“Final Gear Construction (Page 3B-22)”

Special Tool

B831G23208002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 3B-9) / )(Page 3B-

12) / )(Page 3B-30)

Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 3B-5) / )(Page 3B-

24) / )(Page 3B-29) /

)(Page 3B-29)

Sealant SUZUKI BOND No.1215 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–31110 )(Page 3B-11)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 3B-5) / )(Page 3B-

11) / )(Page 3B-12) /

)(Page 3B-24) /

)(Page 3B-30)

09900–06108 09900–20205

Snap ring pliers Micrometer (0 – 25 mm)

)(Page 3B-6) / )(Page 3B-

6) / )(Page 3B-7) /

)(Page 3B-7) / )(Page 3B-

9) / )(Page 3B-9) /

)(Page 3B-10) /

)(Page 3B-10)

)(Page 3B-16) /

)(Page 3B-32)

09900–20607 09900–20701

Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm)

Magnetic stand

)(Page 3B-15) /

)(Page 3B-31)

)(Page 3B-15) /

)(Page 3B-31)

09900–25008 09912–34510

Multi-circuit tester set Cylinder disassembling tool

)(Page 3B-18) /

)(Page 3B-19) /

)(Page 3B-20) /

)(Page 3B-20)

)(Page 3B-5)

09913–50121 09913–60910

Oil seal remover Bearing remover

)(Page 3B-25) /

)(Page 3B-25)

)(Page 3B-7) / )(Page 3B-

7) / )(Page 3B-8) /

)(Page 3B-27)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3B-36 Differential:

09913–61510 09913–70210

Bearing puller Bearing installer set

)(Page 3B-27) )(Page 3B-6) / )(Page 3B-

8) / )(Page 3B-8) /

)(Page 3B-8) / )(Page 3B-

9) / )(Page 3B-9) /

)(Page 3B-10) /

)(Page 3B-10) /

)(Page 3B-25) /

)(Page 3B-27) /

)(Page 3B-28)

09913–84510 09921–20240

Bearing installer Bearing remover set

)(Page 3B-28) )(Page 3B-6) / )(Page 3B-

8) / )(Page 3B-27)

09922–21410 09924–41830

Long socket (46 mm) Bearing retainer wrench

)(Page 3B-9) )(Page 3B-26) /

)(Page 3B-29) /

)(Page 3B-31)

09924–52470 09924–74520

Fixed final drive gear holder Oil seal installer/remover

)(Page 3B-26) /

)(Page 3B-28)

)(Page 3B-9)

09924–74570 09924–84521

Final drive gear bearing

installer/remover

Bearing installer set

)(Page 3B-9) )(Page 3B-8) / )(Page 3B-

27)

09940–92430 09944–66010

Rear axel wrench A Bearing installer

)(Page 3B-26) /

)(Page 3B-28)

)(Page 3B-8) / )(Page 3B-

25)

09951–15810

Bearing installer

)(Page 3B-29) /

)(Page 3B-29) /

)(Page 3B-29)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-1

Driveline / Axle

Transfer

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Transfer Symptom Diagnosis

B831G23304001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Engine is noisy (Noise

seems to come from the

transfer)

Worn or rubbing gear. Replace.

Worn transfer input/output shaft. Replace shaft.

Worn bearing. Replace.

Worn splines. Replace.

Transfer will not shift

back

Broken return spring on shift shaft. Replace.

Distorted gearshift forks. Replace.

Worn gearshift shaft. Replace.

Broken gearshift cam. Replace.

Improperly adjusted gearshift cable. Adjust.

Transfer jumps out of

gear

Worn shifting gears on drive shaft or

counter shaft.

Replace.

Distorted or worn gearshift forks. Replace.

Weakened return spring on gearshift

stopper.

Replace.

Worn gearshift stopper cam plate. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-2 Transfer:

Repair Instructions

Transfer Components

B831G23306001

1

1

2

3

5

6

9

10

20

20

12

13

14 15

16 17

14 18

4

21

19

22 23 24

25

26

28

29 30

33

27

FWD

8

7

11

35

32

31

34

I831G1330001-09

1. Washer 14. Driven gear bushing 27. Counter shaft bearing (Left side)

2. Reverse idle gear 15. Select sliding dog 28. Spacer

3. Reverse idle gear shaft 16. Reverse select spacer 29. Drive gear No. 2

4. Reverse idle gear bearing 17. Reverse driven gear 30. Snap ring

5. Oil seal 18. Lock washer 31. Output shaft bearing (Right side)

6. Spacer 19. Lock washer 32. Transfer output drive gear/shaft

7. O-ring 20. High gearshift dog 33. Spacer

8. Drive shaft bearing (Right side) 21. Select spacer 34. Output shaft bearing (Left side)

9. Drive shaft 22. High driven gear 35. Oil seal

10. Drive shaft bearing (Left side) 23. High driven gear bushing : Apply grease.

11. Counter shaft bearing (Right Side) 24. Wave washer : Apply engine oil.

12. Washer 25. Washer : Do not reuse.

13. Low driven gear 26. Counter shaft

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-3

Transfer Removal and Installation

B831G23306002

Removal

1) Remove the engine assembly from the frame. Refer

to “Engine Assembly Removal in Section 1D

(Page 1D-13)”.

2) Disassemble the engine top side. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Disassembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-17)”.

3) Separate the crank case with the special tool. Refer

to “Engine Bottom Side Disassembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-45)”.

Special tool

(A): 09920–13120 (Crankcase separating

tool)

4) Remove the torque limiter and starter idle gear No.

2. Refer to “Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation in Section 1I (Page 1I-10)”.

5) Remove the gearshift fork shaft (1) and gearshift

cam (2).

6) Remove the gearshift forks (3).

7) Remove the snap ring (4), drive gear No. 2 (5) and

spacer (6).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

8) Remove the counter shaft assembly (7), reverse idle

gear (8) with shaft.

(A)

I831G1330006-03

1

2

I831G1330007-01

3

I831G1330008-01

546

I831G1330009-01

7

8

I831G1330010-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-4 Transfer:

9) Remove the drive shaft (9) with a plastic mallet by

installing a suitable washer with the drive face bolt.

10) Remove the drive bevel gear (10). Refer to “Rear

Output Shaft Removal and Installation in Section 3D

(Page 3D-6)”.

11) Remove the output shaft (11) with a plastic mallet.

CAUTION

!

Do not disassemble the transfer output

shaft.

The transfer output driven gear and

transfer output shaft is available only as an

assembly.

Installation

Install the transfer in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

CAUTION

!

Apply engine oil to each gears and shafts.

Install the bevel gear. Refer to “Rear Output Shaft

Removal and Installation in Section 3D (Page 3D-6)”.

Install the drive shaft (1) with the plastic mallet.

9

I831G1330011-02

10

I831G1330012-02

11

I831G1330013-01

I831G1330014-01

1

I831G1330015-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-5

Install the transfer output shaft assembly and reverse

idle gear. Refer to “Transfer Components (Page 3C-

2)”.

Install the gearshift fork (2) and reverse gearshift fork

(3).

NOTE

Identify the shape of the shift forks and

install them properly.

Install the gearshift cam (4).

With engaging each fork and to the cam groove, insert

the fork shaft (5).

Assemble the engine. Refer to “Engine Bottom Side

Assembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-51)”.

Remount engine assembly. Refer to “Engine

Assembly Installation in Section 1D (Page 1D-16)”

and “Engine Top Side Assembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-21)”.

2

3

I831G1330016-01

2

3

I831G1330017-01

4

I831G1330018-01

5

I831G1330019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-6 Transfer:

Transfer Construction

B831G23306003

Counter Shaft / Reverse Idle Gear Disassembly

and Assembly

B831G23306004

CAUTION

!

Identify the position of each removed part.

Organize the parts in their respective groups

so that they can be reinstalled in their

original position.

Disassembly

Refer to “Transfer Removal and Installation (Page 3C-

3)”.

Counter shaft

1) Remove the counter shaft assembly. Refer to

“Transfer Removal and Installation (Page 3C-3)”.

2) Remove the low driven gear (1) and washer (2).

3

1

2

I831G1330002-03

1. Counter shaft 2. Drive shaft 3. Snap ring

: Assembly snap ring with edge side out.

1

2

I831G1330020-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-7

3) Remove the low driven gear bushing (3) and select

sliding dog (4).

4) Remove the reverse select spacer (5), reverse gear

(6) and reverse driven gear bushing (7).

5) Remove the lock washer (8).

6) Remove the lock washer (9) by aligning the teeth “A”

of the lock washer with the spline grooves “B”.

7) Remove the high gearshift dog (10) and select

spacer (11).

8) Remove the high driven gear (12) with the wave

washer (13).

9) Remove the high driven gear bushing (14) and

washer (15).

3

4

I831G1330021-01

5

6

7

I831G1330022-01

8

I831G1330023-01

9

“A”

“B”

I831G1330024-02

10

11

I831G1330025-01

12

13

I831G1330026-01

14

15

I831G1330027-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-8 Transfer:

Reverse idle gear

1) Remove the washers (1).

2) Remove the reverse idle gear shaft (2) and bering

(3).

Assembly

NOTE

When reassembling the driven gears,

attention must be given to the locations

and positions of washers. The cross

sectional view shows the correct position

of the snap ring. Refer to “Transfer

Construction (Page 3C-6)”.

Before installing the gears, coat lightly

engine oil to the counter shaft component

parts.

Assemble the counter shaft and reverse idle gear in the

reverse order of disassembly. Pay attention the following

points:

Before installing the high driven gear (1), set the wave

washer (2) as shown in the figure.

Install the lock washer (3).

Install the lock washer (4).

1

I831G1330028-01

2

3

I831G1330029-01

1

2

I831G1330030-01

3

I831G1330063-01

4

I831G1330064-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-9

When installing the gear bushing onto the counter

shaft, align the shaft oil hole “C” with the bushing oil

hole “D” as shown in the figure.

Gearshift Cam Components

B831G23306005

“C”

“D”

I831G1330033-05

“D”

“C”

I831G1330034-03

FWD

5

1

7

8

9

10

13

16

17

20

22

21

2

3

11

12

15

4

14

18

18

19

6

I831G1330003-05

1. Gear position switch 10. Snap ring 19. Snap ring

2. O-ring 11. Bearing 20. Gearshift shaft No. 2

3. Gearshift shaft No. 1 12. Gearshift cam stopper plate 21. Shift gear

4. Snap ring 13. Reverse gearshift fork 22. Shift arm return spring

5. Reverse gearshift cam 14. High/Low gearshift fork : Apply grease.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-10 Transfer:

Gearshift System Construction

B831G23306006

6. Snap ring 15. Gearshift fork shaft : Apply engine oil.

7. Washer 16. Gearshift cam stopper : Do not reuse.

8. Spring 17. Gearshift arm

9. Gearshift cam 18. Washer

4

4

4

4

1

2

3

I831G1330004-04

1. Gearshift shaft 3. Gearshift cam

2. Reverse gearshift cam 4. Snap ring

: Assemble snap ring with sharp edge side out.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-11

Gearshift Cam Disassembly and Assembly

B831G23306007

Disassembly

CAUTION

!

Identify the position of each removed part.

Organize the parts in their respective groups

so that they can be reinstalled in their

original positions.

Remove the gearshift cam assembly. Refer to

“Transfer Removal and Installation (Page 3C-3)”.

Remove the snap ring (1) with the special tool by

holding the gearshift cam (2).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Remove the gearshift cam (2), spring (3) and washer

(4).

Remove the snap ring (5) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Remove the reverse gearshift cam (6) and snap ring

(7).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

Assembly

NOTE

When reassembling the gearshift cams,

attention must be given to the locations and

positions of washer and snap rings. The

cross sectional view shows the correct

position of the cams, washer and snap rings.

Refer to “Gearshift System Construction

(Page 3C-10)”.

CAUTION

!

Never reuse a snap rings. After a snap

rings has been removed from a shaft, it

should be discarded and a new snap rings

must be installed.

When installing a new snap rings, do not

expand the end gap larger than required to

slip the snap rings over the shaft.

After installing snap rings, make sure that

they are completely seated in their groove

and securely fitted.

When installing a new snap ring (1), pay attention to

its direction. Fit it to the side where the thrust is as

shown in the figure.

1

2

I831G1330035-01

34

2

I831G1330036-01

1. Snap ring “A”: Thrust “B”: Sharp edge

57

6

I831G1330037-01

“A”

1

“B”

I831G1330039-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-12 Transfer:

Install the snap ring (1) and gearshift cam (2).

CAUTION

!

Align the punch mark “A” of the gearshift

cam with the punch mark “B” of the shaft.

Install the washer (3), spring (4) and reverse shift cam

(5).

CAUTION

!

Align the punch mark “C” of the reverse

shift cam with the punch mark “D” of the

shaft.

Install the snap ring.

Transfer Gear Bearing Removal and Installation

B831G23306008

Refer to “Bearing Removal and Installation in Section 1D

(Page 1D-61)”.

Transfer Gear Bearing Inspection

B831G23306009

Inspect the reverse idle gear shaft bearing for

abnormal noise and smooth rotation. Replace the

bearing if there is anything unusual.

Inspect the other bearings as shown in the bearing

inspection. Refer to “Bearing Inspection in Section 1D

(Page 1D-61)”.

Transfer Related Parts Inspection

B831G23306010

Refer to “Transfer Removal and Installation (Page 3C-3)”

and “Counter Shaft / Reverse Idle Gear Disassembly

and Assembly (Page 3C-6)”.

Gearshift Fork to Groove Clearance

NOTE

The clearance for each gearshift fork plays

an important role in the smoothness and

positiveness of the shifting action.

Using a thickness gauge, check the gearshift fork

clearance in the groove of its gear.

If the clearance checked is noted to exceed the limit,

replace the fork or its dog, or both.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20803 (Thickness gauge)

Gearshift fork to gearshift fork groove clearance

Standard: 0.10 – 0.30 mm (0.0040 – 0.0120 in)

Service limit: 0.50 mm (0.020 in)

1

2

“A”

“B”

I831G1330038-03

“C”

“D”

3

5

4

I831G1330040-01

I831G1330067-01

(A)

I831G1330066-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-13

Gearshift Fork Groove Width

Measure the gearshift fork groove width using the

vernier calipers.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20102 (Vernier calipers (1/20 mm,

200 mm))

Gearshift fork groove width

Standard (Reverse/Low & High): 5.5 – 5.6 mm (0.217

– 0.220 in)

Gearshift Fork Thickness

Measure the gearshift fork thickness using the vernier

calipers.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20102 (Vernier calipers (1/20 mm,

200 mm))

Gearshift fork thickness

Standard (Reverse/Low & High): 5.3 – 5.4 mm (0.209

– 0.213 in)

Transfer Related Bearing Inspection

B831G23306011

Refer to “Bearing Inspection in Section 1D (Page 1D-

61)”.

Gear Position (GP) Switch Inspection

B831G23306012

Refer to “Gear Position Switch Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-9)”.

Gear Position (GP) Switch Removal and

Installation

B831G23306013

Removal

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the left and right side cover. Refer to “Front

Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in

Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the drive Vbelt inner cover. Refer to “Clutch

Shoe Removal and Installation in Section 5A

(Page 5A-16)”.

4) Remove the clamp (1) and disconnect the gear

position switch coupler (2).

5) Disconnect the clamp and remove the gear position

switch (3).

(A)

I649G1520057-03

(A)

I649G1520058-03

1

2

I831G1330044-01

3

I831G1330045-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-14 Transfer:

Installation

Install the gear position switch in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the O-ring.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Tighten the gear position switch bolts (1).

Route the gear position switch lead wire. Refer to

“Wiring Harness Routing Diagram in Section 9A

(Page 9A-4)”.

Install the V-belt inner cover. Refer to “Clutch Shoe

Removal and Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-16)”.

Install the drive V-belt. Refer to “V-belt Type

Continuously Variable Automatic Transmission

Removal and Installation in Section 5A (Page 5A-5)”.

Install the removed parts.

Gearshift Shaft No. 2 / Gearshift Cam Plate

Removal and Installation

B831G23306014

Removal

Refer to “Shift Lever Assembly Removal and Installation

in Section 5A (Page 5A-24)”.

1) Drain engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

2) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)”.

3) Remove the gearshift arm (1).

4) Remove the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

5) Remove the gearshift shaft assembly (2) and

washers (3).

I831G1330046-01

1

I831G1330047-03

1

I831G1330048-01

3

2

I831G1330049-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-15

6) Remove the following parts from the gearshift shaft

(4).

Gearshift return spring (5)

Shift gear (6)

Snap ring (7)

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

7) Remove the gearshift cam stopper plate (8).

8) Remove the gearshift cam stopper (9).

Installation

Install the gearshift shaft and gearshift cam plate in the

reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following

points:

Install the gearshift cam stopper (1), bolt (2), washer

(3) and return spring (4).

NOTE

Hook the return spring end “A” to the

gearshift cam stopper.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the gearshift cam stopper

moves smoothly.

Tighten the gearshift cam stopper bolt (2) securely.

Check the gearshift cam stopper moves smoothly.

Locate the gearshift cam in the neutral position.

7

5

6

4

I831G1330050-03

9

8

I831G1330062-02

1

2

3

4

I831G1330051-01

2

“A”

I831G1330052-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-16 Transfer:

Install the gearshift cam stopper plate (5).

NOTE

Align the gearshift cam pin “B” with the

gearshift cam stopper plate hole “C”.

Tighten the gearshift cam stopper plate bolt securely.

When installing the shift arm return spring, position

the stopper “D” of gearshift shaft No. 2 and stopper

“E” of shift gear between the return spring ends “F”.

Install the snap ring (6) and washer (7).

CAUTION

!

the removed snap ring (6) must be replaced

with new one.

Install the gearshift assembly by aligning the punch

mark “G” of shift gear with the match mark “H” of

gearshift cam stopper plate.

Install the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

Pour engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to “Cooling

System Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-15)” and

“Engine Oil and Filter Replacement in Section 0B

(Page 0B-10)”.

“B”

“C”

5

I831G1330053-02

5

I831G1330054-02

“F”

“D”

“E”

I831G1330055-01

6

7

I831G1330056-01

“G”

“H”

I831G1330057-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Transfer: 3C-17

Gearshift Linkage Inspection

B831G23306015

Refer to “Gearshift Shaft No. 2 / Gearshift Cam Plate

Removal and Installation (Page 3C-14)”.

Gearshift Shaft

Check the gearshift for bend or wear.

Check the return spring for damage or fatigue.

If any defects are found, replace the defective part(-s).

Gearshift Shaft Oil Seal

Inspect the gearshift shaft oil seal lip for damage or

wear. If any defect are found, replace the oil seal with a

new one.

Gearshift Shaft Oil Seal Removal and

Installation

B831G23306016

Removal

Remove the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

Remove the gearshift shaft oil seal (1).

Installation

Install the oil seal in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seal must be replaced with

new one.

Install the oil seal (1) with a suitable socket wrench.

Install the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-4)”.

I831G1330058-01

I831G1330059-01

1

I831G1330060-01

1

I831G1330061-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3C-18 Transfer:

Specifications

Service Data

B831G23307001

Drive Train

Unit: mm (in) Except ratio

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G23308001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Transfer Components (Page 3C-2)”

“Gearshift Cam Components (Page 3C-9)”

Special Tool

B831G23308002

Item Standard Limit

Primary reduction ratio (Automatic

drive) Variable change (2.763 – 0.780)

Secondary reduction ratio 2.158 (40/21 x 17/15)

Final reduction

ratio

Front 3.600 (36/10)

Rear 3.600 (36/10)

Transfer gear

ratio

Low 2.562 (41/16)

High 1.240 (31/25)

Reverse 1.882 (32/17)

Shift fork to

groove clearance

Low 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

High 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

Reverse 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

Shift fork groove

width

Low 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

High 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

Reverse 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

Shift fork

thickness

Low 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

High 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

Reverse 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 3C-14)

09900–06107 09900–20102

Snap ring pliers Vernier calipers (1/20 mm,

200 mm)

)(Page 3C-3) / )(Page 3C-

11) / )(Page 3C-11) /

)(Page 3C-11) /

)(Page 3C-15)

)(Page 3C-13) /

)(Page 3C-13)

09900–20803 09920–13120

Thickness gauge Crankcase separating tool

)(Page 3C-12) )(Page 3C-3)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-1

Driveline / Axle

Propeller Shafts

Repair Instructions

Front Output Shaft Components

B831G23406001

Front Output Shaft Removal and Installation

B831G23406002

Removal

1) Remove the engine assembly from the frame. Refer

to “Engine Assembly Removal in Section 1D

(Page 1D-13)”.

2) Disassemble the engine top side. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Disassembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-17)”.

3) Separate the crankcase with the special tool. Refer

to “Engine Bottom Side Disassembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-45)”.

Special tool

(A): 09920–13120 (Crankcase separating

tool)

1

2

3

5

6

7

4

FWD

I831G1340001-03

1. Front output shaft bearing (Rear) 7. Front drive collar assembly

2. Front output shaft : Apply grease.

3. Front output shaft housing : Apply water resistance grease.

4. Front output shaft bearing (Front) : Apply engine oil.

5. Shim(s) : Do not reuse.

6. Oil seal

(A)

I831G1340002-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-2 Propeller Shafts:

4) Remove the front output shaft (1) from the right

crankcase.

Installation

Install the front output shaft in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following point:

Apply engine oil to the front output bearing (rear).

Apply a small quantity of grease to the O-ring (1).

CAUTION

!

Replace a O-ring (1) with a new one.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Install the front output shaft to the right crankcase.

Tighten the front output shaft bolts.

Front Output Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

B831G23406003

Refer to “Front Output Shaft Removal and Installation

(Page 3D-1)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the C-ring (1) and snap ring (2).

Special tool

: 09900–06107 (Snap ring pliers)

2) Remove the front drive collar (3), front drive output

shaft housing (4) and O-ring (5).

1

I831G1340003-02

I831G1340097-01

1

I831G1340098-01

I831G1340004-02

1

2

I831G1340005-02

4

5

3

I831G1340006-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-3

3) Remove the O-ring (6).

4) Remove the oil seal (7) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

5) Remove the snap ring (8) and washer (9).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

6) Remove the front output shaft bearing (front) with the

special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removed is not necessary.

Special tool

(B): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

7) Remove the front output shaft bearing (rear) with the

special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removed is not necessary.

Special tool

(C): 09923–74511 (Bearing remover)

(D): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover slide

shaft)

6

I831G1340007-02

(A)

7

I831G1340008-01

8

9

I831G1340009-01

(B)

I831G1340010-01

(C)

(D)

I831G1340011-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-4 Propeller Shafts:

Assembly

CAUTION

!

The removed bearing, snap rings, oil seal, C-

ring and O-rings must be replaced with new

ones.

1) Install the front output shaft bearing (rear) (1) to the

right crankcase with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

2) Install the front output shaft bearing (front) to the

front output shaft housing with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

3) Install the washer (2) and snap ring (3).

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

4) Install the oil seal (4) with the suitable socket

wrench.

5) Apply grease to the oil seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

6) Install the O-ring (5) to the front drive collar.

7) Apply grease to the O-ring (5).

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

8) Install the output shaft housing (6) and front drive

collar assembly (7) to the front output shaft.

9) Install the snap ring (8), C-ring (9) and O-ring.

10) Apply a small quantity of grease to the O-ring.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

1

(A)

I831G1340012-01

(A)

I831G1340013-01

2

3

I831G1340014-02

4

4

I831G1340015-04

5

I831G1340016-02

6

79

8

I831G1340017-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-5

11) Install the front output shaft to the right crankcase.

12) Tighten the front output shaft bolts (10).

13) Assemble the engine. Refer to “Engine Bottom Side

Disassembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-45)” and

“Engine Top Side Assembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-

21)”.

14) Remount the engine assembly. Refer to “Engine

Assembly Installation in Section 1D (Page 1D-16)”.

Front Output Shaft Related Parts Inspection

B831G23406004

Refer to “Front Output Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 3D-2)”.

Front Output Shaft

Inspect the front output shaft for distortion.

If distortion is found, replace the front output shaft with a

new one.

Inspect the gear of the front output shaft for wear or

damage. If any defects are found, replace the drive and

driven bevel gears as a set.

Oil Seal

Visually inspect the oil seal for damage, with particular

attention given to the lip.

Replace the oil seal that shows indications of leakage.

Front Output Shaft Bearing

Inspect the front output shaft bearings for abnormal

noise and smooth rotation.

Replace the bearings if there is anything unusual.

10

10

I831G1340018-03

I831G1340019-01

I831G1340020-01

I831G1340021-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-6 Propeller Shafts:

Rear Output Shaft Components

B831G23406005

Rear Output Shaft Removal and Installation

B831G23406006

Removal

1) Remove the engine assembly from the frame. Refer

to “Engine Assembly Removal in Section 1D

(Page 1D-13)”.

2) Disassemble the engine top side. Refer to “Engine

Top Side Disassembly in Section 1D (Page 1D-17)”.

3) Separate the crankcase with the special tool. Refer

to “Engine Bottom Side Disassembly in Section 1D

(Page 1D-45)”.

Special tool

(A): 09920–13120 (Crankcase separating

tool)

1

2

3

4

(a)

11

(a)

10

(a)

12

89

6

FWD

5

7

8

13

I831G1340022-05

1. Rear output shaft drive bevel gear 7. Shim(s) 13. Rear output shaft yoke

2. Shim(s) 8. Bearing : 100 Nm (10.0 kgf-m 72.5 lb-ft)

3. Rear output shaft driven bevel gear 9. Oil seal : Apply water resistance grease.

4. Front output shaft drive gear 10. Drive bevel gear nut : Apply engine oil.

5. Bearing 11. Rear output shaft nut : Do not reuse.

6. Rear output shaft 12. Output shaft nut

(A)

I831G1340002-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-7

4) Remove the rear output shaft (1).

5) Remove the C-ring (2).

6) Remove the drive shaft, counter shaft assembly and

reverse idle gear. Refer to “Transfer Removal and

Installation in Section 3C (Page 3C-3)”.

7) Unlock the drive bevel gear nut with a chisel.

8) Hold the transfer output driving gear with the special

tool and remove the drive bevel gear nut.

Special tool

(A): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub

holder)

9) Remove the washer (3), drive bevel gear (4) and

shim (5).

Installation

Install the rear output shaft in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Hold the transfer output driven gear with the special

tool and tighten the drive bevel gear nut to the

specified torque.

CAUTION

!

The removed drive bevel gear nut must be

replaced with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub holder)

Tightening torque

Rear output shaft drive bevel gear nut (a): 100

N·m (10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

Lock the drive bevel gear nut with a center punch.

1

I831G1340023-01

2

I831G1340090-01

(A)

I831G1340024-01

3

45

I831G1340026-02

(a)

(A)

I831G1340027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-8 Propeller Shafts:

Install the rear output shaft (1).

NOTE

Be sure to fit the C-ring (2) and bearing

knock-pin “A” on the bearing to the groove of

the crankcase.

After installed rear output shaft, inspect the backlash

and tooth contact. Refer to “Rear Output Shaft Drive

Bevel Gear Shim Inspection and Adjustment

(Page 3D-11)”.

Rear Output Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

B831G23406007

Refer to “Rear Output Shaft Removal and Installation

(Page 3D-6)”.

Disassembly

1) Using a chisel, unlock the nut. Remove the rear

output shaft nut.

2) Remove the washer (1), rear output shaft driven

gear (2), bearing (3) and rear output shaft driven

bevel gear (4).

3) Remove the rear output shaft yoke (5) and oil seal

(6).

Refer to “Rear Propeller Shaft Removal and

Installation (Page 3D-17)”.

4) Remove the bearing (7) and shim (8).

1

“A”

2

I831G1340028-03

I831G1340031-05

1

3

4

2

I831G1340032-06

5

6

I831G1340029-03

7

8

I831G1340030-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-9

Assembly

Assemble the rear output shaft in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

NOTE

Apply engine oil to each running part before

reassembling.

Install the shim(s) (1) and bearing (2).

NOTE

The bearing knock-pin “A” should be

positioned inside.

Apply grease to the oil seal (3).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the oil seal to the rear output shaft yoke (4).

CAUTION

!

Replace the oil seal (3) with a new one.

Apply thread lock to the thread part of the output shaft.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

After installed rear output shaft yoke to the rear output

shaft, install the washer (5) and tighten the output

shaft nut (6) to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Do not reuse the output shaft nut (6).

Tightening torque

Rear output shaft nut (a): 100 N·m (10.0 kgf-m,

72.5 lb-ft)

Lock the rear output shaft nut with a center punch.

Install the rear output shaft driven bevel gear (7) and

bearing (8).

NOTE

The wider side “a” of the bearing should be

positioned bevel gear side.

With the rear output shaft held immovable with a vise,

tighten the rear output shaft driven gear nut (9) to the

specified torque.

CAUTION

!

The removed nut must be replaced with a

new one.

Tightening torque

Rear output shaft driven gear nut (b): 100 N·m (

10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

1

2

“A”

I831G1340035-02

3

4

I831G1340101-02

5

(a)

6

I831G1340102-03

7

8

“a”

I831G1340033-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-10 Propeller Shafts:

Lock the rear output shaft driven gear nut (9) with a

center punch.

Rear Output Shaft Related Parts Inspection

B831G23406008

Refer to “Rear Output Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 3D-8)”.

Rear Output shaft

Inspect the rear output shaft (1) for wear or damage. If

any defects are found, replace the rear output shaft with

a new one.

Rear Output Shaft Bevel Gear

Inspect the drive and driven bevel gear for wear or

damage.

If any defects are found, replace the drive and driven

bevel gears as a set.

Rear Output Shaft Gear

Inspect the rear output shaft gear for wear or damage. If

any defects are found, replace the rear output shaft gear

with the new one.

Bearing

Inspect the rear output shaft bearing and rear driven

bevel gear bearing for abnormal noise and smooth

rotation.

(b)

9

I831G1340034-03

1

I831G1340036-01

I831G1340037-01

3

I831G1340038-01

I831G1340039-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-11

Rear Output Shaft Drive Bevel Gear Shim

Inspection and Adjustment

B831G23406009

Refer to “Rear Output Shaft Removal and Installation

(Page 3D-6)”.

Backlash

Install the shim, drive bevel gear, washer and new

drive bevel gear nut.

Hold the transfer output driven gear with the special

tool and tighten the drive bevel gear nut to the

specified torque.

NOTE

At this time, it is not necessary to bend the

drive bevel gear nut collar.

Special tool

(A): 09920–53740 (Clutch sleeve hub holder)

(B): 09920–31020 (Extension handle)

Tightening torque

Rear output shaft drive bevel gear nut: 100 N·m (

10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

Install the C-ring (1) and rear output shaft (2).

NOTE

Be sure to fit the bearing knock-pin “A” on

the bearing to the groove of the crankcase.

Place the rear output shaft on the left crankcase half

and hold bearings with the special tool.

Special tool

(C): 09921–21910 (Bearing holder)

Set the dial gauge on the drive bevel gear as shown in

the figure.

Special tool

(D): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

(E): 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

Measure the backlash by turning the drive bevel gear

shaft in each direction, reading the total backlash with

the dial gauge. If the backlash is not within

specification, the shim must be changed and backlash

should be re-checked until correct. Check the table at

the appropriate shim thickness.

NOTE

Adjust the backlash by referring to the table

at the using the thickness of the removed

shims as a guide.

Rear output shaft bevel gear backlash

Standard: 0.03 – 0.15 mm (0.0001 – 0.006 in)

(A)

(B)

I831G1340040-01

1

2

“A”

I831G1340041-01

Backlash Shim adjustment

Under 0.03 mm

(0.001 in) Increase shim thickness

0.03 – 0.15 mm

(0.001 – 0.006 in) Correct

Over 0.15 mm

(0.006 in) Decrease shim thickness

(C)

I831G1340099-03

(D)

(E)

I831G1340043-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-12 Propeller Shafts:

List of shims (for driven bevel gear)

Check the tooth contact.

Tooth Contact

CAUTION

!

Make sure to check the backlash after the

tooth contact has been adjusted, since it may

have changed. Adjust the tooth contact and

backlash until they are both within

specification. If the correct tooth contact

cannot be maintained when adjusting the

backlash, replace the rear output shaft drive

and driven bevel gears.

Remove the special tool (1) and rear output shaft (2)

from the left crankcase.

Clean and degrease several teeth of the drive and

driven bevel gears, and then apply a coating of

machinist’s layout dye or paste to several teeth of the

rear output shaft driven bevel gear.

Install the rear output shaft.

Rotate the rear output shaft driven bevel gear several

turns in both directions.

Remove the output shaft and inspect the coated teeth

of the rear output shaft drive bevel gear. The tooth

contact pattern should be as shown in [A], [B] and [C].

If tooth contact is found to be incorrect (examples [A]

and [C]), the shim thickness between the rear output

shaft drive bevel gear and bearing must be changed

and the tooth contact re-checked until correct

(examples [B]).

Part No. Shim thickness

24945-03G50-055 0.550 mm (0.022 in)

24945-03G50-058 0.575 mm (0.023 in)

24945-03G50-060 0.600 mm (0.024 in)

24945-03G50-063 0.625 mm (0.025 in)

24945-03G50-065 0.650 mm (0.026 in)

24945-03G50-068 0.675 mm (0.027 in)

24945-03G50-070 0.700 mm (0.028 in)

24945-03G50-073 0.725 mm (0.029 in)

24945-03G50-075 0.750 mm (0.030 in)

24945-03G50-078 0.775 mm (0.031 in)

24945-03G50-080 0.800 mm (0.031 in)

24945-03G50-083 0.825 mm (0.032 in)

24945-03G50-085 0.850 mm (0.033 in)

24945-03G50-088 0.875 mm (0.034 in)

24945-03G50-090 0.900 mm (0.035 in)

24945-03G50-093 0.925 mm (0.036 in)

24945-03G50-095 0.950 mm (0.037 in)

24945-03G50-098 0.975 mm (0.038 in)

24945-03G50-100 1.000 mm (0.039 in)

24945-03G50-103 1.025 mm (0.040 in)

24945-03G50-105 1.050 mm (0.041 in)

24945-03G50-108 1.075 mm (0.042 in)

24945-03G50-110 1.100 mm (0.043 in)

24945-03G50-113 1.125 mm (0.044 in)

24945-03G50-115 1.150 mm (0.045 in)

24945-03G50-118 1.175 mm (0.046 in)

24945-03G50-120 1.200 mm (0.047 in)

24945-03G50-123 1.225 mm (0.048 in)

24945-03G50-125 1.250 mm (0.049 in)

24945-03G50-128 1.275 mm (0.050 in)

24945-03G50-130 1.300 mm (0.051 in)

24945-03G50-133 1.330 mm (0.052 in)

24945-03G50-135 1.350 mm (0.053 in)

24945-03G50-138 1.380 mm (0.054 in)

24945-03G50-140 1.400 mm (0.055 in)

Tooth contact Shim adjustment

Contact at tooth top [A] Increase shim thickness

Contact at tooth root [C] Decrease shim thickness

1

2

I831G1340044-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-13

List of shims (for drive bevel gear)

Part No. Shim thickness

24935-19B00-025:

0.25 mm (0.0098 in)

Co

mbi

ned

shi

m

0.25+0.25=0.50 mm

(0.0197 in)

0.25+0.30=0.55 mm

(0.0217 in)

0.30+0.30=0.60 mm

(0.0236 in)

0.30+0.35=0.65 mm

(0.0256 in)

24935-19B00-030:

0.30 mm (0.0118 in)

0.35+0.35=0.70 mm

(0.0276)

0.25+0.25+ 0.25=0.75 mm

(0.0295 in)

24935-19B00-035:

0.35 mm (0.0138 in)

0.25+0.25+0.30=0.80 mm

(0.0315 in)

0.25+0.25+0.35=0.85 mm

(0.0335 in)

Incorrect (Contact at tooth top)

Incorrect (Contact at tooth root)

Correct

[A]

[B]

[C]

I831G1340095-02

Part No. Shim thickness

24935-03G50-055 0.550 mm (0.0217 in)

24935-03G50-058 0.575 mm (0.0226 in)

24935-03G50-060 0.600 mm (0.0236 in)

24935-03G50-063 0.625 mm (0.0246 in)

24935-03G50-065 0.650 mm (0.0256 in)

24935-03G50-068 0.675 mm (0.0266 in)

24935-03G50-070 0.700 mm (0.0276 in)

24935-03G50-073 0.725 mm (0.0285 in)

24935-03G50-075 0.750 mm (0.0295 in)

24935-03G50-078 0.775 mm (0.0305 in)

24935-03G50-080 0.800 mm (0.0315 in)

24935-03G50-083 0.825 mm (0.0325 in)

24935-03G50-085 0.850 mm (0.0335 in)

24935-03G50-088 0.875 mm (0.0344 in)

24935-03G50-090 0.900 mm (0.0354 in)

24935-03G50-093 0.925 mm (0.0364 in)

24935-03G50-095 0.950 mm (0.0374 in)

24935-03G50-098 0.975 mm (0.0384 in)

24935-03G50-100 1.000 mm (0.0394 in)

24935-03G50-103 1.025 mm (0.0404 in)

24935-03G50-105 1.050 mm (0.0413 in)

24935-03G50-108 1.075 mm (0.0423 in)

24935-03G50-110 1.100 mm (0.0433 in)

24935-03G50-113 1.125 mm (0.0443 in)

24935-03G50-115 1.150 mm (0.0453 in)

24935-03G50-118 1.175 mm (0.0463 in)

24935-03G50-120 1.200 mm (0.0472 in)

24935-03G50-123 1.225 mm (0.0482 in)

24935-03G50-125 1.250 mm (0.0492 in)

24935-03G50-128 1.275 mm (0.0502 in)

24935-03G50-130 1.300 mm (0.0512 in)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-14 Propeller Shafts:

Front Propeller Shaft Components

B831G23406010

Front Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation

B831G23406011

Refer to “Front Propeller Shaft Components (Page 3D-

14)” and “Front Drive (Differential) Construction in

Section 3B (Page 3B-3)”.

Removal

Remove the front drive (differential) assembly.

Refer to “Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal

and Installation in Section 3B (Page 3B-4)”.

1) Remove the front propeller shaft spring (1) and front

propeller shaft boot (2).

2) Loosen the boot clamp screw and remove the

universal joint boot (3).

NOTE

Apply oil to the removing direction of the

universal joint boot before removing.

3) Using a (–) screwdriver or the like into a notch of the

universal joint and remove the front propeller shaft

(4).

4) Remove the universal joint (5) from the joint portion

(at the engine side) with special tools.

Special tool

(A): 09923–74511 (Bearing remover)

(B): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover slide

shaft)

FWD

1

2

3

4

5

6

I831G1340045-04

1. Boot 5. Universal joint

2. Front propeller shaft spring 6. Boot

3. Front propeller shaft : Apply water resistance grease.

4. Circlip : Do not reuse.

1

2

3

I831G1340046-01

4

I831G1340047-01

5

(A)

(B)

I831G1340048-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-15

Installation

CAUTION

!

The removed circlips must be replaced with

new ones.

1) Fit the front propeller shaft boot (1) and universal

joint boot (2) to the front propeller shaft groove.

2) Apply grease (approx. 4 grams) to the spline of

universal joint and spline of the front propeller shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

3) Connect the propeller shaft to the universal joint.

4) Apply grease (approx. 4 grams) to the spline.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

5) Connect the universal joint to the joint portion (at the

engine side).

6) Attach the boot to the front drive collar and tighten

the boot clamp screw to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw: 1.3 N·m

(0.13 kgf-m, 1.0 lb-ft)

7) Install the front propeller shaft spring.

8) Apply grease (approx. 4 grams) to the spline of front

propeller shaft and spring.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

9) Install the front drive (differential) assembly. Refer to

“Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal and

Installation in Section 3B (Page 3B-4)”.

2

1

I831G1340049-02

I831G1340050-02

I831G1340051-01

I831G1340100-01

I831G1340052-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-16 Propeller Shafts:

Front Propeller Shaft Related Parts Inspection

B831G23406012

Refer to “Front Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation

(Page 3D-14)”.

Front Propeller Shaft

Inspect the front propeller shaft for wear or damage. If

any defects are found, replace the front propeller shaft

with a new one.

Front Propeller Shaft Spring

Inspect the front propeller shaft spring for damage or

fatigue. If any defects are found, replace the front

propeller shaft spring with a new one.

Universal Joint

Inspect the play by turning the universal joint. If

excessive play is noted, replace it with a new one.

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the universal

joint.

Boots

Inspect the front propeller shaft boot (1) and universal

joint boot (2) for crack or damage. If any defects are

found, replace the boot part with a new one.

I831G1340053-01

I831G1340054-01

I831G1340055-01

1

2

I831G1340056-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-17

Rear Propeller Shaft Components

B831G23406013

Rear Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation

B831G23406014

Refer to “Rear Propeller Shaft Components (Page 3D-

17)”.

Refer to “Final Gear Construction in Section 3B

(Page 3B-22)”.

Removal

1) Remove the final gear assembly. Refer to “Final

Gear Assembly Removal and Installation in Section

3B (Page 3B-23)”.

2) Remove the rear propeller shaft joint (1).

3) Remove the O-ring (2).

6

5

4

3

2

1

7

8

9

10

11

(a)

(b)

I831G1340057-04

1. O-ring 9. Universal joint set

2. Rear propeller shaft joint 10. Rear output shaft yoke

3. Rear propeller shaft boot 11. Oil seal

4. Rear propeller shaft spring : 100 Nm (10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

5. Rear propeller shaft : 2 Nm (0.2 kgf-m, 1.5 lb-ft)

6. O-ring : Apply water resistance grease.

7. Rear propeller shaft boot : Do not reuse.

8. Rear propeller shaft yoke

1

I831G1340059-01

2

I831G1340060-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-18 Propeller Shafts:

4) Remove the rear propeller shaft spring (3).

5) Draw out the rear propeller shaft (4) horizontally.

6) Loosen the boot clamp screw and remove the rear

propeller shaft boot (5).

7) Remove the rear propeller shaft joint boot (6).

8) Remove the O-ring (7).

9) Remove the circlips from the universal joint.

10) Remove the bearings (8) by tapping with the special

tool and remove the universal joint and propeller

shaft yoke.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

11) Remove the circlips and joint (9).

3

I831G1340061-01

4

I831G1340062-01

5

I831G1340063-01

6

I831G1340064-01

7

I831G1340065-01

I831G1340066-03

8

8

8

(A)

I831G1340067-03

9

I831G1340068-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-19

12) Unlock the nut with a chisel.

13) Shift into the reverse gear.

14) Remove the rear output shaft yoke (10).

15) Remove the oil seal.

Installation

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seal, nut, circlips and O-ring

must be replaced with a new ones.

1) Install the oil seal into the final gear case with the

special tool.

Special tool

: 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

2) Apply grease to lip of the oil seal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

3) Shift into the low gear.

4) Apply thread lock to the rear output shaft.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

5) Install the rear output shaft yoke (1) and washer (2).

Tighten the rear output shaft nut (3) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Rear output shaft nut (a): 100 N·m (10.0 kgf-m,

72.5 lb-ft)

6) Lock the rear output shaft nut (3) with a center

punch.

7) Apply grease to the bearings and dust seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

10

I831G1340069-02

I831G1340070-01

I831G1340071-01

12

(a)

3

I831G1340072-02

I831G1340073-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-20 Propeller Shafts:

8) Install the universal joint (4) to the yoke (5) and

bearings (6) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

9) Install the circlips.

10) Install the yoke (5).

11) Install the bearings (6) by tapping with the special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

12) Install the circlips to the universal joint.

13) Install the O-ring (7) to the rear propeller shaft.

14) Install the rear propeller shaft boot (8) and tighten

the clamp screw to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw (b): 2

N·m (0.2 kgf-m, 1.5 lb-ft)

(A)

4

6

6

5

I831G1340074-03

I831G1340075-01

6

6

5

(A)

I831G1340076-04

I831G1340077-02

7

I831G1340078-02

(b)

8

I831G1340079-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-21

15) Fit the rear propeller shaft joint boot (9) to the rear

propeller shaft groove.

16) Apply resistance grease (approx. 4 grams) to the

splines of the rear propeller shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

17) Install the rear propeller shaft.

18) Apply grease (approx. 4 grams) to the spline of rear

propeller shaft and propeller shaft spring (10).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

19) Install the rear propeller shaft spring (10).

20) Install the O-ring (11) to the rear propeller shaft joint.

21) Apply grease (approx. 4 grams) to the spline of rear

propeller shaft joint.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

22) Install the rear propeller shaft joint (12).

23) Install the final gear assembly. Refer to “Final Gear

Assembly Removal and Installation in Section 3B

(Page 3B-23)”.

9

I831G1340096-02

I831G1340080-01

10

I831G1340081-03

11

I831G1340082-03

12

I831G1340083-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-22 Propeller Shafts:

Rear Propeller Shaft Related Parts Inspection

B831G23406015

Refer to “Rear Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation

(Page 3D-17)”.

Rear Propeller Shaft / Rear Propeller Shaft Joint

Inspect the rear propeller shaft and rear propeller shaft

joint for wear or damage. If any defects are found,

replace it with a new one.

Boots

Inspect the rear output joint boot (1) and propeller shaft

joint boot (2) for crack or damage. If any defects are

found, replace the boot with a new one.

Universal Joint

Inspect the universal joint in the following procedures:

1) Inspect the universal joint and outer surface of the

bearing for scuffing, wear or damage. If any defects

are found, replace the bearings and universal joint

as a set.

2) Insert the universal joint to the bearing and check the

play by turning the universal joint, as shown in the

figure. If excessive play is found, replace the

bearings and universal joint as a set.

Rear Propeller Shaft Spring

Inspect the rear propeller shaft spring for wear or

damage. If any defects are found, replace it with a new

one.

I831G1340084-01

I831G1340085-01

1

2

I831G1340086-01

I831G1340087-01

I831G1340094-01

I831G1340089-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Propeller Shafts: 3D-23

Specifications

Service Data

B831G23407001

Drive Train

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G23407002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Rear Output Shaft Components (Page 3D-6)”

“Rear Propeller Shaft Components (Page 3D-17)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G23408001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Output Shaft Components (Page 3D-1)”

“Rear Output Shaft Components (Page 3D-6)”

“Front Propeller Shaft Components (Page 3D-14)”

“Rear Propeller Shaft Components (Page 3D-17)”

Item Standard Limit

Front/Rear output shaft bevel gear

backlash 0.03 – 0.15 (0.001 – 0.006)

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Rear output shaft drive bevel gear nut 100 10.0 72.5 )(Page 3D-7) /

)(Page 3D-11)

Rear output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5 )(Page 3D-9) /

)(Page 3D-19)

Rear output shaft driven gear nut 100 10.0 72.5 )(Page 3D-9)

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw 1.3 0.13 1.0 )(Page 3D-15)

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5 )(Page 3D-20)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 3D-2) / )(Page 3D-

4) / )(Page 3D-4) /

)(Page 3D-19)

Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 3D-4) / )(Page 3D-

9) / )(Page 3D-15) /

)(Page 3D-15) /

)(Page 3D-15) /

)(Page 3D-19) /

)(Page 3D-21) /

)(Page 3D-21) /

)(Page 3D-21)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 3D-9) / )(Page 3D-

19)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3D-24 Propeller Shafts:

Special Tool

B831G23408002

09900–06107 09900–06108

Snap ring pliers Snap ring pliers

)(Page 3D-2) )(Page 3D-3) / )(Page 3D-

4)

09900–20607 09900–20701

Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm)

Magnetic stand

)(Page 3D-11) )(Page 3D-11)

09913–50121 09913–70210

Oil seal remover Bearing installer set

)(Page 3D-3) )(Page 3D-4) / )(Page 3D-

4) / )(Page 3D-18) /

)(Page 3D-19) /

)(Page 3D-20) /

)(Page 3D-20)

09920–13120 09920–31020

Crankcase separating tool Extension handle

)(Page 3D-1) / )(Page 3D-

6)

)(Page 3D-11)

09920–53740 09921–20240

Clutch sleeve hub holder Bearing remover set

)(Page 3D-7) / )(Page 3D-

7) / )(Page 3D-11)

)(Page 3D-3)

09921–21910 09923–74511

Bearing holder Bearing remover

)(Page 3D-11) )(Page 3D-3) / )(Page 3D-

14)

09930–30104

Rotor remover slide shaft

)(Page 3D-3) / )(Page 3D-

14)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 4- i

4

Section 4

CONTENTS

Brake

Precautions ………………………………….………4-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 4-1

Precautions for Brake System …..………………..….. 4-1

Brake Fluid Information………………..……………… 4-1

Brake Control System and Diagnosis … 4A-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………..……….4A-1

Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram …….…………. 4A-1

Rear Blake Cable Routing Diagram…………..……4A-2

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………4A-3

Brake Symptom Diagnosis………..………………..4A-3

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..4A-4

Brake Pedal Height Inspection and

Adjustment ………..…………….…………….…………. 4A-4

Front Brake Light Switch Inspection ………………. 4A-4

Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection …………..……4A-4

Rear Brake Switch Inspection and Adjustment ….4A-4

Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection….. 4A-5

Parking Brake Lever Switch Inspection…………… 4A-5

Brake Fluid Level Check ……..……………….………. 4A-5

Front Brake Hose Inspection …………..……………. 4A-5

Air Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit……… 4A-5

Brake Fluid Replacement……………..………………. 4A-6

Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation..……4A-7

Rear Brake Cable Removal and Installation ……. 4A-8

Front Brake Master Cylinder Components………. 4A-9

Front Brake Master Cylinder Assembly

Removal and Installation…………….………………. 4A-9

Front Brake Master Cylinder / Brake Lever

Disassembly and Assembly …………..………….. 4A-11

Front Brake Master Cylinder Parts Inspection ..4A-12

Rear Brake Pedal Construction ……….………….. 4A-13

Rear Brake Pedal Removal and Installation …..4A-14

Specifications…….…………….…………….…………..4A-15

Service Data ………….…………….………………..…. 4A-15

Tightening Torque Specifications………..………..4A-15

Special Tools and Equipment …………….………..4A-16

Recommended Service Material ………………….. 4A-16

Special Tool .……………….………………..………….. 4A-16

Front Brakes ……………..…………….……….. 4B-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….………….4B-1

Precautions for Front Brakes …….………………..4B-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………4B-1

Front Brake Components .………………..……………4B-1

Front Brake Pad Inspection…………..……………….4B-2

Front Brake Pad Replacement…………….…………4B-2

Front Brake Caliper Removal and Installation..4B-3

Front Brake Caliper Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………………..……………….…………4B-4

Front Brake Caliper Parts Inspection ………………4B-6

Front Brake Disc Removal and Installation ………4B-7

Front Brake Disc Inspection …….……………….……4B-8

Specifications…….………….…….…………….…………4B-8

Service Data………………………….…………………....4B-8

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………4B-9

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..…………4B-9

Recommended Service Material ………….…………4B-9

Special Tool ………………………….……………….……4B-9

Rear Brakes……………………………….……… 4C-1

Precautions……..………………..……………….…………4C-1

Precautions for Rear Brake……..……………….……4C-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………4C-1

Rear Brake Components……………………………....4C-1

Rear Brake Friction Plate Inspection……………....4C-2

Rear Brake Friction Plate Replacement..…………4C-2

Rear Brake Assembly Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....4C-2

Rear Brake Disassembly and Assembly ………….4C-3

Rear Brake Parts Inspection ………………………….4C-7

Specifications…….………….…….…………….…………4C-9

Service Data………………………….…………………....4C-9

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………4C-9

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….4C-10

Recommended Service Material ……….………….4C-10

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….4C-10

Parking Brake ……………..…………….……… 4D-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………………...4D-1

Parking / Rear Brake Cable Routing Diagram ….4D-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………4D-3

Parking / Rear Brake Inspection and

Adjustment …………………………….………………....4D-3

Parking / Rear Brake Cable Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....4D-3

Parking / Rear Brake Lever Components ………..4D-4

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4-ii Table of Contents

Parking / Rear Brake Lever Removal and

Installation…………………….………………..…………4D-4

Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection…..4D-4

Parking / Rear Brake Relay Inspection …………4D-4

Specifications..……………….……………….……………4D-5

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………4D-5

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..…………4D-5

Recommended Service Material .…………………...4D-5

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 4-1

Brake

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Brake System

B831G24000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)”.

Brake Fluid Information

B831G24000002

WARNING

!

This brake system is filled with an ethylene glycol-based DOT 4 brake fluid. Do not use or mix

different types of fluid, such as silicone-based or petroleum-based.

Do not use any brake fluid taken from old, used or unsealed containers. Never reuse brake fluid left

over from the last servicing or which has been stored for a long period of time.

When storing brake fluid, seal the container completely and keep it away from children.

When replenishing brake fluid, take care not to get dust into the fluid.

When washing brake components, use new brake fluid. Never use cleaning solvent.

A contaminated brake disc or brake pad reduces braking performance. Discard contaminated pads

and clean the disc with high quality brake cleaner or neutral detergent.

CAUTION

!

Immediately and completely wipe off any brake fluid contacting any part of the vehicle. The brake fluid

reacts chemically with paint, plastics and rubber materials, etc., and will damage them severely.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-1 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Brake

Brake Control System and Diagnosis

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram

B831G24102001

11

2

3

5

5

4

6

6

“D”

“A”

“D”

“E”

“F”

“C”

“G”

“D”

“J”

“I”

6

FWD

VIEW A

7

9

9

“H”

“B”

4

A

8(a)

8(a) 8(a)

I831G1410001-09

1. Master cylinder reservoir “B”: Pass the brake hose inside the throttle cable.

2. Front brake hose No. 1 “C”: Pass the brake hose outside the throttle cable.

3. Front brake pipe “D”: Fix the brake hose to the it guide firmly.

4. Front brake hose No. 2 “E”: Face the black mark on the brake hose to forward.

5. Front brake caliper “F”: Tighten flare nut firmly.

6. Frame “G”: Pass the brake pipe front of the steering shaft.

7. Steering shaft “H”: Pass the brake pipe behind the frame bridge.

8. Union bolt “I”: Pass the brake hose inside of the suspension arm.

9. Stopper

: After the brake hose union has contacted the stopper, tighten the union bolt.

“J”: Pass the brake hose under the radiator hose.

“A”: After the brake hose union has contacted the reservoir bottom. : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-2

Rear Blake Cable Routing Diagram

B831G24102002

1

2

“A”

1

3

5

6

4

Front side

I831G1410035-05

1. Rear brake cable 3. Rear brake pedal 5. Washer “A”: Fix the rear brake cable to the footrest bar with clamp.

2. Adjust nut 4. Pin 6. Cotter pin

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-3 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Brake Symptom Diagnosis

B831G24104001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Insufficient brake power Leakage of brake fluid from hydraulic

system.

Repair or replace.

Worn pads or friction plate. Replace.

Oil adhesion on friction surface of pads. Clean disc and pads.

Worn disc. Replace.

Air in hydraulic system. Bleed air.

Not enough brake fluid in the reservoir. Replenish.

Defective adjustment of rear brake. Adjust.

Brake squeaking Carbon adhesion on pad surface. Repair surface with sandpaper.

Tilted pad. Correct pad fitting or replace.

Damaged hub bearing. Replace.

Worn pads and disc. Replace.

Foreign material in brake fluid. Replace brake fluid.

Clogged return port of master cylinder. Disassemble and clean master cylinder.

Excessive brake lever

stroke

Air in hydraulic system. Bleed air.

Insufficient brake fluid. Replenish fluid to specified level; bleed air.

Improper quality of brake fluid. Replace with correct fluid.

Leakage of brake fluid Insufficient tightening of connection

joints.

Tighten to specified torque.

Cracked hose. Replace.

Worn piston and/or cup. Replace piston and/or cup.

Worn piston seal and dust seal. Replace piston seal and dust seal.

Brake drags Rusty part. Clean and lubricate.

Insufficient brake lever or brake pedal

pivot lubrication.

Lubricate.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-4

Repair Instructions

Brake Pedal Height Inspection and Adjustment

B831G24106001

Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking Brake)

Lever Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B

(Page 0B-19)”.

Front Brake Light Switch Inspection

B831G24106002

Inspect the front brake light switch in the following

procedures:

1) Disconnect the front brake light switch coupler (1).

2) Inspect the switch for continuity with a tester.

If any abnormality is found, replace the front brake

light switch with a new one. Refer to “Front Brake

Master Cylinder / Brake Lever Disassembly and

Assembly (Page 4A-11)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

3) Connect the front brake light switch coupler.

Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection

B831G24106003

Inspect the rear brake light switch in the following

procedures:

1) Remove the left front inner fender. Refer to “Front

Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in

Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the rear brake light switch lead wire

coupler (1).

3) Inspect the switch for continuity with a tester.

If any abnormality is found, replace the rear brake

light switch with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

4) Connect the rear brake light switch lead wire coupler

(1).

Rear Brake Switch Inspection and Adjustment

B831G24106004

Check the rear brake light switch so that the brake light

will come on just before pressure is felt when the brake

pedal is depressed. If the brake light switch adjustment

is necessary, turn the adjuster nut (1) in or out while

holding the brake pedal.

1

I831G1410002-01

Terminal (B) Terminal (B)

Color

Position

OFF

ON

I831G1410003-02

1

I831G1410034-01

Terminal (O) Terminal (W/B)

Color

Position

OFF

ON

I831G1410032-03

1

I831G1410005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-5 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection

B831G24106005

Inspect the parking/rear brake light switch in the

following procedures:

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the parking/rear brake light switch lead

wire coupler (1).

3) Inspect the parking/rear brake light switch for

continuity with a tester. If any abnormality is found,

replace the parking/rear brake lever assembly with a

new one. Refer to “Handlebars Removal and

Installation in Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Parking Brake Lever Switch Inspection

B831G24106006

Refer to “Parking Brake Switch Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-9)”.

Brake Fluid Level Check

B831G24106007

Refer to “Front Brake System Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-17)”.

Front Brake Hose Inspection

B831G24106008

Refer to “Front Brake System Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-17)”.

Air Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit

B831G24106009

Air trapped in the brake fluid circuit acts like a cushion to

absorb a large proportion of the pressure developed by

the master cylinder and thus interferes with the full

braking performance of the brake caliper. The presence

of air is indicated by “sponginess” of the brake lever and

also by lack of braking force. Considering the danger to

which such trapped air exposes the machine and rider, it

is essential that after remounting the brake and restoring

the brake system to the normal condition, the brake fluid

circuit be purged of air in the following manner:

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

Handle brake fluid with care: the fluid

reacts chemically with paint, plastic,

rubber materials, etc.

1) Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the top of the

inspection window. Place the reservoir cap to

prevent dirt from entering.

2) Attach a hose to the air bleeder valve, and insert the

free end of the hose into a receptacle.

3) Squeeze and release the brake lever several times

in rapid succession and squeeze the lever fully

without releasing it.

1

I831G1410043-01

BB

Color

Position

ON

OFF

I831G1410044-01

I831G1410009-01

I831G1410010-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-6

4) Loosen the air bleeder valve by turning it a quarter of

a turn so that the brake fluid runs into the receptacle,

this will remove the tension of the brake lever

causing it to touch the handlebar grip.

5) Close the air bleeder valve, pump and squeeze the

lever, and open the valve.

6) Repeat this process until the fluid flowing into the

receptacle no longer contains air bubbles.

NOTE

While bleeding the brake system, replenish

the brake fluid in the reservoir as necessary.

Make sure that there is always some fluid

visible in the reservoir.

7) Close the air bleeder valve and disconnect the hose.

Tightening torque

Front brake air bleeder valve: 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-m,

4.5 lb-ft)

8) Fill the reservoir with brake fluid to the upper mark of

the reservoir.

9) Install the reservoir cap.

Brake Fluid Replacement

B831G24106010

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

Handle brake fluid with care: the fluid

reacts chemically with paint, plastic,

rubber materials, etc.

1) Support the vehicle on a level surface with a jack

and keep the handlebars straight.

2) Remove the front wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

3) Remove the brake fluid reservoir cap and

diaphragm.

4) Suck up the old brake fluid as much as possible.

5) Fill the reservoir with new brake fluid.

BF: Brake fluid (DOT 4)

6) Connect a clear hose to the air bleeder valve and

insert the other end of the hose into a receptacle.

I831G1410011-01

I831G1410008-01

I831G1410008-01

I831G1410011-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-7 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

7) Loosen the air bleeder valve and pump the brake

lever until the old brake fluid flows out of the brake

system.

8) Close the air bleeder valve (1) and disconnect the

clear hose.

Tightening torque

Front brake air bleeder valve (a): 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-

m, 4.5 lb-ft)

9) Fill the reservoir with brake fluid.

10) Install the reservoir cap.

11) Install the front wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear Wheel

Removal and Installation in Section 2D (Page 2D-

2)”.

Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation

B831G24106011

Removal

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

1) Drain brake fluid. Refer to “Brake Fluid Replacement

(Page 4A-6)”.

2) Loosen the flare nuts (1) and disconnect the brake

pipe.

3) Remove the front brake hoses as shown in the front

brake hose routing diagram. Refer to “Front Brake

Hose Routing Diagram (Page 4A-1)”.

Installation

CAUTION

!

The seal washers should be replaced with the

new ones to prevent fluid leakage.

1) Install the front brake hose as shown in the front

brake hose routing diagram. Refer to “Front Brake

Hose Routing Diagram (Page 4A-1)”.

2) Tighten the brake flare nut (1) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Brake pipe flare nut (a): 16 N·m (1.6 kgf-m, 11.5

lb-ft)

3) Bleed air from the front brake system. Refer to “Air

Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit (Page 4A-

5)”.

I831G1410012-01

(a)

1(a)

1

I831G1410013-01

I831G1410036-01

1

I831G1410014-01

(a)

1

I831G1410015-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-8

Rear Brake Cable Removal and Installation

B831G24106012

Removal

1) Remove the right inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the right mud guard. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-9)”.

3) Remove the cotter pin (1), washer (2) and rear brake

cable pin (3).

4) Loosen the rear brake cable holder nut (4).

5) Remove the rear brake holder nut (4) and brake

cable (5).

6) Remove the rear brake cable bolt (7) from the right

footrest.

7) Remove the rear brake cable adjuster nut (7) and

cable (8).

Installation

1) Install the rear brake cable as shown in the rear

brake cable routing diagram. Refer to “Rear Blake

Cable Routing Diagram (Page 4A-2)”.

2) After installed rear brake cable, adjust the adjuster

nut. Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake

(Parking Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment in

Section 0B (Page 0B-19)”.

3) Install the removed parts.

1

2

3

I831G1410016-02

4

I831G1410017-01

4

5

I831G1410033-04

6

I831G1410018-02

87

I831G1410037-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-9 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Front Brake Master Cylinder Components

B831G24106013

Front Brake Master Cylinder Assembly Removal

and Installation

B831G24106014

Removal

1) Drain brake fluid. Refer to “Brake Fluid Replacement

(Page 4A-6)”.

2) Remove the throttle case assembly. Refer to

“Handlebars Removal and Installation in Section 6B

(Page 6B-3)”.

3) Disconnect the front brake light switch coupler (1).

1

2

3

4

5

6

(a)

7

(b)

(c)

10

(c)

9

FWD

FWD

8

I831G1410019-04

1. Reservoir cap 7. Brake hose union bolt : 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft)

2. Diaphragm 8. Brake lever : Apply silicone grease.

3. Plate 9. Brake lever pivot bolt : Apply brake fluid.

4. Separator 10. Brake lever pivot bolt lock-nut : Do not reuse.

5. Master cylinder : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

6. Piston/Cup set : 10 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

1

I831G1410020-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-10

4) Place a rag underneath the brake hose union bolt (2)

on the master cylinder to catch any spilt brake fluid.

5) Remove the brake hose union bolt (2) and

disconnect the brake hose.

6) Remove the master cylinder assembly (3).

Installation

Install the front brake master cylinder in the reverse

order of removal. Pay attention to the following points:

When installing the master cylinder (1) onto the

handlebars (2), align the master cylinder holder’s

mating surface “A” with the punch mark “B” on the

handlebars (2) and tighten the upper holder bolt first.

Refer to “Steering / Handlebars Assembly

Construction in Section 6B (Page 6B-2)”.

Tightening torque

Master cylinder holder bolt (Upper and Lower)

(a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Set the brake hose union as shown in the front brake

hose routing diagram. Refer to “Front Brake Hose

Routing Diagram (Page 4A-1)”.

After setting the brake hose union to the stopper,

tighten the union bolt (3) to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

The seal washers should be replaced with the

new ones to prevent fluid leakage.

Tightening torque

Brake hose union bolt (b): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5

lb-ft)

Install the throttle case assembly. Refer to

“Handlebars Removal and Installation in Section 6B

(Page 6B-3)”.

Bleed air from the brake system. Refer to “Air

Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit (Page 4A-5)”.

2

I831G1410021-01

3

I831G1410022-01

“C”

“B”

“A”

(a)

(a)

I831G1410023-02

“C”: Up mark “a”: Clearance

(a)

(a)

1

2

“a”

“B”

“A”

“C”

I831G1410024-02

(b)

3

I831G1410025-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-11 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Front Brake Master Cylinder / Brake Lever

Disassembly and Assembly

B831G24106015

Refer to “Front Brake Master Cylinder Assembly

Removal and Installation (Page 4A-9)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the brake lever (1) and brake light switch

(2).

2) Remove the reservoir cap (3) and diaphragm (4).

3) Pull out the dust boot (5) and remove the snap ring

(6) with a special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

4) Remove the following parts from the master cylinder.

Secondary cup (7)

•Piston (8)

Primary cup (9)

Spring (10)

Assembly

Assemble the master cylinder in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

CAUTION

!

Wash the master cylinder components with

new brake fluid before reassembly.

Do not wipe the brake fluid off after

washing the components.

When washing the components, use the

specified brake fluid. Never use different

types of fluid or cleaning solvents such as

gasoline, kerosine, etc.

Apply brake fluid to the master cylinder

bore and all of the master cylinder

component to be inserted into the bore.

BF: Brake fluid (DOT 4)

1

2

I831G1410026-01

3

4

I831G1410027-01

6

5

I831G1410028-01

7

8

9

10

I831G1410029-01

I649G1410024-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-12

When installing the brake light switch, align the

projection on the switch with the hole in the master

cylinder.

Apply grease to the brake lever pivot bolt.

Apply grease to the contact point between piston and

brake lever.

: Grease 99000–25100 (SUZUKI Silicone

Grease or equivalent)

Tighten the pivot bolt and lock-nut to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Brake lever pivot bolt: 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft)

Brake lever pivot bolt lock-nut: 6 N·m (0.6 kgf-m,

4.5 lb-ft)

Front Brake Master Cylinder Parts Inspection

B831G24106016

Refer to “Front Brake Master Cylinder / Brake Lever

Disassembly and Assembly (Page 4A-11)”.

Master Cylinder

Inspect the master cylinder bore for any scratches or

other damage.

Piston

Inspect the piston surface for any scratches or other

damage.

Rubber Parts

Inspect the primary cup, secondary cup and dust boot

for wear or damage.

I831G1410030-01

I831G1410031-01

I649G1410027-02

I649G1410028-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-13 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Rear Brake Pedal Construction

B831G24106017

“a”

1

2

3

(a)

4

I831G1410038-04

1. Brake pedal 4. Brake pedal pivot bolt : Apply water resistance grease.

2. Brake light switch “a”: 17.5 mm (0.69 in) : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

3. O-ring : 11 Nm (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lb-ft) : Do not reuse.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-14

Rear Brake Pedal Removal and Installation

B831G24106018

Removal

1) Remove the right inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the right mud guard. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-9)”.

3) Remove the spring (1) and (2).

4) Disconnect the rear brake cable (3). Refer to “Rear

Brake Cable Removal and Installation (Page 4A-8)”.

5) Remove the nut (4), washer (5) and bolt (6).

6) Remove the rear brake pedal.

Installation

Install the rear brake pedal in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the O-rings as shown in the rear

brake pedal construction. Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal

Construction (Page 4A-13)”.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-rings with new ones.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Apply grease to the pivot part of brake pedal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Apply thread lock to the bolt (1) and tighten to the

specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Tightening torque

Rear brake pedal pivot nut (a): 11 N·m (1.1 kgf-m,

8.0 lb-ft)

After installed rear brake cable, adjust the adjuster

nut. Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking

Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B

(Page 0B-19)”.

Install the removed parts.

1

2

3

I831G1410039-02

45

6

I831G1410040-02

I831G1410041-01

(a)

1

I831G1410042-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-15 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Specifications

Service Data

B831G24107001

Brake

Unit: mm (in)

Oil

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G24107002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram (Page 4A-1)”

“Front Brake Master Cylinder Components (Page 4A-9)”

“Rear Brake Pedal Construction (Page 4A-13)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Item Standard Limit

Rear brake pedal height 12.5 – 22.5 (0.5 – 0.9)

Front master cylinder bore 14.000 – 14.043 (0.5512 – 0.5529)

Front master cylinder piston diam. 13.957 – 13.984 (0.5495 – 0.5506)

Item Specification Note

Brake fluid type DOT 4

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Front brake air bleeder valve 60.6 4.5

)(Page 4A-6) /

)(Page 4A-7)

Brake pipe flare nut 16 1.6 11.5 )(Page 4A-7)

Master cylinder holder bolt (Upper and Lower) 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 4A-10)

Brake hose union bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 4A-10)

Brake lever pivot bolt 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 4A-12)

Brake lever pivot bolt lock-nut 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 4A-12)

Rear brake pedal pivot nut 11 1.1 8.0 )(Page 4A-14)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-16

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G24108001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Brake Master Cylinder Components (Page 4A-9)”

“Rear Brake Pedal Construction (Page 4A-13)”

Special Tool

B831G24108002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Brake fluid DOT 4 )(Page 4A-6) / )(Page 4A-

11)

Grease SUZUKI Silicone Grease or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25100 )(Page 4A-12)

Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 4A-14) /

)(Page 4A-14)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 4A-14)

09900–06108 09900–25008

Snap ring pliers Multi-circuit tester set

)(Page 4A-11) )(Page 4A-4) / )(Page 4A-

4) / )(Page 4A-5)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4B-1 Front Brakes:

Brake

Front Brakes

Precautions

Precautions for Front Brakes

B831G24200001

WARNING

!

When servicing the front brake system, place the vehicle on a level ground and support the vehicle

with a jack.

NOTE

The right and left calipers, brake pads and discs are installed symmetrically and therefore the removal

procedure for one side is the same as that for the other side.

Repair Instructions

Front Brake Components

B831G24206001

(b)

(b)

(a)

(c)

(e)

5

2

4

3

FWD

1

6

(d)

7

8

I831G1420001-11

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Brakes: 4B-2

Front Brake Pad Inspection

B831G24206002

The extent of brake pads wear can be checked by

observing the grooved limit line “A” on the pads. When

the wear exceeds the grooved limit line, replace the

pads with new ones. Refer to “Front Brake Pad

Replacement (Page 4B-2)”.

CAUTION

!

Replace the brake pad as a set, otherwise

braking performance will be adversely

affected.

Front Brake Pad Replacement

B831G24206003

1) Remove the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

2) Remove the pad mounting pins (1).

NOTE

When removing the pads, push the piston all

the way into the brake caliper.

CAUTION

!

Do not operate the brake lever while

dismounting the pads.

3) Remove the front brake caliper by removing the

brake caliper mounting bolts (2). Refer to “Front

Brake Caliper Removal and Installation (Page 4B-

3)”.

4) Remove the brake pads.

5) Clean up the caliper especially around the caliper

piston.

6) Install the new brake pads.

CAUTION

!

Replace the brake pads as a set, otherwise

braking performance will be adversely

affected.

1. Front brake caliper 7. Brake caliper mounting bolt : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

2. Piston seal 8. Front brake disk : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

3. Dust seal : 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft) : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

4. Piston : 18 Nm (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0 lb-ft) : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

5. Brake caliper holder : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft) : Apply brake fluid.

6. Front brake pad set : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft) : Do not reuse.

“A”

I831G1420002-01

1

I831G1420004-02

2

I831G1420031-01

I831G1420005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4B-3 Front Brakes:

7) Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the brake pad

mounting pins (2).

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

8) Tighten the front brake pad mounting pins (2) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Front brake pad mounting pin (a): 18 N·m (1.8

kgf-m, 13.0 lb-ft)

NOTE

After replacing the brake pads, pump the

brake lever several times to check for proper

brake operation and then check the brake

fluid level.

9) Install the front wheel assembly.

Front Brake Caliper Removal and Installation

B831G24206004

Removal

1) Remove the front wheel assembly.

2) Drain brake fluid. Refer to “Brake Fluid Replacement

in Section 4A (Page 4A-6)”.

3) Remove the brake hose from the caliper by

removing the union bolt (1) and catch the brake fluid

in a suitable receptacle.

NOTE

Place a rag underneath the union bolt on the

brake caliper to catch any spilt brake fluid.

4) Remove the brake caliper by removing the brake

caliper mounting bolts (2).

Installation

Install the brake caliper in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the front brake

caliper mounting bolts (1).

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tighten the brake caliper mounting bolts (1) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Brake caliper mounting bolt (a): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf

m, 19.0 lb-ft)

(a)

2

I831G1420006-08

2

1

I831G1420032-01

(a)

1

I831G1420033-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Brakes: 4B-4

After setting the brake hose union to the stopper,

tighten the union bolt (3) to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

The seal washers (4) should be replaced with

the new ones to prevent fluid leakage.

Tightening torque

Front brake hose union bolt (b): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-

m, 16.5 lb-ft)

Bleed air from the brake system after installing the

caliper. Refer to “Air Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid

Circuit in Section 4A (Page 4A-5)”.

Install the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

Check the brake fluid leakage and brake operation.

WARNING

!

Brake fluid, if it leaks, will interfere with safe

running and discolor painted surfaces.

Check the brake hose and hose joints for

cracks and fluid leakage.

Front Brake Caliper Disassembly and Assembly

B831G24206005

Refer to “Front Brake Caliper Removal and Installation

(Page 4B-3)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the brake caliper. Refer to “Front Brake

Caliper Removal and Installation (Page 4B-3)”.

2) Remove the pad spring (1).

3) Place a rag over the brake caliper piston to prevent it

from popping out and then force out the piston using

compressed air.

CAUTION

!

Do not use high pressure air to prevent brake

caliper piston damage.

4) Remove the caliper holder (2) from brake caliper.

5) Remove the piston seal (3) and dust seal (4).

4

(b)

3

I831G1420011-05

1

I831G1420012-03

I831G1420013-02

2

I831G1420014-01

3

4

I831G1420015-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4B-5 Front Brakes:

Brake Caliper Holder

Remove the caliper holder pin (1) and caliper holder

slide pin (2) from caliper holder (3).

Assembly

Assemble the caliper in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

Brake caliper holder

Apply thread lock to the caliper holder slide pin (1).

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tighten the caliper holder slide pin (1) and caliper

holder pin (2) to the holder (3) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Caliper holder slide pin (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m,

16.5 lb-ft)

Caliper holder pin (b): 18 N·m (1.8 kgf-m, 13.0 lb-

ft)

Brake caliper

Wash the caliper bores and pistons with specified

brake fluid. Particularly wash the dust seal groove and

piston seal groove.

BF: Brake fluid (DOT 4)

CAUTION

!

Wash the caliper components with fresh

brake fluid before reassembly. Never use

cleaning solvent or gasoline to wash them.

Do not wipe the brake fluid off after

washing the components.

When washing the components, use the

specified brake fluid. Never use different

types of fluid or cleaning solvent such as

gasoline, kerosine or the others.

Apply the brake fluid to piston seal (1) and dust seal

(2).

CAUTION

!

Replace the piston seal (1) and dust seal (2)

with new ones.

BF: Brake fluid (DOT 4)

Install the piston seal as shown in the figure.

1

2

3

I831G1420016-01

(a)

1

(b)

2

3

I831G1420017-04

I649G1430018-02

1

2

I831G1420018-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Brakes: 4B-6

Apply silicon grease to the two pins.

: Grease 99000–25100 (SUZUKI SILICONE

GREASE or equivalent)

Install the brake caliper holder (3) to the brake caliper

(4).

Install the brake pads. Refer to “Front Brake Pad

Replacement (Page 4B-2)”.

Install the brake caliper and brake hose. Refer to

“Front Brake Caliper Removal and Installation

(Page 4B-3)” and “Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram

in Section 4A (Page 4A-1)”

Tighten the union bolt to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Replace the gaskets (5) with new ones.

Tightening torque

Front brake hose union bolt (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-

m, 16.5 lb-ft)

Front Brake Caliper Parts Inspection

B831G24206006

Refer to “Front Brake Caliper Disassembly and

Assembly (Page 4B-4)”.

Brake Caliper Cylinder

Inspect the brake caliper cylinder wall for nicks,

scratches or other damage. If any damage is found,

replace the caliper with a new one.

Brake Caliper Piston

Inspect the brake caliper piston surface for any

scratches or other damage. If any damage is found,

replace the piston with a new one.

Boots

Inspect the boots for damage or wear. If any defects are

found, replace them with new ones.

3

4

I831G1420019-01

5

(a)

I831G1420022-01

I831G1420025-01

I831G1420021-01

I831G1420020-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4B-7 Front Brakes:

Brake Pad Mounting Pin

Inspect the brake pad mounting pin for wear or other

damage. If any damage is found, replace the mounting

pin with a new one.

Brake Pad Spring

Inspect the brake pad springs for damage or excessive

bend. If any defects are found, replace them with new

ones.

Brake Caliper Holder

Inspect the brake caliper holder for damage. If any

damage is found, replace the caliper holder with a new

one.

Front Brake Disc Removal and Installation

B831G24206007

Removal

1) Remove the front wheel assembly. Refer to “Front /

Rear Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

2) Remove the front wheel hub. Refer to “Front Wheel

Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and Installation in

Section 2B (Page 2B-4)”.

3) Remove the brake disc (1) from the front wheel hub.

Installation

Install the front brake disc in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Make sure that the brake discs are clean and free of

any grease.

Apply thread lock to the brake disc bolts (1) and

tighten them to the specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32130

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1360 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Brake disc bolt (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

I831G1420023-01

I831G1420024-01

I831G1420026-01

1

I831G1420027-02

(a)(a)

1

(a)(a)

1

I831G1420028-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Front Brakes: 4B-8

Front Brake Disc Inspection

B831G24206008

Brake Disc Thickness

1) Dismount the front brake caliper. Refer to “Front

Brake Caliper Removal and Installation (Page 4B-

3)”.

2) Check the brake disc for damage or cracks and

measure the thickness using the micrometer.

3) Replace the brake disc if the thickness is less than

the service limit or if detect is found.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20205 (Micrometer (0 – 25 mm))

Brake disc thickness

Service limit: 3.0 mm (0.12 in)

4) Remount the front brake caliper. Refer to “Front

Brake Caliper Removal and Installation (Page 4B-

3)”.

Brake Disc Runout

1) Dismount the front brake caliper. Refer to “Front

Brake Caliper Removal and Installation (Page 4B-

3)”.

2) Measure the runout using the dial gauge.

Replace the disc if the runout exceeds the service

limit.

Special tool

(A): 09900–20607 (Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm))

: 09900–20701 (Magnetic stand)

Brake disc runout

Service limit: 0.30 mm (0.012 in)

3) Remount the front brake caliper. Refer to “Front

Brake Caliper Removal and Installation (Page 4B-

3)”.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G24207001

Brake

Unit: mm (in)

Oil

(A)

I831G1420029-02

(A)

I831G1420030-01

Item Standard Limit

Front brake disc thickness 3.0 (0.12)

Front brake disc runout 0.30 (0.012)

Front brake caliper cylinder bore 33.960 – 34.010 (1.3370 – 1.3390)

Front brake caliper piston diam. 33.878 – 33.928 (1.3338 – 1.3357)

Item Specification Note

Brake fluid type DOT 4

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4B-9 Front Brakes:

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G24207002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Front Brake Components (Page 4B-1)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G24208001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Brake Components (Page 4B-1)”

Special Tool

B831G24208002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Front brake pad mounting pin 18 1.8 13.0 )(Page 4B-3)

Brake caliper mounting bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 4B-3)

Front brake hose union bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 4B-4) /

)(Page 4B-6)

Caliper holder slide pin 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 4B-5)

Caliper holder pin 18 1.8 13.0 )(Page 4B-5)

Brake disc bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 4B-7)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Brake fluid DOT 4 )(Page 4B-5) / )(Page 4B-

5)

Grease SUZUKI SILICONE GREASE or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25100 )(Page 4B-6)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 4B-3) / )(Page 4B-

5)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 4B-3)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1360 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32130 )(Page 4B-7)

09900–20205 09900–20607

Micrometer (0 – 25 mm) Dial gauge (1/100 mm, 10

mm)

)(Page 4B-8) )(Page 4B-8)

09900–20701

Magnetic stand

)(Page 4B-8)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Brakes: 4C-1

Brake

Rear Brakes

Precautions

Precautions for Rear Brake

B831G24300001

WARNING

!

When servicing the rear brake system, place the vehicle on a level ground and support the vehicle with

a jack.

Repair Instructions

Rear Brake Components

B831G24306001

1

2

3

5

4

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

16

(a)

17 (b)

18

15

14

FWD

3

6

I831G1430001-06

1. Friction plate 9. Ball 17. Rear brake cam lever nut

2. Separator plate 10. Rear brake case 18. Rear brake case mounting bolt

3. Side plate 11. Bearing : 11 Nm (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lb-ft)

4. Side plate pin 12. Snap ring : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

5. Side plate spring 13. Oil seal : Apply water resistance grease.

6. Side plate stopper 14. Rear brake cam shaft : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

7. Gasket 15. Oil seal : Do not reuse.

8. Pressure plate 16. Rear brake cam lever

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4C-2 Rear Brakes:

Rear Brake Friction Plate Inspection

B831G24306002

Refer to “Rear Brake Friction Plate Wear Limit

Inspection in Section 0B (Page 0B-20)”.

Rear Brake Friction Plate Replacement

B831G24306003

Refer to “Rear Brake Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 4C-3)”.

Rear Brake Assembly Removal and Installation

B831G24306004

Refer to “Final Gear Assembly Removal and Installation

in Section 3B (Page 3B-23)”.

Removal

1) Remove the rear brake cam lever (1).

2) Remove the brake lining indicator (2) and rear brake

cam lever return spring (3).

3) Remove the rear brake case (4).

Installation

Fit the rear brake case gasket (1).

CAUTION

!

Replace the gasket (1) with a new one.

Install the rear brake case.

Apply a small quantity thread lock to the rear brake

case bolts (2).

Tighten the bolts diagonally to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear brake case bolt (a): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0

lb-ft)

: Thread lock cement 99000–32130

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1360 or

equivalent)

1

I831G1430003-01

3

2

I831G1430004-01

4

I831G1430005-01

1

I831G1430006-01

(a)

2

I831G1430007-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Brakes: 4C-3

Install the return spring (3) and lining indicator (4).

NOTE

Align the boss of lining indicator (4) with

wide spline on the brake cam shaft.

Install the rear brake cam lever (5) to the rear brake

cam shaft.

NOTE

When installing the brake cam lever, align the

punched mark “D” with “E”.

Tighten the cam lever nut (6) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear brake cam lever nut (b): 11 N·m (1.1 kgf-m,

8.0 lb-ft)

Install the final gear assembly to the vehicle. Refer to

“Final Gear Assembly Removal and Installation in

Section 3B (Page 3B-23)”.

Rear Brake Disassembly and Assembly

B831G24306005

Refer to “Rear Brake Assembly Removal and Installation

(Page 4C-2)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the gasket (1) and dowel pins (2).

2) Remove the rear brake steel plates (3) along with

the friction plates (4).

3) Remove the rear brake pressure plate (5) and balls.

3

4

I831G1430008-01

“E”

“D”

5

(b)

6

I831G1430009-02

1

2

2

I831G1430010-02

3

4

I831G1430011-01

5

I831G1430012-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4C-4 Rear Brakes:

4) Remove the rear bake cam shaft (6).

5) Unlock the nut with a chisel.

6) Remove the rear drive gear shaft nut (7) with the

special tool and remove the washer (8).

Special tool

(A): 09924–52420 (Secondary bevel gear

holder)

7) Remove the rear drive gear shaft (9), with plastic

mallet.

8) Remove the oil seal (10) with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

9) Remove the oil seal (11).

10) Remove the snap ring (12) with the special tool.

Special tool

: 09900–06108 (Snap ring pliers)

6

I831G1430013-01

I831G1430014-01

7

8

(A)

I831G1430015-01

9

I831G1430016-01

10

11

(B)

I831G1430017-01

12

I831G1430018-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Brakes: 4C-5

11) Remove the bearing with the special tool.

Special tool

(C): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

12) Remove the side plate stopper (13).

13) Remove the side plate (14), pins (15) and springs

(16).

14) Separate the friction plates (17) and separator plates

(18).

Assembly

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seal, bearing and snap ring

must be replaced with new ones.

Install the rear brake in the reverse order of

disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

Assemble the rear brake plates as shown in the

figure.

CAUTION

!

Replace the remove side plate stopper (4)

with a new one.

Apply final gear oil to the bearing (5) before installing

it.

Install the bearing with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

NOTE

The stamped mark of bearing faces outside.

Install the snap ring (6).

(C)

I831G1430019-02

13

14

16

15

I831G1430043-03

17

18

I831G1430021-01

1. Separator plate 4. Side plate stopper

2. Friction plate “A”: Direction of out side

3. Side plate

“A”

33

2

1

4

4

I831G1430022-04

(A)

5

6

I831G1430023-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4C-6 Rear Brakes:

Install the oil seals (7) and (8) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Apply grease to the lip of cam shaft oil seal.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the rear final drive gear shaft (9).

NOTE

If the rear final drive gear shaft not install

easily, lightly tap it using a plastic mallet.

Install the rear brake cam shaft (10).

Apply grease to the rear brake cam shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the rear propeller shaft coupling (11).

Install the washer (12) and rear drive gear shaft nut

(13).

CAUTION

!

The removed nut (13) must be replaced with a

new one.

Tighten the rear drive gear shaft nut (13) to the

specified torque with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09924–52420 (Secondary bevel gear

holder)

Tightening torque

Rear propeller shaft coupling nut (a): 100 N·m (

10.0 kgf-m, 72.5 lb-ft)

(A)

78

I831G1430024-05

I831G1430025-03

9

I831G1430026-04

10

I831G1430027-05

(B)

11

12

(a)

13

I831G1430028-06

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Brakes: 4C-7

Bend the collar of the nut to the notch on the shaft of

the rear propeller shaft coupling.

Install the balls and rear brake pressure plate (14).

NOTE

When installing the rear brake pressure plate

(14), align its groove “A” with the cam “B” of

rear brake cam shaft (10).

Install the rear brake plates (15), aligning the grooves

“C” of the case.

NOTE

Align the side plate pin with groove “C” of

the case as shown in the figure.

Install the dowel pins and gasket (16).

CAUTION

!

The removed gasket must be replaced with a

new one.

Rear Brake Parts Inspection

B831G24306006

Refer to “Rear Brake Disassembly and Assembly

(Page 4C-3)”.

Rear Brake Cam Lever

Inspect the rear brake cam lever for wear or damage. If

any wear or damage is found, replace it with a new one

Inspect the rear brake cam lever return spring for wear

or damage. If any wear or damage is found, replace it

with a new one.

Oil Seal

Inspect the oil seals for wear or damage. If any wear or

damage is found, replace it with a new one.

I831G1430029-01

“A”

“B”

14

10

I831G1430030-04

15

“C”

I831G1430031-05

16

I831G1430032-03

I831G1430033-01

I831G1430034-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4C-8 Rear Brakes:

Bearing

Inspect the inner race play of the bearing by hand while

it is in the rear brake case.

Turn the inner race by hand to inspect for abnormal

noise or smooth rotation.

If there is anything unusual, replace it with a new one.

Rear Brake Cam Shaft

Inspect the rear brake cam shaft for wear or damage. If

any wear or damage is found, replace it with a new one.

Rear Drive Gear Shaft

Inspect the rear drive gear shaft for wear or damage. If

any defects are found, replace rear drive gear shaft with

a new one.

Rear Brake Side Plate / Rear Brake Friction Plate /

Steel Plate

Inspect the rear brake side plates (1), rear brake

friction plates (2) and separator plates (3) for wear or

damage. If any defects are found, replace them as a

set.

Measure the outer distance “a” between the side

plates as shown in the figure. If the distance “a” is less

than the specification, reassemble the rear brake

plates using the new plate stoppers (4).

Outer distance “a”

Standard: 26.0 – 27.0 mm (1.02 – 1.06 in)

I649G1240015-02

I831G1430036-01

I831G1430037-01

1

3

2

I831G1430038-01

3

2

I831G1430039-01

“a”

4

I831G1430040-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Rear Brakes: 4C-9

Brake Side Plate Spring

Measure the free length “a”.

If the free length “a” is shorter than the limit, replace

the spring with a new one.

Brake side plate spring free length “a”

Service limit: 20.2 mm (0.80 in)

Rear Brake Pressure Plate

Inspect the rear brake pressure plate for wear or

damage. If any wear or damage is found, replace it with

a new one.

Inspect the balls for wear or damage. If any wear or

damage is found, replace them with new ones.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G24307001

Brake

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G24307002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Rear Brake Components (Page 4C-1)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

“a”

I831G1430041-02

I831G1430042-01

Item Standard Limit

Rear brake pedal free travel 20 – 30 (0.8 – 1.2)

Rear brake lever play 6 – 8 (0.2 – 0.3)

Rear brake outer distance 26.0 – 27.0 (1.02 – 1.06)

Brake side plate spring free length 21.3 (0.84) 20.2 (0.80)

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Rear brake case bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 4C-2)

Rear brake cam lever nut 11 1.1 8.0 )(Page 4C-3)

Rear propeller shaft coupling nut 100 10.0 72.5 )(Page 4C-6)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4C-10 Rear Brakes:

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G24308001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Rear Brake Components (Page 4C-1)”

Special Tool

B831G24308002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 4C-6) / )(Page 4C-

6)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1360 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32130 )(Page 4C-2)

09900–06108 09913–50121

Snap ring pliers Oil seal remover

)(Page 4C-4) )(Page 4C-4)

09913–70210 09921–20240

Bearing installer set Bearing remover set

)(Page 4C-5) / )(Page 4C-

6)

)(Page 4C-5)

09924–52420

Secondary bevel gear

holder

)(Page 4C-4) / )(Page 4C-

6)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Parking Brake: 4D-1

Brake

Parking Brake

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Parking / Rear Brake Cable Routing Diagram

B831G24402001

1

2

4

3

1

“B”

4

3

“A”

1

1

I831G1440001-02

1. Parking brake cable 4. Wiring harness

2. Parking brake cable guide “A”: Pass the parking brake cable under the wiring harness.

3. Frame “B”: Pass the parking brake cable over the wiring harness.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4D-2 Parking Brake:

3

1

5

2

1

4

1

3

7

8

6

“C”

6

1

I831G1440002-03

1. Parking brake cable 6. Clamp

2. Parking brake cable guide 7. Parking brake cable adjust nut

3. Frame 8. Rear brake assembly

4. Wiring harness “C”: Fix the rubber of parking brake cable with clamp.

5. Rear fender

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Parking Brake: 4D-3

Repair Instructions

Parking / Rear Brake Inspection and

Adjustment

B831G24406001

Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking Brake)

Lever Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B

(Page 0B-19)”.

Parking / Rear Brake Cable Removal and

Installation

B831G24406002

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)” and “Front Carrier Removal and

Installation in Section 9E (Page 9E-4)”.

3) Remove the air cleaner box. Refer to “Air Cleaner

Box Removal and Installation in Section 1D

(Page 1D-5)”.

4) Remove the clamps (3) and parking brake cable

from the cable guide (2).

5) Remove the parking brake cable adjuster nut (4) and

parking brake cable (5).

6) Remove the parking brake cable (5) from the cable

guide (6).

7) Disconnect the parking brake cable (5).

8) Remove the parking brake cable from vehicle.

Installation

1) Install the parking brake cable as shown in the

parking brake cable routing diagram. Refer to

“Parking / Rear Brake Cable Routing Diagram

(Page 4D-1)”.

2) Reinstall the removed parts.

3) After installing the parking brake cable, inspect or

adjust the parking brake cable. Refer to “Rear Brake

Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking Brake) Lever Inspection

and Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-19)”.

3

23

I831G1440003-01

5

4

I831G1440004-01

5

6

I831G1440005-03

5

I831G1440006-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4D-4 Parking Brake:

Parking / Rear Brake Lever Components

B831G24406003

Parking / Rear Brake Lever Removal and

Installation

B831G24406004

Removal

Refer to “Handlebars Removal and Installation in

Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

Installation

Refer to “Handlebars Removal and Installation in

Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection

B831G24406005

Refer to “Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection in

Section 4A (Page 4A-5)”.

Parking / Rear Brake Relay Inspection

B831G24406006

Refer to “Parking Brake Relay Inspection in Section 1I

(Page 1I-9)”.

2

1

3

(a)

4

(a)

5

7

6

FWD

I831G1440007-01

1. Brake lever lock 4. Brake lever pivot bolt 7. Lock-nut

2. Brake lever cover 5. Brake lever pivot nut : 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lb-ft)

3. Brake lever 6. Adjuster : Apply silicone grease.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Parking Brake: 4D-5

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G24407001

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Parking / Rear Brake Lever Components (Page 4D-4)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G24408001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Parking / Rear Brake Lever Components (Page 4D-4)”

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4D-6 Parking Brake:

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 5- i

5

Section 5

CONTENTS

Transmission / Transaxle

Precautions ………………………………….………5-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 5-1

Precautions for Transmission / Transaxle……..….. 5-1

Automatic Transmission…………..…….. 5A-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………..……….5A-1

Drive Train System ………….……………….…………. 5A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………5A-2

Automatic Transmission Symptom Diagnosis…..5A-2

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..5A-3

Automatic Transmission Components ……………. 5A-3

V-belt Cooling Duct Construction …..………………. 5A-4

V-belt Cooling Duct Removal and Installation….. 5A-5

Clutch Engagement and Lock-up Speed

Inspection………………….………………..……………. 5A-5

V-belt Type Continuously Variable Automatic

Transmission Removal and Installation ………… 5A-5

Movable Drive Face Disassembly and

Assembly ……….…………….…………….……………. 5A-9

Movable Driven Face Disassembly and

Assembly ………….…………….…………….……….. 5A-11

Drive V-belt Inspection ….………………..………….. 5A-14

Movable / Fixed Drive Face Parts Inspection….5A-15

Movable / Fixed Driven Face Parts Inspection ..5A-15

Clutch Shoe Removal and Installation …….…….5A-16

Clutch Housing Case Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………….…………….………………..5A-19

Clutch Parts Inspection ………..……………….…….5A-20

Movable Drive Face Cover Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………….…………….………………..5A-22

Clutch Housing Cover Parts Inspection …..…….5A-23

Shift Lever Assembly Components ……………….5A-23

Gear Shift Knob Removal and Installation ……..5A-24

Shift Lever Assembly Removal and

Installation ………….…………….…………….………. 5A-24

Shift Lever Disassembly and Assembly …………5A-25

Shift Rod Adjustment ………………………………….5A-25

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….5A-26

Service Data……..……………..……………….……….5A-26

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….5A-27

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….5A-27

Recommended Service Material ……….………….5A-27

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….5A-28

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5-1 Precautions:

Transmission / Transaxle

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Transmission / Transaxle

B831G25000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-1

Transmission / Transaxle

Automatic Transmission

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Drive Train System

B831G25102001

1

32

8

9

6

7

12

13 11

10

4

“A”

5

I831G1510001-04

1. Crankshaft 6. Fixed driven face 11. High driven gear

2. Movable drive face 7. Transfer input shaft 12. Transfer output drive gear

3. Fixed drive face 8. Clutch shoe 13. Transfer output driven gear shaft

4. V-belt 9. Clutch housing “A”: Drive train route

5. Movable driven face 10. Low driven gear

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-2 Automatic Transmission:

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Automatic Transmission Symptom Diagnosis

B831G25104001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Excessive engine noise Gear worn or abnormal contact. Replace.

Spline worn. Replace.

Bearing worn or burned. Replace.

V-belt slipping V-belt slipping. Replace.

Pulley face worn. Replace.

Clutch slipping Clutch shoe worn. Replace.

Centrifugal weight operation failure. Repair or replace.

Vbelt worn. Replace.

Clutch dragging Clutch shoe spring fatigued. Replace.

Movable driven face distorted. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-3

Repair Instructions

Automatic Transmission Components

B831G25106001

16

17

15

18

19

15

20

22

21

(a)

23

(b)

24

(a)

11

10

(a)

1

2 3 5

8

4 9

6

7

FWD

12

14

13

I831G1510002-03

1. Movable drive face bolt 11. Movable driven face bolt 21. Spring

2. Movable drive plate 12. Clutch housing 22. Spring plate

3. Damper 13. One way clutch 23. Movable driven face ring nut

4. Spacer 14. Clutch shoe assembly 24. Clutch shoe nut

5. Roller 15. Oil seal : 110 Nm (11.0 kgf-m, 79.5 lb-ft)

6. Oil seal 16. Movable driven face : 150 Nm (15.0 kgf-m, 108.5 lb-ft)

7. Movable drive face 17. Pin : Apply grease.

8. Drive V-belt 18. Spacer : Do not reuse.

9. Fixed drive face 19. O-ring

10. Fixed driven face 20. Spring seat

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-4 Automatic Transmission:

V-belt Cooling Duct Construction

B831G25106002

2

5

3

2

2

9

4

26

7

8

8

1

I831G1510003-06

1. Heat shield 3. Belt cooling inlet duct No. 1 5. Belt cooling inlet duct connector 7. Belt cooling outlet duct No. 2

2. Clamp 4. Belt cooling inlet duct No. 2 6. Belt cooling outlet duct No. 1 8. Belt cooling outlet duct connector

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-5

V-belt Cooling Duct Removal and Installation

B831G25106003

Removal

1) Remove the right inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Loosen the clamp screw and remove the inlet

cooling duct assembly (1).

3) Remove the rear cover (2).

4) Loosen the clamp and remove the outlet belt cooling

duct No. 2 (3).

5) Remove the outlet belt cooling duct No. 1 (4) along

with outlet belt cooling duct connector (5).

Installation

1) Install the V-belt cooling duct as shown in the Vbelt

cooling duct construction. Refer to “V-belt Cooling

Duct Construction (Page 5A-4)”.

2) Install the removed parts.

Clutch Engagement and Lock-up Speed

Inspection

B831G25106004

Refer to “Automatic Clutch Inspection in Section 0B

(Page 0B-26)”.

V-belt Type Continuously Variable Automatic

Transmission Removal and Installation

B831G25106005

Removal

V-belt outer cover

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the right cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

4) Removal the footrest. Refer to “Footrest Removal

and Installation in Section 9E (Page 9E-2)”.

5) Remove the brake pedal. Refer to “Rear Brake

Pedal Removal and Installation in Section 4A

(Page 4A-14)”.

1

I831G1510004-01

2

I831G1510005-01

3

I831G1510006-01

45

I831G1510007-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-6 Automatic Transmission:

6) Remove the V-belt outer cover (1).

Movable drive face

1) Remove the cap (1).

2) Remove the movable drive face bolt with the special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09930–40113 (Rotor holder)

3) Remove the movable drive face cover (1) and collar

(2).

4) Remove the dowel pins (3).

5) Remove the movable drive face (4).

Movable driven face

1) Remove the movable driven face bolt (1) with the

special tool.

2) Remove the movable driven face assembly (2) and

drive belt (3).

Special tool

(A): 09930–40113 (Rotor holder)

1

I831G1510008-01

1

I831G1510009-01

(A)

I831G1510010-01

1

2

I831G1510011-01

3

4

I831G1510012-01

(A)

1

2

3

I831G1510013-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-7

Fixed drive face

Remove the fixed drive face (1).

Installation

Install the automatic transmission component parts in

the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the

following points:

Fixed drive face

Install the fixed drive face (1).

CAUTION

!

Degrease the fixed drive face. Use

nonflammable cleaning solvent to wipe off

oily or greasy matter and make its surfaces

completely dry.

Movable driven face / drive V-belt

Install the drive belt (1), as low as possible, between

the movable driven face and fixed driven face by

tapping with a plastic mallet.

CAUTION

!

The drive belt should be installed so that

the arrows on the drive belt periphery

point in the normal turning direction.

The drive belt contact surface of the driven

face should be thoroughly cleaned.

Apply grease in the groove of fixed driven face.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Install the movable driven face assembly (2).

CAUTION

!

Pull the center area “A” of upper and lower

belt lines to be close to each other to prevent

the belt from expanding.

1

I831G1510014-01

1

I831G1510014-01

1

I831G1510015-01

I831G1510016-01

2

“A”

I831G1510017-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-8 Automatic Transmission:

Tighten the movable driven face bolt (3) to the

specified torque with the special tool.

Tightening torque

Movable driven face bolt (a): 110 N·m (11.0 kgf-

m, 79.5 lb-ft)

Special tool

(A): 09930–40113 (Rotor holder)

Movable Drive Face

Install the movable drive face assembly (1).

CAUTION

!

Degrease the movable drive face assembly

(1). Use nonflammable cleaning solvent to

wipe off oily or greasy matter and make its

surfaces completely dry.

Install the collar (2) and movable drive face bolt (3).

NOTE

The deep concave of the collar (2) faces

outside.

Install the dowel pins (4).

Install the movable drive face cover (5).

Tighten the movable drive face bolt (6) to the specified

torque with the special tool.

Tightening torque

Movable drive face bolt (a): 110 N·m (11.0 kgf-m,

79.5 lb-ft)

Special tool

(A): 09930–40113 (Rotor holder)

NOTE

Turn the fixed drive face until the belt is

seated in and driven faces will move together

smoothly without slip.

Install the cap.

(A)

(a)

3

I831G1510018-01

1

I831G1510019-01

2

3

4

42

3

I831G1510020-02

5

I831G1510021-01

(A)

(a)

6

I831G1510022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-9

V-belt Outer Cover

Install the V-belt outer cover (1).

CAUTION

!

If there are wear or damage, replace the

gasket (2) with a new one.

Tighten the V-belt outer cover bolts to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

V-belt outer cover bolt (a): 8 N·m (0.8 kgf-m, 6.0

lb-ft)

Movable Drive Face Disassembly and Assembly

B831G25106006

Refer to “Automatic Transmission Components

(Page 5A-3)” and “V-belt Type Continuously Variable

Automatic Transmission Removal and Installation

(Page 5A-5)”.

Disassembly

1) Remove the spacer (1).

2) Remove the movable drive plate (2) and rollers (3).

3) Remove the dampers (4).

4) Remove the oil seals (5) and (6).

NOTE

If there are no abnormal conditions, the oil

seals removal are not necessary.

1

2

I831G1510023-01

(a)

I831G1510111-02

1

I831G1510024-01

2

3

I831G1510025-01

4

4

4

I831G1510026-01

56

I831G1510027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-10 Automatic Transmission:

Assembly

1) Install the oil seals with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

NOTE

The removed oil seals must be replaced with

new ones.

2) Apply grease to the lip of oil seals and inside grease

groove “A” of the movable drive face.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Wipe off any excess grease thoroughly.

Take care not to apply grease to the

contact surface of the drive belt.

3) Assemble the rollers (1) to the movable drive face

(2).

4) Assemble the four dampers (3) to the movable drive

plate (4).

5) Assemble the movable plate (4) to the movable drive

face (3).

6) Apply grease to the inside groove of the spacer (5).

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

(A)

(A)

I831G1510028-01

“A”

I831G1510029-02

1

2

3

4

I831G1510030-01

3

4

I831G1510031-01

5

I831G1510032-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-11

7) Install the spacer (6).

NOTE

When installing the spacer, press down the

movable drive face plate so as not to cause

the rollers to come out of position.

Movable Driven Face Disassembly and

Assembly

B831G25106007

1) Hold the movable driven face assembly (1) with the

special tool and vise, loosen the movable driven face

ring nut (2) with the special tool.

WARNING

!

Do not remove the movable driven face ring

nut before attaching the clutch spring

compressor.

Special tool

(A): 09917–23711 (Ring nut wrench)

(B): 09924–52450 (Fixed driven face holder)

2) Set the special tool to the movable driven face

assembly (1) and compress the movable driven face

assembly by turning in the special tool handle.

NOTE

Make sure to insert the spring end “A” into

the slot “B” of the special tool as shown in

the figure.

Special tool

(c): 09922–31430 (Clutch spring

compressor)

3) Remove the movable driven face ring nut (2).

WARNING

!

Since a high spring force applies to the

movable driven face, care must be used so

as not to cause the movable driven face to

come off abruptly.

6

I831G1510033-01

(A)

(B)

1

2

I831G1510034-01

(C)

1

I831G1510035-01

“A”

“B”

2

I831G1510036-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-12 Automatic Transmission:

4) Loosen the special tool handle slowly and remove

the special tool.

5) Remove the spring plate (3) and spring (4).

6) Remove the spring seat (5) and O-rings (6).

7) Remove the pins (7) and rollers (8).

8) Remove the movable driven face (9).

9) Remove the oil seals (10) and (11) from the movable

driven face.

NOTE

If there are no abnormal conditions, the oil

seals removal are not necessary.

Assembly

Assemble the movable driven face in the reverse order

of disassembly. Pay attention to the following points:

Install the oil seals with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seals must be replaced with

new ones.

3

4

I831G1510037-01

6

6

5

I831G1510038-01

7

8

I831G1510039-01

9

I831G1510040-01

11

10

I831G1510041-01

(A) (A)

I831G1510042-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-13

Install the O-rings (1) to the movable driven face.

Apply grease to the oil seal lips, O-rings and inside

groove of movable driven face.

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-rings (1) with new ones.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Wipe off any excess grease thoroughly.

Take care not to apply grease to the

contact surface of the drive belt.

Install the movable driven face (2) to the fixed driven

face (3).

Apply grease to the pin grooves of the movable driven

face.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

To prevent damaging the oil seal lip from

during installation, slide the lip using a 0.1-

mm steel sheet as a guide.

Install the rollers (4) and pins (5).

Install the spring seat (6) aligning the hole “A” with the

hole “B”.

Install the spring (7) and spring plate (8) by aligning

the spring ends with the holes.

1

I831G1510043-01

2

3

I831G1510116-01

5

4

I831G1510044-02

6

“A” “B”

I831G1510045-01

7

8

I831G1510046-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-14 Automatic Transmission:

Compress the spring (7) with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09922–31430 (Clutch spring

compressor)

NOTE

Make sure to insert the spring end “A” into

the slot “B” of the special tool as shown in

the figure.

Tighten the movable driven face ring nut (10)

temporarily.

Remove the special tool from the movable driven face

assembly.

Tighten the movable driven face ring nut (10) to the

specified torque with the special tools.

Tightening torque

Movable driven face ring nut (a): 110 N·m (11.0

kgf-m, 79.5 lb-ft)

Special tool

(C): 09917–23711 (Ring nut wrench)

(D): 09924–52450 (Fixed driven face holder)

Drive V-belt Inspection

B831G25106008

Inspect that the drive belt is free from any greasy

substance.

Inspect the contact surface of the drive belt for cracks or

damage and measure the width of the drive belt with the

vernier calipers.

If any defects are found or measurement exceeds the

service limit, replace the drive belt with a new one.

CAUTION

!

If grease or oil is present on the surface of

the drive belt, degrease the belt thoroughly.

Drive V-belt width

Standard: 34.3 (1.35 in)

Service limit: 33.3 mm (1.31 in)

Special tool

(A): 09900–20101 (Vernier calipers (1/15 mm,

150 mm))

(B)

7

I831G1510047-02

“A”

“B”

I831G1510048-01

10

(B)

I831G1510049-01

(C)

(D)

(a)

10

I831G1510050-01

“a”

(A)

I831G1510051-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-15

Movable / Fixed Drive Face Parts Inspection

B831G25106009

Movable / Fixed Drive Face

Inspect the drive faces for any abnormal conditions such

as stepped wear or discoloration caused by burning.

If any damages are found, replace the drive faces with

new ones.

Roller

Inspect each roller and their sliding surface for wear or

damage.

If any defects are found, replace the rollers as a set.

NOTE

The rollers must always be changed as a set.

Damper

Inspect the dampers for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the dampers with new

ones.

Oil Seal

Inspect the lip of the oil seal for wear or damage.

If any damages are found, replace the oil seal with a new

one.

Refer to “Movable Driven Face Disassembly and

Assembly (Page 5A-11)”.

Movable / Fixed Driven Face Parts Inspection

B831G25106010

Movable / Fixed Driven Face

Inspect the driven face for any abnormal conditions,

such as stepped wear or discoloration caused by

burning.

If any defects are found, replace them with new ones.

Movable Driven Pin and Spacer

Inspect the movable driven pin and spacer for abnormal

wear or damage. If any defects are found, replace the

pin and spacer with a new one.

I831G1510053-01

I831G1510054-01

I831G1510055-01

I831G1510056-01

I831G1510057-01

I831G1510058-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-16 Automatic Transmission:

Movable Driven Spring

Measure the spring free length with the vernier calipers.

If the length is shorter than the service limit, replace

the spring with a new one.

Movable driven face spring free length

Service limit: 145.4 mm (5.72 in)

O-ring and Oil Seal

Inspect the O-rings and oil seals for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the O-rings and oil

seals with new ones.

Clutch Shoe Removal and Installation

B831G25106011

Refer to “V-belt Type Continuously Variable Automatic

Transmission Removal and Installation (Page 5A-5)”.

Removal

1) Drain the engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B (Page 0B-10)”.

2) Remove the outlet cooling duct connector (1) from

the V-belt inner cover (2).

3) Remove the V-belt inner cover (2).

4) Remove the inlet cooling duct connector (3) from the

clutch housing case (4).

5) Remove the clutch housing case (4) along with the

clutch housing (5).

6) Remove the dowel pins (6) and gasket (7).

7) Remove the one way clutch (8).

8) Remove the clutch shoe nut (9) with the special

tools.

CAUTION

!

The clutch shoe nut (9) has left-hand threads.

Special tool

(A): 09930–40113 (Rotor holder)

(B): 09930–40131 (Balancer drive sprocket

holder)

I831G1510059-02

I831G1510060-01

12

I831G1510061-01

4

5

3

I831G1510062-02

6

6

7

8

I831G1510063-02

9

(A) (B)

I831G1510064-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-17

9) Remove the washer (10).

10) Remove the clutch shoe (11) with the special tools.

Special tool

(C): 09930–30104 (Rotor remover slide

shaft)

(D): 09920–33540 (Clutch shoe remover)

Installation

Install the clutch shoe in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the clutch shoe (1) and washer (2).

NOTE

Install the washer (2) as shown in the figure.

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the clutch

shoe nut (3).

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Install the clutch shoe nut (3).

NOTE

The clutch shoe nut (3) has left-hand threads.

Tighten the clutch shoe nut (3) to the specified torque

with the special tools.

Tightening torque

Clutch shoe nut (a): 150 N·m (15.0 kgf-m, 108.5

lb-ft)

Special tool

(A): 09930–40113 (Rotor holder)

(B): 09930–40131 (Balancer drive sprocket

holder)

10

I831G1510065-02

11

(C)

(D)

I831G1510066-02

1

2

I831G1510067-01

“a”: Clutch shoe side “b”: Clutch shoe nut side

2

“a” “b”

I831G1510068-01

3

I831G1510069-02

(A)

(B)

(a)

3

I831G1510070-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-18 Automatic Transmission:

Apply molybdenum oil solution to the inside of the one

way clutch (4).

M/O: Molybdenum oil (MOLYBDENUM OIL

SOLUTION)

Install the one way clutch (4) with facing the

“OUTSIDE” mark “A” outside.

Install the dowel pins (5) and gasket (6).

CAUTION

!

Use a new gasket (6) to prevent oil leakage.

Install the clutch housing case (7) and inlet belt

cooling duct connector (8) and tighten the bolts

diagonally.

Install the V-belt inner cover (9).

CAUTION

!

If there are wear or damage, replace the

gaskets (10) with new ones.

CAUTION

!

Tighten the clutch inner cover bolts “A” first

and then other ones diagonally.

Tightening torque

V-belt inner cover bolt: 9 N·m (0.9 kgf-m, 6.5 lb-ft)

Install the outlet belt cooling duct connector (11).

4

“A”

I831G1510071-02

4

“A”

I831G1510072-02

6

5

5

I831G1510114-02

7

8

I831G1510112-01

9

10

I831G1510113-01

11 9

“A” “A”

I831G1510073-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-19

Clutch Housing Case Disassembly and

Assembly

B831G25106012

Refer to “Clutch Shoe Removal and Installation

(Page 5A-16)”.

Disassembly

Remove the clutch housing (1) from clutch housing

case.

Remove the collar (2).

Remove the oil seal (3) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

Remove the retainers (4).

Remove the bearing (5) with the special tool.

Special tool

(B): 09921–20240 (Bearing remover set)

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Assembly

Install the bearing (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

CAUTION

!

The removed bearing must be replaced with a

new one.

1

I831G1510074-01

2

I831G1510075-01

3

(A)

I831G1510076-01

4

I831G1510077-01

5

(B)

I831G1510078-01

1

(A)

I831G1510079-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-20 Automatic Transmission:

Apply a small quantity of thread lock to the bearing

retainer screws (2), and tighten them securely.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

NOTE

When installing the bearing retainer (3),

align the convex part “A” of clutch housing

case with the edge “B” of bearing retainer.

Install the oil seal (4) with the special tool.

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seal (4) must be replaced

with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Apply grease to the rip of the oil seal (4).

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Install the collar (5).

CAUTION

!

Replace a O-ring (6) with a new one.

Apply grease to the O-ring (6).

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Install the clutch housing (7).

After installed the clutch housing, check if the clutch

housing rotates smoothly.

Clutch Parts Inspection

B831G25106013

Refer to “Clutch Housing Case Disassembly and

Assembly (Page 5A-19)”.

2

3

“A”

“B”

3

2

I831G1510080-02

(A)

4

I831G1510081-01

6

5

I831G1510082-01

7

I831G1510083-01

I831G1510052-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-21

Clutch Shoe

Inspect the boss and centrifugal weight fulcrum sections

for looseness, damage and operation.

Inspect the clutch shoe for damage and fouling with oil

on the surface.

If any defects are found, replace the clutch shoe

assembly with a new one.

Measure the thickness of the clutch shoe at the center

position. If the thickness is less than the service limit,

replace the clutch shoe assembly with a new one.

Clutch shoe thickness

Service limit: No groove at any part

Clutch housing

Inspect the clutch housing for any abnormal surface

damage. Measure the inside diameter of the clutch

housing. If the measurement exceeds the service limit,

replace the clutch housing with a new one.

Clutch housing I.D.

Service limit: 140.5 mm (5.53 in)

Left Clutch Housing Bearing

Rotate the inner race by finger to inspect for abnormal

play, noise and smooth rotation. If there is anything

unusual, replace the bearing with a new one.

One Way Clutch

Install the one way clutch (1) onto the proper direction as

shown.

NOTE

When Installing the one way clutch (1) onto

the clutch housing (2), make sure that the

“OUTSIDE” mark “A” in the one way clutch

faces to the clutch housing.

Install the clutch shoe (3) onto the clutch housing and

turn the clutch shoe by hand to inspect the one way

clutch for a smooth movement. The clutch shoe turns

one direction only. If a large resistance is felt to

rotation, inspect the one way clutch for damage or one

way clutch contacting surface of the clutch shoe for

wear or damage. If any defects are found, replace

them with new ones.

I831G1510084-01

I831G1510085-01

I831G1510086-01

“a”: play

“a”

“a”

I831G1510087-01

“A”

1

2

I831G1510088-01

3

I831G1510089-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-22 Automatic Transmission:

Movable Drive Face Cover Disassembly and

Assembly

B831G25106014

Disassembly

Remove the oil seal (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–50121 (Oil seal remover)

Remove the snap ring (2).

Remove the bearing (3) with the special tool.

NOTE

If there is no abnormal noise, the bearing

removal is not necessary.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Assembly

Press the bearing (1) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

CAUTION

!

The sealed cover of the bearing must face

outside.

Apply grease to the bearing.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Install the snap ring (2).

CAUTION

!

The removed snap ring must be replaced

with a new one.

(A)

1

I831G1510090-01

2

I831G1510091-01

(A)

3

I831G1510092-01

(A)

1

I831G1510094-01

I831G1510095-01

2

I831G1510091-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-23

Install the oil seal (3) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

CAUTION

!

The removed oil seal must be replaced with a

new one.

Apply grease to the lip of oil seal.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Clutch Housing Cover Parts Inspection

B831G25106015

Right Clutch Housing Bearing

Rotate the inner race by finger to inspect for abnormal

play, noise and smooth rotation. If there is anything

unusual, replace the bearing with a new one.

Oil Seal

Inspect the oil seal lip for wear or damage. If any defects

are found, replace the oil seal with a new one.

Shift Lever Assembly Components

B831G25106016

(A)

3

I831G1510100-01

I831G1510099-01

1. Transfer gear shift lever assembly

2. Gear shift knob

3. Rod

4. Gear shift arm

5. Bolt

:10 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lb-ft)

: Apply grease.

: Apply thread lock to the thread part.

I831G1510101-01

2

1

3

(a)

5

(a)

5

4

I831G1510102-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-24 Automatic Transmission:

Gear Shift Knob Removal and Installation

B831G25106017

Removal

1) Loosen the lock-nut (1).

2) Remove the gear shift knob (2).

Installation

Install the gear shift knob in the reverse order of

removal.

NOTE

Tighten the lock-nut securely.

Shift Lever Assembly Removal and Installation

B831G25106018

Removal

1) Keep the vehicle on a level ground.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Keep the gear shift arm (1) in the neutral position.

4) Loosen the bolt (2) and remove the gear shift arm

(1).

5) Remove the transfer gear shift lever mounting bolts

(3).

6) Remove the shift lever assembly.

“a”: 30°“b”: 33°

1

2

I831G1510115-01

1

R

L

H

“a”

“b” “b”

I831G1510104-03

2

1

I831G1510105-03

3

I831G1510103-02

I831G1510106-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-25

Installation

Install the gear shift lever in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to pivot.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE A or equivalent)

Apply thread lock to the shift lever assembly mounting

bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32050

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or equivalent)

Install the gear shift arm (1) to the gear shift shaft in

the correct position.

Tighten the bolt (2) securely.

CAUTION

!

Make sure the operating angle of the gear

shift arm is accurate.

Install the removed parts. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-6)”.

Shift Lever Disassembly and Assembly

B831G25106019

1) Removed the shift lever assembly. Refer to “Shift

Lever Assembly Removal and Installation (Page 5A-

24)”.

2) Disassemble the shift lever assembly as shown in

the shift lever components. Refer to “Shift Lever

Assembly Components (Page 5A-23)”.

Assembly

1) Assemble the shift lever as shown in the shift lever

components. Refer to “Shift Lever Assembly

Components (Page 5A-23)”.

2) Install the shift lever assembly. Refer to “Shift Lever

Assembly Components (Page 5A-23)”.

3) After Installing the gear shift lever assembly, adjust

the shift rod. Refer to “Shift Rod Adjustment

(Page 5A-25)”.

Shift Rod Adjustment

B831G25106020

1) Holding the rod (2), loosen the lock-nuts (1).

2) Turning the rod (2), adjust the length of the rod.

3) Tighten the lock-nuts (1).

I831G1510107-03

I831G1510108-02

2

1

I831G1510109-01

“a”: 30°“b”: 33°

R

L

H

“a”

“b”

“b”

I831G1510110-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-26 Automatic Transmission:

NOTE

Be careful not to separate the rod from the

joint by turning the rod too much.

Shift lever side

Shift arm side

Specifications

Service Data

B831G25107001

Clutch

Unit: mm (in)

Drive Train

Unit: mm (in) Except ratio

Transmission

Unit: mm (in)

1 2

I831G1510117-01

2 1

I831G1510118-01

Item Standard Limit

Clutch wheel I.D. 140.0 – 140.2 (5.512 – 5.520) 140.5 (5.53)

Clutch shoe No groove at any

part

Clutch engagement r/min 1 500 – 2 000 r/min

Clutch lock-up r/min 3 500 – 4 000 r/min

Item Standard Limit

Primary reduction ratio (Automatic

drive) Variable change (2.763 – 0.780)

Secondary reduction ratio 2.158 (40/21 x 17/15)

Final reduction

ratio

Front 3.600 (36/10)

Rear 3.600 (36/10)

Transfer gear

ratio

Low 2.562 (41/16)

High 1.240 (31/25)

Reverse 1.882 (32/17)

Item Standard Limit

Drive V-belt width 34.3 (1.35) 33.3 (1.31)

Movable driven face spring free

length 153.0 (6.02) 145.4 (5.72)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Automatic Transmission: 5A-27

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G25107002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Automatic Transmission Components (Page 5A-3)”

“Shift Lever Assembly Components (Page 5A-23)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G25108001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Automatic Transmission Components (Page 5A-3)”

“Shift Lever Assembly Components (Page 5A-23)”

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Movable driven face bolt 110 11.0 79.5 )(Page 5A-8)

Movable drive face bolt 110 11.0 79.5 )(Page 5A-8)

V-belt outer cover bolt 8 0.8 6.0 )(Page 5A-9)

Movable driven face ring nut 110 11.0 79.5 )(Page 5A-14)

Clutch shoe nut 150 15.0 108.5 )(Page 5A-17)

Vbelt inner cover bolt 9 0.9 6.5 )(Page 5A-18)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE A or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 5A-7) / )(Page 5A-

10) / )(Page 5A-10) /

)(Page 5A-13) /

)(Page 5A-13) /

)(Page 5A-20) /

)(Page 5A-20) /

)(Page 5A-22) /

)(Page 5A-23) /

)(Page 5A-25)

Molybdenum oil MOLYBDENUM OIL SOLUTION )(Page 5A-18)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 5A-17) /

)(Page 5A-20)

THREAD LOCK CEMENT 1342 or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32050 )(Page 5A-25)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

5A-28 Automatic Transmission:

Special Tool

B831G25108002

09900–20101 09913–50121

Vernier calipers (1/15 mm,

150 mm)

Oil seal remover

)(Page 5A-14) )(Page 5A-19) /

)(Page 5A-22)

09913–70210 09917–23711

Bearing installer set Ring nut wrench

)(Page 5A-10) /

)(Page 5A-12) /

)(Page 5A-19) /

)(Page 5A-20) /

)(Page 5A-22) /

)(Page 5A-22) /

)(Page 5A-23)

)(Page 5A-11) /

)(Page 5A-14)

09920–33540 09921–20240

Clutch shoe remover Bearing remover set

)(Page 5A-17) )(Page 5A-19)

09922–31430 09924–52450

Clutch spring compressor Fixed driven face holder

)(Page 5A-11) /

)(Page 5A-14)

)(Page 5A-11) /

)(Page 5A-14)

09930–30104 09930–40113

Rotor remover slide shaft Rotor holder

)(Page 5A-17) )(Page 5A-6) / )(Page 5A-

6) / )(Page 5A-8) /

)(Page 5A-8) / )(Page 5A-

16) / )(Page 5A-17)

09930–40131

Balancer drive sprocket

holder

)(Page 5A-16) /

)(Page 5A-17)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 6- i

6

Section 6

CONTENTS

Steering

Precautions ………………………………….………6-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 6-1

Precautions for Steering ………..…………………..….. 6-1

Steering General Diagnosis……………….. 6A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………6A-1

Steering Symptom Diagnosis……………..…………. 6A-1

Steering / Handlebar……….…………..…….. 6B-1

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..6B-1

Steering / Handlebars Components…………..……6B-1

Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction …. 6B-2

Handlebars Removal and Installation ……………..6B-3

Handlebars Inspection ………………………….………6B-5

Steering Shaft Removal and Installation ………….6B-6

Tie-rod / Tie-rod End Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....6B-9

Steering Parts Inspection ………..……………….….6B-10

Specifications…….………….…….…………….……….6B-11

Service Data……..……………..……………….……….6B-11

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….6B-12

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..……….6B-12

Recommended Service Material ……….………….6B-12

Special Tool ……………………….…………….……….6B-12

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6-1 Precautions:

Steeri ng

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Steering

B831G26000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering General Diagnosis: 6A-1

Steeri ng

Steering General Diagnosis

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Steering Symptom Diagnosis

B831G26104001

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Heavy Steering Distorted steering shaft. Replace.

Improper front wheel alignment. Adjust.

Insufficiently lubricated. Lubricate.

Not enough pressure in tires. Adjust.

Worn or incorrect tire or wrong tire

pressure.

Adjust or replace.

Wobbly Handlebars Distorted front steering shaft. Replace.

Crooked tire. Replace.

Worn or incorrect tire or wrong tire

pressure.

Adjust or replace.

Worn bearing/race in steering stem. Replace.

Worn steering shaft holder bushing. Replace.

Worn steering knuckle ends or ball stud. Replace.

Worn front wheel hub bearings. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-1 Steering / Handlebar:

Steeri ng

Steering / Handlebar

Repair Instructions

Steering / Handlebars Components

B831G26206001

21

21

1

15

16

2

(a)

3

4

(b)

8

12

10

9

FWD

7

(c)

13

11

66

19

FWD

“A”

“A”

“A”

“A”

14

(e)

17

17

18

(d)

5

20

14

I831G1620001-17

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-2

Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction

B831G26206002

1. Handlebars 11. O-ring 21. Handle grip

2. Handlebar upper clamp 12. Washer “A”: Apply grip bond.

3. Handlebar clamp bolt 13. Steering shaft lower nut : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft)

4. Steering shaft 14. Cotter pin : 23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lb-ft)

5. Handlebar holder nut 15. Throttle cable : 162 Nm (16.2 kgf-m, 117.0 lb-ft)

6. Steering shaft holder 16. Parking brake cable : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

7. Steering shaft holder dust seal 17. Tie-rod end : 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

8. Steering shaft holder bolt 18. Tie-rod : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

9. Steering shaft bushing 19. Throttle case assembly : Apply water resistance grease.

10. Dust seal 20. Handlebar left switch assembly : Do not reuse.

(a)

(b)

1

(c)

2

5

6

(d)

3

(e)

4

(c)

2

I831G1620002-06

1. Handlebar holder nut 5. Washer

: The conical side of washer faces outside.

:29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

2. Tie-rod end nut 6. Washer

: The conical side of washer faces outside.

:162 Nm (16.2 kgf-m, 117.0 lb-ft)

3. Steering lower nut : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft) : 45 Nm (4.5 kgf-m, 32.5 lb-ft)

4. Tie-rod nut : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft) : Apply water resistance grease.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-3 Steering / Handlebar:

Handlebars Removal and Installation

B831G26206003

Removal

1) Remove the combination meter. Refer to

“Combination Meter Removal and Installation in

Section 9C (Page 9C-3)”.

2) Remove the following parts from left handlebar.

a) Left grip (1)

b) Left switch box (2)

3) Disconnect the parking brake cable (3) from parking

brake lever.

4) Remove the clamp.

5) Remove the parking brake lever from the handlebar

by removing mounting bolt.

6) Remove the clamp.

7) Disconnect the brake hose from the hose guide.

1

2

I831G1620003-03

3

I831G1620004-02

I831G1620005-02

I831G1620006-05

I831G1620007-02

I831G1620008-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-4

8) Remove the following parts from the right handlebar.

a) Right grip (4)

b) Front brake master cylinder/Front brake lever (5)

CAUTION

!

Do not turn the front brake master cylinder

upside down.

c) Throttle lever case (6)

9) Remove the handlebar upper clamps (7) and

handlebars (8).

Installation

Install the handlebars in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the washers (1) and bolts (2) as shown in the

steering/handlebars construction. Refer to “Steering /

Handlebars Assembly Construction (Page 6B-2)”.

Set the handlebars so that its punch mark “A” aligns

with the mating surface of the left handlebar holder.

Tighten the handlebar holder bolts (3) to the specified

torque.

NOTE

First tighten the handlebar holder bolts (3)

(front ones) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Handlebar clamp bolt (a): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0

lb-ft)

Align the punch mark “A” on the handlebars with the

mating surface “B” of rear brake lever assembly.

Tighten the rear brake lever holder clamp bolt (4) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear brake lever holder clamp bolt (b): 11 N·m (

1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lb-ft)

4

5

6

I831G1620009-01

7

8

I831G1620010-01

1

2

I831G1620011-01

“a”: Clearance

“A”

I831G1620012-02

“a”

(a)

3

(a)

FWD

I831G1620013-01

“A”

“B”

(b)

4

3

I831G1620049-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-5 Steering / Handlebar:

Apply adhesive agent to the handlebar right and left

end and right and left grip inner wall.

: Handle grip bond (Handle Grip Bond

(commercially available))

Insert the projection “D” of the left switch assembly

into the hole of the handlebars.

Tighten the left handlebar switch screws.

Install the master cylinder. Refer to “Front Brake

Master Cylinder Assembly Removal and Installation in

Section 4A (Page 4A-9)”.

Align the punch mark “D” on the handlebars with the

mating surface “E” of the throttle lever case.

Tighten the throttle lever case bolts (6) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Throttle lever case bolt (c): 5 N·m (0.5 kgf-m, 3.5

lb-ft)

Handlebars Inspection

B831G26206004

Refer to “Handlebars Removal and Installation

(Page 6B-3)”.

Inspect the handlebars for distortion or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the handlebars with a

new one.

5. Handlebar

“C”: Apply handle grip bond.

“C”

“C”

5

I831G1620014-02

“C”

I831G1620015-02

I831G1620016-01

“D”

“E”

I831G1620017-03

(c)

6

I831G1620018-03

I831G1620019-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-6

Steering Shaft Removal and Installation

B831G26206005

Removal

1) Remove the front wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear

Wheel Removal and Installation in Section 2D

(Page 2D-2)”.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the handlebars. Refer to “Handlebars

Removal and Installation (Page 6B-3)”.

4) Remove the auxiliary headlight. Refer to “Auxiliary

Headlight Removal and Installation in Section 9B

(Page 9B-3)”.

5) Remove the handlebar holder (1).

6) Disconnect the tie-rod ends. Refer to “Front Wheel

Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and Installation in

Section 2B (Page 2B-4)”.

7) Remove the steering lower arm plate (2) by

removing cotter pin, nut and washer.

8) Remove the center cover.

9) Disconnect the brake hose (3) from the hose guide.

10) Remove the read wire clamps.

11) Remove the steering shaft plate (4).

12) Remove the steering shaft holders (5) and dust seal

(6).

13) Remove the steering shaft (7) from the vehicle.

14) Remove the dust seal (8) and O-ring (9).

1

I831G1620020-01

2

I831G1620021-01

I831G1620023-01

3

I831G1620024-03

4

I831G1620025-03

6

5

7

I831G1620026-03

9

8

I831G1620022-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-7 Steering / Handlebar:

15) Remove the steering shaft bushing (10) and dust

seal (11) with the special tools and suitable socket

wrench.

Special tool

(A): 09924–84521 (Bearing installer set)

(B): 09930–30721 (Rotor remover)

Installation

Install the steering shaft in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the steering shaft lower bushing (1) along with

dust seal (2) with the special tools.

Special tool

(A): 09924–84521 (Bearing installer set)

(B): 09913–70210 (Bearing installer set)

Apply grease to the steering shaft lower bushing (1)

and dust seal (2).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Apply grease to the dust seal (3) and O-ring (4).

CAUTION

!

The removed O-ring must be replaced with a

new one.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Apply grease to the spline of steering shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Install the steering shaft.

Apply grease to the steering shaft holder dust seal

before installing.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

(A)

(B)

(A)

11

10

I831G1620027-04

(A)

(B)

1

2

I831G1620048-01

2

1

I831G1620029-02

4

3

I831G1620032-02

I831G1620033-01

I831G1620028-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-8

Apply grease to the steering shaft holders before

installing the shaft holders.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

CAUTION

!

To prevent the entry of dirt, the dust seal end

“A” must face rearward when installing the

dust seal to steering shaft.

Install the steering shaft holder (5) and tighten the

mounting bolts (6) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Steering shaft holder bolt (a): 23 N·m (2.3 kgf-m,

16.5 lb-ft)

After installed steering shaft plate, make sure that the

wiring harness, cables and brake hose routing are

properly. Refer to “Wiring Harness Routing Diagram in

Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

When installing the steering arm plate, align the wide

spline “B” of steering shaft (7) with slit “C” of steering

arm plate (8).

Apply a small quality thread lock to the thread part of

steering shaft.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1303 or

equivalent)

Tighten the steering shaft lower nut (9) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Steering shaft lower nut (b): 162 N·m (16.2 kgf-m,

117.0 lb-ft)

Install the cotter pin.

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pin must be replaced

with a new one.

“A”

I831G1620030-02

(a)

6

5

I831G1620031-02

“B”

7

“C”

8

I831G1620034-02

(b)

9

I831G1620035-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-9 Steering / Handlebar:

Connect the tie-rod ends. Refer to “Front Wheel Hub /

Steering Knuckle Removal and Installation in Section

2B (Page 2B-4)”.

Tighten the handlebar holder nut (10) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Handlebar holder nut (c): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5

lb-ft)

Install the handlebars. Refer to “Handlebars Removal

and Installation (Page 6B-3)”.

Install the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-6)”.

Install the front wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear Wheel

Removal and Installation in Section 2D (Page 2D-2)”.

After installing these parts, adjust the toe. Refer to

“Toe Adjustment in Section 0B (Page 0B-22)”.

Tie-rod / Tie-rod End Removal and Installation

B831G26206006

Removal

1) Remove the tie-rod end (steering knuckle side).

Refer to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle

Removal and Installation in Section 2B (Page 2B-4)”.

2) Remove the cotter pins, tie-rod end nut and spring

washer.

3) Remove the steering arm plate (1) with a special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09942–72410 (Tie rod end remover)

4) Remove the other tie-rod end in the same manner as

described previously.

5) Separate the tie-rod ends (2), nuts (3), and (4) and

tie-rods (5).

CAUTION

!

The lock-nuts (3) have left-hand threads.

(c)

10

I831G1620036-02

I831G1620037-01

1

(A)

I831G1620038-01

2

2 2

2

3

44

5 5

3

I831G1620039-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-10

Installation

Install the tie-rod in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

When installing the tie-rods, make sure the short side

“a” of tie-rod come outside.

Push the tie-rod to tie-rod lock-nut tightening direction.

Tighten the lock-nuts to the specification.

CAUTION

!

When tightening the lock-nuts, hold the tie

rod end with a open end wrench.

NOTE

The lock-nuts (1) have left-hand threads.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod lock-nut (a): 45 N·m (4.5 kgf-m, 32.5 lb-ft)

Install the washers and tighten the rod end nuts (2)

(steering arm plate side) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod end nut (a): 29 N·m (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lb-ft)

Install the cotter pins (3).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pins must be replaced

with new ones.

Install the tie-rod ends (steering knuckle side). Refer

to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and

Installation in Section 2B (Page 2B-4)”.

After installed wheels, inspect the toe-out. If the toe-

out is out of specification, bring it into the specified

range. Refer to “Steering System Inspection in

Section 0B (Page 0B-21)” and “Toe Adjustment in

Section 0B (Page 0B-22)”.

Steering Parts Inspection

B831G26206007

Refer to “Steering Shaft Removal and Installation

(Page 6B-6)” and “Tie-rod / Tie-rod End Removal and

Installation (Page 6B-9)”.

Steering Shaft Holder Dust Seal

Inspect the dust seal for wear or damage. If any defects

are found, replace the dust seal with a new one.

Tie-rod

Inspect the tie-rod for distortion or damage. If any

defects are found, replace the tie-rod with a new one.

“a”

“a”

(a)

1

(a) (a)

I831G1620040-03

3

(a)

2

I831G1620041-01

I831G1620042-01

I831G1620043-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-11 Steering / Handlebar:

Tie-rod End

Inspect the tie-rod ends for smooth movement. If there

are any abnormalities, replace the tie-rod ends with new

ones. Inspect the tie-rod end boots for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the tie-rod ends with

new ones.

Steering Shaft

Inspect the steering shaft for distortion or bend. If any

defects are found, replace the steering shaft with a new

one.

Steering Shaft Holder

Inspect the steering shaft holders for wear or damage. If

any defects are found, replace the steering shaft holders

with new ones.

Steering Shaft Bushing and Dust Seal

Inspect the steering shaft bushing (1) and dust seal (2)

for wear or damage. If any defects are found, replace

them with new ones.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G26207001

Wheel

Unit: mm

I831G1620044-01

I831G1620045-01

I831G1620046-01

2

1

I831G1620047-02

Item Standard Limit

Steering angle 46° (right & left)

Turning radius 3.1 m (10.2 ft)

Toe-out (with 75 kg, 165 lbs) 10 ± 4 mm (0.39 ± 0.16)

Camber 0.64°

Caster 1.6°

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-12

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G26207002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Steering / Handlebars Components (Page 6B-1)”

“Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction (Page 6B-2)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G26208001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Steering / Handlebars Components (Page 6B-1)”

“Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction (Page 6B-2)”

Special Tool

B831G26208002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Handlebar clamp bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 6B-4)

Rear brake lever holder clamp bolt 11 1.1 8.0 )(Page 6B-4)

Throttle lever case bolt 5 0.5 3.5 )(Page 6B-5)

Steering shaft holder bolt 23 2.3 16.5 )(Page 6B-8)

Steering shaft lower nut 162 16.2 117.0 )(Page 6B-8)

Handlebar holder nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 6B-9)

Tie-rod lock-nut 45 4.5 32.5 )(Page 6B-10)

Tie-rod end nut 29 2.9 21.0 )(Page 6B-10)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 6B-7) / )(Page 6B-

7) / )(Page 6B-7) /

)(Page 6B-7) / )(Page 6B-

8)

Handle grip bond Handle Grip Bond (commercially

available)

)(Page 6B-5)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1303 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 6B-8)

09913–70210 09924–84521

Bearing installer set Bearing installer set

)(Page 6B-7) )(Page 6B-7) / )(Page 6B-

7)

09930–30721 09942–72410

Rotor remover Tie rod end remover

)(Page 6B-7) )(Page 6B-9)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-13 Steering / Handlebar:

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 9- i

9

Section 9

CONTENTS

Body and Accessories

Precautions ………………………………….………9-1

Precautions….…………………..……………….…………… 9-1

Precautions for Electrical System ……………..…….. 9-1

Component Location .…………….……………..…….. 9-1

Electrical Components Location ……………………... 9-1

Wiring Systems…………………………..…….. 9A-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………..……….9A-1

Wiring Diagram …………………………..……………. 9A-1

Wiring Harness Routing Diagram………..…………. 9A-4

Specifications…….…………….…………….…………….9A-6

Service Data ………….…………….………………..…… 9A-6

Lighting Systems………………………..…….. 9B-1

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..9B-1

Headlight Components ………….………………..…… 9B-1

Headlight Removal and Installation ……….………. 9B-1

Headlight Bulb Replacement ….…………….………. 9B-2

Headlight Beam Adjustment ……..………………..9B-2

Auxiliary Headlight Components ……………………. 9B-3

Auxiliary Headlight Removal and Installation …… 9B-3

Auxiliary Headlight Bulb Replacement ……….…… 9B-4

Auxiliary Headlight Beam Adjustment…………….. 9B-5

Rear Combination Light components……………9B-5

Rear Combination Light Removal and

Installation……………………….……………….………. 9B-6

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement……..9B-6

Reversing Light Bulb Replacement (For P-17) …. 9B-7

Reversing Light Relay Inspection (For P-17) …… 9B-7

Dimmer Switch Inspection……………….……………. 9B-7

Specifications…….…………….…………….…………….9B-8

Service Data ………….…………….………………..…… 9B-8

Special Tools and Equipment …………….………….9B-8

Special Tool .……………….………………..……………. 9B-8

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn.. 9C-1

General Description ………………….………………..9C-1

Combination Meter System Description…………..9C-1

Repair Instructions .……………….…………………..9C-2

Combination Meter Components …..……………….9C-2

Combination Meter Removal and Installation …..9C-3

Combination Meter Disassembly and

Assembly ………….…………….…………….………….9C-3

Combination Meter Inspection ..………………..……9C-4

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light

Inspection……….………………..……………….………9C-4

Engine Coolant Temperature Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....9C-4

Fuel Level Indicator Inspection ……………………...9C-5

Fuel Level Gauge Inspection ..…………….…………9C-6

Speedometer Inspection ……………………………....9C-6

Speed Sensor Removal and Installation ………….9C-6

Speed Sensor Inspection …..……………….…………9C-7

Ignition Switch Inspection…..……………….…………9C-7

Ignition Switch Removal and Installation…….……9C-7

Horn Inspection (For P-17, 24)……………………….9C-8

Horn Removal and Installation (For P-17, 24)…..9C-8

Specifications…….………….…….…………….…………9C-8

Service Data………………………….…………………....9C-8

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………9C-8

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..…………9C-9

Recommended Service Material ………….…………9C-9

Special Tool ………………………….……………….……9C-9

Exterior Parts …………….…………….……….. 9D-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………9D-1

Exterior Parts Construction ……..……………….……9D-1

Rear Fender Heat Shield Construction ……………9D-4

Fuel Tank Lower Cover Heat Shield

Installation …………….……………….………………....9D-5

Fastener Removal and Installation…….……………9D-6

Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....9D-6

Rear Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation …………….……………….………………....9D-9

Seat Removal and Installation ……………………..9D-11

Under Cover Components ……………………….….9D-12

Under Cover Removal and Installation ………….9D-12

Body Structure.………….…………….……….. 9E-1

Repair Instructions ………..……….…………….………9E-1

Body Frame Construction ……………………..………9E-1

Footrest Construction….……………….……………….9E-1

Footrest Removal and Installation.………………....9E-2

Carrier Construction ………….……………….…………9E-3

Front Carrier Removal and Installation ……………9E-4

Rear Carrier Removal and Installation …………….9E-5

Front Grip Bar Construction .……………….…………9E-6

Front Grip Bar Removal and Installation ………….9E-6

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9-ii Table of Contents

Trailer Towing Construction ……….……………….9E-7

Trailer Towing Removal and Instruction………….. 9E-7

Specifications….……….…………….…………….………9E-8

Tightening Torque Specifications……………………9E-8

Special Tools and Equipment ……………..…………9E-8

Recommended Service Material .…………………...9E-8

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 9-1

Body and Acc essories

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Electrical System

B831G29000001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 (Page 00-1)” and “Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service in Section 00

(Page 00-2)”.

Component Location

Electrical Components Location

B831G29003001

Refer to “Electrical Components Location in Section 0A (Page 0A-7)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9A-1 Wiring Systems:

Body and Acc essories

Wiring Systems

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Wiring Diagram

B831G29102001

Refer to “Wire Color Symbols in Section 0A (Page 0A-5)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-2

For P-17

R

O/Y

Y/B

B/W

Bl/W

O/Y

W/B

B/W

O

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

R

O/Y

R/B

Bl/B

W

W/R

B/Y

O/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

Y/Bl

W/Bl

O/Bl

O

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Br

Br Bl/B

Bl/B

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

B

Y

B/W

O/Y

Bl

Bl/R

O/Y

W/B

O/Y

W/B

O

W/B

OB

B/W

B/W

Y

Y

Y

RR

Y

Y

Y

B/W

B/W

R

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/Bl

O/W

O/W

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

O/W

R/B

B/R

R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

B

G/B

Y

R/G

G

B/Lg

B

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

Dg

B/Y

W/Bl

P/W

O/W

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

Y/R

Y/R

B/W

W/B

B

B

Gr

W

Y

O

O/W

Y/G

B/W

B/W

P

B

B

B/W

B

B/G

B/R

O/R

B/W

B/R

B

Bl

RR

OO

O/Bl

Gr

Bl/W

O/Y

B/R

Bl/R

OO

B

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

O

W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

YY

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

W/Bl

W

Gr/W

Y/R

B/Lg

R/B

P/W

G

R/B

W/Bl

B/Bl

B/Br

Dg

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

R

R

Y

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

Bl/G

B

B

Y/B

B/W

R

R

B/W

Bl

W

Y

Y

Y

B/Bl

Bl/B

Bl

R

W

G

BB

R

W

Y

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

O/Y

O

O/R

O/B

Y/G

B/Bl

O/Y

Y/B

OOO

W

Br

Gr

G

B

Bl

Y

P

Y/B

O

B/W

Bl/W

O/Y

W/B

B/W

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

R

R/B

Bl/B

W

W/R

B/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

Y/Bl

W/Bl

Y/G

B/W

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

B

B/W

Bl/R

W/B

W/B W/B

B/W

B/W

B/W

R

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/B

Y/B

BB

Y/Bl

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

R/B

B/R

R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

B

G/B

Y

R/G

G

B

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

B/Y

W/Bl

P/W

Bl/R

Gr

B/W

B/W

W/B

Gr

B/W

R

R

B

W/B

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

Y/R

Y/R

B/W

W/B

B

B

Gr

W

Y

Y/G

B/W

B/W

O/G

P

B

O

B

GG

B/W

B

B/G

B/R

B/W

B/R

B

Bl

RR

Gr

Bl/W

B/R

Bl/R

B

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

W/Bl

W

Gr/W

Y/R

R/B

P/W

G

R/B

W/Bl

B/Bl

B/Br

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

R

R

W/Y

W/Y

Gr

Gr

Y

PP

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

Bl/G

B

B

Y/B

B/W

R

R

B/WB/W

B/W

Bl

W

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

B/Bl

Bl/R

Bl/R

O/Y

RR

O/Y

RR

B/W

B/W

Bl/B

Bl

R

W

G

R

W

Y

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

Y/G

B/Bl

Y/B

W

Br

Gr

G

B

Bl Bl

Bl

Y

P

YO/R

Y

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

GG

YY

RR

BB

Bl

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON3

ON2

ON1

OFF

2WD

4WD

LOCK

L R N B W

ON

OFF HI

LO

RUN

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

PUSH

PUSH

123

45 6

1

M

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

COOLING

FAN

THERMO-

SWITCH

COOLING

FAN

MOTOR

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

SET

SECEDE

EMERGENCY

SWITCH

HORN

HORN

BUTTON

IGNITION

SWITCH

PARKING

BRAKE

SWITCH

4WD/DIFF-LOCK

SWITCH

4WD/DIFF-LOCK

ACTUATOR

GEAR

POSITION

SWITCH

FUSE BOX

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

DIODE INJECTOR ISC VALVE

ECT

SENSOR

IAT

SENSOR

IAP

SENSOR

TP

SENSOR

RESISTOR

PARKING

BRAKE

RELAY

NEUTRAL

RELAY

DIODE CKP

SENSOR

GENERATOR

1. HEAD HI

2. HEAD LO

3. FUEL

4. IGNITION

5. FAN

6. POWER SOURCE

10 A

10 A

10 A

15 A

15 A

10 A

STARTER

MOTOR STARTER

RELAY

1: MAIN (30 A) BATTERY

HEADLIGHT

(L)

HEADLIGHT

(R)

AUXILIARY

HEADLIGHT

: DIFF-LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT

: REVERSE INDICATOR LIGHT

: NEUTRAL INDICATOR LIGHT

: HI-BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT

: ECT/FI INDICATOR LIGHT

L

R

N

B

W

SPEEDOMETER

DIMMER

SWITCH

LOW

POSITION

DIODE

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

(L)

REAR

BRAKE

SWITCH

REGULATOR/

RECTIFIER

FUEL

PUMP

FUEL

PUMP

RELAY

BACKUP

LIGHT

RELAY

BACKUP

LIGHT

ECM

REAR

COMBINATION

LIGHT

POWER

SOURCE

IGNITION

COIL

SPEED

SENSOR TO

SENSOR

ENGINE

STOP

SWITCH OVER RIDE

SWITCH

START

BUTTON

GG

BACK BUZZER

PUSH

O/Y

O

O/Y O/G

O

O

O/Y

O/Y

O/Bl

O

O/W

O

O/W

O/Y

O/Y

O/Y O

OB

O/W

B/Lg

Dg

O/W

O/Y

O/Y

O/Y

Dg

B/Lg

O/Y

O

O/R

O/B

O/Y

O/Y

OO

O/Bl

O/R

O/R

O/Y

HIGH

POSITION

DIODE

W

Bl

I831G1910901-10

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9A-3 Wiring Systems:

For P-24, 28, 33

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON3

ON2

ON1

OFF

2WD

4WD

LOCK

L R N W

ON

OFF HI

LO

RUN

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

PUSH

PUSH

PUSH

123

45 6

1

M

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

COOLING

FAN

THERMO-

SWITCH

COOLING

FAN

MOTOR

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

HORN

(P-24)

(P-24)

HORN

BUTTON

IGNITION

SWITCH

PARKING

BRAKE

SWITCH

4WD/DIFF-LOCK

SWITCH

4WD/DIFF-LOCK

ACTUATOR

GEAR

POSITION

SWITCH

FUSE BOX

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

DIODE INJECTOR ISC VALVE

ECT

SENSOR

IAT

SENSOR

IAP

SENSOR

TP

SENSOR

RESISTOR

PARKING

BRAKE

RELAY

NEUTRAL

RELAY

DIODE CKP

SENSOR

GENERATOR

WINCH

(P-28,33)

1. HEAD HI

2. HEAD LO

3. FUEL

4. IGNITION

5. FAN

6. POWER SOURCE

10 A

10 A

10 A

15 A

15 A

10 A

STARTER

MOTOR STARTER

RELAY

1: MAIN (30 A)

BATTERY

HEADLIGHT

(L)

HEADLIGHT

(R)

AUXILIARY

HEADLIGHT

: DIFF-LOCK INDICATOR LIGHT

: REVERSE INDICATOR LIGHT

: NEUTRAL INDICATOR LIGHT

: ECT/FI INDICATOR LIGHT

L

R

N

W

SPEEDOMETER

DIMMER

SWITCH

LOW

POSITON

DIODE

HIGH

POSITION

DIODE

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

(L)

REAR

BRAKE

SWITCH

REGULATOR/

RECTIFIER

FUEL

PUMP

FUEL

PUMP

RELAY

ECM

REAR

COMBINATION

LIGHT

POWER

SOURCE

IGNITION

COIL

SPEED

SENSOR TO

SENSOR

ENGINE

STOP

SWITCH OVER RIDE

SWITCH

START

BUTTON

O/Y

O/Y

Y/B

O/B

B

G

O

B

G

B/W

Bl/W

O/Y

O/B O

W/B

B/W

O

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

R

O/Y

R/B

Bl/B

W

W/R

B/Y

O/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

Y/Bl

W/Bl

O/Bl

O/Y

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Br

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

B

B/W

O/Y

Bl

Bl

Bl/R

O/Y

W/B

O/Y

W/B

O

W/B

OB

B/W

B/W

YY

B/W

R

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/Bl

O/W

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

O/W

R/B

B/R

R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

B

G/B

Y

R/G

G

B/Lg

B

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

Dg

B/Y

W/Bl

P/W

O/W

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

Y/R

Y/R

B/W

Y/B

Y/B

BB

W/B

B

B

Gr

W

Y

O

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/B

B/W

P

B

B

G

B/W

B

B/G

B/R

O/R

O/R

B/W

B/R

B

Bl

RR

OO

O/Bl

Gr

Bl/W

O/Y

O/Y

B/R

Bl/R

OO

B

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

G

B

O

W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

W/Bl

W

Gr/W

Y/R

B/Lg

B/Lg

R/B

P/W

G

R/B

W/Bl

B/Bl

B/Br

Dg

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

R

R

Y

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

Bl/G

B

B

Y/B

B/W

R

R

B/W

Bl

W

B/Bl

Bl/B

Bl

R

W

G

BB

R

W

Y

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

O/Y

O

O/R

O/B

Y/G

B/Bl

O/Y

Y/B

OO

W

Br

Gr

G

B

P

Y/B

B

G

B

G

B/W

Bl/W

W/B

B/W

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

R

R/B

Bl/B

W

W/R

B/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

Y/Bl

W/Bl

Y/G

B/W

Br

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

B

B/W

Bl/R

W/B

W/B W/B

B/W

B/W

B/W

RR

R

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/Bl

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

R/B

B/R

R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

B

G/B

Y

R/G

G

B

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

Dg

B/Y

W/Bl

P/W

Gr

B/W

W/B

Gr

B/W

W/B

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

Y/R

Y/R

B/W

W/B

B

B

W

Y

Y/G

Y/G

B/W

B/W

P

B

B

GGG

B/W

GG

B

B/G

B/R

B/W

B/R

B

Bl

RR

Gr

Bl/W

B/R

Bl/R

B

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

G

B

W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

W/Bl

W

Gr/W

Y/R

R/B

P/W

G

R/B

W/Bl

B/Bl

B/Br

Dg

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

R

R

W/Y

W/Y

Gr

Gr

Y

PP

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

Bl/G

B

B

Y/B

B/W

R

R

B/WB/W

B/W

Bl

W

YY

YY

YY

B/Bl

Bl/B

Bl

R

W

G

R

W

Y

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

Y/G

B/Bl

Y/B

W

Br

Gr

G

B

Bl

Bl

YY

Bl

Bl

YY

P

YO/R

OO

O/Bl

O/R Y

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

YY

YY

YY

YY

YY

YY

O/Y

O

O/Y

O/Y

O/Bl

O/Y

O/W

O

O/W

O/Y

O/Y

O/Y O

OB

O/W

O/W

B/Lg

O/W

O/Y

O/Y

O/B

O/Y

O

O/R

(P-28,33)

Gr

O

Bl/R

W

Bl

I831G1910902-13

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-4

Wiring Harness Routing Diagram

B831G29102002

Clamp

Wiring harness

Wiring harness

Wiring harness

60 – 80 mm (2.36 – 3.15 in) Clamp

Wiring harness

Clamp

Clamp

Clamp

Wiring harness

Clamp

Clamp

Brake light/taillight

Back up relay (P-17)

Clamp

Wiring harness

Generator

Gear position switch

Clamp

Speed sensor

Clamp

Actuator

Clamp

Clamp

Clamp

Clamp

Actuator

Foot brake switch

Actuator

Foot brake switch

IAP sensor

IAP sensor

To rear fender top

Speed sensor

Clamp

Wiring harness

TP sensor

Injector coupler

ECT sensor coupler

ISC valve

Ignition coil

To power source

Clamp

Wiring harness

Wiring harness

Wiring harness

Actuator Gear position switch

Generator

Hose

Cooling fan thermo switch

Foot brake switch

Parking brake cable

ICES canada

label (P-28)

I831G1910903-07

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9A-5 Wiring Systems:

Horn button (P-17, 24)

Fix front brake hose

Starter motor

Engine earth

4WD/Diff-lock relay

Set the dealer mode coupler to the rear fender hole.

Starter motor terminal

Battery

ECM

Fuse box

Master cylinder reservoir tank

To combination meter

Set the writing harness as shown.

Pass the writing harness

behind the upper.

Clamp

4WD/Diff-lock switch

Front brake switch

Clamp

Emergency switch (P-17)

Handle switch

Parking brake switch

Horn button (P-17, 24)

Starter relay

Fuel dump relay

Emergency switch (P-17)

10 15 mm (0.3 0.6 in)

Horn (P-17) Horn (P-24)

VIEW A

Clamp

Emergency switch (P-17)

4WD/Diff-lock switch

Combination meter

Horn button (P-17, 24)

Front brake switch

Ignition switch

Handle switch

Parking brake switch

A

I831G1910904-09

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-6

Specifications

Service Data

B831G29107001

Electrical

Unit: mm

“a”

15

4

7

7

2

3

6

I831G1910905-05

1. Starter motor 3. Generator stator 5. Starter motor lead wire 7. Clamp

2. Gear position switch 4. Ground wire 6. Grommet “a”: 30°

Item Specification Note

Fuse size

Headlight HI 10 A

LO 10 A

Fuel 10 A

Ignition 15 A

Power source 10 A

Fan 15 A

Main 30 A

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9B-1 Lighting Systems:

Body and Acc essories

Lighting Systems

Repair Instructions

Headlight Components

B831G29206001

Headlight Removal and Installation

B831G29206002

Removal

1) Remove the front grill upper cover.

Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the headlight coupler (1).

3) Remove the headlight assembly (2) by removing

screw (3), fastener (4) and bolts (5).

FWD

1

I831G1920002-03

1. Headlight bulb (12 V 35/35 W)

1

I831G1920003-01

5

4

3

I831G1920004-02

5

2

I831G1920005-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Lighting Systems: 9B-2

Installation

Install the headlight in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following point:

After installing, be sure to inspect the headlight beam.

Refer to “Headlight Beam Adjustment (Page 9B-2)”.

Headlight Bulb Replacement

B831G29206003

CAUTION

!

If you touch the bulb with your bare hands,

clean the bulb with a cloth moistened with

alcohol or soapy water to prevent

premature bulb failure.

Do not use bulb other than those with

predetermined wattage.

Remove the bulb when it gets cool, since it

may be heated to an extremely high

temperature when the headlight is turned

ON.

1) Remove the headlight housing cover (1) and bulb

socket rubber cap (2).

2) Disconnect the headlight coupler (3).

3) Replace the headlight bulb (4) by unhooking the bulb

holder spring (5).

4) Reinstall the removed parts.

NOTE

Properly fit the bulb socket rubber cap and

headlight housing cover.

Headlight Beam Adjustment

B831G29206004

Adjust the headlight vertical beam.

2

1

I831G1920006-01

3

5

4

I831G1920007-01

I831G1920008-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9B-3 Lighting Systems:

Auxiliary Headlight Components

B831G29206005

Auxiliary Headlight Removal and Installation

B831G29206006

Removal

1) Remove the screws (1).

2) Remove the auxiliary headlight cover (2) by

removing the fasteners (3).

FWD

1

I831G1920009-05

1. Auxiliary headlight bulb (12 V 35/35 W)

1

I831G1920010-01

3

I831G1920011-01

3

3

2

2

I831G1920012-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Lighting Systems: 9B-4

3) Remove the auxiliary headlight mounting bolt (4).

4) Disconnect the auxiliary headlight coupler (5) by

removing the auxiliary headlight assembly (6).

Installation

Install the auxiliary headlight in the reverse order of

removal.

Auxiliary Headlight Bulb Replacement

B831G29206007

CAUTION

!

If you touch the bulb with your bare hands,

clean the bulb with a cloth moistened with

alcohol or soapy water to prevent

premature bulb failure.

Do not use bulb other than those with

predetermined wattage.

Remove the bulb when it gets cool, since it

may be heated to an extremely high

temperature when the headlight is turned

ON.

1) Remove the combination meter mounting bolt.

Refer to “Combination Meter Removal and

Installation in Section 9C (Page 9C-3)”.

2) Disconnect the auxiliary headlight coupler (1) and

remove the bulb socket cap (2).

3) Replace the auxiliary headlight bulb (3) by

unhooking the bulb holder spring (4).

4

I831G1920013-01

6

I831G1920014-01

5

I831G1920015-01

2

1

I831G1920016-01

3

4

I831G1920017-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9B-5 Lighting Systems:

4) Properly fit the bulb socket cap (1).

NOTE

Make sure that the “TOP” mark “A” face to

upper side.

5) Reinstall the removed parts.

Auxiliary Headlight Beam Adjustment

B831G29206008

Loosen the auxiliary headlight mounting bolt (1).

Adjust the auxiliary headlight beam.

Tighten the auxiliary headlight mounting bolt (1).

Rear Combination Light components

B831G29206009

“A”

I831G1920018-02

1

I831G1920029-01

1

I831G1920030-01

1

FWD

I831G1920019-04

1. Brake light/Taillight bulb (12 V 21/5 W)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Lighting Systems: 9B-6

Rear Combination Light Removal and

Installation

B831G29206010

Removal

1) Remove the rear combination light mounting bolts.

2) Remove the rear combination light assembly by

disconnecting the clamp (1) and coupler (2).

Installation

Install the rear combination light in the reverse order of

removal.

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement

B831G29206011

CAUTION

!

If you touch the bulb with your bare hands,

clean the bulb with a cloth moistened with

alcohol or soapy water to prevent

premature bulb failure.

Do not use bulb other than those with

predetermined wattage.

1) Remove the rear combination light.

2) Remove the bulb socket by turning it

counterclockwise.

3) Push in on the bulb, turn it counterclockwise, and

pull it out.

4) Replace the bulb.

5) Reinstall the removed parts.

I831G1920020-01

1

2

I831G1920021-01

I831G1920022-02

I831G1920023-01

I831G1920024-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9B-7 Lighting Systems:

Reversing Light Bulb Replacement (For P-17)

B831G29206012

Remove the reversing light bulb (1) as shown in the figure.

Reversing Light Relay Inspection (For P-17)

B831G29206013

First, check the insulation between “A” and “B” terminals

with the multi-circuit tester. Then apply 12 V to terminals

“C” and “D” ((+) to “C” and (–) to “D”) and check the

continuity between “A” and “B”. If there is no continuity,

replace the reversing light relay with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Dimmer Switch Inspection

B831G29206014

Inspect the dimmer switch in the following procedures:

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the handlebar switch coupler (1).

3) Inspect the dimmer switch for continuity with a tester.

If any abnormality is found, replace the handlebar

switch assembly with a new one.

Refer to “Handlebars Removal and Installation in

Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

4) After finishing the dimmer switch inspection, reinstall

the removed parts.

1

I831G1920025-03

1. Reversing light bulb (12 V/21 W)

“A”

“B”

“C”

“D”

I831G1920028-01

1

I831G1920026-01

Position

Color Gr W Y

HI

LO

I831G1920027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Lighting Systems: 9B-8

Specifications

Service Data

B831G29207001

Wattage

Unit: W

Special Tools and Equipment

Special Tool

B831G29208001

Item Specification

P-24, 28, 33 P-17

Headlight HI 35 x 2

LO 35 x 2

Auxiliary headlight 35/35

Brake light/Taillight 21/5

Revercing light 21

09900–25008

Multi-circuit tester set

)(Page 9B-7) / )(Page 9B-

7)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9C-1 Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn:

Body and Acc essories

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn

General Description

Combination Meter System Description

B831G29301001

This combination meter mainly consists of LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) and LED (Light Emitting Diode).

The LCDs indicate Speed, Odo / Trip A / Trip B, Fuel level, Diff-lock, 4WD, Gear position, Engine coolant temperature,

FI and Clock / Hour / FI (DTC) respectively.

LED (Light Emitting Diode)

LED is used for the illumination light and each indicator light.

LED is maintenance free. LED is less power consuming and more resistant to vibration resistance compared to the

bulb.

1

235

11 12 13 6

8

9

15

4

7

14

10 16

I831G1930001-03

1. Select button (Odo / Trip A / Trip B) 7. Select button (Clock / Hour / FI (DTC)) 13. LCD (FI indicator)

2. LED (Diff-lock indicator light) 8. LCD (Diff-lock indicator) 14. LCD (Fuel level indicator)

3. LED (Reverse indicator light) 9. LCD (4WD indicator) 15. LCD (Odo / Trip A / Trip B)

4. LED (Neutral indicator light) 10. LCD (Gear position indicator) 16. LCD (Clock / Hour / FI (DTC))

5. LED (High-beam indicator light) [For P-17] 11. LCD (Speedometer)

6. LED (Engine coolant temperature / FI indicator light) 12. LCD (Engine coolant temperature indicator)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn: 9C-2

Repair Instructions

Combination Meter Components

B831G29306001

1

2

3

FWD

I831G1930002-04

1. Upper case 2. Combination meter 3. Lower case

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9C-3 Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn:

Combination Meter Removal and Installation

B831G29306002

CAUTION

!

When disconnecting and reconnecting the

combination meter coupler, make sure to

turn OFF the ignition switch, or electronic

parts may get damaged.

Removal

1) Remove the combination meter cover (1) by

removing the screws (2), fasteners (3) and ignition

switch ring nut (4).

2) Remove the combination meter mounting bolt.

3) Disconnect the combination meter coupler (5) and

remove the combination meter assembly (6).

Installation

Install the combination meter in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Make sure that speedometer coupler boot is

positioned properly.

Combination Meter Disassembly and Assembly

B831G29306003

Refer to “Combination Meter Removal and Installation

(Page 9C-3)”.

CAUTION

!

Do not attempt to disassemble the

combination meter unit.

Disassembly

Disassemble the combination meter as shown in the

combination meter components. Refer to “Combination

Meter Components (Page 9C-2)”.

Assembly

Assemble the combination meter as shown in the

combination meter components. Refer to “Combination

Meter Components (Page 9C-2)”.

2

1

4

3

I831G1930004-01

3

3

I831G1930003-01

I831G1930005-01

5

6

I831G1930006-01

I831G1930007-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn: 9C-4

Combination Meter Inspection

B831G29306004

LED Inspection

Check that the LEDs (Diff-lock indicator light, Reverse

indicator light and FI indicator light / Engine coolant

temperature indicator light) immediately light up for two

seconds when the ignition switch is turned to ON.

Check that other LEDs (Neutral indicator light and High-

beam indicator light (for P-17)) light up/go off by

operating each switch.

If abnormal condition is found, replace the combination

meter unit with a new one after checking its wire

harness/coupler. Refer to “Combination Meter Removal

and Installation (Page 9C-3)”.

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light

Inspection

B831G29306005

Inspect the engine coolant temperature indicator light in

the following procedures:

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the left side cover. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

3) Disconnect the ECT sensor coupler (1).

4) Connect the variable resistor (2) between the

terminals.

5) Turn the ignition switch ON.

6) Check the LCD and LED operations when the

resistance is adjusted to the specified values.

If either one or all indications are abnormal, replace

the combination meter with a new one. Refer to

“Combination Meter Removal and Installation

(Page 9C-3)”.

7) Connect the ECT sensor coupler.

8) Reinstall the removed parts.

Engine Coolant Temperature Removal and

Installation

B831G29306006

Refer to “ECT Sensor Removal and Installation in

Section 1C (Page 1C-4)”.

I831G1930008-02

1

I831G1930025-01

Resistance LED (3) LCD (4) Water temperature

Approx. 0.14 kOFF OFF Approx. 110 °C

0 (Jumper wire) ON ON 120 °C and over

2

I718H1930009-05

3

4

I831G1930026-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9C-5 Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn:

Fuel Level Indicator Inspection

B831G29306007

Inspect the fuel level indicator in the following procedures:

1) Move the rear fender upside. Refer to “Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve Removal and Installation in

Section 1G (Page 1G-12)”.

2) Disconnect the fuel level gauge coupler (1).

3) Connect the variable resister (2) between the Y/B and B lead wires from the wire harness.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Check the display of fuel level indicator (LCD) as shown in the figure.

If any abnormality is found, replace the combination meter with a new one. Refer to “Combination Meter Removal

and Installation (Page 9C-3)”.

NOTE

It takes approx. 13 seconds that the fuel level indicator indicates the detected fuel level.

6) Connect the fuel level gauge coupler and reinstall the removed parts.

1

I831G1930011-01

2

I831G1930012-02

Resistance

Fuel level

meter

16.5 – 21.5 23.5 – 30.5 33 – 41 53 – 65 82 – 100 164 – 208

Flicker

Flicker Flicker

Less than

16

ON ON ON ON ON

I831G1930013-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn: 9C-6

Fuel Level Gauge Inspection

B831G29306008

Inspect the fuel level gauge in the following procedures:

1) Remove the fuel pump. Refer to “Fuel Pump

Assembly Removal and Installation in Section 1G

(Page 1G-9)”.

2) Measure the resistance at each fuel level gauge in

float position. If the resistance is incorrect, replace

fuel pump with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Resistance ()

3) Install the fuel pump. Refer to “Fuel Pump Assembly

Removal and Installation in Section 1G (Page 1G

9)”.

Speedometer Inspection

B831G29306009

If the speedometer, odometer or trip meter does not

function properly, inspect the speed sensor and the

coupler connections. If the speed sensor and coupler

connections are OK, replace the combination meter unit

with a new one. Refer to “Combination Meter Removal

and Installation (Page 9C-3)”.

Speed Sensor Removal and Installation

B831G29306010

Removal

1) Remove the engine side cover. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-9)”.

2) Disconnect the speed sensor coupler (1).

3) Remove the speed sensor (2).

Installation

Install the speed sensor in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the speed sensor O-ring.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease)

Tighten the speed sensor mounting bolt to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Speed sensor mounting bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-

m, 7.0 lb-ft)

Float position Resistance

Full “a” 6.4 – 8.4

Empty “b” 216 – 222

“a”: 27.7 mm (1.09 in) “b”: 166 mm (6.54 in)

“a”

“b”

I831G1930014-01

1

2

I831G1930015-01

I831G1930016-02

(a)

I831G1930017-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9C-7 Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn:

Speed Sensor Inspection

B831G29306011

Inspect the speed sensor in the following procedures:

1) Remove the speed sensor. Refer to “Speed Sensor

Removal and Installation (Page 9C-6)”.

2) Connect a 12 V battery, 10 k resistor and multi-

circuit tester as shown.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

3) Move a screwdriver back and forth across the pick-

up surface of the speed sensor. The voltage

readings should cycle as follows (0 V 12 V or 12 V

0 V). If the voltage reading does not change,

replace the speed sensor with a new one.

NOTE

While testing, the highest voltage reading

should be the same as the battery voltage (12

V).

Ignition Switch Inspection

B831G29306012

Inspect the ignition switch in the following procedures:

1) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Disconnect the ignition switch coupler (1).

3) Inspect the ignition switch for continuity with a tester.

If any abnormality is found, replace the ignition

switch with a new one.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

4) After finishing the ignition switch inspection, reinstall

the removed parts.

Ignition Switch Removal and Installation

B831G29306013

Refer to “Ignition Switch Removal and Installation in

Section 1H (Page 1H-7)”.

1. Speed sensor

12 V

10 k

1

I831G1930018-05

I831G1930022-01

1

I831G1930019-02

Color

Position R O Gr P O/R

ON

OFF

I831G1930023-05

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn: 9C-8

Horn Inspection (For P-17, 24)

B831G29306014

NOTE

If the horn sound condition is normal, it is not

necessary to inspect the horn button

continuity.

Horn Button Inspection

1) Disconnect the horn couplers as shown in the wiring

harness routing diagram. Refer to “Wiring Harness

Routing Diagram in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

2) Inspect the horn button for continuity with a tester.

If any abnormality is found, replace the horn button

with a new one.

Refer to “Handlebars Removal and Installation in

Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi-circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

3) Connect the horn couplers.

Horn Inspection

1) Disconnect the horn couplers as shown in the wiring

harness routing diagram. Refer to “Wiring Harness

Routing Diagram in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

2) Connect a 12 V battery to terminal and terminal. If

the sound is not heard from the horn, replace the

horn with a new one.

3) Connect the horn couplers.

Horn Removal and Installation (For P-17, 24)

B831G29306015

Removal

Disconnect the horn couplers and remove the horn by

removing the mounting nut as shown in the wiring

harness routing diagram. Refer to “Wiring Harness

Routing Diagram in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

Installation

Install the horn in the reverse order of removal.

Specifications

Service Data

B831G29307001

Wattage

Unit: W

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G29307002

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Color

Position G B/W

PUSH

I831G1930024-03

Item Specification

P-24, 28, 33 P-17

Speedometer light LED

High beam indicator light LED

Neutral indicator light LED

FI indicator light/Engine coolant temp.

indicator light LED

Reverse indicator light LED

Differential lock indicator light LED

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Speed sensor mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 9C-6)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9C-9 Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn:

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G29308001

Special Tool

B831G29308002

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 9C-6)

09900–25008

Multi-circuit tester set

)(Page 9C-6) / )(Page 9C-

7) / )(Page 9C-7) /

)(Page 9C-8)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-1

Body and Acc essories

Exterior Parts

Repair Instructions

Exterior Parts Construction

B831G29406001

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9D-2 Exterior Parts:

Front Side

1

2

3

4

7

5

6

I831G1940001-08

1. Front fender 3. Air cleaner box cover 5. Front grill cover 7. Right inner fender

2. Front box 4. Side cover 6. Left inner fender

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-3

Rear Side

1

2

4

5

3

I831G1940002-02

1. Rear fender 2. Right mud guard 3. Left mud guard 4. Engine side cover 5. Rear box

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9D-4 Exterior Parts:

Rear Fender Heat Shield Construction

B831G29406002

2

“a”

“b” “a”

1

2

2

“c”

“d”

I831G1940003-07

1. Rear fender “a”: 1 – 3 mm (0.04 – 0.12 in) “c”: 67 mm (2.64 in)

2. Heat shield “b”: 5 mm (0.2 in) “d”: 8 mm (0.3 in)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-5

Fuel Tank Lower Cover Heat Shield Installation

B831G29406003

1

2

4

“a”

3

2

4

1

I831G1940045-02

1. Heat shield 2. Cushion 3. Fuel tank lower cover “a”: Max. 5 mm (0.2 in)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9D-6 Exterior Parts:

Fastener Removal and Installation

B831G29406004

Removal

1) Depress the head of fastener center piece (1).

2) Pull out the fastener (2).

Installation

1) Let the center piece stick out toward the head so that

the pawls “A” closes.

2) Insert the fastener into the installation hole.

NOTE

To prevent the pawl “A” from damage, insert

the fastener all the way into the installation

hole.

3) Push in the head of center piece until it becomes

flush with the fastener outside face.

Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation

B831G29406005

Front Grill Cover

Removal

Remove the front grill cover (1) by removing the

fasteners (2).

Installation

Install the front grill cover in the reverse order of

removal.

1

2

I649G1940005-02

“A”

I649G1940006-02

“A”

I831G1940046-01

1

22

I831G1940005-01

2

2

I831G1940004-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-7

Air Cleaner Box Cover

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the air cleaner box cover (1) by removing

the fasteners (2).

Installation

Install the air cleaner box cover in the reverse order of

removal.

Front Box

Removal

1) Remove the front box cap (1).

2) Disconnect the front box cap wire (2).

3) Remove the front box mounting screw.

4) Turn the front box (3) counterclockwise and remove

it.

5) Remove the front box holder (4) and cushions (5).

Installation

Install the front box in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

When installing the cushion, fit the convex parts “A” of

the cushion onto the concave parts “B” of the front

box.

When installing the cushion to the front box, align the

cutout “C” on the front box.

2

1

I831G1940006-01

12

I831G1940007-02

3

I831G1940008-04

5

4

I831G1940009-02

5

I831G1940010-01

“A”

“B”

I831G1940011-01

“C”

I831G1940012-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9D-8 Exterior Parts:

Inner Fender

Removal

Remove the inner fenders (1) by removing the screw (2),

bolt (3) and fastener (4), left and right.

Installation

Install the inner fenders in the reverse order of removal.

Side Cover

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation (Page 9D-11)”.

2) Remove the side cover (1), left and right.

Installation

Install the side cover in the reverse order of removal.

Front Fender

Removal

1) Remove the front carrier. Refer to “Front Carrier

Removal and Installation in Section 9E (Page 9E-4)”.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Remove the air cleaner box cover, front box, inner

fenders and side covers. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation (Page 9D-

6)”.

4) Disconnect the power source socket coupler (1).

“A”: Left side

2

I831G1940013-02

4

3

1

I831G1940014-02

1 “A”

I831G1940015-01

“B”: Right side

1“B”

I831G1940016-01

1

I831G1940017-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-9

5) Remove the front fender (2) by removing the screws

(3) and fasteners (4).

Installation

Install the front fender in the reverse order of removal.

Rear Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation

B831G29406006

Engine Side Cover

Removal

Remove the engine side cover (1).

Installation

Install the engine side cover in the reverse order of

removal.

Rear Box

Removal

Remove the rear box (1).

Installation

Install the rear box in the reverse order of removal.

3

I831G1940018-01

4

3

3

4

I831G1940019-01

4

2

I831G1940020-01

1

I831G1940021-01

1

I831G1940022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9D-10 Exterior Parts:

Mud Guard

Removal

Remove the mud guards (1) by removing the bolts (2),

screws (3) and fastener (4), left and right.

Installation

Install the mud guard in the reverse order of removal.

Fuel Tank Outer Cover

Removal

1) Remove the fasteners (1) and screw (2).

2) Remove the fasteners (3), bolt (4) and screw (5).

3) Move the rear fender upside.

4) Remove the fuel tank outer cover (6).

Installation

Install the fuel tank outer cover in the reverse order of

removal.

Rear Fender

Removal

1) Remove the rear carrier. Refer to “Rear Carrier

Removal and Installation in Section 9E (Page 9E-5)”.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation (Page 9D-11)”.

3) Remove the side covers, left and right. Refer to

“Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation

(Page 9D-6)”.

4) Remove the engine side cover. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation (Page 9D-

9)”.

“A”: Left side

“B”: Right side

2

3

4

“A”

1

4

3

I831G1940023-05

1

2

4

“B”

3

3

2

I831G1940024-02

1

1

2

I831G1940025-01

3

4

5

I831G1940026-01

6

I831G1940027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-11

5) Remove the fasteners (1) and screws (2).

6) Remove the battery. Refer to “Battery Removal and

Installation in Section 1J (Page 1J-12)”.

7) Remove the starter relay. Refer to “Starter Relay

Removal and Installation in Section 1I (Page 1I-6)”.

8) Disconnect the couplers and remove the neutral

relay/fuse box (1), ECM (2), fuel pump relay (3) and

4WD/diff-lock relay (4).

9) Remove the parking brake cable (5) from the cable

guide.

10) Remove the fuel tank cap (6).

CAUTION

!

To prevent the fuel tank from contamination

with foreign particles, install the fuel tank

cap, after removing the rear fender.

11) Remove the rear fender (7).

Installation

Install the rear fender in the reverse order of removal.

Seat Removal and Installation

B831G29406007

Removal

Pull the seat lock lever (1) upward, and remove the seat

(2).

Installation

Install the seat in the reverse order of removal.

1

2

I831G1940028-01

1

2

I831G1940029-01

1

3

2

4

I831G1940030-01

5

I831G1940031-01

6

7

I831G1940032-01

1

2

I831G1940033-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9D-12 Exterior Parts:

Under Cover Components

B831G29406008

Under Cover Removal and Installation

B831G29406009

Front Under Cover

Removal

Remove the front under cover (1) by removing the bolts

(2) and fasteners (3).

Installation

1) Fix the front under cover “B” to the groove “A” of

engine under cover.

2) Install the front under cover.

1

2

3

FWD

I831G1940034-02

1. Front under cover 2. Engine under cover 3. Rear under cover

31

2

I831G1940035-02

3

1

2

I831G1940036-01

“A”

“B”

I831G1940037-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Exterior Parts: 9D-13

Engine Under Cover

Removal

Remove the engine under cover (1).

Installation

1) Fix the engine under cover (1) with the front under

cover (2) and rear under cover (3).

2) Install the engine under cover.

Rear Under Cover

Removal

Remove the rear under cover (1).

Installation

Install the rear under cover in the reverse order of

removal.

I831G1940038-01

1

I831G1940039-01

1

I831G1940040-01

21

I831G1940041-01

1

3

I831G1940042-01

I831G1940043-01

1

I831G1940044-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9E-1 Body Structure:

Body and Acc essories

Body Structure

Repair Instructions

Body Frame Construction

B831G29506001

Footrest Construction

B831G29506002

2

1

FWD

I831G1950005-06

1. Frame 2. Battery plate

3

1

2

(b)

3

FWD

(a)

I831G1950001-04

1. Footrest (R) 3. Footrest plate : 55 Nm (5.5 kgf-m, 40.0 lb-ft)

2. Footrest (L) : 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lb-ft) : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Body Structure: 9E-2

Footrest Removal and Installation

B831G29506003

Removal

1) Remove the mud guard. Refer to “Rear Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-9)”.

2) Remove the rear brake cable clamp (1) (RH).

3) Remove the footrest (2) (RH & LH).

Installation

Install the footrest in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following point:

Apply thread lock to the footrest mounting bolts and

tighten them to the special torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32110

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1322 or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Footrest mounting bolt (M8) (a): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-

m, 19.0 lb-ft)

Footrest mounting bolt (M10) (b): 55 N·m (5.5 kgf-

m, 40.0 lb-ft)

1

I831G1950002-01

2

I831G1950004-01

(b)

(a)

I831G1950003-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9E-3 Body Structure:

Carrier Construction

B831G29506004

FWD

1

2

I831G1950006-06

1. Front carrier 2. Rear carrier : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Body Structure: 9E-4

Front Carrier Removal and Installation

B831G29506005

Removal

1) Remove the front grill upper cover. Refer to “Front

Side Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in

Section 9D (Page 9D-6)”.

2) Remove the front carrier (1) by removing the bolts

(2).

Installation

Install the front carrier in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following point:

Apply thread lock to the front carrier mounting bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32110

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1322 or

equivalent)

2

I831G1950007-01

2

I831G1950008-02

2

1

I831G1950009-01

I831G1950010-01

I831G1950011-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9E-5 Body Structure:

Rear Carrier Removal and Installation

B831G29506006

Removal

1) Remove the rear carrier (1) by removing the bolts (2)

and screw (3).

Installation

Install the rear carrier in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following point:

Apply thread lock to the rear carrier mounting bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32110

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1322 or

equivalent)

2

2

I831G1950012-01

2

2

I831G1950013-01

3

1

I831G1950014-01

I831G1950015-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Body Structure: 9E-6

Front Grip Bar Construction

B831G29506007

Front Grip Bar Removal and Installation

B831G29506008

Removal

1) Remove the front carrier. Refer to “Front Carrier

Removal and Installation (Page 9E-4)”.

2) Remove the front cover. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D

(Page 9D-6)”.

3) Remove the front grip bar (1) by removing the bolt

(2).

Installation

Install the front grip bar in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following point:

Apply thread lock to the front grip bar mounting bolts.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32110

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER 1322 or

equivalent)

FWD

1

I831G1950016-01

1. Front grip bar : Apply thread lock to thread part.

2

2

I831G1950017-01

1

2

I831G1950018-01

I831G1950019-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9E-7 Body Structure:

Trailer Towing Construction

B831G29506009

Trailer Towing Removal and Instruction

B831G29506010

Removal

Remove the trailer towing (1).

Installation

Install the trailer towing with the trailer towing mounting

bolts and then tighten them to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Trailer towing mounting bolt (a): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m,

43.5 lb-ft)

FWD

“a”

“b”

1

3

2

FWD

(a)

I831G1950020-04

1. Trailer towing warning label (P-17, 28) : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lb-ft)

2. Trailer towing warning label “a“: 5 mm (0.2 in)

3. Trailer towing “b“: 30 mm (1.2 in)

1

I831G1950021-01

(a)

I831G1950022-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Body Structure: 9E-8

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B831G29507001

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is also described in the following.

“Footrest Construction (Page 9E-1)”

“Trailer Towing Construction (Page 9E-7)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List in Section 0C

(Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B831G29508001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Footrest Construction (Page 9E-1)”

“Carrier Construction (Page 9E-3)”

“Front Grip Bar Construction (Page 9E-6)”

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nmkgfmlbft

Footrest mounting bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 9E-2)

Footrest mounting bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0 )(Page 9E-2)

Trailer towing mounting bolt 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 9E-7)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

1322 or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32110 )(Page 9E-2) / )(Page 9E-

4) / )(Page 9E-5) /

)(Page 9E-6)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

#/.4%.43

0!‘ %

30%#)&)#!4)/.3 

NOTE:

* Asterisk mark (*) indicates the New K9-model specification.

* The service data is the same as the K8-model.

LT-A750XK9 (‘09-MODEL)

10

LT-A750XK9 (’09-MODEL) 10-1

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

30%#)&)#!4)/.3

$)-%.3)/.3!.$#52″-!33

/VERALLLENGTH  MMIN 0

MMIN 0

/VERALLWIDTH MMIN 0

MMIN 0

/VERALLHEIGHT  MMIN

7HEELBASE  MMIN

‘ROUNDCLEARANCE MMIN

3EATHEIGHT  MMIN

#URBMASS  KGLBS  0

KGLBS  0

&RONTTRACK  MMIN

2EARTRACK MMIN

%.’).%

4YPE STROKELIQUIDCOOLED$/(#

.UMBEROFCYLINDERS 

«ORE MMIN

3TROKE  MMIN

$ISPLACEMENT  CMCUIN

#OMPRESSIONRATIO  

&UELSYSTEM &UELINJECTION

!IRCLEANER  .ONWOVENFABRICELEMENT

3TARTERSYSTEM  %LECTRICANDRECOILSTARTER

,UBRICATIONSYSTEM  7ETSUMP

)DLESPEED ÕRMIN

$2)6%42!).

#LUTCH  7ETSHOEAUTOMATICCENTRIFUGALTYPE

4RANSMISSION  !UTOMATICVARIABLERATIO6BELT

4RANSFER  SPEEDFORWARDWITHREVERSE

‘EARSHIFTPATTERN 4RANSMISSION  !UTOMATIC

4RANSFER  ,(.2(ANDOPERATED

0RIMARYREDUCTIONRATIO!UTOMATICDRIVE n6ARIABLECHANGE

3ECONDARYREDUCTIONRATIO  

&INALREDUCTIONRATIO&RONT2EAR  

4RANSFERGEARRATIO ,OW  

(IGH  

2EVERSE  

$RIVESYSTEM 3HAFTDRIVE

#(!33)3

&RONTSUSPENSION )NDEPENDENTDOUBLEWISHBONECOILSPRINGOILDAMPED

2EARSUSPENSION  )NDEPENDENTDOUBLEWISHBONECOILSPRINGOILDAMPED

&RONTWHEELTRAVEL  MMIN

2EARWHEELTRAVEL  MMIN

#ASTER 

4RAIL MMIN

4OEOUT  MMIN

#AMBER  

3TEERINGANGEL  RIGHTLEFT

4URNINGRADIUS MFT

&RONTBRAKE  $ISCBRAKETWIN

2EARBRAKE 3EALEDOILBATHEDMULTIDISC

&RONTTIRE  !4X°°TUBELESS

2EARTIRE  !4X°°TUBELESS

%,%#42)#!,

)GNITIONTYPE %LECTRONICIGNITION#$L

)GNITIONTIMING  »4$#ATRMIN

3PARKPLUG  .’+#2%OR$%.3/5%32.

«ATTERY 6K#!H(2

‘ENERATOR  4HREEPHASE!#GENERATOR

-AINFUSE !

&USE  !

(EADLIGHT  67¾

!58LAMP  67

«RAKELIGHT4AILLIGHT  67

2EVERSEINGLIGHT 67  0

3PEEDOMETERLIGHT  ,%$

.EUTRALINDICATORLIGHT ,%$

(IGHBEAMINDICATORLIGHT ,%$ 0

#OOLANTTEMPERATURE&LINDICATORLIGHT  ,%$

2EVERSEINDICATORLIGHT  ,%$

$IFFLOCKINDICATORLIGHT  ,%$

#!0!#)4)%3

&UELTANK  ,53LMPGAL

%NGINEOIL OILCHANGE ML53)MPQT

7ITHFILTERCHANGE  ML53)MPQT

/VERHAUL ML53)MPQT

$IFFERENTIALGEAROIL  ML53)MPOZ

&INALGEAROIL ML53)MPOZ

#OOLANT ,53)MPQT

10-2 LT-A750XK9 (’09-MODEL)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

LT-A750XPK9 (‘09-MODEL)

11

This chapter describes service data, service specifications and servicing procedures which

differ from those of the LT-A750X/ZK9.

LT-A750XPK9 (’09-MODEL)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

FOREWORD

This SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE MANUAL is a supplement to SUZUKI LT-A750X/Z SERVICE MANUAL.

It has been prepared exclusively for the following applicable model.

Applicable model:

LT-A750X0:K9

This supplementary service manual describes only service information which differ from that of the main man-

ual. Therefore, whenever servicing the above applicable model, consult this supplement first. And for any sec-

tion, item or description not found in this supplement, refer to the main manual below.

Main Manual:

Other information considered as generally known is not included.

Read the GENERAL INFORMATION section to familiarize yourself with the vehicle and its maintenance. Use

this section as well as other sections to use as a guide for proper inspection and service.

This manual will help you know the vehicle better so that you can assure your customers of fast and reliable ser-

vice.

© COPYRIGHT SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION 2009

Manual Name Manual No.

LT-A750X/ZK9 SERVICE MANUAL 99500-47021-03E

* This manual has been prepared on the basis of the latest specifications at the time of publication. If modifi-

cations have been made since then, differences may exist between the content of this manual and the

actual vehicle.

* Illustrations in this manual are used to show the basic principles of operation and work procedures. They

may not represent the actual vehicle exactly in detail.

* This manual is written for persons who have enough knowledge, skills and tools, including special tools, for

servicing SUZUKI vehicles. If you do not have the proper knowledge and tools, ask your authorized

SUZUKI motorcycle dealer to help you.

WARNING

!

Inexperienced mechanics or mechanics without the proper tools and equipment may not be able to

properly perform the services described in this manual.

Improper repair may result in injury to the mechanic and may render the vehicle unsafe for the rider.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

9

Precautions…………..…………………………………………. 00-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………. 00-1

General Information ……………….……………….…………. 0-i

General Information …..…………….………………..…… 0A-1

Maintenance and Lubrication ….……………….………. 0B-1

Service Data……………..…………….………………..……0C-1

Engine ………………………….………………..…………….…… 1-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….……………. 1-*

Engine General Information and Diagnosis …………1A-*

Emission Control Devices ……………….………….…….1B-*

Engine Electrical Devices………….………………..…… 1C-*

Engine Mechanical………….………………..……………. 1D-*

Engine Lubrication System …….……………….………..1E-*

Engine Cooling System…………………..………………..1F-*

Fuel System …….…………….………………..……………. 1G-*

Ignition System…………….………………..……………. 1H-*

Starting System……………………………………..……….. 1I-1

Charging System…………….………………..……………..1J-1

Exhaust System .…………….………………..……………..1K-*

Suspension…….……………….……………..……………….2-*

Precautions ……………………….……………….……………. 2-*

Suspension General Diagnosis…….………….………..2A-*

Front Suspension …………………………..………………..2B-*

Rear Suspension…….……………….………………..…… 2C-*

Wheels and Tires …………………….…………….………. 2D-*

Driveline / Axle ……………..………………..…………….…… 3-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….……………. 3-*

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft ………………. 3A-1

Differential ……….…………….………………..……………..3B-*

Transfer…..…………….……………….…………….………. 3C-*

Propeller Shafts..…………….………………..……………. 3D-*

Brake …………..…………….……………….……………..……… 4-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….……………. 4-*

Brake Control System and Diagnosis .………………. 4A-1

Front Brakes….…………….………………..…………….….4B-*

Rear Brakes ………..…………….…………….……………. 4C-*

Parking Brake..…………….………………..……………. 4D-*

Transmission / Transaxle ……….……………….…………. 5-*

Precautions ……………………….……………….……………. 5-*

Automatic Transmission..………………………………….5A-*

Steering……………..……………….…………….……………. 6-i

Precautions ……………………….……………….…………… 6-1

Steering General Diagnosis …………………….………. 6A-1

Steering / Handlebar …….…………….………………….. 6B-1

Power Assisted Steering System .…………….……….6C-1

Body and Accessories………………………………..……… 9-i

Precautions …………….…………….……………….…………9-*

Wiring Systems ………….…………………………..………9A-1

Lighting Systems….……………..…………….…………… 9B-*

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn……………… 9C-*

Exterior Parts …………….…………….……………….…… 9D-*

Body Structure ………..…………………………..…………9E-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

NOTE

For the screen toned sections with asterisk (*) in the “TABLE OF CONTENTS” below, refer to the same

sections of the service manual mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 00- i

00

Section 00

CONTENTS

Precautions

Precautions ………………………………………..00-1

Precautions….……………….……………..………………. 00-1

Warning / Caution / Note………..……………………… 00-*

General Precautions …………………………………..00-*

Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service ………….00-*

Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….. 00-1

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

00-1 Precautions:

Precauti ons

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40000004

EPS Wiring

The EPS parts are connected to various lead wires.

The coupler and lead wire connections, as well as the

lead wire and wire harness routings must be done

correctly. Make sure that the proper clamps are used

and positioned correctly.

NOTE

If all of the connections are not properly

connected, the EPS may not operate

correctly. For connector and coupler

precautions. Refer to “Precautions for

Electrical Circuit Service in related manual”.

EPS Control Unit / EPS Body Assembly

Never allow dust or water to contact the EPS control

unit and EPS body assembly.

Since each component is a high-precision part, great

care should be taken not to apply any service impacts

during removal and installation.

The EPS control unit and EPS body assembly cannot

be disassembled. Replace the whole unit with a new

one.

I931H1000004-01

I931H1000003-02

I931H1000005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 0- i

0

Section 0

CONTENTS

General Information

General Information ………………………….. 0A-1

General Description ………………………..…………….0A-1

Symbols ……….…………….……………..………………..0A-*

Abbreviations ……………………….………………..…….0A-*

SAE-to-Former SUZUKI Term …..………….………..0A-*

Vehicle Side View ……..………………………..………..0A-*

Vehicle Identification Number ……….………………..0A-*

Fuel and Oil Recommendation ……..………….…….0A-*

Engine Coolant Recommendation …………………..0A-*

BREAK-IN Procedures…………………………………..0A-*

Country and Area Codes ……….…………….………..0A-*

Wire Color Symbols ………………………….…………..0A-*

Warning, Caution and Information Labels

Location ………………………….……………….………..0A-*

Abbreviations (LT-A750XP/ZK9)……………………. 0A-1

Vehicle Side View (LT-A750XP/ZK9)……………… 0A-1

Country and Area Codes (LT-A750XP/ZK9)…….0A-1

Warning, Caution and Information Labels

Location (LT-A750XP/ZK9)…………………………. 0A-2

Component Location ………..………….………….…… 0A-*

Electrical Components Location .…………..………..0A-*

Specifications…….……………….…………….………….0A-3

Specifications (LT-A750X/ZK8)……..………….…….0A-*

Specifications (LT-A750X/ZK9)……..………….…….0A-*

Specifications (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …..……………….0A-3

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 0A-*

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………..0A-5

Special Tool …………..…………………………..……….0A-5

Maintenance and Lubrication…………….. 0B-1

Precautions…………..…………………………..…………. 0B-*

Precautions for Maintenance …….………….………..0B-*

General Description ………………………..……………. 0B-*

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants.……………..0B-*

Scheduled Maintenance …………………….…………. 0B-*

Periodic Maintenance Schedule Chart……………..0B-*

Lubrication Points ………..………………..……………..0B-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….……….0B-1

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning …..0B-*

Exhaust Pipe Bolt and Muffler Bolt Inspection …..0B-*

Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment …….0B-*

Spark Plug Replacement ………….……………..…….0B-*

Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning………….…….0B-*

Spark Arrester Cleaning…………………………..…….0B-*

Fuel Line Inspection ………………………..…………… 0B-*

Engine Oil and Filter Replacement ………………… 0B-*

Front Differential Gear Oil Inspection……………… 0B-*

Front Differential Gear Oil Replacement …………. 0B-*

Final Gear Oil Inspection…………………….………… 0B-*

Final Gear Oil Replacement…….…………….……… 0B-*

Throttle Cable Play Inspection and

Adjustment ……………………….……………….……… 0B-*

Throttle Body Inspection ………………….…………… 0B-*

Cooling System Inspection…………………….……… 0B-*

Drive V-belt Inspection and Replacement……….. 0B-*

Drive Shaft Boots Inspection………………….……… 0B-*

Front Brake System Inspection …..………….……… 0B-*

Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking

Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment ………. 0B-*

Rear Brake Friction Plate Wear Limit

Inspection……….……………..……………….………… 0B-*

Tire Inspection……………………….…………….……… 0B-*

Steering System Inspection ……….………….……… 0B-*

Toe Adjustment ………….…………….………….……… 0B-*

Suspensions Inspection ……….…………….………… 0B-*

Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection ………….……… 0B-*

Compression Pressure Check ………………….…… 0B-*

Oil Pressure Check …….…………….………….……… 0B-*

SDS Check……….………………..…………….………… 0B-*

Automatic Clutch Inspection….…………….………… 0B-*

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)………..………………..……………0B-1

Steering System Inspection (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………………………………………………………0B-1

Toe Adjustment (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …………………0B-2

Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………………………………………………………0B-3

Specifications………..………………….…………….……0B-4

Tightening Torque Specifications…..……………….0B-4

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 0B-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 0B-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 0B-*

Service Data ……………………………………… 0C-1

Specifications………..……………….…………….………0C-1

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 0C-*

Tightening Torque List ………………………….……… 0C-*

Service Data (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …….……………….0C-1

Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9)………..0C-7

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-1 General Information:

General In formation

General Information

General Description

Abbreviations (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40101012

NOTE

Please refer to the LT-A750XK9 (’09-model) service manual for other abbreviations which are not given

in this manual.

E:

EPS: Electronic Power Steering

Vehicle Side View (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40101013

NOTE

Difference between illustration and actual

motorcycles may exist depending on the

markets.

SUZUKI LT-A750XP (2009-model)

Right Side

Left Side

Country and Area Codes (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40101014

The following codes stand for the applicable country(-ies) and area(-s).

I931G3010001-01

I931G3010002-01

Code Country or Area Effective Frame No.

LT-A750XPK9 (P-17) Sweden

5SAAR41P97100001 –

LT-A750XPK9 (P-24) Australia

LT-A750XPK9 (P-28) Canada

LT-A750XPK9 (P-33) U.S.A.

LT-A750XPZK9 (P-17) Sweden

LT-A750XPZK9 (P-24) Australia

LT-A750XPZK9 (P-28) Canada

LT-A750XPZK9 (P-33) U.S.A.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-2

Warning, Caution and Information Labels Location (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40101015

5

14 17, 18

11

9

6

3

7

8

10

12, 13

15, 16

4

1, 20, 21

22, 23

24

19

25

2, 26, 27

[A]

I931H1010010-03

1. Certification plate (English) For P-24, 33 15. Front carrier warning label (English) For P-24, 33

2. Information label (English) For P-33 16. Front carrier warning label (English/French) For P-17, 28

3. Gearshift label (English) For P-17, 24, 28, 33 17. Rear carrier warning label (English) For P-24, 33

4. Gearshift label (French) For P-28 18. Rear carrier warning label (English/French) For P-17, 28

5. Tire air pressure label (English) For P-17, 24, 28, 33 19. ICES Canada label (English/French) For P-28

6. Tire air pressure label and warning no-

passenger label (French) For P-28 20. Compliance label (English) For P-28

7. General warning & AGE, 16 label (English) For P-17, 24, 28, 33 21. I.D. plate (English) For P-17

8. General warning label (French) For P-28 22. Cooling fan label (English) For P-24, 33

9. Warning no-passenger label (English) For P-17, 24, 28, 33 23. Cooling fan label (English/French) For P-17, 28

10. AGE, 16 label (French) For P-28 24. Compliance label (English/French) For P-28

11. Manual notice label (English) For P-33 25. ANSI certification label (Right side of frame) For P-33

12. Max AMP caution label (English) For P-24, 33 26. Information label (English) For P-28

13. Max AMP caution label (English/French) For P-17, 28 27. Information label (French)

(Right side of frame) For P-28

14. Fuel caution label (English) For P-24 [A]: Left side of frame

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-3 General Information:

Specifications

Specifications (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40107003

NOTE

These specifications are subject to change without notice.

Dimensions and curb mass

Engine

Drive train

Item Specification Remark

Overall length 2 115 mm (83.3 in) P-28, 33

2 165 mm (85.2 in) P-17, 24

Overall width 1 210 mm (47.6 in) P-28, 33

1 250 mm (49.2 in) P-17, 24

Overall height 1 285 mm (50.6 in)

Wheelbase 1 285 mm (50.6 in)

Ground clearance 260 mm (10.2 in)

Seat height 920 mm (36.2 in)

Curb mass 305 kg (672 lbs) P-28, 33

307 kg (677 lbs) P-17, 24

Front track 940 mm (37.0 in)

Rear track 920 mm (36.2 in)

Item Specification Remark

Type 4-stroke, liquid-cooled, DOHC

Number of cylinders 1

Bore 104.0 mm (4.094 in)

Stroke 85.0 mm (3.346 in)

Displacement 722 cm3 (44.1 cu. in)

Compression ratio 10.0 : 1

Fuel system Fuel injection

Air cleaner Paper element

Starter system Electric starter

Lubrication system Wet sump

Idle speed 1 300 r 100 r/min

Item Specification Remark

Clutch Wet shoe, automatic, centrifugal type

Transmission CVT (V-belt)

Transfer 2-speed forward with reverse

Gearshift

pattern

Transmission Automatic

Transfer L-H-N-R (Hand operated)

Automatic transmission ratio Variable change (2.763 – 0.78)

Secondary reduction ratio 2.158 (40/21 x 17/15)

Final reduction ratio

(Front & Rear) 3.600 (36/10)

Transfer gear

ratio

Low 2.562 (41/16)

High 1.240 (31/25)

Reverse 1.882 (32/17)

Drive system Shaft drive

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

General Information: 0A-4

Chassis

Electrical

Capacities

Item Specification Remark

Front suspension Independent, double wishbone, coil spring, oil damped

Rear suspension Independent, double wishbone, coil spring, oil damped

Front wheel travel 170.5 mm (6.7 in)

Rear wheel travel 195 mm (7.7 in)

Caster 3.3q

Trail 16.7 mm (0.66 in)

Toe-out 5 mm (0.20 in)

Camber –1.3q

Steering angle 46q (right & left)

Turning radius 3.1 m (10.2 ft)

Front brake Disc brake, twin

Rear brake Sealed oil-bathed multi-disc

Front tire size AT25 x 8-12

, tubeless

Rear tire size AT25 x 10-12

, tubeless

Item Specification Remark

Ignition type Electronic ignition (CDI)

Ignition timing 7q B.T.D.C. at 1 300 r/min

Spark plug NGK CR6E or DENSO U20ESR-N

Battery 12 V 64.8 kC (18 Ah)/10 HR

Generator Three-phase A.C. generator

Main fuse 30 A

Fuse 10/10/10/10/15/15 A

EPS fuse 40 A

Headlight 12 V 35/35 W x 2

Auxiliary light 12 V 35/35 W

Brake light/Taillight 12 V 21/5 W

Reversing light 12 V 21 W P-17

Speedometer light LED

Neutral indicator light LED

High beam indicator light LED P-17

Coolant temperature/FI

indicator light LED

Reverse indicator light LED

Diff-lock indicator light LED

EPS indicator light LED

Item Specification Remark

Fuel tank 17.5 L (4.6/3.8 US/lmp gal)

Engine oil

Oil change 2 300 ml (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt)

With filter

change 2 500 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

Overhaul 3 000 ml (3.2/2.6 US/lmp qt)

Differential gear oil 500 ml (16.9/17.6 US/lmp oz)

Final gear oil 770 ml (26.0/27.1 US/lmp oz)

Coolant 2.5 L (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0A-5 General Information:

Special Tools and Equipment

Special Tool

B931G40108002

09900–06107

Snap ring remover

(Open type)

09900–20102

Vernier calipers (200

mm)

09900–25008

Multi circuit tester set

09900–25009

Needle-point probe

set

09904–41010

SUZUKI Diagnostic

system set

09924–84521

Bearing installer set

09930–30721

Rotor remover

09930–44530

Rotor holder

09930–82710

Mode select switch

09930–82720

Mode selection switch

09942–72410

Tie-rod end remover

09942–83110

Clip remover

09944–36011

Steering wheel

remover

99565–01010–020

CD-ROM Ver.20

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-1

General In formation

Maintenance and Lubrication

Repair Instructions

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40206030

Clean element

Every 1 000 km (600 miles, 3 months)

If the air cleaner is clogged with dust, intake resistance

will be increased, with a resultant decrease in power

output and an increase in fuel consumption. Check and

clean the air cleaner element in the following manner.

CAUTION

!

If driving under dusty conditions, clean the

air cleaner element more frequently. The

surest way to accelerate engine wear is to

operate the engine without the element or

to use a torn element. Make sure that the

air cleaner is in good condition at all times.

Life of the engine depends largely on this

component.

Inspect the air cleaner element for tears. A

torn element must be replaced.

1) Remove the air cleaner element. Refer to “Air

Cleaner Element Removal and Installation in Section

1D in related manual”.

2) Separate the polyurethane from element.

3) Fill a wash pan of a proper size with a non-

flammable cleaning solvent. Immerse the air cleaner

element in the cleaning solvent and wash it.

4) Press the air cleaner element between the palms of

both hands to remove the excess solvent: do not

twist or wring the element or it will tear.

5) Immerse the element in motor oil, and then squeeze

out the excess oil leaving the element slightly wet.

6) After cleaning the air cleaner element, reinstall the

removed parts.

7) Drain water from the air cleaner box by removing the

drain plug.

8) Reinstall the drain plug.

Steering System Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40206031

Inspect steering system

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Steering should be adjusted properly for smooth turning

of handlebars and safe running.

1) Place the vehicle on level ground.

2) Make sure the tire pressure for right and left tires in

the same and set to the proper specification.

3) Set the front wheels in the straight position.

4) Place a load of 75 kg (165 lbs) on the seat.

I831G1020002-01

“A”: Non-flammable cleaning solvent

“B”: Motor oil SAE #30 or SAE 10W-40

“A”

“B”

I931G3020009-01

I831G1020004-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-2 Maintenance and Lubrication:

5) Measure the distances (“A” and “B”) between the

front wheels. Subtract the measurement of “A” from

that of “B” to find the toe-out. If the toe-out is not

within specification, adjust the tie-rod to the right or

left until the toe-out is within the specified range.

Toe-out (“B” – “A”)

Standard: 5 r 4 mm (0.20 r 0.16 in)

If the toe-out is out of specification, bring it into the

specified range. Refer to “Toe Adjustment (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) (Page 0B-2)”.

Toe Adjustment (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40206032

Adjust the toe-out as follows:

1) Loosen the lock-nuts (1), (2) on each tie-rod.

CAUTION

!

The lock-nuts (2) have left-hand threads.

When loosening and tightening the lock-

nuts, hold the tie-rod end with a open end

wrench.

NOTE

Hold the concave part “a” of tie-rod with a

wrench.

2) Temporarily tighten the four lock-nuts.

3) Check that the distances “C” and “D” are equal, as

shown. If the distances are not equal, adjust the tie-

rod to the right or left until the toe-out is within

specification. Check the toe-out again by measuring

distances “A” and “B”.

4) If the toe-out is not within specification, repeat the

adjustment as above until the proper toe-out is

obtained and distances “C” and “D” become equal.

5) After adjustment has been made, tighten the four

lock-nuts to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod lock-nut (a): 29 N·m (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lbf-

ft)

I931H1020057-01

FWD

“A”

“B”

I831G1020059-04

2

1

1

“a”

“a”

FWD

I931H1020079-02

“C”

Right angle

(90

°

)

FWD

“A”

“B”

“D”

I831G1020088-04

(a)

(a)

(a)

I831G1020089-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Maintenance and Lubrication: 0B-3

Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection (LT-A750XP/

ZK9)

B931G40206033

Tighten chassis bolt and nut

Initially at 200 km (100 miles, 1 month) and every 1

000 km (600 miles, 3 months) thereafter

Check that all chassis bolts and nuts are tightened to

their specified torque.

1 EPS body assembly mounting bolt (Upper) 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m,

19.0 lbf-ft)

2 EPS body assembly mounting nut (Lower) 28 Nm (2.8 kgf-m,

20.0 lbf-ft)

3 Steering shaft bolt 26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lbf-ft)

(a)

1

I931G3020001-01

(b)

2

I931G3020002-01

(a)

3

I931G3020003-01

4 Steering shaft upper nut 120 Nm (12.0 kgf-m, 87.0 lbf-ft)

5 Tie-rod lock-nut 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lbf-ft)

6 Rear stabilizer joint nut 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

7 Rear brake pedal screw 4.5 Nm (0.45 kgf-m, 3.0 lbf-ft)

(c)

4

I931G3020004-02

(d)

5

(d)

5

I931G3020005-02

(e)

6

(e)

6

I931G3020007-02

(f)

7

I931G3020008-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0B-4 Maintenance and Lubrication:

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G40207001

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“Chassis Bolt and Nut Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 0B-3)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

Tie-rod lock-nut 29 2.9 21.0 )(Page 0B-2)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-1

General In formation

Service Data

Specifications

Service Data (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40307003

Valve + Valve Guide

Unit: mm (in)

Camshaft + Cylinder Head

Unit: mm (in)

Item Standard Limit

Valve diam. IN. 36.0 (1.42)

EX. 33.0 (1.30)

Tappet clearance (When cold) IN. 0.10 – 0.20 (0.004 – 0.008)

EX. 0.20 – 0.30 (0.008 – 0.012)

Valve guide to valve stem clearance IN. 0.010 – 0.037 (0.0004 – 0.0015)

EX. 0.030 – 0.057 (0.0012 – 0.0022)

Valve guide I.D. IN. & EX. 5.500 – 5.512 (0.2165 – 0.2170)

Valve stem O.D. IN. 5.475 – 5.490 (0.2156 – 0.2161)

EX. 5.455 – 5.470 (0.2148 – 0.2154)

Valve stem deflection IN. & EX. 0.35 (0.014)

Valve stem runout IN. & EX. 0.05 (0.002)

Valve head thickness IN. & EX. 0.5 (0.02)

Valve seat width IN. & EX. 0.9 – 1.1 (0.035 – 0.043)

Valve head radial runout IN. & EX. 0.03 (0.001)

Valve spring free length IN. & EX. 46.1 (1.81)

Valve spring tension IN. & EX. 182 – 210 N (18.6 – 21.4 kgf, 41.0 – 47.2 lbs)

at length 36.35 mm (1.43 in)

Item Standard Limit

Cam height IN. 36.330 – 36.380 (1.4303 – 1.4323) 36.030 (1.4185)

EX. 35.300 – 35.350 (1.3898 – 1.3917) 35.000 (1.3780)

Camshaft journal oil clearance IN. & EX. 0.019 – 0.053 (0.0007 – 0.0021) 0.150 (0.0059)

Camshaft journal holder I.D. IN. & EX. 22.012 – 22.025 (0.8666 – 0.8671)

Camshaft journal O.D. IN. & EX. 21.972 – 21.993 (0.8650 – 0.8659)

Camshaft runout IN. & EX. 0.10 (0.004)

Cylinder head distortion 0.05 (0.002)

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket thrust

clearance 0.15 – 0.27 (0.006 – 0.011)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-2 Service Data:

Cylinder + Piston + Piston Ring

Unit: mm (in)

Conrod + Crankshaft

Unit: mm (in)

Oil Pump

Clutch

Unit: mm (in)

Item Standard Limit

Compression pressure

(Automatic-decomp. actuated) Approx. 1 000 kPa (10.0 kgf/cm2, 142 psi)

Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.030 – 0.040 (0.0012 – 0.0016) 0.120 (0.0047)

Cylinder bore 104.000 – 104.015 (4.0945 – 4.0951) Nicks or

Scratches

Piston diam. 103.965 – 103.980 (4.0931 – 4.0937)

Measure at 15 mm (0.6 in) from the skirt end. 103.880 (4.0898)

Cylinder distortion 0.05 (0.002)

Piston ring free end gap 1st R Approx. 13.1 (0.52) 10.5 (0.41)

2nd RN Approx. 14.6 (0.57) 11.7 (0.46)

Piston ring end gap 1st R 0.10 – 0.25 (0.004 – 0.010) 0.50 (0.020)

2nd RN 0.10 – 0.25 (0.004 – 0.010) 0.50 (0.020)

Piston ring-to-groove clearance 1st 0.180 (0.0071)

2nd 0.150 (0.0059)

Piston ring groove width

1st 0.83 – 0.85 (0.0327 – 0.0335)

1.30 – 1.32 (0.0512 – 0.0520)

2nd 1.01 – 1.03 (0.0398 – 0.0406)

Oil 2.01 – 2.03 (0.0791 – 0.0799)

Piston ring thickness 1st 0.76 – 0.81 (0.0299 – 0.0319)

1.08 – 1.10 (0.0425 – 0.0433)

2nd 0.97 – 0.99 (0.0382 – 0.0390)

Piston pin bore I.D. 23.002 – 23.008 (0.9056 – 0.9058) 23.030 (0.9067)

Piston pin O.D. 22.992 – 23.000 (0.9052 – 0.9055) 22.980 (0.9047)

Item Standard Limit

Conrod small end I.D. 23.006 – 23.014 (0.9057 – 0.9061) 23.040 (0.9071)

Conrod deflection 3.0 (0.12)

Conrod big end side clearance 0.10 – 0.75 (0.004 – 0.030) 1.0 (0.04)

Conrod big end width 24.95 – 25.00 (0.982 – 0.984)

Crank web to web width 72.9 – 73.1 (2.87 – 2.88)

Crankshaft runout 0.08 (0.003)

Item Standard Limit

Oil pressure (at 60 qC, 140 qF)

140 – 180 kPa

(1.4 – 1.8 kgf/cm2, 20 – 26 psi)

at 3 000 r/min

Item Standard Limit

Clutch wheel I.D. 140.0 – 140.2 (5.512 – 5.520) 140.5 (5.53)

Clutch shoe No groove at any

part

Clutch engagement r/min 1 500 – 2 000 r/min

Clutch lock-up r/min 3 500 – 4 000 r/min

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-3

Drive Train

Unit: mm (in) Except ratio

Thermostat + Radiator + Fan + Coolant

Item Standard Limit

Automatic transmission ratio Variable change (2.763 – 0.780)

Secondary reduction ratio 2.158 (40/21 x 17/15)

Final reduction ratio Front 3.600 (36/10)

Rear 3.600 (36/10)

Transfer gear ratio

Low 2.562 (41/16)

High 1.240 (31/25)

Reverse 1.882 (32/17)

Drive V-belt width 34.3 (1.35) 33.3 (1.31)

Movable driven face spring free

length 160.0 (6.30) 152.0 (6.00)

Shift fork to groove

clearance

Low 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

High 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

Reverse 0.10 – 0.30 (0.0040 – 0.0120) 0.50 (0.020)

Shift fork groove

width

Low 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

High 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

Reverse 5.50 – 5.60 (0.217 – 0.220)

Shift fork thickness

Low 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

High 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

Reverse 5.30 – 5.40 (0.209 – 0.213)

Front/Rear output shaft bevel gear

backlash 0.03 – 0.15 (0.001 – 0.006)

Front drive (differential) gear

backlash 0.05 – 0.10 (0.002 – 0.004)

Rear drive (final)

gear backlash

Without gear

cover

specification

0.02 – 0.06 (0.0008 – 0.0024)

Gear cover

assembled

specification

0.08 – 0.15 (0.0031 – 0.0059)

Front differential gear oil type Hypoid gear oil SAE #90, API grade GL-5

Rear drive gear oil type Mobil 424 or equivalent gear oil

Front differential gear oil capacity 500 ml (16.9/17.6 US/lmp oz)

Final gear oil capacity 770 ml (26.0/27.1 US/lmp oz)

Item Standard Note

Thermostat valve opening

temperature Approx. 82 qC (180 qF)

Thermostat valve lift 8 mm (0.31 in) and over at 95 qC (203 qF)

ECT sensor resistance

20 qC

(68 qF) Approx. 2.45 k:

50 qC

(122 qF) Approx. 0.811 k:

80 qC

(176 qF) Approx. 0.318 k:

110 qC

(230 qF) Approx. 0.142 k:

Radiator cap valve opening

pressure 110 – 140 kPa (1.1 – 1.4 kgf/cm2, 15.6 – 19.9 psi)

Cooling fan thermo-switch operating

temperature

OFF o ON Approx. 93 qC (199 qF)

ON o OFF Approx. 87 qC (189 qF)

Engine coolant type Use an antifreeze/coolant compatible with aluminum

radiator, mixed with distilled water only, at the ratio of 50:50.

Engine coolant Reservoir Approx. 250 ml (0.26/0.22 US/lmp qt)

Engine Approx. 2 200 ml (2.32/1.94 US/lmp qt)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-4 Service Data:

Injector + Fuel Pump + Fuel Pressure Regulator

FI Sensors + Secondary Throttle Valve Actuator

Throttle Body

Item Specification Note

Injector resistance 11 – 13 : at 20 qC (68 qF)

Fuel pump discharge amount 55.5 ml (1.88/1.95 US/lmp qt) and more/10 sec.

Fuel pressure regulator operating

set pressure Approx. 294 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm2, 41 psi)

Item Specification Note

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250 :

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more When cranking

IAP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAP sensor output voltage Approx. 2.63 V at idle speed

TP sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

TP sensor output voltage Closed Approx. 1.1 V

Opened Approx. 4.3 V

ECT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

ECT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

ECT sensor resistance Approx. 2.45 k: at 20 qC (68 qF)

IAT sensor input voltage 4.5 – 5.5 V

IAT sensor output voltage 0.15 – 4.85 V

IAT sensor resistance Approx. 1.60 k: at 20 qC (68 qF)

TO sensor resistance 19 – 20 k:

TO sensor voltage Normal 0.4 – 1.4 V

Leaning 3.7 – 4.4 V When leaning 65q

GP switch voltage 0.6 V and more From 1st to Top

Injector voltage Battery voltage

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

ISC valve resistance Approx. 31 k: at 20 qC (68 qF)

Item Specification

Bore size 42 mm

I.D. No. 31G0

Idle r/min 1 300 r 100 r/min

Fast idle r/min 1 500 – 2 000 r/min (When cold engine)

Throttle cable play 3 – 5 mm (0.12 – 0.20 in)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-5

Electrical

Unit: mm (in)

Wattage

Unit: W

Item Specification Note

Spark plug Type NGK: CR6E

DENSO: U20ESR-N

Gap 0.7 – 0.8 (0.028 – 0.031)

Spark performance Over 8 (0.3) at 1 atm.

CKP sensor resistance 150 – 250 :

CKP sensor peak voltage 5.0 V and more

Ignition coil resistance

Primary 0.1 – 0.6 :Terminal –

Ground

Secondary 12 – 19 k:Plug cap –

Terminal

Ignition coil primary peak voltage 80 V and more When cranking

Generator coil resistance 0.4 – 1.0 :

Generator maximum output Approx. 400 W at 5 000 r/min

Generator no-load voltage

(When engine is cold) 75 V (AC) and more at 5 000 r/min

Regulated voltage 13.5 – 15.5 V at 5 000 r/min

Starter motor brush length Standard 12.0 (0.47)

Limit 6.5 (0.26)

Starter torque limiter slip torque Standard 41.2 – 62.8 Nm

(4.2 – 6.4 kgf-m, 14.5 – 32.5 lbf-ft)

Starter relay resistance 3 – 5 :

Battery

Type

designation YTX20CH-BS

Capacity 12 V 64.8 kC (18 Ah)/10 HR

Fuse size

Headlight HI 10 A

LO 10 A

Power source 10 A

Ignition 15 A

Fuel 10 A

Fan 15 A

Main 30 A

EPS 40 A

Item Specification

P-24, 28, 33 P-17

Headlight HI 35 x 2 m

LO 35 x 2 m

Auxiliary headlight 35/35 m

Brake light/Taillight 21/5 m

Reversing light 21

Speedometer light LED m

High beam indicator light LED

Neutral indicator light LED m

FI indicator light/Engine coolant

temp. indicator light LED m

Reverse indicator light LED m

Differential lock indicator light LED m

EPS indicator light LED m

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-6 Service Data:

Brake + Wheel

Unit: mm (in)

Tire

Unit: mm (in)

Suspension

Unit: mm (in)

Fuel + Oil

Item Standard/Specification Limit

Rear brake pedal height 12.5 – 22.5 (0.5 – 0.9)

Rear brake pedal free travel 20 – 30 (0.8 – 1.2)

Front brake disc thickness 3.0 (0.20)

Front brake disc runout 0.30 (0.012)

Front master cylinder bore 12.700 – 12.743 (0.5000 – 0.5017)

Front master cylinder piston diam. 12.657 – 12.684 (0.4983 – 0.4994)

Front brake caliper cylinder bore 33.960 – 34.010 (1.3370 – 1.3390)

Front brake caliper piston diam. 33.878 – 33.928 (1.3338 – 1.3357)

Rear brake lever play 6 – 8 (0.2 – 0.3)

Brake fluid type DOT 4

Steering angle 46q (right & left)

Turning radius 3.1 m (10.2 ft)

Toe-out (With 75 kg, 165 lbs) 5 r 4 mm (0.20 r 0.16)

Camber –1.3q

Caster 3.3q

Item Standard Limit

Cold inflation tire pressure

(Solo riding)

Front 35 kPa (0.35 kgf/cm2, 5.1 psi)

Rear 30 kPa (0.30 kgf/cm2, 4.4 psi)

Tire size Front AT25 x 8-12 , tubeless

Rear AT25 x 10-12 , tubeless

Tire tread depth Front 4.0 (0.16)

Rear 4.0 (0.16)

Item Standard Limit

Front shock absorber spring

adjustor 2/5 position

Rear shock absorber spring adjustor 2/5 position

Item Specification Note

Fuel type

Use only unleaded gasoline of at least 87 pump octane (R/2

+ M/2) or 91 octane or higher rated by the Research

Method. Gasoline containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl

Ether), less than 10% ethanol, or less than 5% methanol

with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitor is

permissible.

P-28, 33

Gasoline used should be graded 91 octane or higher.

An unleaded gasoline type is recommended. Others

Fuel tank capacity 17.5 L (4.6/3.8 US/lmp gal)

Engine oil type SAE 10 W-40, API SF/SG or SH/SJ with JASO MA

Engine oil capacity

Change 2 300 ml (2.4/2.0 US/lmp qt)

Filter change 2 500 ml (2.6/2.2 US/lmp qt)

Overhaul 3 000 ml (3.2/2.6 US/lmp qt)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-7

Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G40307004

Engine

Item Nmkgfmlbfft

Spark plug 11 1.1 8.0

Cylinder head cover bolt Initial 10 1.0 7.0

Final 14 1.4 10.5

Cam drive idle gear/sprocket shaft 41 4.1 29.5

Intake pipe bolt 9 0.9 6.5

Cylinder head bolt (M6) 10 1.0 7.0

Cylinder head bolt (L200) Initial 25 2.5 18.0

Final 37 3.7 27.0

Cylinder head bolt (L: 70) 10 1.0 7.0

Cylinder head bolt (L: 100) 10 1.0 7.0

Camshaft journal holder bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Cam chain tension adjuster bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Cam chain tension adjuster cap bolt 7 0.7 5.0

Crankcase bolt (M6) 10 1.0 7.0

Crankcase bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0

Valve timing inspection plug 23 2.3 16.5

Clutch shoe nut 150 15.0 108.5

Movable drive face bolt 110 11.0 79.5

Movable driven face bolt 110 11.0 79.5

Movable driven face ring nut 110 11.0 79.5

V-belt outer cover bolt 8 0.8 6.0

V-belt inner cover bolt 9 0.9 6.5

Generator rotor nut 160 16.0 115.5

Generator stator set bolt 11 1.1 8.0

Speed sensor bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Starter clutch bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Exhaust pipe nut 23 2.3 16.5

Muffler connecting bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Muffler mounting bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Engine oil drain plug 21 2.1 15.0

Engine coolant drain plug 13 1.3 9.5

Drive bevel gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Front output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5

Engine mounting nut 60 6.0 43.5

Engine mounting damper stopper bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Rear output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5

Crank balancer drive gear nut 150 15.0 108.5

Crank balancer driven gear bolt 50 5.0 36.0

Starter motor mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Starter motor lead wire connecting nut 6 0.6 4.5

Starter motor housing bolt 5 0.5 3.5

Main oil gallery plug 18 1.8 13.0

Air cleaner box mounting bolt 4.5 0.45 3.0

Left crankshaft spacer nut 38 3.8 27.5

Oil gallery plug (Cylinder head) 10 1.0 7.0

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-8 Service Data:

Drive Train

FI System, Intake Air System and Fuel System

Cooling System

Item Nmkgfmlbfft

4WD/Diff-lock actuator mounting bolt 22 2.2 16.0

Front drive (Differential) gear case bolt 22 2.2 16.0

Front drive (Differential) gear case mounting nut 50 5.0 36.0

Front drive (Differential) gear oil level plug 8.5 0.85 6.0

Front drive (Differential) gear oil filler plug 35 3.5 25.5

Front drive (Differential) gear oil drain plug 32 3.2 23.0

Final drive gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Final drive gear bearing stopper 100 10.0 72.5

Final gear case bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0

Final gear case bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0

Final gear mounting nut 65 6.5 47.0

Final gear mounting bolt 65 6.5 47.0

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5

Final gear oil drain plug 23 2.3 16.5

Rear propeller shaft coupling nut 100 10.0 72.5

Front output shaft bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Rear output shaft nut 100 10.0 72.5

Rear output shaft drive bevel gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Rear output shaft driven gear nut 100 10.0 72.5

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw 1.3 0.13 1.0

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5

Item Nmkgfmlbfft

CKP sensor mounting bolt 6 0.6 4.5

CKP sensor bracket bolt 6 0.6 4.5

Fuel delivery pipe mounting screw 5 0.5 3.5

Fuel pump retainer 35 3.5 25.5

ECT sensor 18 1.8 13.0

ISC valve mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5

TP sensor mounting screw 2 0.2 1.5

Item Nmkgfmlbfft

Water pump cover screw 6 0.6 4.5

Water pump mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Cooling fan thermo-switch 17 1.7 12.5

Thermostat cover bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Cooling fan assembly mounting bolt 8.5 0.85 6.0

Water bypass union 12 1.2 8.5

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Service Data: 0C-9

Chassis

Item Nmkgfmlbfft

Handlebar clamp bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Handlebar holder nut 60 6.0 43.5

Rear brake lever holder clamp bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Throttle lever case bolt 2 0.2 1.5

Steering shaft upper nut 120 12.0 87.0

Steering shaft bolt 26 2.6 19.0

EPS control unit mounting nut 12 1.2 8.5

EPS body assembly mounting bolt 26 2.6 19.0

EPS body assembly mounting nut 28 2.8 20.0

Steering shaft lower nut 162 16.2 117.0

Front suspension arm pivot nut (Upper) 60 6.0 43.5

Front suspension arm pivot nut (Lower) 65 6.5 47.0

Steering knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) 29 2.9 21.0

Tie-rod end nut 29 2.9 21.0

Tie-rod lock-nut 29 2.9 21.0

Front shock absorber mounting bolt (Upper) 55 5.5 40.0

Front shock absorber mounting nut (Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Front wheel hub nut 110 11.0 79.5

Rear wheel hub nut 121 12.1 87.5

Wheel set nut (Front and Rear) 60 6.0 43.5

Front brake hose union bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Front brake air bleeder valve 6 0.6 4.5

Front brake pad mounting pin 17 1.7 12.5

Front brake caliper mounting bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Caliper holder pin 18 1.8 13.0

Caliper holder slide pin 23 2.3 16.5

Brake pipe flare nut 16 1.6 11.5

Front brake disc mounting bolt 23 2.3 16.5

Brake master cylinder mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0

Footrest mounting bolt (M8) 26 2.6 19.0

Footrest mounting bolt (M10) 55 5.5 40.0

Rear stabilizer joint nut 60 6.0 43.5

Rear shock absorber mounting nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Rear suspension arm pivot nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Rear knuckle end nut (Upper and Lower) 60 6.0 43.5

Rear brake cam lever nut 11 1.1 8.0

Rear brake case bolt 26 2.6 19.0

Rear brake pedal shaft nut 60 6.0 43.5

Rear brake pedal screw 4.5 0.45 3.0

Trailer towing bolt 60 6.0 43.5

Brake lever pivot bolt and nut 6 0.6 4.5

Brake lever pivot bolt lock-nut 6 0.6 4.5

Front propeller shaft boot clamp screw 1.3 0.13 1.0

Rear propeller shaft boot clamp screw 2 0.2 1.5

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

0C-10 Service Data:

Tightening Torque Chart

For other bolts and nuts not listed in the preceding page, refer to this chart:

Bolt Diameter

“a” (mm)

Conventional or “4” marked bolt “7” marked bolt

Nmkgfmlbfft Nmkgfmlbfft

4 1.5 0.15 1.0 2.3 0.23 1.5

5 3 0.3 2.0 4.5 0.45 3.0

6 5.5 0.55 4.0 10 1.0 7.0

8 13 1.3 9.5 23 2.3 16.5

10 29 2.9 21.0 50 5.0 36.0

12 45 4.5 32.5 85 8.5 61.5

14 65 6.5 47.0 135 13.5 97.5

16 105 10.5 76.0 210 21.0 152.0

18 160 16.0 115.5 240 24.0 173.5

321

“a” “a” “a”

I649G1030001-04

1. Conventional bolt 2. “4” marked bolt 3. “7” marked bolt

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 1- i

1

Section 1

CONTENTS

Engine

Precautions …………………………………………. 1-*

Precautions…………..……………………………..………….1-*

Precautions for Engine…………..…………….………….1-*

Engine General Information and

Diagnosis …………………………………………..1A-*

General Description ………………………..……………. 1A-*

Injection Timing Description……………………..…….1A-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..………………. 1A-*

FI System Wiring Diagram ……..…………….………..1A-*

Terminal Alignment of ECM Coupler………………..1A-*

Component Location ………..………….………….…… 1A-*

FI System Parts Location……….…………….………..1A-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 1A-*

Engine Symptom Diagnosis ………….………………..1A-*

Self-Diagnostic Procedures ………….………………..1A-*

Use of SDS Diagnosis Reset Procedures…………1A-*

Show Data When Trouble (Displaying Data at

the Time of DTC) …….………………..…………….….1A-*

SDS Check ……………………….…………….…………..1A-*

DTC Table…………..…………….……………….………..1A-*

Fail-Safe Function Table …………..………………..….1A-*

FI System Troubleshooting ….…………….…………..1A-*

Malfunction Code and Defective Condition

Table ……………..…………….……………….…………..1A-*

DTC “C12” (P0335): CKP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C13” (P0105-H/L): IAP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C14” (P0120-H/L): TP Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C15” (P0115-H/L): ECT Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C20” (P1752): Diff-lock Relay Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C21” (P0110-H/L): IAT Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C23” (P1651-H/L): TO Sensor Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C24” (P0351): Ignition Coil Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C32” (P0201): Fuel Injector Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..1A-*

DTC “C40” (P05057): ISC Valve Circuit

Malfunction…..…………….………………..…………… 1A-*

DTC “C41” (P230-H/L): FP Relay Circuit

Malfunction…..…………….………………..…………… 1A-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 1A-*

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 1A-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 1A-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 1A-*

Emission Control Devices …………………..1B-*

Precautions………………………………………..………… 1B-*

Precautions for Emission Control Devices ………. 1B-*

Repair Instructions ………………………………….…… 1B-*

Crankcase Breather (PCV) Hose Inspection……. 1B-*

Crankcase Breather (PCV) Hose Removal

and Installation …………………………………..……… 1B-*

Engine Electrical Devices ……………………1C-*

Precautions………………………………………..………… 1C-*

Precautions for Engine Electrical Device ………… 1C-*

Component Location ……………………………….…… 1C-*

Engine Electrical Components Location …………. 1C-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 1C-*

Engine Symptom Diagnosis …….…………….……… 1C-*

Repair Instructions ………………………………….…… 1C-*

ECM Removal and Installation……………….……… 1C-*

CKP Sensor Inspection …………..…………….……… 1C-*

CKP Sensor Removal and Installation ……………. 1C-*

IAP Sensor Inspection…………….…………….……… 1C-*

IAP Sensor Removal and Installation……………… 1C-*

TP Sensor Inspection………..……………….………… 1C-*

TP Sensor Removal and Installation………………. 1C-*

TP Sensor Adjustment …..………………..…………… 1C-*

IAT Sensor Inspection…………….…………….……… 1C-*

IAT Sensor Removal and Installation……………... 1C-*

ECT Sensor Removal and Installation ………….... 1C-*

ECT Sensor Inspection …………..…………….……… 1C-*

TO Sensor Inspection ……………………..…………… 1C-*

TO Sensor Removal and Installation ……………… 1C-*

ISC Valve Inspection……..…………….…………….... 1C-*

ISC Valve Removal and Installation………..……… 1C-*

GP Switch Inspection ………..……………….………… 1C-*

GP Switch Removal and Installation ………………. 1C-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 1C-*

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1-ii Table of Contents

Service Data…..……………….…………….……………. 1C-*

Tightening Torque Specifications..………….……… 1C-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 1C-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 1C-*

Special Tool …………………………….…………….…… 1C-*

Engine Mechanical …………………………….. 1D-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..………………. 1D-*

Throttle Cable Routing Diagram….………….……… 1D-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 1D-*

Engine Mechanical Symptom Diagnosis…………. 1D-*

Compression Pressure Check ……………….……… 1D-*

Repair Instructions ……..…………….………….……… 1D-*

Engine Components Removable with the

Engine in Place .……………….……………..………… 1D-*

Air Cleaner Element Removal and Installation …. 1D-*

Air Cleaner Element Inspection and Cleaning …. 1D-*

Air Cleaner Box Removal and Installation……….. 1D-*

Throttle Cable Removal and Installation …………. 1D-*

Throttle Cable Inspection ………..…………….……… 1D-*

Throttle Cable Play Inspection and

Adjustment ………..…………….………………..……… 1D-*

Throttle Body Components ……..…………….……… 1D-*

Throttle Body Construction…………………….……… 1D-*

Throttle Body Removal and Installation ………….. 1D-*

Throttle Body Disassembly and Assembly………. 1D-*

Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning …………… 1D-*

Engine Assembly Removal ………..………….……… 1D-*

Engine Assembly Installation …..…………………. 1D-*

Engine Top Side Disassembly ……………….……… 1D-*

Engine Top Side Assembly …………………………… 1D-*

Valve Clearance Inspection and Adjustment …… 1D-*

Camshaft Inspection ……..…………….………………. 1D-*

Camshaft Sprocket Inspection ………………………. 1D-*

Cam Chain Tension Adjuster Inspection…………. 1D-*

Cam Chain Guide Removal and Installation ……. 1D-*

Cam Chain Guide Inspection .……………..………… 1D-*

Cam Chain Tensioner Inspection..………….……… 1D-*

Cylinder Head Disassembly and Assembly …….. 1D-*

Cylinder Head Related Parts Inspection …………. 1D-*

Valve Guide Replacement …………………….……… 1D-*

Valve Seat Repair ………………………………..……… 1D-*

Cam Drive Idle Gear / Sprocket Thrust

Clearance Inspection and Adjustment ………….. 1D-*

Cylinder Disassembly and Assembly ……………… 1D-*

Cylinder Inspection.…………….………………..……… 1D-*

Piston Ring Removal and Installation …………….. 1D-*

Piston and Piston Ring Inspection ………….……… 1D-*

Engine Bottom Side Disassembly …………..……… 1D-*

Engine Bottom Side Assembly…………….……… 1D-*

Conrod and Crankshaft Inspection……….………… 1D-*

Width Between Crankshaft Webs …………..……… 1D-*

Crankshaft Oil Seal Inspection…………….………… 1D-*

Bearing Inspection ………..…………….………………. 1D-*

Bearing Removal and Installation .………….……… 1D-*

Specifications….…………….…………….………………. 1D-*

Service Data…..……………….…………….……………. 1D-*

Tightening Torque Specifications..………….……… 1D-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 1D-*

Recommended Service Material .…………….…….. 1D-*

Special Tool ……………………………………………….. 1D-*

Engine Lubrication System ………………… 1E-*

Precautions………………………….…………….………… 1E-*

Precautions for Engine Oil ……….…………….…….. 1E-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram …………………… 1E-*

Engine Lubrication System Chart Diagram ……… 1E-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 1E-*

Engine Lubrication Symptom Diagnosis …………. 1E-*

Oil Pressure Check ……..…………….………….…….. 1E-*

Repair Instructions ………………………….…………… 1E-*

Engine Oil and Filter Replacement ………….…….. 1E-*

Engine Oil Level Inspection…………………….…….. 1E-*

Oil Sump Filter Removal and Installation ………… 1E-*

Oil Sump Filter Inspection and Cleaning…………. 1E-*

Oil Jet Removal and Installation.………….………… 1E-*

Oil Jet Inspection..…………….……………….………… 1E-*

Oil Pump Removal and Installation ……………… 1E-*

Oil Pump Inspection …….……………….……………... 1E-*

Specifications…..………………….…………………..….. 1E-*

Service Data…………………….……………….………… 1E-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………… 1E-*

Special Tools and Equipment .………………………. 1E-*

Recommended Service Material .…………….…….. 1E-*

Special Tool ……………………………………………….. 1E-*

Engine Cooling System ……………………… 1F-*

Precautions..………………..…………….……………….…1F-*

Precautions for Engine Cooling System……………1F-*

Precautions for Engine Coolant …..………….………1F-*

General Description ….……………..…………….………1F-*

Engine Coolant Description…………………….………1F-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram …………………….1F-*

Cooling Circuit Diagram ….…………….…………….…1F-*

Water Hose Routing Diagram …..…………….………1F-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………….1F-*

Engine Cooling Symptom Diagnosis………..………1F-*

Repair Instructions ………………………….…………….1F-*

Cooling Circuit Inspection ………..…………….………1F-*

Radiator Cap Inspection…………..…………….………1F-*

Radiator Inspection and Cleaning …..……………….1F-*

Cooling Fan Assembly / Radiator Removal

and Installation ……………………………………………1F-*

Water Hose Removal and Installation………………1F-*

Cooling Fan Inspection ………………………….………1F-*

Radiator Reservoir Tank Removal and

Installation ………….…………….………………..………1F-*

Radiator Reservoir Tank Inspection …………………1F-*

Water Hose Inspection……………………….………….1F-*

ECT Sensor Removal and Installation ……..………1F-*

ECT Sensor Inspection ………………………….………1F-*

Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Removal and

Installation ………….…………….………………..………1F-*

Cooling Fan Thermo-switch Inspection…………….1F-*

Thermostat Removal and Installation……………….1F-*

Thermostat Inspection……………..…………….………1F-*

Water Pump Components………..…………….………1F-*

Water Pump Removal and Installation……………..1F-*

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 1-iii

Water Pump Disassembly and Assembly …………1F-*

Water Pump Related Parts Inspection ……………..1F-*

Specifications…….……………….…………….…………..1F-*

Service Data ………….……………….……………..…….1F-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………….…….1F-*

Special Tools and Equipment …………………………1F-*

Recommended Service Material ..……………………1F-*

Special Tool …………..…………………………..………..1F-*

Fuel System ……………………………….………1G-*

Precautions….……………….……………..………………. 1G-*

Precautions for Fuel System ……..……………..…… 1G-*

General Description …………….………………..…… 1G-*

Fuel System Description …………..……………..…… 1G-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram……..……………. 1G-*

Fuel Hose Routing Diagram………….………….…… 1G-*

Fuel Tank Breather Hose Routing Diagram…….. 1G-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures..………. 1G-*

Fuel System Diagnosis ………………..……………. 1G-*

Repair Instructions …….………………………………… 1G-*

Fuel Pressure Inspection ……………..……………. 1G-*

Fuel Pump Inspection ………………………………….. 1G-*

Fuel Discharge Amount Inspection …..……………. 1G-*

Fuel Pump Relay Inspection …………………….…… 1G-*

Fuel Hose Inspection ………….…………………..…… 1G-*

Fuel Feed Hose Removal and Installation ………. 1G-*

Fuel Level Gauge Inspection ….…………….………. 1G-*

Fuel Level Indicator Inspection ….……………..…… 1G-*

Fuel Tank Removal and Installation.………….…… 1G-*

Fuel Pump Components ……..……………….………. 1G-*

Fuel Pump Assembly Removal and

Installation……………………….…………….…………. 1G-*

Fuel Pump Disassembly and Assembly….………. 1G-*

Fuel Mesh Filter Inspection and Cleaning……….. 1G-*

Fuel Injector Inspection and Cleaning………..…… 1G-*

Fuel Injector / Fuel Delivery Pipe Removal

and Installation………..………………………………… 1G-*

Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve

Removal and Installation…………….……………. 1G-*

Fuel Tank Pressure Control (FTPC) Valve

Inspection……………………..…………….……………. 1G-*

Specifications……….……………….………….…………. 1G-*

Service Data ………….……………….……………..…… 1G-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………….…… 1G-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 1G-*

Special Tool ….………………..…………….……………. 1G-*

Ignition System…………………………………..1H-*

General Description ………………………..……………. 1H-*

Override Switch Description………………….………. 1H-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..………………. 1H-*

Ignition System Diagram………..…………….………. 1H-*

Ignition System Components Location …………… 1H-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 1H-*

Ignition System Symptom Diagnosis………………. 1H-*

No Spark or Poor Spark…………………….…………. 1H-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….………. 1H-*

Spark Plug Cap and Spark Plug Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 1H-*

Spark Plug Inspection and Cleaning ………………. 1H-*

Ignition Coil and Plug Cap Inspection …………….. 1H-*

CKP Sensor Inspection …………..…………….……… 1H-*

CKP Sensor Removal and Installation ……………. 1H-*

Engine Stop Switch Inspection……………….……… 1H-*

Ignition Switch Inspection………..…………….……… 1H-*

Ignition Switch Removal and Installation…………. 1H-*

Override Switch Inspection ………..………….……… 1H-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 1H-*

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 1H-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………………. 1H-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 1H-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 1H-*

Starting System …………………………………..1I-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram……………………..1I-*

Starting System Diagram …………..…………….……..1I-*

Component Location ……………………………….……..1I-*

Starting System Components Location……………..1I-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………..1I-*

Starting System Symptom Diagnosis………………..1I-*

Starter Motor will not Run…………..…………….……..1I-*

Starter Motor Runs but Does not Crank the

Engine …………………………..……………….………….. 1I-*

Engine Does not Turn Though the Starter

Motor Runs…..…………….………………..……………..1I-*

Repair Instructions ……………………………….………. 1I-1

Starter Motor Components……………………….……..1I-*

Starter Motor Removal and Installation……………..1I-*

Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly …………1I-*

Starter Motor Inspection…………….…………….……..1I-*

Starter Relay Removal and Installation……………..1I-*

Starter Relay Inspection…………….…………….……..1I-*

Neutral Relay Removal and Installation …………….1I-*

Neutral Relay Inspection ……………………………..….1I-*

Neutral Relay Diode Inspection……..………….……..1I-*

Parking Brake Relay Removal and Installation ……1I-*

Parking Brake Relay Inspection …….………….……..1I-*

Parking Brake Switch Inspection……………….……..1I-*

Gear Position Switch Inspection ………………………1I-*

Starter Torque Limiter / Starter Clutch

Removal and Installation…….…………….…………..1I-*

Starter Driven Gear Bearing Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……….. 1I-*

Starter Related Parts Inspection …………….……..1I-*

Starter Button Inspection……………………….………..1I-*

Recoil Starter Components ………..…………….……..1I-*

Recoil Starter Assembly Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……….. 1I-*

Recoil Starter Disassembly and Assembly ………..1I-*

Recoil Starter Inspection …………………………………1I-*

Starter Motor Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….. 1I-1

Starter Motor Removal and Installation (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………..…………….………….………. 1I-2

Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)………..………………..……………. 1I-2

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1-iv Table of Contents

Starter Motor Related Parts Inspection (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) ………..…………………………..………. 1I-3

Specifications….…………….…………….……………….. 1I-5

Service Data…..……………….…………….……………… 1I-*

Service Data (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …….……………….. 1I-5

Tightening Torque Specifications..………….………. 1I-5

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………… 1I-5

Recommended Service Material ………….………. 1I-5

Special Tool …………………………….…………….……. 1I-5

Charging System………………………………..1J-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…………………….1J-*

Charging System Diagram …………………….………. 1J-*

Component Location ………..…………….……………..1J-*

Charging System Components Location………….. 1J-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………. 1J-*

Charging System Symptom Diagnosis…………….. 1J-*

Battery Runs Down Quickly ……….…………….……. 1J-*

Repair Instructions ……………………………………. 1J-1

Battery Current Leakage Inspection………..………. 1J-*

Regulated Voltage Inspection ……….……………….. 1J-*

Generator Inspection…………………………….………. 1J-*

Generator Removal and Installation.……………….. 1J-*

Regulator / Rectifier Inspection ..…………….………. 1J-*

Battery Components …………………………………….. 1J-*

Battery Charging ……………………….………………. 1J-*

Battery Removal and Installation …………….……… 1J-*

Battery Visual Inspection……………….……………. 1J-*

Generator Removal and Installation (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) ……………………………………..…….. 1J-1

Battery Removal and Installation (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) ……………………………………..…….. 1J-2

Specifications…..………………….…………….………… 1J-3

Service Data…………………….……………….…………. 1J-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………… 1J-3

Special Tools and Equipment .………………………. 1J-3

Recommended Service Material .…………….…….. 1J-3

Special Tool …………………………..…………….…….. 1J-3

Exhaust System………………………………….1K-*

Precautions………………………….…………….………… 1K-*

Precautions for Exhaust System .…………….…….. 1K-*

Repair Instructions ………………………….…………… 1K-*

Exhaust System Construction …..…………….…….. 1K-*

Exhaust Pipe / Muffler Removal and

Installation ………….…………….………………..…….. 1K-*

Exhaust System Inspection…………………….…….. 1K-*

Spark Arrester Inspection……………………….…….. 1K-*

Specifications…..………………….…………………..….. 1K-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………… 1K-*

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-1

Engine

Starting System

Repair Instructions

Starter Motor Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G41906022

1

2

5

6

3

4

5

7

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

FWD

I931G3190012-03

1. O-ring 6. Starter motor case : 5 Nm (0.5 kgf-m, 3.5 lbf-ft)

2. Housing end (Inside) 7. Housing end (Outside) : Apply grease to sliding surface.

3. O-ring : 6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lbf-ft) : Apply moly paste to sliding surface.

4. Armature : 11 Nm (1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lbf-ft) : Do not reuse.

5. Square-ring : 10 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lbf-ft)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-2 Starting System:

Starter Motor Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G41906023

Removal

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the

battery (–) lead wire. Refer to “Battery Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 1J

(Page 1J-2)”.

2) Remove the right side cover. Refer to“Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

3) Remove the starter motor lead wire (1).

4) Remove the starter motor.

Installation

Install the starter motor in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the starter motor O-ring.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE “A” or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring with a new one.

Tighten the starter motor mounting bolts (1) with the

battery (–) lead wire (2) and starter motor lead wire

mounting nut (3) to the specified torque. Refer to

“Wiring Harness Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

Tightening torque

Starter motor mounting bolt (a): 10 N·m (1.0 kgf-

m, 7.0 lbf-ft)

Starter motor lead wire mounting nut (b): 6 N·m (

0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lbf-ft)

Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G41906024

Refer to “Starter Motor Removal and Installation in

related manual”.

Disassembly

Disassemble the starter motor as shown in the starter

motor components diagram. Refer to “Starter Motor

Components in related manual”.

Assembly

Reassemble the starter motor in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-rings with new ones to prevent

oil leakage and moisture.

Apply grease to the lip of the oil seal.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE “A” or equivalent)

1

I931G3190001-02

I931G3190002-02

(a)

1

(b)

3

2

I931G3190003-02

I931G3190004-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-3

Apply a small quantity of moly paste to the armature

shaft.

: Moly paste 99000–25140 (SUZUKI Moly

paste or equivalent)

Align the match mark on the starter motor case with

the match mark on the housing end.

Tighten the starter motor housing bolts (2) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

Starter motor housing bolt (a): 5 N·m (0.5 kgf-m,

3.5 lbf-ft)

Starter Motor Related Parts Inspection (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G41906025

Refer to “Starter Motor Disassembly and Assembly in

related manual”.

Carbon Brush

Inspect the carbon brushes for abnormal wear, cracks or

smoothness in the brush holder.

If either carbon brush is defective, replace the brush

holder set with a new one.

Measure the length “a” of the carbon brushes using a

vernier calipers. If the measurement is less than the

service limit, replace the housing end assembly with a

new one.

Brush length “a”

Service limit: 6.5 mm (0.26 in)

Special tool

: 09900–20102 (Vernier calipers (200 mm))

Commutator

Inspect the commutator for discoloration, abnormal wear

or undercut “A”.

If the commutator is abnormally worn, replace the

armature.

If the commutator surface is discolored, polish it with

#400 sandpaper and wipe it using a clean, dry cloth.

If there is no undercut, scrape out the insulator (1) with a

saw blade.

I931G3190005-02

I931G3190006-02

(a)

2

I931G3190007-03

“a”

I718H1190013-01

“A”

1

I931G3190008-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1I-4 Starting System:

Armature Coil

Measure for continuity between each segment. Measure

for continuity between each segment and the armature

shaft.

If there is no continuity between the segments or there is

continuity between the segments and shaft, replace the

armature with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity set ( )

Bearing

Check the bearing of housing end for damage.

If any damage is found, replace the housing end.

Oil Seal

Check the seal lip for damage. If any damage is found,

replace the housing end (Inside).

(A)

I931G3190009-02

I931G3190010-02

I931G3190011-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Starting System: 1I-5

Specifications

Service Data (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G41907002

Unit: mm (in)

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G41907003

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“Starter Motor Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 1I-1)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G41908001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Starter Motor Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 1I-1)”

Special Tool

B931G41908002

Item Specification Note

Starter motor brush length Standard 12.0 (0.47)

Limit 6.5 (0.26)

Starter torque limiter slip torque Standard 41.2 – 62.8 Nm

(4.2 – 6.4 kgf-m, 14.5 – 32.5 lbf-ft)

Starter relay resistance 3 – 5 :

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

Starter motor mounting bolt 10 1.0 7.0 )(Page 1I-2)

Starter motor lead wire mounting nut 6 0.6 4.5 )(Page 1I-2)

Starter motor housing bolt 5 0.5 3.5 )(Page 1I-3)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE “A” or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1I-2) / )(Page 1I-2)

Moly paste SUZUKI Moly paste or equivalent P/No.: 99000–25140 )(Page 1I-3)

09900–20102 09900–25008

Vernier calipers (200 mm) Multi circuit tester set

)(Page 1I-3) )(Page 1I-4)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-1 Charging System:

Engine

Charging System

Repair Instructions

Generator Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G41A06010

Removal

1) Disconnect the (–) battery lead wire. Refer to

“Battery Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 1J-2)”.

2) Drain engine oil. Refer to “Engine Oil and Filter

Replacement in Section 0B in related manual”.

3) Remove the left inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

4) Remove the left mud guard. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

5) Drain engine coolant. Refer to “Cooling System

Inspection in Section 0B in related manual”.

6) Remove the water pump assembly (1). Refer to

“Water Pump Removal and Installation in Section 1F

in related manual”.

7) Disconnect the gearshift lever arm (2) and speed

sensor coupler (3).

8) Remove the recoil cover (4).

9) Disconnect the CKP sensor coupler (5) and

generator coupler (6) and remove the clamp (7).

10) Hold the left crankshaft spacer (8) with the special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09930–44530 (Rotor holder)

11) Remove the left crankshaft spacer nut (9) and

spacer (8).

12) Remove the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in related manual”.

Installation

Install the generator in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

Install the generator cover. Refer to “Generator

Removal and Installation in related manual”.

WARNING

!

Be careful not to pinch the finger between the

generator cover and the crankcase.

Apply grease to the O-ring (1) and oil seal lip.

: Grease 99000–25010 (SUZUKI SUPER

GREASE “A” or equivalent)

CAUTION

!

Replace the O-ring (1) with a new one.

2

4

1

3

I931G31A0001-01

6

7

5

I931G31A0008-01

9

(A) 8

I931G31A0002-01

1

I931G31A0003-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Charging System: 1J-2

Tighten the crankshaft spacer nut (2) to the specified

torque with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09930–44530 (Rotor holder)

Tightening torque

Left crankshaft spacer nut (a): 38 N·m (3.8 kgf-m,

27.5 lbf-ft)

Battery Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/

ZK9)

B931G41A06011

Removal

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) Remove the battery stay (1).

3) Disconnect the battery (–) lead wire (2).

4) Disconnect the battery (+) lead wire (3).

NOTE

Be sure to disconnect the battery (–) lead

wire (2) first, then disconnect the battery (+)

lead wire (3).

5) Remove the battery (4).

Installation

Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to following point:

CAUTION

!

Never use anything except the specified

battery.

Tighten the battery mounting bolts securely.

NOTE

Fit the EPS fuse bracket (2) to the mounting

bolt (1).

Apply thread lock to the battery stay mounting bolts

and tighten them securely.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32110

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER “1322” or

equivalent)

(A)

(a)

2

I931G31A0004-01

1

I931G31A0005-01

2

4

3

I931G31A0006-01

1

2

I931G31A0007-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

1J-3 Charging System:

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G41A07002

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G41A08001

Special Tool

B931G41A08002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

Left crankshaft spacer nut 38 3.8 27.5 )(Page 1J-2)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease SUZUKI SUPER GREASE “A” or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25010 )(Page 1J-1)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

“1322” or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32110 )(Page 1J-2)

09930–44530

Rotor holder

)(Page 1J-1) / )(Page 1J-

2)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 3- i

3

Section 3

CONTENTS

Driveline / Axle

Precautions …………………………………………. 3-*

Precautions…………..……………………………..………….3-*

Precautions for Driveline / Axle ….……………..……… 3-*

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft 3A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 3A-*

Drive Shaft Symptom Diagnosis ..……………..…….3A-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….……….3A-1

Front Drive Shaft Components ….………….………..3A-*

Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation……………………………………..…………..3A-*

Front Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly …..3A-*

Front Drive Shaft Inspection …..………………..…….3A-*

Rear Drive Shaft Components …..………….………..3A-*

Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation……………………………………..…………..3A-*

Rear Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly……3A-*

Rear Drive Shaft Inspection ………………….………..3A-*

Front Drive Shaft Components (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………..…………….………………..……………. 3A-1

Front Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….……………….…………. 3A-2

Front Drive Shaft Inspection (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………..…………….………………..……………. 3A-4

Rear Drive Shaft Components (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………..…………….………………..……………. 3A-5

Rear Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….……………….…………. 3A-5

Rear Drive Shaft Inspection (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………..…………….………………..……………. 3A-5

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………..3A-6

Recommended Service Material ..………….………. 3A-6

Special Tool …………..…………………………..……….3A-6

Differential………………………………………….3B-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 3B-*

Drive Train Symptom Diagnosis……….……………..3B-*

DTC “C20” (P1752) Diff-lock Relay Circuit

Malfunction.……………….……………..………………..3B-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….………. 3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Components …………..3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Construction……………...3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Oil Level

Inspection……………………..…………….……………..3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Oil

Replacement ……………………………………..……… 3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Assembly Removal

and Installation …………………………………..……… 3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Assembly

Disassembly and Assembly ……..………….……… 3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Related Parts

Inspection……….……………..……………….………… 3B-*

Breather Rubber Case Inspection.………….……… 3B-*

Front Drive (Differential) Gear Shim

Inspection and Selection ….…………….…………… 3B-*

2WD/4WD/Diff-lock System Inspection…………… 3B-*

Rear Drive Breather Hose Routing Diagram……. 3B-*

Final Gear Components ………….…………….……… 3B-*

Final Gear Construction ………….…………….……… 3B-*

Final Gear Oil Level Inspection …..………….……… 3B-*

Final Gear Oil Replacement.………………….……… 3B-*

Final Gear Assembly Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 3B-*

Final Gear Assembly Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………….……………….…………….... 3B-*

Final Gear Related Parts Inspection ………………. 3B-*

Final Gear Shim Inspection and Selection ………. 3B-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 3B-*

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 3B-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………………. 3B-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 3B-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 3B-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 3B-*

Transfer ……………………………………………..3C-*

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 3C-*

Transfer Symptom Diagnosis………..………….…… 3C-*

Repair Instructions ………………………………….…… 3C-*

Transfer Components ……….……………….………… 3C-*

Transfer Removal and Installation …………………. 3C-*

Transfer Construction…….………….……………….... 3C-*

Counter Shaft / Reverse Idle Gear

Disassembly and Assembly ……..………….……… 3C-*

Gearshift Cam Components………….………………. 3C-*

Gearshift System Construction ……..………………. 3C-*

Gearshift Cam Disassembly and Assembly …….. 3C-*

Transfer Gear Bearing Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 3C-*

Transfer Gear Bearing Inspection .………….……… 3C-*

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3-ii Table of Contents

Transfer Related Parts Inspection…………..……… 3C-*

Transfer Related Bearing Inspection………………. 3C-*

Gear Position (GP) Switch Inspection…..………… 3C-*

Gear Position (GP) Switch Removal and

Installation………………………………………………… 3C-*

Gearshift Shaft No. 2 / Gearshift Cam Plate

Removal and Installation……….…………….……… 3C-*

Gearshift Linkage Inspection…………………………. 3C-*

Gearshift Shaft Oil Seal Removal and

Installation………………………………………………… 3C-*

Specifications….…………….…………….………………. 3C-*

Service Data…..……………….…………….……………. 3C-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 3C-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 3C-*

Special Tool …………………………….…………….…… 3C-*

Propeller Shafts………………………………….3D-*

Repair Instructions ……..…………….………….……… 3D-*

Front Output Shaft Components ………….………… 3D-*

Front Output Shaft Removal and Installation …… 3D-*

Front Output Shaft Disassembly and

Assembly …….……………….…………….……………. 3D-*

Front Output Shaft Related Parts Inspection …… 3D-*

Rear Output Shaft Components……..……………… 3D-*

Rear Output Shaft Removal and Installation……. 3D-*

Rear Output Shaft Disassembly and

Assembly..…………….………………..…………….….. 3D-*

Rear Output Shaft Related Parts Inspection ……. 3D-*

Rear Output Shaft Drive Bevel Gear Shim

Inspection and Adjustment………..………….…….. 3D-*

Front Propeller Shaft Components….……………… 3D-*

Front Propeller Shaft Removal and

Installation ………….…………….………………..…….. 3D-*

Front Propeller Shaft Related Parts

Inspection…..…………….……………….……………... 3D-*

Rear Propeller Shaft Components ….……………… 3D-*

Rear Propeller Shaft Removal and Installation …. 3D-*

Rear Propeller Shaft Related Parts Inspection …. 3D-*

Specifications…..………………….…………………..….. 3D-*

Service Data…………………….……………….………… 3D-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………… 3D-*

Special Tools and Equipment .………………………. 3D-*

Recommended Service Material .…………….…….. 3D-*

Special Tool ……………………………………………….. 3D-*

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft: 3A-1

Driveline / Axle

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft

Repair Instructions

Front Drive Shaft Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G43106009

FWD

1

2

3

7

6

5

4

8

9

10

I931H1310012-03

1. Circlip 6. Inner boot band (Small) : Apply grease.

2. Snap ring 7. Drive shaft : Apply water resistance grease.

3. Stopper ring 8. Outer boot band (Small) : Do not reuse.

4. Inner boot band (Large) 9. Outer boot

5. Inner boot 10. Outer boot band (Large)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-2 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

Front Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G43106010

Refer to “Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation in related manual”.

Disassembly

CAUTION

!

Do not disassemble the wheel side joint. If

any damages are found, replace it with a new

one.

1) Remove the boot band of the differential side joint.

2) Slide the boot toward the center of the front drive

shaft and remove the stopper ring from the outer

race.

3) Remove the outer race from the front drive shaft.

4) Wipe off any grease and remove the snap ring.

Special tool

(A): 09900–06107 (Snap ring remover (Open

type))

5) Remove the cage from the front drive shaft.

6) Remove the boot band of the small diameter side.

I931H1310003-03

I831G1310006-01

I831G1310007-01

(A)

I831G1310022-01

I831G1310009-01

I931H1310004-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft: 3A-3

Assembly

CAUTION

!

Wash all parts before installation, clean the

inside and outside of the boots with a

cloth.

Do not wash the boots in any commercially

available degreaser, such as gasoline or

kerosene. Washing in a degreaser causes

deterioration of the boots.

1) Fit a boot on the drive shaft end, fitting the small

diameter side of the boot to the shaft groove, fix its

end with a new boot band.

CAUTION

!

Replace the boot band with a new one.

2) Install the cage (1) on the shaft.

CAUTION

!

Install the cage with the large diameter side

“A” facing the shaft end.

3) Install the new snap ring to the cage.

CAUTION

!

Replace the snap ring with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–06107 (Snap ring remover (Open

type))

4) Apply grease to the entire surface of the cage and

the inside of the outer race.

NOTE

The tube of joint grease is included in the

wheel side boot set or wheel side joint

assembly of spare parts.

“A”: Large diameter “B”: Small diameter

I931H1310005-02

1

“A” “B”

I831G1310012-02

Position

Wheel side Differential side

Grease: Quantity 60 g (2.1 oz) 60 g (2.1 oz)

(A)

I831G1310023-01

I831G1310013-01

I831G1310014-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-4 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

5) Insert the cage into the outer race and install the new

stopper ring to the groove of the outer race.

CAUTION

!

Replace the stopper ring with a new one.

Position the opening of stopper ring “C”

so that it will not be lined up with a ball.

6) After installing the boot on the outer race, insert a

screw driver into the boot on the outer race side and

allow air to enter the boot so that the air pressure in

the boot becomes the same as the atmospheric

pressure at the positions indicated in the figure.

7) Fix the boot on the outer race with a new boot band,

taking care not to distort the boot.

8) Install the circlip (2) into the groove of front drive

shaft spline.

CAUTION

!

The removed circlip must be replaced with a

new one.

9) Inspect the axle play by using a push-and-pull

motion given to the axle shaft and wheel spindle.

Front Drive Shaft Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G43106011

Inspect the front drive shaft in the following procedures:

1) Remove the front drive shaft assembly. Refer to

“Front Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation in related manual”.

2) Check the drive shaft boots for twist and grease leak.

If any defects are found, replace the defective parts

with new ones.

3) Inspect the boots, circlip and boot bands for wear or

damage. If any damages are found, replace them

with new ones.

4) Install the front drive shaft assembly. Refer to “Front

Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and Installation in

related manual”.

“D”: Right side “F”: Rotation direction

“E”: Left side “a”: 182.1 mm (7.2 in)

“C”

I831G1310015-01

A

VIEW A

“F”

“D” “E”

“F”

“a”

I931H1310006-03

2

I931H1310007-01

I931H1310008-01

I931H1310009-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft: 3A-5

Rear Drive Shaft Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G43106012

Rear Drive Shaft Disassembly and Assembly

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G43106013

Refer to “Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation in related manual”.

Rear drive shaft disassembly and assembly are the

same manner of front drive shaft disassembly and

assembly except for the position of inner boot bond.

Rear Drive Shaft Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G43106014

Refer to “Rear Drive Shaft Assembly Removal and

Installation in related manual”.

Rear drive shaft inspection as the same manner of front

drive shaft.

FWD

1

4

5

6

8

9

2

7

3

10

I931H1310013-04

1. Circlip 6. Inner boot band (Small) : Apply grease.

2. Snap ring 7. Drive shaft : Apply water resistance grease.

3. Stopper ring 8. Outer boot band (Small) : Do not reuse.

4. Inner boot band (Large) 9. Outer boot

5. Inner boot 10. Outer boot band (Large)

“B”: Right side “D”: Rotation direction

“C”: Left side “a”: 166 mm (6.5 in)

A

VIEW A

“D”

“B” “C”

“D”

“a”

I931G3310001-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

3A-6 Drive Chain / Drive Train / Drive Shaft:

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G43108001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Front Drive Shaft Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 3A-1)”

“Rear Drive Shaft Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 3A-5)”

Special Tool

B931G43108002

09900–06107

Snap ring remover (Open

type)

)(Page 3A-2) / )(Page 3A-

3)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 4- i

4

Section 4

CONTENTS

Brake

Precautions …………………………………………. 4-*

Precautions…………..……………………………..………….4-*

Precautions for Brake System …..……………..……… 4-*

Brake Fluid Information…………….……………..……… 4-*

Brake Control System and Diagnosis … 4A-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..……………….4A-1

Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram .………….…….4A-*

Rear Blake Cable Routing Diagram……….………..4A-*

Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………….………………..……………. 4A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures………… 4A-*

Brake Symptom Diagnosis………..………….………..4A-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….……….4A-2

Brake Pedal Height Inspection and

Adjustment ………..…………….……………….………..4A-*

Front Brake Light Switch Inspection ………………..4A-*

Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection ……….………..4A-*

Rear Brake Switch Inspection and Adjustment …..4A-*

Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection ……4A-*

Parking Brake Lever Switch Inspection…………….4A-*

Brake Fluid Level Check ……..…………….…………..4A-*

Front Brake Hose Inspection ………..………….…….4A-*

Air Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit……….4A-*

Brake Fluid Replacement………….……………..…….4A-*

Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation………4A-*

Rear Brake Cable Removal and Installation ……..4A-*

Front Brake Master Cylinder Components………..4A-*

Front Brake Master Cylinder Assembly

Removal and Installation…………………….………..4A-*

Front Brake Master Cylinder / Brake Lever

Disassembly and Assembly …….………….………..4A-*

Front Brake Master Cylinder Parts Inspection …..4A-*

Rear Brake Pedal Construction ………………..…….4A-*

Rear Brake Pedal Removal and Installation ……..4A-*

Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….……………….…………. 4A-2

Rear Brake Pedal Construction (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………..…………….………………..……………. 4A-3

Rear Brake Pedal Removal and Installation

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….……………….…………. 4A-3

Specifications…….……………….…………….………….4A-5

Service Data ………….……………….……………..…….4A-*

Tightening Torque Specifications.………….……….4A-5

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………..4A-5

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 4A-*

Recommended Service Material ………….………4A-5

Front Brakes ……………………………..……….4B-*

Precautions………………………………………..………… 4B-*

Precautions for Front Brakes …..…………….……… 4B-*

Repair Instructions ………………………………….…… 4B-*

Front Brake Components …………..………….……… 4B-*

Front Brake Pad Inspection…………………………… 4B-*

Front Brake Pad Replacement………………….... 4B-*

Front Brake Caliper Removal and Installation….. 4B-*

Front Brake Caliper Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………….……………….…………….... 4B-*

Front Brake Caliper Parts Inspection …………… 4B-*

Front Brake Disc Removal and Installation ……… 4B-*

Front Brake Disc Inspection …….…………….……… 4B-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 4B-*

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 4B-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………………. 4B-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 4B-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 4B-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 4B-*

Rear Brakes………………………………………..4C-*

Precautions………………………………………..………… 4C-*

Precautions for Rear Brake…..…………….………… 4C-*

Repair Instructions ………………………………….…… 4C-*

Rear Brake Components……………………….……… 4C-*

Rear Brake Friction Plate Inspection………………. 4C-*

Rear Brake Friction Plate Replacement………….. 4C-*

Rear Brake Assembly Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 4C-*

Rear Brake Disassembly and Assembly …………. 4C-*

Rear Brake Parts Inspection ………………….……… 4C-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 4C-*

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 4C-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………………. 4C-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 4C-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 4C-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 4C-*

Parking Brake …………………………………….4D-*

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..………………. 4D-*

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4-ii Table of Contents

Parking / Rear Brake Cable Routing Diagram …. 4D-*

Repair Instructions ……..…………….………….……… 4D-*

Parking / Rear Brake Inspection and

Adjustment ………..…………….………………..……… 4D-*

Parking / Rear Brake Cable Removal and

Installation………………………………………………… 4D-*

Parking / Rear Brake Lever Components ……….. 4D-*

Parking / Rear Brake Lever Removal and

Installation ………….…………….………………..…….. 4D-*

Parking / Rear Brake Light Switch Inspection ….. 4D-*

Parking / Rear Brake Relay Inspection …………… 4D-*

Specifications…..………………….…………………..….. 4D-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………… 4D-*

Special Tools and Equipment .………………………. 4D-*

Recommended Service Material .…………….…….. 4D-*

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-1

Brake

Brake Control System and Diagnosis

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G44102003

1

“B”

2

“C”

3

4

55

7

4

(a)

89

4

(a)

8

9

10

11

11

12

(a)

8

11

“E” 6

“F”

(b)

“D”

(b)

“A”

“D”

“D”

I931H1410043-05

1. Master cylinder 11. Suspension upper arm

2. Front brake hose No. 1 12. Radiator hose

3. Front brake pipe “A”: UP mark

4. Front brake hose No. 2 “B”: After the brake hose union has contacted the reservoir bottom.

5. Front brake caliper “C”: Pass the brake hose behind the throttle cable.

6. Frame “D”: Fix the brake hose to the it guide firmly.

7. Steering shaft “E”: Pass the brake hose No. 2 between the radiator lower hose and frame.

8. Union bolt “F”: Pass the brake hose inside of the suspension arm.

9. Stopper

: After the brake hose union has contacted the stopper, tighten the

union bolt.

:23 Nm (2.3 kgf-m, 16.5 lbf-ft)

10. Stopper

: After the brake hose clamp has contacted the suspension upper arm,

tighten the stopper bolt.

:16 Nm (1.6 kgf-m, 11.5 lbf-ft)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-2 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

Repair Instructions

Front Brake Hose Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G44106019

Removal

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

1) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

2) Drain brake fluid. Refer to “Brake Fluid Replacement

in related manual”.

3) Loosen the flare nuts (1) and disconnect the brake

pipe.

4) Remove the front brake hoses as shown in the front

brake hose routing diagram. Refer to “Front Brake

Hose Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 4A-

1)”.

Installation

CAUTION

!

The seal washers should be replaced with the

new ones to prevent fluid leakage.

1) Install the front brake hose as shown in the front

brake hose routing diagram. Refer to “Front Brake

Hose Routing Diagram in related manual”.

2) Tighten the brake flare nut (1) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Brake pipe flare nut (a): 16 N·m (1.6 kgf-m, 11.5

lbf-ft)

3) Bleed air from the front brake system. Refer to “Air

Bleeding from Front Brake Fluid Circuit in related

manual”.

4) Install the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D in

related manual”.

11

I931G3410001-02

(a)

1(a)

1

I931G3410009-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-3

Rear Brake Pedal Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G44106020

Rear Brake Pedal Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G44106021

Removal

1) Remove the right inner fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

2) Remove the right mud guard. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

3) Remove the rear brake light switch spring (1).

4) Disconnect the rear brake cable (2). Refer to “Rear

Brake Cable Removal and Installation in related

manual”.

“a”

“A”

“b”

“c”

“B”

3

(a)

5

4

2

4

1

“B”

“A”

(b)

6

I931G3410002-01

1. Rear brake pedal 6. Rear brake pedal screw “B”: Anchoring point (Pedal side)

2. Rear brake light switch “a”: 12.5 – 22.5 mm (0.49 – 0.89 in) : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

3. Washer “b”: 83.2 mm (3.28 in) : 4.5 Nm (0.45 kgf-m, 3.0 lbf-ft)

4. Rear brake pedal shaft “c”: 17.5 mm (0.69 in) : Apply water resistance grease.

5. Rear brake pedal shaft nut “A”: Anchoring point (Footrest side)

2

1

I931G3410003-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-4 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

5) Remove the rear brake pedal shaft (3).

6) Remove the rear brake pedal (4) and rear brake

pedal spring (5).

7) Remove the dust seals (6) if necessary.

CAUTION

!

If there are wear or damage, replace the dust

seals (6) with new ones.

8) Remove the washers (7).

Installation

Install the rear brake pedal in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the lip of dust seals and washers.

CAUTION

!

Never reuse the removed dust seals with new

ones.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Apply grease to the rear brake pedal shaft (1).

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

4

3

5

I931G3410010-01

6

6

I931G3410004-01

7

I931G3410005-01

I931G3410006-02

1

I931H1410035-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Brake Control System and Diagnosis: 4A-5

Install the rear brake pedal shaft (1) and tighten the

brake pedal shaft nut (2) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear brake pedal shaft nut (a): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m,

43.5 lbf-ft)

After installed rear brake cable, adjust the adjuster

nut. Refer to “Rear Brake Pedal / Rear Brake (Parking

Brake) Lever Inspection and Adjustment in Section 0B

in related manual”.

Install the removed parts.

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G44107002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“Front Brake Hose Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 4A-1)”

“Rear Brake Pedal Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 4A-3)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G44108003

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Rear Brake Pedal Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 4A-3)”

1

(a)

2

I931G3410007-01

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

Brake pipe flare nut 16 1.6 11.5 )(Page 4A-2)

Rear brake pedal shaft nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 4A-5)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 4A-4) / )(Page 4A-

4)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

4A-6 Brake Control System and Diagnosis:

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 6- i

6

Section 6

CONTENTS

Steering

Precautions ………………………………………….6-1

Precautions…………..……………………………..………… 6-1

Precautions for Steering …………..……………..……… 6-*

Precautions for Steering (LT-A750XP/ZK9)………. 6-1

Steering General Diagnosis……………….. 6A-1

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………6A-1

Steering Symptom Diagnosis………..………….…….6A-*

Steering Symptom Diagnosis (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) …………..…………….………………..……………. 6A-1

Steering / Handlebar………………………….. 6B-1

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….……….6B-1

Steering / Handlebars Components.………….…….6B-*

Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction …..6B-*

Handlebars Removal and Installation ………..…….6B-*

Handlebars Inspection ………..…………….…………..6B-*

Steering Shaft Removal and Installation …………..6B-*

Tie-rod / Tie-rod End Removal and

Installation……………………………………..…………..6B-*

Steering Parts Inspection………….……………..…….6B-*

Steering / Handlebars Components (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………….………………..……………. 6B-1

Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….……………….…………. 6B-2

Handlebars Removal and Installation (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………….………………..……………. 6B-3

Handlebars Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)……….. 6B-5

Steering Shaft Removal and Installation (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………….………………..……………. 6B-6

Tie-rod / Tie-rod End Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………..……………. 6B-8

Steering Related Parts Inspection (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………….………………..……………. 6B-9

Specifications…….……………….…………….………..6B-10

Service Data ………….……………….……………..…….6B-*

Service Data (LT-A750XP/ZK9)……….………….. 6B-10

Tightening Torque Specifications.………….……..6B-11

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………6B-11

Recommended Service Material..………….……..6B-11

Special Tool …………..…………………………..……..6B-11

Power Assisted Steering System……….. 6C-1

Precautions…………..…………………………..………….6C-1

Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …………..6C-1

P/S System Note (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….……………6C-1

Precautions in Diagnosing Troubles (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………..………………………..………6C-1

General Description ….…………………………..………6C-2

P/S System Description (LT-A750XP/ZK9)………6C-2

EPS Diagnosis General Description (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………..………………………..………6C-5

Self Diagnostic System Description (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………..………………………..………6C-5

Fail-safe Function Description (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) ………………………….………………..……………6C-5

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..……………….6C-6

EPS Wiring Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)…………..6C-6

EPS Control Unit Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)…..6C-7

EPS System Wiring Harness Routing

Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………………………….6C-8

Component Location …………………………….………6C-8

EPS Components Location (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) ………………………….………………..……………6C-8

Diagnostic Information and Procedures…………6C-9

EPS Troubleshooting (LT-A750XP/ZK9)………….6C-9

Pre-diagnosis Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …..6C-10

EPS System Check (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….6C-12

DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Output (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………..…………….………………..6C-19

DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………..…………….………………..6C-21

SDS Check (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ……………………..6C-24

DTC Table (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….…………….…….6C-25

DTC “C1111”: Torque Sensor (Main) Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….………………..6C-26

DTC “C1113”: Torque Sensor (Main / Sub)

Circuit Correlation Malfunction (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) ………………………….………………..………….6C-29

DTC “C1114”: Torque Sensor Power Supply

Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….6C-33

DTC “C1115”: Torque Sensor (Sub) Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….………………..6C-35

DTC “C1121”: Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….………………..6C-38

DTC “C1122”: Engine Speed Signal Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) ….………………..6C-41

DTC “C1141”, “C1142”, “C1143”, “C1145”

EPS Motor Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) ………………………….………………..………….6C-44

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6-ii Table of Contents

DTC “C1153” EPS Control Unit Supply

Voltage Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) ………………………….……………….…………..6C-46

DTC “C1152”, “C1154”, “C1155” EPS Control

Unit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)…………..6C-47

Repair Instructions ……………………………………..6C-48

EPS Control Unit Construction (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) ………………………….……………….…………..6C-48

EPS Control Unit Removal and Installation

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) ………….…………………………6C-48

EPS Body Assembly Components (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) ………………………….……………….6C-50

EPS Body Assembly Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) …………………….6C-50

EPS Motor Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)……….6C-53

Specifications…..………………….…………………..…6C-54

Tightening Torque Specifications………………….6C-54

Special Tools and Equipment ………………………6C-54

Recommended Service Material .…………….……6C-54

Special Tool …………………….…………….………….6C-55

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Precautions: 6-1

Steeri ng

Precautions

Precautions

Precautions for Steering (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46000002

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 in related manual” and “Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section

00 (Page 00-1)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6A-1 Steering General Diagnosis:

Steeri ng

Steering General Diagnosis

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

Steering Symptom Diagnosis (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46104002

Condition Possible cause Correction / Reference Item

Heavy Steering Distorted steering shaft. Replace.

Improper front wheel alignment. Adjust.

Insufficiently lubricated. Lubricate.

Not enough pressure in tires. Adjust.

Worn or incorrect tire or wrong tire

pressure.

Adjust or replace.

Malfunctioning EPS, if equipped. Inspect EPS system.

Wobbly Handlebars Distorted front steering shaft. Replace.

Crooked tire. Replace.

Worn or incorrect tire or wrong tire

pressure.

Adjust or replace.

Worn bearing/race in steering stem. Replace.

Worn steering shaft holder bushing. Replace.

Worn steering knuckle ends or ball stud. Replace.

Worn front wheel hub bearings. Replace.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-1

Steeri ng

Steering / Handlebar

Repair Instructions

Steering / Handlebars Components (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46206008

1

2

3

4

5

7

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

12

“A”

“A”

“A”

12

20

20

19

“A”

(a)

10

11

9

FWD

8

6

I931G3620028-02

1. Handlebars 10. Lower dust seal 19. Handlebar left switch assembly

2. Handlebar upper clamp 11. Steering arm plate 20. Handle grip

3. Handlebar holder 12. Cotter pin “A”: Apply grip bond.

4. Steering shaft plate 13. Tie-rod : 4 Nm (0.4 kgf-m, 3.0 lbf-ft)

5. EPS body assembly 14. Tie-rod end : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

6. Steering shaft 15. Cable guide : Apply water resistance grease.

7. Steering shaft bushing 16. Throttle cable : Do not reuse.

8. Dust seal 17. Parking brake cable

9. O-ring 18. Throttle case assembly

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-2 Steering / Handlebar:

Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46206009

(a)

(a)

(f)

(e)

6

(d)

3

(c)

4

(c)

2

(d)

3

(c)

2

(a)

“B”

VIEW A

A

5

(a)

(b)

1

I931H1620037-06

1. Handlebar holder nut : 60 Nm (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5 lbf-ft)

2. Tie-rod end nut : 29 Nm (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lbf-ft)

3. Steering shaft lower nut : 162 Nm (16.2 kgf-m, 117.0 lbf-ft)

4. Tie-rod nut : 120 Nm (12.0 kgf-m, 87.0 lbf-ft)

5. Washer

: The conical side of washer faces outside.

:28 Nm (2.8 kgf-m, 20.0 lbf-ft)

6. Steering shaft upper nut : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

“B”: Red mark : Apply water resistance grease.

:26 Nm (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lbf-ft)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-3

Handlebars Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46206010

Removal

1) Remove the auxiliary headlight cover. Refer to

“Auxiliary Headlight Removal and Installation in

Section 9B in related manual”

2) Remove the combination meter. Refer to

“Combination Meter Removal and Installation in

Section 9C in related manual”.

3) Remove the clamps.

4) Disconnect the brake hose from the hose guide.

5) Remove the following parts from the handlebars

(right side).

a) Right grip (1)

b) Front brake master cylinder/Front brake lever (2)

CAUTION

!

Do not turn the front brake master cylinder

upside down.

c) Throttle lever case (3)

6) Remove the following parts from left handlebars (left

side).

a) Left grip (4)

b) Left switch box (5)

c) Horn button (For P-17, 24)

d) Emergency switch (For P-17)

7) Disconnect the parking brake cable (6) from left

brake lever.

8) Remove the clamp.

I931G3620001-01

1

2

3

I931G3620002-01

45

I931G3620003-01

6

I931H1620004-01

I931G3620004-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-4 Steering / Handlebar:

9) Remove the handlebar upper clamps (7) and

handlebars (8).

10) Remove the left brake lever from the handlebars (left

side).

Installation

Install the handlebars in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the left brake lever (1) to the handlebars.

Align the punch mark “A” on the handlebars with the

mating surface “B” of rear brake lever (1).

Tighten the rear brake lever holder clamp bolt (2) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Rear brake lever holder clamp bolt (a): 11 N·m (

1.1 kgf-m, 8.0 lbf-ft)

Install the washers (3) and bolts (4) as shown in the

steering/handlebars construction. Refer to “Steering /

Handlebars Assembly Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6B-2)”.

Set the handlebars so that its punch mark “B” aligns

with the mating surface of the left handlebar holder.

Tighten the handlebar clamp bolts (4) to the specified

torque.

NOTE

First tighten the handlebar clamp bolts (4)

(front ones) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Handlebar clamp bolt (b): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0

lbf-ft)

8

7

I931G3620027-01

I831G1620006-05

(a)

2

1

“A”

“B”

I931H1620008-01

“a”: Clearance

4

4

3

3

“B”

I931H1620009-02

“a”

(b)

4

(b)

FWD

I931H1620010-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-5

Apply adhesive agent to the handlebar right and left

end and right and left grip inner wall.

: Handle grip bond (Handle Grip Bond

(commercially available))

Insert the projection “D” of the left handlebar switch

assembly into the hole of the handlebars.

Tighten the left handlebar switch screws (6).

Install the master cylinder. Refer to “Front Brake

Master Cylinder Assembly Removal and Installation in

Section 4A in related manual”.

Align the punch mark “E” on the handlebars with the

mating surface “F” of the throttle lever case.

Tighten the throttle lever case bolts (7) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Throttle lever case bolt (c): 4 N·m (0.4 kgf-m, 3.0

lbf-ft)

Handlebars Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46206011

Refer to “Handlebars Inspection in related manual”.

5. Handlebar

“C”: Apply handle grip bond.

“C”

“C”

5

I831G1620014-02

“D”

I931G3620005-01

6

I931G3620006-01

“E”

“F”

I931G3620007-01

(c)

7

I931G3620008-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-6 Steering / Handlebar:

Steering Shaft Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46206012

Removal

1) Remove the EPS control unit. Refer to “EPS Control

Unit Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 6C (Page 6C-48)”.

2) Remove the EPS body assembly. Refer to “EPS

Body Assembly Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9) in Section 6C (Page 6C-50)”.

3) Disconnect the tie-rod ends with the special tool.

Refer to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle

Removal and Installation in Section 2B in related

manual”.

WARNING

!

When using the tie-rod end remover, keep

clear of the tie-rod end because it may come

loose with some force and could strike you.

CAUTION

!

Make sure that the vehicle is supported

securely.

Special tool

(A): 09942–72410 (Tie-rod end remover)

4) Remove the cotter pin (1), nut (2) and washer (3).

5) Remove the steering arm plate (4) and steering shaft

(5).

6) Remove the lower dust seal (6) and O-ring (7).

7) Remove the steering shaft bushing (8) and dust seal

(9) with the special tools and suitable socket wrench.

Special tool

(B): 09924–84521 (Bearing installer set)

(C): 09930–30721 (Rotor remover)

(A)

I931G3620009-01

1

2

3

I931G3620010-01

4

5

I931G3620011-01

6

7

I931G3620012-01

8

9

(B)

(C)

I931G3620013-02

(B)

(C)

8

9

(B)

I931H1620020-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-7

Installation

Install the steering shaft in the reverse order of removal.

Pay attention to the following points:

Install the steering shaft bushing (1) along with dust

seal (2) with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09924–84521 (Bearing installer set)

Apply grease to the steering shaft bushing (1) and

dust seal (2) and install them.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Apply grease to the lower dust seal (3) and O-ring (4).

CAUTION

!

The removed O-ring must be replaced with a

new one.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Apply grease to the steering shaft.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Install the steering shaft.

When installing the steering arm plate (5), align the

wide spline “A” of steering shaft (6) with the wide

spline “B” of steering arm plate (5).

Apply a small quality thread lock to the thread part of

steering shaft.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER “1303” or

equivalent)

Tighten the steering shaft lower nut (7) to the specified

torque.

Tightening torque

Steering shaft lower nut (a): 162 N·m (16.2 kgf-m,

117.0 lbf-ft)

(A) 2

1

I931G3620014-01

2

1

I931G3620015-01

4

3

I931G3620016-01

I931G3620017-01

6

5

“A”

“B”

6

I931G3620018-01

(a)

7

I931G3620019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-8 Steering / Handlebar:

Install the cotter pin (8).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pin (8) must be replaced

with a new one.

Install EPS body assembly. Refer to “EPS Body

Assembly Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

in Section 6C (Page 6C-50)”.

Install the EPS control unit. Refer to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section

6C (Page 6C-48)”.

Install the handlebars. Refer to “Handlebars Removal

and Installation in related manual”.

Install the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D in

related manual”.

Install the front wheels. Refer to “Front / Rear Wheel

Removal and Installation in Section 2D in related

manual”.

After installing these parts, adjust the toe. Refer to

“Toe Adjustment (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 0B

(Page 0B-2)”.

Tie-rod / Tie-rod End Removal and Installation

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46206013

WARNING

!

When using the tie-rod end remover, keep

clear of the tie-rod end because it may come

loose with some force and could strike you.

Removal

1) Remove the tie-rod end with the special tool. Refer

to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal

and Installation in Section 2B in related manual”.

Special tool

(A): 09942–72410 (Tie-rod end remover)

2) Remove the cotter pin, tie-rod end nut and washer.

3) Remove the steering arm plate (1) with a special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09942–72410 (Tie rod end remover)

8

I931G3620020-01

(A)

I931G3620021-01

I931G3620022-01

1

(A)

I931H1620030-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-9

4) Remove the other tie-rod end in the same manner as

described previously.

5) Separate the tie-rod ends (2), nuts (3), (4) and tie-

rods (5).

CAUTION

!

The lock-nuts (3) have left-hand threads.

Installation

Install the tie-rod in the reverse order of removal. Pay

attention to the following points:

When installing the tie-rods, make sure the short side

“a” of tie-rod come outside.

Push the tie-rod to tie-rod lock-nut tightening direction.

Tighten the lock-nuts to the specification.

CAUTION

!

When tightening the lock-nuts, hold the tie-

rod end with a open end wrench.

NOTE

The lock-nuts (1) have left-hand threads.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod lock-nut (a): 29 N·m (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lbf-ft)

Install the washers (2) and tighten the rod end nuts (3)

(steering arm plate side) to the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Tie-rod end nut (b): 29 N·m (2.9 kgf-m, 21.0 lbf-ft)

Install the cotter pins (4).

CAUTION

!

The removed cotter pins (4) must be replaced

with new ones.

Install the tie-rod ends (steering knuckle side). Refer

to “Front Wheel Hub / Steering Knuckle Removal and

Installation in Section 2B in related manual”.

After installed wheels, inspect the toe-out. If the toe-

out is out of specification, bring it into the specified

range. Refer to “Steering System Inspection in

Section 0B in related manual” and “Toe Adjustment

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 0B (Page 0B-2)”.

Steering Related Parts Inspection (LT-A750XP/

ZK9)

B931G46206014

Refer to “Steering Shaft Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6B-6)” and “Tie-rod / Tie-rod End

Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6B-

8)”.

Tierod

Inspect the tie-rod for distortion or damage. If any

defects are found, replace the tie-rod with a new one.

2

2 2

2

3

44

5 5

3

I831G1620039-02

“a”

“a”

(a)

1

(a) (a)

I831G1620040-03

4

2

(b)

3

(b)

3

I931G3620023-01

I931G3620024-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6B-10 Steering / Handlebar:

Tie-rod End

Inspect the tie-rod ends for smooth movement. If there

are any abnormalities, replace the tie-rod ends with new

ones. Inspect the tie-rod end boots for wear or damage.

If any defects are found, replace the tie-rod ends with

new ones.

Steering Shaft

Inspect the steering shaft for distortion or bend. If any

defects are found, replace the steering shaft with a new

one.

Steering Shaft Bushing and Dust Seal

Inspect the steering shaft bushing (1), dust seal (2) and

lower dust seal (3) for wear or damage. If any defects

are found, replace them with new ones.

Specifications

Service Data (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46207002

Wheel

I931G3620025-01

I931H1620034-01

3

2

1

I931H1620035-01

Item Standard Limit

Steering angle 46q (right & left)

Turning radius 3.1 m (10.2 ft)

Toe-out (with 75 kg, 165 lbs) 5 r 4 mm (0.20 r 0.16 in)

Camber –1.3q

Caster 3.3q

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Steering / Handlebar: 6B-11

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G46207003

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“Steering / Handlebars Components (LTA750XP/ZK9) (Page 6B-1)”

“Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6B-2)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G46208001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Steering / Handlebars Components (LTA750XP/ZK9) (Page 6B-1)”

“Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6B-2)”

Special Tool

B931G46208002

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

Rear brake lever holder clamp bolt 11 1.1 8.0 )(Page 6B-4)

Handlebar clamp bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 6B-4)

Throttle lever case bolt 4 0.4 3.0 )(Page 6B-5)

Steering shaft lower nut 162 16.2 117.0 )(Page 6B-7)

Tie-rod lock-nut 29 2.9 21.0 )(Page 6B-9)

Tie-rod end nut 29 2.9 21.0 )(Page 6B-9)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 6B-7) / )(Page 6B-

7) / )(Page 6B-7)

Handle grip bond Handle Grip Bond (commercially

available)

)(Page 6B-5)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

“1303” or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 6B-7)

09924–84521 09930–30721

Bearing installer set Rotor remover

)(Page 6B-6) / )(Page 6B-

7)

)(Page 6B-6)

09942–72410

Tie-rod end remover

)(Page 6B-6) / )(Page 6B-

8) / )(Page 6B-8)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-1 Power Assisted Steering System:

Steeri ng

Power Assisted Steering System

Precautions

Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46300001

Refer to “General Precautions in Section 00 in related manual” and “Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section

00 (Page 00-1)”.

NOTE

When repairing EPS system, remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

P/S System Note (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46300002

CAUTION

!

Never remove the torque sensor to prevent accident and damage.

NOTE

EPS body assembly fasteners are important attaching parts in that they could affect the performance

of vital parts and systems, and/or could result in major repair expense. Do not use a replacement part

of lesser quality or substitute design. Torque values must be used as specified during reassembly to

assure proper retention of these parts.

Precautions in Diagnosing Troubles (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46300003

Take a note of DTC indicated on the SDS tool or EPS indicator light.

Before inspection, be sure to read “Precautions for Electrical Circuit Service in Section 00 in related manual” and

“Precautions for EPS (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 00 (Page 00-1)” and understand what is written there.

DTC C1122 (engine speed signal failure) is indicated when ignition switch is at ON position and engine is not

running, but it means there is nothing abnormal if indication changes to a normal one when engine is started.

As DTC is stored in memory of the EPS control unit, be sure to clear memory after repair by performing the

procedure described in “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-2

General Description

P/S System Description (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46301001

This electronic power steering (EPS) system consists of a EPS control unit (2), a torque sensor (3), a EPS motor (4).

In this system, the EPS control unit determines the level and direction of the assist force for the handlebars (1)

according to the signal from the torque sensor and the vehicle speed signal from speed sensor (9). The EPS control

unit runs the motor so as to assist the operation of the handlebars (1). Take a note of DTC indicated on the EPS

indicator light.

The EPS diagnoses troubles which may occur in the area including the following components when the ignition switch

is ON and the engine is running. When the EPS control unit detects any malfunction, it stops the motor operation.

1

6

4

7

8

9

3

2

5

I931H1630001-04

1. Handlebars 3. Torque sensor 5. EPS body assembly 7. Battery 9. Speed sensor

2. EPS control unit 4. EPS motor 6. Combination meter 8. ECM

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-3 Power Assisted Steering System:

Detecting Principle

The column shaft is connected to the input shaft by means of serration. The output shaft and input shaft are connected

via torsion bar. When torque is inputted from the column shaft, a relative angular displacement occurs between the

input shaft and the output shaft due to twist of the torsion bar. As the sleeve is engaged with a fixed pin, such an

angular displacement of the sleeve is converted to a linear displacement due to helical spline arrangement.

By the return spring of torque sensor lever, the sleeve is always forced to one side within its annular groove. The

sleeve’s linear displacement causes the torque sensor lever to turn, which is then converted to a voltage signal to

supply to EPS control unit.

The torque sensor is a double circuit of main and sub, when the handlebars is in neutral position (no torsional torque

applied to the steering wheel), each torque sensor (main and sub) output is 2.5 V and in this state the EPS control unit

determines the steering torque as 0. During operating the handlebars, the EPS control unit processes the main torque

sensor input signal to determine the steering torque required for the current condition. The relation between the

steering direction of the EPS control unit and the output voltage is as follows: The direction is determined to be right

turn steering “a” if the main torque sensor output voltage is lower than 2.5 V and to be left turn steering if the voltage is

higher than 2.5 V for controlling the steering direction in the case of normal steering operation.

Conversely, the direction is determined to be left turn steering “b” if the sub torque sensor output voltage is lower than

2.5 V and to be right turn steering if the voltage is higher than 2.5 V for controlling the steering direction.

Column shaft

Torsion bar Input shaft

Pin

Sleeve

Output shaft

“a”

“b”

Helical spline

Pin

Sleeve

I931H1630002-05

Voltage

Main Sub

Neutral position

Steering torque

Left steering Right steering

2.5 V

“a”“b”

I931H1630003-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-4

Control System

In the EPS control unit, the steering assist control determines the basic power assist force and the convergence

control improves the steering operation feeling. The controller determines the target motor current by the calculation of

these controls and the maximum current limiting control and it also regulates the motor current so that the target motor

current and the actual current are matched.

Power steering control input / output flow chart

EPS control unit

EPS motor

Steering assist

control

Convergence

control

Vehicle speed

signal

Motor angular

speed (estimated)

Torque sensor

Motor current

(actual)

Target current

calculation

Maximum corrent

control

I931G3630073-01

Control Description

Steering assist control

This control determines the steering assist current on the basis of steering torque as

detected by the torque sensor and of speed signal supplied from the speed sensor.

This is the fundamental control necessary for the P/S system.

Convergence control

This control prevents convergence from deteriorating at a high speed by making

current (compensating current) flow in the direction to keep the steering from

turning, thereby improving vehicle maneuvering stability.

Maximum current control

If the steering input is sustained at a standstill, the motor continues to draw the

maximum current for full-assist and the motor and EPS control unit may get

overheated. To prevent this condition from occurring, this control limits and

gradually reduces the maximum current flowing through the motor.

Failsafe control

In the EPS control unit, a failsafe function is integrated in the motor circuit for the

purpose of safety. With the failsafe circuit in normal condition, the system is ON for

the motor to draw current. If an abnormal condition is detected in the P/S system by

the self-diagnostic function, the system turns OFF the circuit to interrupt the current

supply to the motor so that the system can stop operation. Refer to “Fail-safe

Function Description (LTA750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-5)”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-5 Power Assisted Steering System:

EPS Diagnosis General Description (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46301002

The P/S system in this vehicle is controlled by the EPS control unit. The EPS control unit has an self diagnostic system

which detects a malfunction in this system. When diagnosing troubles, be sure to have full understanding of the outline

of “Self Diagnostic System Description (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-5)” and each item in “Precautions in Diagnosing

Troubles (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-1)”, and then execute diagnosis according to “EPS System Check (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) (Page 6C-12)”.

Self Diagnostic System Description (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46301003

The EPS control unit performs the self diagnosis on the system and operates the “EPS” warning light (1) as follows.

The “EPS” warning light lights when the ignition switch is turned to ON position (but the engine at stop) regardless

of the condition of the P/S control system. This is only to check if the “EPS” warning light is operated properly.

If the areas monitored by the EPS control unit is free from any trouble after the engine start (while engine is

running), the “EPS” warning light turns OFF.

When the EPS control unit detects a trouble which has occurred in the monitored areas the “EPS” warning light

comes ON while the engine is running to warn the driver of such occurrence of the trouble and at the same time it

stores the exact trouble area in memory inside of the EPS control unit.

Fail-safe Function Description (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46301004

If malfunction occurs in the EPS system, this sets fail-safe relay OFF. Consequently, the indicator light ON, and no

current will be applied to motor solenoid valve inactivating EPS and turning EPS indicator light ON. In this case, it

functions as the normal steering. If malfunctions occurs while EPS is being activated, the fail-safe relay will be set

OFF. Refer to “EPS Control Unit Diagram (LTA750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-7)”.

1

I931H1630005-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-6

Schematic and Routing Diagram

EPS Wiring Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46302001

Refer to “Wire Color Symbols in Section 0A in related manual”.

ON2

ON1

OFF

123

45 6

1

IGNITION

SWITCH

FUSE BOX 1. HEAD HI

2. HEAD LO

3. FUEL

4. IGNITION

5. FAN

6. POWER SOURCE

10 A

10 A

10 A

15 A

15 A

10 A

STARTER

MOTOR STARTER

RELAY

1: MAIN (30 A) BATTERY

SPEEDOMETER ECM

EPS UNIT

EPS

MOTOR

TORQUE

SENSOR

O/Y

R

O/Y

O

O

O

Bl/B

Bl/B

Y

Gr/R

W/R

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/B

Gr/R

W/R

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

B/W

B/WB/W

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/B

Y

Gr/R

Gr/R

W/R

W/R

R/B

R/B

B/W

O/Y

O/Y

B/W

B/W

R

R

W

W

R/B

R/B

R

R/B

R/B

R/B

R/B

SPEED

SENSOR

B/W

B/W

B/W

B/W

I931G3630070-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-7 Power Assisted Steering System:

EPS Control Unit Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46302002

Refer to “Wire Color Symbols in Section 0A in related manual”.

EPS control unit coupler (EPS control unit harness end)

30 A

40 A

Ignition

switch

EPS

MAIN

Fail-safe

relay

EPS

motor

Speed sensor

(Vehicle speed)

Speedometer

ECM

TACHO

Motor drive circuit

EPS countrol unit

SDS

Mode selsct switch

Torque sensor

4

5

1

31

6

3

7

9

10

8

2

12

11

14

13

Y

W

Bl/B

R

G

W

B

O/Y

R/B

B

R

B/W

Gr/R

W/R

I931G3630071-01

10 9

87

123

456

1112

1314

I931H1630092-01

1. Engine speed signal 8. Power source

2. Ignition signal for EPS control unit 9. Motor output (–)

3. Mode select switch 10. Motor output (+)

4. “EPS” warning light 11. Torque sensor signal (Main)

5. Vehicle speed signal 12. Power supply for torque sensor

6. SDS 13. Ground for torque sensor

7. Ground for EPS control unit 14. Torque sensor signal (Sub)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-8

EPS System Wiring Harness Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46302003

Refer to “Wiring Harness Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 9A (Page 9A-4)”.

Component Location

EPS Components Location (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46303001

1

2

3

4

I931G3630002-02

1. EPS control unit 3. Fuse (EPS)

2. EPS body assembly 4. Mode select coupler

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-9 Power Assisted Steering System:

Diagnostic Information and Procedures

EPS Troubleshooting (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304001

The EPS is equipped with a self-diagnosis function. The

detected malfunction is stored as a diagnostic trouble

code which causes the EPS indicator light to light up or

flash in set patterns to indicate the malfunction.

Diagnostic trouble codes saved in the memory remain

stored even through the ignition switch is turned OFF

and they cannot be deleted without performing the DTC

erasing procedure. In order to repair the EPS correctly,

ask the customer for the exact circumstances under

which the malfunction occurred, then check the EPS

indicator light and the output diagnostic trouble codes.

Explain to the customer that depending on how the

vehicle is operated, the EPS indicator light may light up

even though the EPS is operating correctly.

Troubleshooting Procedure

Troubleshooting should be proceed as follows. If the

order is performed incorrectly or any part is omitted, an

error in misdiagnosis may result.

1) Gather information from the customer.

2) Perform the pre-diagnosis inspection. Refer to “Pre-

diagnosis Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-

10)”.

3) Inspect the EPS indicator light. Refer to “EPS

System Check (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-12)”.

4) Output the DTCs stored in the EPS control unit.

Refer to “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Output (LT

A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-19)”.

5) Perform appropriate troubleshooting procedures

according to the DTCs output. Refer to “DTC Table

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-25)”.

If troubleshooting procedures cannot be performed,

try to determine the cause of the malfunction

according to the information gathered in 1) through

4) and inspect the wiring. Refer to “EPS Wiring

Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-6)” and “EPS

Control Unit Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-

7)”.

CAUTION

!

Each time a resistance is measured, the

ignition switch should be set to OFF.

6) Inspect the EPS components. Refer to “EPS Motor

Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-53)”.

7) Delete the DTCs and check the power steering

operation. Refer to “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code)

Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

Basic Troubleshooting Diagram

1) Gather information from the customer.

2) Perform the pre-diagnosis inspection.

3) Inspect the EPS indicator light.

6) Inspect the EPS components.

4) Output the DTCs stored in the EPS control unit.

5) Perform appropriate troubleshooting proce-

dures according to the DTCs output.

If troubleshooting procedures cannot be per-

formed, try to determine the cause of the mal-

function according to the information gathered

in 1) through 4) and inspect the wiring.

7) Delete the DTCs and check the steering operation.

I931G3630069-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-10

Information Gathering

To properly diagnose a malfunction, one must not make guesses or assumptions about the circumstances that caused

it. Proper diagnosis and repair require duplicating the situation in which the malfunction occurred. If a diagnosis is

made without duplicating the malfunction, even an experienced service technician may make a misdiagnosis and not

perform the servicing procedure correctly, resulting in the malfunction not being repaired. Therefore, in order to

properly diagnose and repair the vehicle, the customer must be questioned about the conditions at the time that the

malfunction occurred making “Information gathering” very important. In order that the information obtained from the

customer to be used as a reference during troubleshooting, it is necessary to ask certain important questions

concerning the malfunction. Therefore, a questionnaire has been created to improve the information-gathering

procedure.

EXAMPLE: CUSTOMER PROBLEM INSPECTION FORM

NOTE

This form is a standard sample. The form should be modified according to conditions and

characteristic of each market.

Pre-diagnosis Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304002

The mechanical of the steering system should be

inspected prior to performing any electrical checks.

These inspections may find problems that the EPS could

not detect; thus, shortening repair time.

Tire

Tire type

Tire type

Front: DUNLOP KT411

Rear: DUNLOP KT415

Tire pressure

Refer to “Tire Inspection in Section 0B in related

manual”.

CAUTION

!

The standard tire fitted on this vehicle is

AT25 x 8 – 12

for front and AT25 x 10 – 12

for rear. The use of tires other than those

specified may cause instability. It is highly

recommended to use a SUZUKI Genuine Tire.

Customer’s name:

Date of issue:

Model:

Date Reg.

VIN:

Date of problem: Mileage:

Problem Symptoms

Handlebars feels heavy

Vehicle pulls to one side during straight driving

Poor recovery from turns

Too much play in steering

Abnormal noise while vehicle is running: from motor,

other

Other

Frequency of Occurrence Continuous/Intermittent ( times a day, a month)/other

Vehicle at stop & ignition switch ON:

When starting: at initial start only/at every start/Other

Vehicle speed while: while accelerating/while decelerating/at stop/

while turning/while running at constant speed/

other

Road surface condition: Paved road/rough road/snow-covered

road/other

Chain equipment:

Weather: fair/cloudy/rain/snow/other

Temperature: °F ( °C)

First check: Normal code/malfunction code ( )

Second check after driving test: Normal code/malfunction code ( )

Conditions for Occurrence

of Problem

Environmental Condition

DTC

I931H1630009-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-11 Power Assisted Steering System:

Steering Related Parts

Refer to “Steering Parts Inspection in Section 6B in

related manual”.

Battery

Battery voltage inspection

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

3) Measure the voltage between the (+) and (–) battery

terminals using the multi circuit tester.

If the voltage is less than 12.0 V, charge or replace

the battery and inspect the charging system. Refer to

“Battery Runs Down Quickly in Section 1J in related

manual”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Battery voltage

12.0 V and more

4) Reinstall the seat.

EPS control unit ground wire inspection

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

3) Disconnect the battery (–) lead wire.

4) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

5) Disconnect the EPS control unit coupler (1).

6) Check for continuity between terminal “A” at the

coupler and the battery (–) terminal.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

(ޓ)

(ޓ)

(A)

I931G3630003-01

I931G3630004-01

1

I931G3630005-01

“A”

(A)

I931G3630006-01

(A)

I931G3630007-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-12

EPS System Check (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304003

WARNING

!

Carry out test drive in light traffic area to prevent an accident.

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Perform “Customer Complaint Analysis”.

Was customer complaint analysis performed according to

instruction?

Go to Step 2. Perform customer

complaint analysis.

2 1) Check for operation of the “EPS” warning lamp when

turning the ignition switch ON.

2) If OK, start engine, run it idle and check “EPS” warning

lamp remains ON continuously.

Is “EPS” warning lamp remains ON continuously?

Go to Step 3. Go to Step 4.

DTC output (Refer to

“DTC (Diagnostic

Trouble Code) Output

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-19)”.)

3(The EPS indicator light lights up)

1) Start the engine.

Does the EPS indicator light go off?

Normal (No DTC exists) DTC output (Refer to

“DTC (Diagnostic

Trouble Code) Output

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-19)”.)

If DTC can not be

output (the EPS

indicator light does

not flash), go to Step

7.

I931H1630015-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-13 Power Assisted Steering System:

4(The EPS indicator light does not light up)

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Disconnect the EPS control unit coupler (1) and (2).

3) Turn the ignition switch ON with the EPS control unit

coupler disconnected, measure the voltage between

terminal “A” and terminal “B” at the coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Normal value (“A” – “B”)

Battery voltage (12.0 V and more)

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

Is the voltage between “A” and “B” normal?

Go to Step 5. Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty ignition

or ground wire)

Step Action Yes No

1

2

I931G3630008-01

“A”

(A) (ޓ)

“B”

(A) (–)

I931G3630009-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-14

5 1) Turn the ignition switch ON with the EPS control unit

coupler disconnected, measure the voltage between

terminal “A” and terminal “B” at the coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Normal value (“A” – “B”)

1.0 V and more

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

Is the voltage between “A” and “B” normal?

Go to Step 6. Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty

indicator light wire)

Indicator light is

blown.

6 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check for continuity between terminal “A” at the coupler

and body ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

Are there continuity between “A” and body ground?

Replace the EPS

control unit.

Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty ground

wire)

Step Action Yes No

“A”

(A)

(ޓ)

“B”

(A) (–)

I931G3630010-01

“A”

(A)

I931G3630011-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-15 Power Assisted Steering System:

7(The EPS indicator light does not go off)

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) Open the fuse box and inspect the ignition fuse (1).

CAUTION

!

If a fuse is blown, find the cause of the problem

and correct it before replacing the fuse.

EPS fuse

40 A

Is the ignition fuse OK?

Go to Step 8. Replace the EPS fuse.

Step Action Yes No

1

I931H1630016-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-16

8 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Disconnect the EPS control unit coupler (1) and (2).

3) Turn the ignition switch ON with the EPS control unit

coupler disconnected, measure the voltage between

terminal “A” and terminal “B” at the coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Normal value (“A” – “B”)

Battery voltage (12.0 V and more)

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

Is the voltage between “A” and “B” normal?

Go to Step 9. Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty ignition

or ground wire)

Step Action Yes No

1

2

I931G3630008-01

“A”

(A) (ޓ)

“B”

(A) (–)

I931G3630009-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-17 Power Assisted Steering System:

9 1) Turn the ignition switch ON with the EPS control unit

coupler disconnected, measure the voltage between

terminal “A” and terminal “B” at the coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Normal value (“A” – “B”)

1.0 V and more

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

Is the voltage between “A” and “B” normal?

Go to Step 10. Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty

indicator light wire)

Step Action Yes No

“A”

(A) (ޓ)

“B”

(A) (–)

I931G3630012-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-18

10 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Short the mode select coupler terminals using the

special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09930–82710 (Mode select switch)

3) Check for continuity between terminal “A” and terminal

“B” at the coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

EPS control unit coupler (Vehicle harness end)

Is there continuity between “A” and “B”?

Replace the EPS

control unit.

Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty mode

select switch wire)

Step Action Yes No

(A)

(A)

I931G3630013-01

“A”

(A) (ޓ)

“B”

(A) (–)

I931G3630014-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-19 Power Assisted Steering System:

DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Output (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304004

NOTE

Even through the EPS is operating

correctly, a DTC is memorized in any of the

following conditions.

Previous malfunctions were repaired,

but the DTCs were not deleted.

After carrying out DTC deleting and EPS

operation check, explain to the customer

that the EPS is operating correctly. Refer to

“DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

Use of Mode Select Switch

Connect the special tool to the mode select coupler to

output the memorized DTCs on the EPS indicator light.

1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

3) Connect the special tool to the mode select coupler

(1).

Special tool

(A): 09930–82710 (Mode select switch)

4) Switch the special tool to ON.

5) Turn the ignition switch ON.

The EPS indicator light starts flashing to indicate the

DTC. Refer to “DTC Table (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-25)”.

NOTE

If there is a DTC, the EPS indicator light

keeps flashing cyclically and repeatedly.

If there is no DTC, the EPS indicator light

keeps lighting on.

When outputting DTCs, never turn the

ignition switch to headlight ON position or

auxiliary headlight ON position in order to

prevent the battery from discharging.

6) Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the

special tool.

1

I931G3630015-01

(A)

I931G3630017-01

(A)

I931H1630028-01

I931G3630018-01

I931H1630029-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-20

Understanding the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code)

A four-digit DTC is shown through the flashing pattern of the EPS indicator light. A number between 1 and 9 is

represented by the number of times that the EPS indicator light lights up in interval of 0.3 seconds and the separation

between the each digit are indicated by the light staying off for 1 seconds. In addition, the separation between the start

code and the DTC is indicated by the light being off for 3 seconds. After the start code is displayed, DTCs appear from

the smallest number code.

If no DTCs are memorized, the EPS indicator light keeps blinking by the four times at same interval.

Use of SDS

NOTE

Don’t disconnect couplers from EPS

control unit, the battery cable from the

battery, EPS control unit ground wire

harness from the engine or main fuse

before confirming the malfunction code

(self-diagnostic trouble code) stored in

memory. Such disconnection may erase

the memorized information in EPS control

unit memory.

DTC stored in EPS control unit memory

can be checked by the SDS.

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) Set up the SDS tool. (Refer to the SDS operation

manual for further details.)

Special tool

(A): 09904–41010 (SUZUKI Diagnostic

system set)

(B): 99565–01010–020 (CD-ROM Ver.20)

“f”

“b”

“i”

ON

ON

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

Ignition switch

Engine start

Output start

Mode select switch

EPS indicator light

(Malfunction exists)

EPS indicator light

(No malfunction exists)

Code 1122

I931H1630030-04

“a”: Initial minimum light ON time (About 3 seconds) “f”: Indicator light OFF time (5 seconds)

“b”: Error code interval (About 3 seconds) “g”: Normal code light ON time (1 seconds)

“c”: Code light ON time (0.3 seconds) “h”: Normal code light OFF time (1 seconds)

“d”: Main-sub code interval (1 seconds) “i”: Interval (3 seconds)

“e”: Sub code (0.3 seconds)

(A)

I931G3630019-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-21 Power Assisted Steering System:

3) Read the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) and show

data when trouble (displaying data at the time of

DTC) according to instructions displayed on SDS.

NOTE

Not only is SDS used for detecting

Diagnostic Trouble Codes but also for

reproducing and checking on screen the

failure condition as described by

customers using the trigger.

How to use trigger. (Refer to the SDS

operation manual for further details.)

When DTC is checked, DTC “C1122” is

displayed with ignition switch turned ON.

However, if the engine is started and the

display disappears, it is not a trouble.

4) Close the SDS tool and turn the ignition switch OFF.

DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304005

Use of Mode Select Switch

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) Connect the special tool to the mode select coupler

and output the DTCs.

Special tool

(A): 09930–82720 (Mode selection switch)

(A)

(B)

I705H1110116-03

I931H1630032-01

I931G3630020-01

(A)

I931G3630021-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-22

3) While the DTCs are being output, set the special tool

to OFF.

CAUTION

!

The DTC deletion mode starts 11.5 seconds

after the switch is set to OFF.

4) In the DTC deletion mode, switch the mode coupler

switch OFF to ON five times or more within 10

seconds, each time leaving it at ON for more than 1

second.

DTC Deleting Diagram

5) After deleting the DTCs, repeat the code output

procedure and make sure that no DTCs remain (the

EPS indicator light no longer flashes).

NOTE

If any DTCs remain, perform the appropriate

procedures, then delete the codes. If DTCs

are left stored, confusion may occur and

unnecessary repairs may be made.

6) Afterwards, start the engine and turn the handlebars

to check that the EPS activates correctly.

7) Disconnect the mode select switch and reinstall the

seat.

Use of SDS

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) After repairing the trouble, turn OFF the ignition

switch.

3) Set up the SDS tool. (Refer to the SDS operation

manual for further details.)

Special tool

: 09904–41010 (SUZUKI Diagnostic system

set)

: 99565–01010–020 (CD-ROM Ver.20)

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

I718H1450050-01

I718H1450051-01

Permitted range of

erasing DTC Cleaning complete

1 sec.

1 sec. 1 sec.

1 sec. 1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec. 1 sec.

1 sec.

EPS indicator

light

DTC indication

OFF

ON

Mode select

switch ON

ON

Cleaning

start

1.5 sec.

OFF

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec. 1 sec.

1 sec. 1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec.

1 sec. 1 sec.

1 sec.

I931H1630035-04

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-23 Power Assisted Steering System:

5) Click the “EPS” button (1).

6) Click the “DTC inspection” button (2).

7) Check the DTC.

NOTE

The previous malfunction history code (Past

DTC) still remains stored in the EPS control

unit. Therefore, erase the history code

memorized in the EPS control unit using SDS

tool.

8) Click “Clear” (3) to delete history code (Past DTC).

NOTE

The DTC is memorized in the EPS control

unit also when the wire coupler of any sensor

is disconnected. Therefore, when a wire

coupler has been disconnected at the time of

diagnosis, erase the stored malfunction

history code using SDS.

9) Follow the displayed instructions.

10) Check that both “Current DTC” (4) and “Past DTC”

(5) are deleted (NIL).

11) Close the SDS tool and turn the ignition switch OFF.

12) Disconnect the SDS tool and install the sheet.

13) Start the engine and the handlebars to check that the

EPS activates correctly.

1

I931H1630101-02

2

I931H1630103-01

3

I931H1630036-02

I705H1110006-01

5

4

I931H1630102-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-24

SDS Check (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304006

Using SDS, take the sample of data from the new vehicle and at the time of periodic maintenance at your dealer.

Save the data in the computer or by printing and filing the hard copies. The saved or filed data are useful for

troubleshooting as they can be compared periodically with changes over time or failure conditions of the vehicle.

For example, when a vehicle is brought in for service but the troubleshooting is difficult, comparison with the normal

data that have been saved or filed can allow the specific EPS failure to be determined.

1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) Set up the SDS tool. (Refer to “SDS operation manual for further details.)

NOTE

Before taking the sample of data, check and clear the Past DTC. Refer to “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble

Code) Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

A number of different data under a fixed condition as shown should be saved or filed as sample.

Special tool

: 09904–41010 (SUZUKI Diagnostic system set)

: 99565–01010–020 (CD-ROM Ver.20)

DATA sampled from EPS system

Handlebars is

center position

Check the torque when turning

Check the torque when turning

the handlebars right turn

the handlebars right turn

Check the torque when turning

Check the torque when turning

the handlebars left turn

Check the motor terminal voltage XX V

Check the motor terminal voltage XX V

Handlebars is

center position

Check the torque when turning

the handlebars right turn

Check the torque when turning

the handlebars left turn

There is no display 0V and less

There is no display 0V and less

There is no display 0V and less

Check the motor terminal voltage XX V

I931H1630104-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-25 Power Assisted Steering System:

Scroll the screen

DTC Table (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304007

*1: It goes off after running the engine.

I931G3630066-01

DTC Malfunction cause Indicator

status Reference

None Normal ON *1

C1111 Torque sensor (main) circuit voltage failure ON

Refer to “DTC “C1111”: Torque

Sensor (Main) Circuit Malfunction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-26)”.

C1113 Torque sensor (main) and (sub) circuit voltage

difference high ON

Refer to “DTC “C1113”: Torque

Sensor (Main / Sub) Circuit

Correlation Malfunction (LT

A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-29)”.

C1114 Torque sensor 5 V power supply circuit failure ON

Refer to “DTC “C1114”: Torque

Sensor Power Supply Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-33)”.

C1115 Torque sensor (sub) circuit voltage failure ON

Refer to “DTC “C1115”: Torque

Sensor (Sub) Circuit Malfunction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-35)”.

C1121 Vehicle speed signal not input OFF

Refer to “DTC “C1121”: Vehicle

Speed Signal Circuit Malfunction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-38)”.

C1122 Engine speed signal circuit failure *1ON

Refer to “DTC “C1122”: Engine

Speed Signal Circuit Malfunction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-41)”.

C1141 EPS motor circuit voltage abnormal ON

Refer to “DTC “C1141”, “C1142”,

“C1143”, “C1145” EPS Motor Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-44)”.

C1142 EPS motor circuit actual current and EPS motor

circuit target current difference high ON

C1143 EPS motor circuit current excessive ON

C1145 EPS motor circuit current low command with EPS

control unit target current ON

C1153 EPS control unit power supply circuit failure OFF

Refer to “DTC “C1153” EPS Control

Unit Supply Voltage Circuit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-46)”.

C1152 Relay welding (EPS control unit internal circuit) ON Refer to “DTC “C1152”, “C1154”,

“C1155” EPS Control Unit

Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-47)”.

C1154 Relay failure (EPS control unit internal circuit) OFF

C1155 EPS control unit failure OFF

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-26

DTCC1111: Torque Sensor (Main) Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304008

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

Never remove the torque sensor to prevent accident and damage.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using a SDS tool or mode coupler switch. Refer to “DTC

(Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LTA750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

DTC “C1111” and “C1113” are indicated at the same time due to the malfunction of the same torque

sensor circuit.

Possible Cause

Faulty torque sensor signal circuit.

Faulty torque sensor.

Faulty EPS control unit.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-27 Power Assisted Steering System:

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the torque sensor coupler for loose or poor

contact. If OK, measure the torque sensor input voltage.

3) Disconnect the torque sensor coupler.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the input voltage between R wire “A” and

ground. If OK, then measure the voltage at the R wire

“A” and B wire “B”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor input voltage

5.0 V

Is voltage OK?

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the

torque sensor.

Power supply circuit

(R wire) or ground

circuit (B wire) open.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the EPS control unit

with a new one. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

I931G3630022-01

(A) “A”

“B”

I931G3630024-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-28

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Connect the torque sensor coupler.

3) Insert the needle-point probes to lead wire coupler.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the voltage between G wire “A” and B wire “B”

by turning the handlebars left and right.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor (main) voltage

Handlebars is left turn: Approx. 3.0 V

Handlebars is right turn: Approx. 2.0 V

Is voltage OK?

Replace the EPS

control unit with a

known good one, and

inspect it again. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

R wire terminal or G

wire terminal circuit

open (torque sensor

side).

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the torque sensor

(EPS body assembly)

with a new one. Refer

to “EPS Body

Assembly Removal

and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-50)”.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

“A”

“B”

(B)

(B)

I931G3630025-01

I931H1630042-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-29 Power Assisted Steering System:

DTC “C1113”: Torque Sensor (Main / Sub) Circuit Correlation Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304009

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

Never remove the torque sensor to prevent accident and damage.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using a SDS tool or mode coupler switch. Refer to “DTC

(Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

DTC “C1113” and “C1115” are indicated at the same time due to the malfunction of the same torque

sensor circuit.

Possible Cause

Faulty torque sensor signal circuit.

Faulty torque sensor.

Faulty EPS control unit.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-30

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the torque sensor coupler for loose or poor

contact. If OK, measure the torque sensor input voltage.

3) Disconnect the torque sensor coupler.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the input voltage between R wire “A” and

ground. If OK, then measure the voltage at the R wire

“A” and B wire “B”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor input voltage

5.0 V

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the

torque sensor.

Power supply circuit

(R wire) open.

Power source or

power supply circuit

shorted to torque

sensor (main or sub)

circuit.

Torque sensor (main

or sub) circuit open.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the EPS control unit

with a new one. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

I931G3630026-01

“A”

“B”

(A)

I931G3630027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-31 Power Assisted Steering System:

1 6) Next, measure the voltage between G wire “C” and

ground, G wire “C” and B wire “B”, W wire “D” and

ground and W wire “D” and B wire “B”. If the voltage of

each measurement is 0 V OK.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Measuring voltage

0 V

Is voltage OK?

Go to Step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the

torque sensor.

Power supply circuit

(R wire) open.

Power source or

power supply circuit

shorted to torque

sensor (main or sub)

circuit.

Torque sensor (main

or sub) circuit open.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the EPS control unit

with a new one. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

“C”

“B”

“D”

I931G3630028-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-32

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Connect the torque sensor coupler.

3) Insert the needle-point probes to lead wire coupler.

4) Measure the torque sensor (main) voltage between G

wire “A” and B wire “B”. Also, measure the torque sensor

(sub) voltage between W wire “C” and B wire “B” by full

turning the handlebars left and right.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor (main/sub) voltage

Handlebars left turn (Main): Approx. 3.0 V

Handlebars left turn (Sub): Approx. 2.0 V

Handlebars right turn (Main): Approx. 2.0 V

Handlebars right turn (Sub): Approx. 3.0 V

Is voltage OK?

G, W and B wire open

or shorted to ground

or poor torque sensor

coupler connection.

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty EPS control

unit.

Replace the EPS

control unit with a

known good one, and

inspect it again. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace the

torque sensor (EPS

body assembly) with a

new one. Refer to “EPS

Body Assembly

Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) (Page 6C-50)”.

Step Action Yes No

(B)

“A”

“B”

(A)

“C”

(B)

(B)

I931H1630096-06

I931H1630042-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-33 Power Assisted Steering System:

DTC “C1114”: Torque Sensor Power Supply Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304010

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

Never remove the torque sensor to prevent accident and damage.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using a SDS tool or mode coupler switch. Refer to “DTC

(Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

Possible Cause

Faulty torque sensor signal circuit.

Faulty torque sensor.

Faulty EPS control unit.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-34

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the EPS control unit power source couplers for

loose or poor contact. If OK, measure the torque sensor

input voltage.

3) Disconnect the torque sensor coupler.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the voltage between R wire “A” and B wire “B”.

If OK, then measure the voltage at the R wire “A” and

ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor input voltage

5.0 V

Is voltage OK?

If wire and

connection are OK,

intermittent trouble or

faulty EPS body

assembly.

Replace the EPS

body assembly with a

known good one, and

inspect it again. Refer

to “EPS Body

Assembly Removal

and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-50)”.

Power supply circuit

(R wire) shorted to

ground.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the EPS control unit

with a new one. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

I931G3630029-01

“A”

“B”

(A)

I931G3630027-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-35 Power Assisted Steering System:

DTC “C1115”: Torque Sensor (Sub) Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304011

Troubleshooting

CAUTION

!

Never remove the torque sensor to prevent accident and damage.

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using a SDS tool or mode coupler switch. Refer to “DTC

(Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

Possible Cause

Faulty torque sensor signal circuit.

Faulty torque sensor.

Faulty EPS control unit.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-36

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the torque sensor coupler for loose or poor

contact. If OK, measure the torque sensor input voltage.

3) Disconnect the torque sensor coupler.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the input voltage between R wire “A” and

ground. If OK, then measure the input voltage between

R wire “A” and B wire “B”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor input voltage

5.0 V

Is voltage OK?

Go to step 2. Loose or poor

contacts on the

torque sensor.

Power supply circuit

(R wire) or ground

circuit (B wire) open.

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the EPS control unit

with a new one. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

I931G3630026-01

(A)

“A”

“B”

(B)

(B)

I931G3630032-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-37 Power Assisted Steering System:

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Connect the torque sensor coupler.

3) Insert the needle-point probes to lead wire coupler.

4) Turn the ignition switch ON.

5) Measure the voltage between W wire “A” and B wire “B”

by turning the handlebars left and right.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Torque sensor (Sub) voltage

Handlebars is left turn: Approx. 2.0 V

Handlebars is right turn: Approx 3.0 V

Is voltage OK?

Replace the EPS

control unit with a

known good one, and

inspect it again. Refer

to “EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

R wire terminal or W

wire terminal circuit

open (torque sensor

side).

If check result is not

satisfactory, replace

the torque sensor

(EPS body assembly)

with a new one. Refer

to “Steering Shaft

Removal and

Installation in Section

6B in related

manual”.

Step Action Yes No

(B)

“A”

“B”

(A)

“C”

(B)

(B)

I931G3630030-02

I931H1630042-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-38

DTC “C1121”: Vehicle Speed Signal Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304012

Troubleshooting

NOTE

After repairing the trouble, clear the DTC using a SDS tool or mode coupler switch. Refer to “DTC

(Diagnostic Trouble Code) Deleting (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-21)”.

Possible Cause

Faulty vehicle speed signal circuit.

Faulty speed sensor.

Faulty EPS control unit.

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the EPS control unit connector for loose or poor

contact. If OK, then check the vehicle speed signal lead

wire continuity.

Go to step 2. Bl/B wire open.

I931G3630031-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-39 Power Assisted Steering System:

1 3) Disconnect the EPS control unit coupler [B], speed

sensor coupler [C] and combination meter coupler [A].

Refer to “Speed Sensor Removal and Installation in

Section 9C in related manual” and “Combination Meter

Removal and Installation in Section 9C in related

manual”.

4) Check the continuity between the Bl/B wire of EPS

control unit coupler [B] and Bl/B wire of speed sensor

[C]. Also, check the continuity between the Bl/B wire of

EPS control unit coupler [B] and Bl/B wire of combination

meter [A].

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Is continuity OK?

Go to step 2. Bl/B wire open.

Step Action Yes No

(A)

?

[A] [B]

[C]

“C”

“A”

(B)

“B”

(B)

I931H1630050-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-40

2 1) Connect the combination meter coupler and speed

sensor coupler.

2) Turn the ignition switch ON.

3) Measure the voltage between the Bl/B wire “A” and

ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Vehicle speed signal voltage

5.0 V

Is voltage OK?

Go to step 3. Bl/B wire shorted to

ground.

3 1) Remove the engine side cover. Refer to “Rear Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D in

related manual”.

2) Inspect the speed sensor. Refer to “Speed Sensor

Inspection in Section 9C in related manual”.

Is speed sensor OK?

Replace the EPS

control unit. Refer to

“EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) (Page 6C-48)”.

Replace the speed

sensor. Refer to “Speed

Sensor Removal and

Installation in Section

9C in related manual”.

Step Action Yes No

“A”

(A)

I931G3630033-01

I931G3630034-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-41 Power Assisted Steering System:

DTC “C1122”: Engine Speed Signal Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304013

Troubleshooting

NOTE

Start the engine after repairing the DTC and check that the indicator light is turned OFF. Refer to

“Precautions in Diagnosing Troubles (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-1)”.

Possible Cause

Faulty engine speed signal circuit.

Faulty ECM.

Faulty EPS control unit.

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Setup the SDS tool (Refer to the SDS operation manual

for further details.) or connect the mode select switch.

2) Click “Engine” and check the DTC code.

Is not DTC “C12 (P0335)” displayed?

Go to step 2. Inspect the CKP sensor.

Refer to “DTC “C12”

(P0335): CKP Sensor

Circuit Malfunction in

Section 1A in related

manual”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-42

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the EPS control unit coupler for loose or poor

contact. If OK, then measure the engine speed signal

lead wire continuity.

3) Disconnect the EPS control unit coupler and ECM

coupler.

4) Check the continuity between the W wire “A” and

terminal “31”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

Is continuity OK?

Go to step 3. W wire open.

Step Action Yes No

I931G3630031-01

“B”

(A)

“31”

(B)

I931H1630052-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-43 Power Assisted Steering System:

3 1) Connect the ECM coupler.

2) Start the engine.

3) Measure the voltage between W wire “A” and ground.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Engine speed signal voltage

It changes between 0 – 12 V

Is voltage OK?

Replace the EPS

control unit with a new

one. Refer to “EPS

Control Unit Removal

and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

Replace the ECM with a

new one. Refer to “EPS

Control Unit Removal

and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

(Page 6C-48)”.

Step Action Yes No

“A” (A)

I931G3630035-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-44

DTC “C1141”, “C1142”, “C1143”, “C1145” EPS Motor Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304014

Troubleshooting

Possible Cause

Faulty EPS motor circuit.

Faulty EPS motor.

EPS control unit malfunction.

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the EPS motor coupler for loose or poor contact.

If OK, measure the EPS motor voltage.

3) Insert the needle-point probes to lead wire coupler.

4) Start the engine and turn the handlebars left turn.

5) Measure the voltage between R wire “A” and B wire “B”.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

(B): 09900–25009 (Needle-point probe set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

EPS motor voltage

Approx. 7.0 V

Is voltage OK?

Go to step 2. R wire or B wire open or

R wire shorted to

ground.

I931G3630036-01

I931H1630093-01

(A)

(B)

I931G3630037-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-45 Power Assisted Steering System:

2 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Disconnect the EPS motor coupler.

3) Inspect the continuity of the EPS motor. Refer to “EPS

Motor Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-53)”.

Is continuity OK?

Replace the EPS

control unit with a

known good one, and

inspect it again. Refer to

“EPS Control Unit

Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) (Page 6C-48)”.

Replace the EPS motor

(EPS body assembly)

with a new one. Refer to

“EPS Body Assembly

Removal and

Installation (LT-A750XP/

ZK9) (Page 6C-50)”.

Step Action Yes No

I931G3630038-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-46

DTC “C1153” EPS Control Unit Supply Voltage Circuit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304015

Troubleshooting

Possible Cause

Faulty regulator/rectifier.

Faulty EPS control unit.

Faulty wire harness, etc.

Step Action Yes No

1 1) Remove the seat. Refer to “Seat Removal and

Installation in Section 9D in related manual”.

2) Measure the voltage between the (+) and (–) battery

terminals using the multi circuit tester.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Battery voltage

12.0 V and more

Is the voltage over 12 V?

Go to Step 2. Charge or replace the

battery.

2 1) Start the engine at 5 000 r/min with the dimmer switch

set to HI.

2) Measure the voltage between the (+) and (–) battery

terminals.

Special tool

: 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Regulated voltage

13.5 – 15.0 V at 5 000 r/min

Is the voltage 13.5 – 15.0 V?

Go to Step 3. Inspect the regulator/

rectifier. Refer to

“Regulator / Rectifier

Inspection in Section 1J

in related manual”.

(A)

I931G3630039-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-47 Power Assisted Steering System:

DTC “C1152”, “C1154”, “C1155” EPS Control Unit Malfunction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46304016

Troubleshooting

Replace the EPS control unit. Refer to “EPS Control Unit Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-

48)”.

3 1) Turn the ignition switch OFF.

2) Check the EPS control unit coupler for loose or poor

contacts. If OK, then disconnect the EPS control unit

coupler.

3) Start the engine at 5 000 r/min with the dimmer switch

set to HI.

4) Measure the voltage between terminal “A” and terminal

“B” at the coupler.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Voltage ( )

Is the voltage same as Step 2?

Replace the EPS

control unit.

Inspect the wire

harness. (Faulty ignition

or ground wire)

Step Action Yes No

“A” “B”

(A) (A)

(ޓ)(–)

I931G3630040-01

Possible Cause

C1152 Relay welding (EPS control unit internal circuit)

C1154 Relay malfunction (EPS control unit internal circuit)

C1155 EPS control unit malfunction

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-48

Repair Instructions

EPS Control Unit Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46306001

EPS Control Unit Removal and Installation (LT

A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46306002

Removal

1) Disconnect the battery (–) lead wire. Refer to

“Battery Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

in Section 1J (Page 1J-2)”.

2) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

3) Disconnect the EPS control unit couplers.

1

2

3

3

“B”

4

“A”

(a)

FWD

I931H1630056-02

1. EPS control unit 4. Torque sensor coupler

2. EPS control unit plate : 12 Nm (1.2 kgf-m, 8.5 lbf-ft)

3. Cushion “B”: Install the clip of the torque sensor coupler to the hole “A” of the

EPS control unit plate.

I931G3630041-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-49 Power Assisted Steering System:

4) Disconnect the torque sensor coupler (1).

5) Remove the clamp (2) and release the EPS motor

lead wire (3).

6) Release the clip part “A” of the EPS control unit plate

with the special tool.

Special tool

(A): 09942–83110 (Clip remover)

7) Remove the fastener (4) and bolt (5).

8) Remove the EPS control unit (6) along with the EPS

control unit plate (7).

9) Remove the EPS control unit (6) from the EPS

control unit plate (7) as shown in the EPS control unit

construction. Refer to “EPS Control Unit

Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-48)”.

Installation

Install the EPS control unit in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Tighten the EPS control unit mounting nut (1) to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque

EPS control unit mounting nut (a): 12 N·m (1.2

kgf-m, 8.5 lbf-ft)

Connect the torque sensor lead wire (2).

1

I931G3630042-01

2

3

I931G3630043-01

(A)

“A”

I931G3630044-01

6

7

5

4

I931G3630045-01

(a)

1

I931G3630046-01

2

I931G3630047-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-50

Connect the EPS motor coupler (3) and clamp (4).

Connect the other EPS control unit couplers.

Install the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D in

related manual”.

EPS Body Assembly Components (LT-A750XP/

ZK9)

B931G46306003

Refer to “Steering / Handlebars Components (LT

A750XP/ZK9) in Section 6B (Page 6B-1)”.

EPS Body Assembly Removal and Installation

(LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46306004

Refer to “Steering / Handlebars Components (LT

A750XP/ZK9) in Section 6B (Page 6B-1)”.

Refer to “Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 6B (Page 6B-2)”.

Removal

1) Remove the handlebars. Refer to “Handlebars

Removal and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 6B (Page 6B-3)”.

2) Remove the combination meter. Refer to

“Combination Meter Removal and Installation in

Section 9C in related manual”.

3) Remove the front fender. Refer to “Front Side

Exterior Parts Removal and Installation in Section

9D in related manual”.

4) Remove the auxiliary headlight (1). Refer to

“Auxiliary Headlight Removal and Installation in

Section 9B in related manual”.

5) Remove the center cover (2).

6) Remove the handlebar holder (3) by removing the

nuts (4).

7) Remove the steering shaft upper nut (5).

8) Remove the steering shaft plate (6) with the special

tool.

Special tool

(A): 09944–36011 (Steering wheel remover)

3

4

I931G3630048-01

1

I931G3630049-01

2

I931G3630050-01

4

3

I931G3630051-01

5

I931G3630068-01

(A)

6

I931G3630052-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-51 Power Assisted Steering System:

9) Remove the front brake hose union (7) and throttle

cable (8) from the cable guide (9).

10) Remove the steering shaft bolt (10).

11) Remove the EPS body assembly mounting nuts and

bolts.

12) Remove the cable guide (11).

13) Remove the EPS body assembly.

CAUTION

!

Never disassemble the EPS body assembly.

Installation

Refer to “Steering / Handlebars Assembly Construction

(LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 6B (Page 6B-2)”.

Install the EPS body assembly in the reverse order of

removal. Pay attention to the following points:

Apply grease to the spline of the EPS body assembly.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

When installing the EPS body assembly, align the

marking “A” of the EPS output shaft and slide “B” of

the steering shaft.

7

9

8

I931G3630053-01

10

I931G3630054-01

I931G3630055-01

11

I931G3630056-01

I931G3630057-02

“A”

“B”

I931G3630058-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-52

Install the cable guide (1) and tighten the bolts (2) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

EPS body assembly mounting bolt (a): 26 N·m (

2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lbf-ft)

Tighten the EPS body assembly mounting nuts (3) to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

EPS body assembly mounting nut (b): 28 N·m (

2.8 kgf-m, 20.0 lbf-ft)

Apply thread lock to the steering shaft bolt (4) and

tighten it to the specified torque.

: Thread lock cement 99000–32030

(THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER “1303” or

equivalent)

Tightening torque

Steering shaft bolt (c): 26 N·m (2.6 kgf-m, 19.0 lbf-

ft)

Install the front brake hose union (5) and throttle cable

(6) to the cable guide.

Apply grease to the spline of the EPS body assembly.

: Grease 99000–25160 (Water resistance

grease or equivalent)

Install the steering shaft plate (7) and tighten the

steering shaft upper nut to the specified torque.

CAUTION

!

Never use an impact wrench when

tightening the steering shaft upper nut.

Never exceed the specified torque to

prevent EPS body assembly damage.

Tightening torque

Steering shaft upper nut (d): 120 N·m (12.0 kgf-

m, 87.0 lbf-ft)

(a)

2

1

I931G3630059-02

(b)

3

I931G3630060-02

(c)

4

I931G3630061-03

56

I931G3630062-02

(d)

7

I931G3630072-01

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-53 Power Assisted Steering System:

Install the handlebar holder (8) and tighten the nuts to

the specified torque.

Tightening torque

Handlebar holder nut (e): 60 N·m (6.0 kgf-m, 43.5

lbf-ft)

Install the center cover (9).

Install the auxiliary headlight. Refer to “Auxiliary

Headlight Removal and Installation in Section 9B in

related manual”.

Install the front fender. Refer to “Front Side Exterior

Parts Removal and Installation in Section 9D in

related manual”.

Install the handlebars. Refer to “Handlebars Removal

and Installation (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in Section 6B

(Page 6B-3)”.

Install the combination meter. Refer to “Combination

Meter Removal and Installation in Section 9C in

related manual”.

EPS Motor Inspection (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G46306005

1) Disconnect the EPS motor coupler.

2) First, check for insulation with the tester between

terminals “A” and “B”.

If continuity does not exist, replace the EPS body

assembly with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

3) Next, check for insulation with the tester between

terminal “A” and body ground “C” and terminal “B”

and body ground “C”.

If continuity is found, replace the EPS body

assembly with a new one.

Special tool

(A): 09900–25008 (Multi circuit tester set)

Tester knob indication

Continuity ( )

9. Center cover

10. Wiring harness (Left handlebar switch/Parking rear brake switch/

Parking rear brake light switch), (Emergency switch (For P-17) and

horn switch (For P-17, 24))

11. Parking/Rear brake cable

12. Steering shaft

“A”: Hooked point

8

(e)

I931G3630063-02

11

11 10

“A” 9

I931G3630064-02

“A”“B”

(A)

I931H1630107-02

“A”

“C”

“B”

(A)

I931H1630108-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Power Assisted Steering System: 6C-54

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G46307001

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“EPS Control Unit Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 6C-48)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G46308001

Fastening part Tightening torque Note

Nm kgf-m lbf-ft

EPS control unit mounting nut 12 1.2 8.5 )(Page 6C-49)

EPS body assembly mounting bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 6C-52)

EPS body assembly mounting nut 28 2.8 20.0 )(Page 6C-52)

Steering shaft bolt 26 2.6 19.0 )(Page 6C-52)

Steering shaft upper nut 120 12.0 87.0 )(Page 6C-52)

Handlebar holder nut 60 6.0 43.5 )(Page 6C-53)

Material SUZUKI recommended product or Specification Note

Grease Water resistance grease or

equivalent

P/No.: 99000–25160 )(Page 6C-51) /

)(Page 6C-52)

Thread lock cement THREAD LOCK CEMENT SUPER

“1303” or equivalent

P/No.: 99000–32030 )(Page 6C-52)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

6C-55 Power Assisted Steering System:

Special Tool

B931G46308002

09900–25008 09900–25009

Multi circuit tester set Needle-point probe set

)(Page 6C-11) /

)(Page 6C-11) /

)(Page 6C-13) /

)(Page 6C-14) /

)(Page 6C-14) /

)(Page 6C-16) /

)(Page 6C-17) /

)(Page 6C-18) /

)(Page 6C-27) /

)(Page 6C-28) /

)(Page 6C-30) /

)(Page 6C-31) /

)(Page 6C-32) /

)(Page 6C-34) /

)(Page 6C-36) /

)(Page 6C-37) /

)(Page 6C-39) /

)(Page 6C-40) /

)(Page 6C-42) /

)(Page 6C-43) /

)(Page 6C-44) /

)(Page 6C-46) /

)(Page 6C-46) /

)(Page 6C-47) /

)(Page 6C-53) /

)(Page 6C-53)

)(Page 6C-28) /

)(Page 6C-32) /

)(Page 6C-36) /

)(Page 6C-37) /

)(Page 6C-39) /

)(Page 6C-42) /

)(Page 6C-44)

09904–41010 09930–82710

SUZUKI Diagnostic system

set

Mode select switch

)(Page 6C-20) /

)(Page 6C-22) /

)(Page 6C-24)

)(Page 6C-18) /

)(Page 6C-19)

09930–82720 09942–83110

Mode selection switch Clip remover

)(Page 6C-21) )(Page 6C-49)

09944–36011 99565–01010–020

Steering wheel remover CD-ROM Ver.20

)(Page 6C-50) )(Page 6C-20) /

)(Page 6C-22) /

)(Page 6C-24)

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Table of Contents 9- i

9

Section 9

CONTENTS

Body and Accessories

Precautions …………………………………………. 9-*

Precautions…………..……………………………..………….9-*

Precautions for Electrical System ….………….……… 9-*

Component Location ………………..……………..………9-*

Electrical Components Location .…………..…………. 9-*

Wiring Systems…………………………………. 9A-1

Schematic and Routing Diagram…..……………….9A-1

Wiring Diagram ……………….…………….…………..9A-*

Wiring Harness Routing Diagram…..………….…….9A-*

Wiring Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)…………………. 9A-1

Wiring Harness Routing Diagram (LT-

A750XP/ZK9) …………….………………..……………. 9A-4

Specifications…….……………….…………….………….9A-7

Service Data ………….……………….……………..…….9A-*

Tightening Torque Specifications.………….……….9A-7

Lighting Systems………………………………..9B-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….………. 9B-*

Headlight Components …………….……………..…….9B-*

Headlight Removal and Installation .………………..9B-*

Headlight Bulb Replacement ….…………………..….9B-*

Headlight Beam Adjustment ……..………….………..9B-*

Auxiliary Headlight Components ……………………..9B-*

Auxiliary Headlight Removal and Installation…….9B-*

Auxiliary Headlight Bulb Replacement ……………..9B-*

Auxiliary Headlight Beam Adjustment ………..…….9B-*

Rear Combination Light components.………..…….9B-*

Rear Combination Light Removal and

Installation……………………………………..…………..9B-*

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement………9B-*

Reversing Light Bulb Replacement (For P-17) .….9B-*

Reversing Light Relay Inspection (For P-17) …….9B-*

Dimmer Switch Inspection………………….…………..9B-*

Specifications…….……………….…………….…………. 9B-*

Service Data ………….……………….……………..…….9B-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 9B-*

Special Tool …………..…………………………..………..9B-*

Combination Meter / Fuel Meter / Horn9C-*

General Description ………………………..……………. 9C-*

Combination Meter System Description………….. 9C-*

Repair Instructions …….…………….………….………. 9C-*

Combination Meter Components ……..……………. 9C-*

Combination Meter Removal and Installation ….. 9C-*

Combination Meter Disassembly and

Assembly…..…………….……………….…………….... 9C-*

Combination Meter Inspection ……………….……… 9C-*

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light

Inspection……….……………..……………….………… 9C-*

Engine Coolant Temperature Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 9C-*

Fuel Level Indicator Inspection ..…………….……… 9C-*

Fuel Level Gauge Inspection ………………………… 9C-*

Speedometer Inspection ……………………….……… 9C-*

Speed Sensor Removal and Installation …………. 9C-*

Speed Sensor Inspection ……..…………….………… 9C-*

Ignition Switch Inspection………..…………….……… 9C-*

Ignition Switch Removal and Installation…………. 9C-*

Horn Inspection (For P-17, 24)……………….……… 9C-*

Horn Removal and Installation (For P-17, 24)….. 9C-*

Specifications………..…………………….………………. 9C-*

Service Data……………………….……………….……… 9C-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…..………………. 9C-*

Special Tools and Equipment ……………………….. 9C-*

Recommended Service Material ………….……… 9C-*

Special Tool ………………………………………..……… 9C-*

Exterior Parts ……………………………………..9D-*

Repair Instructions ………………………………….…… 9D-*

Exterior Parts Construction ……..…………….……… 9D-*

Rear Fender Heat Shield Construction …………… 9D-*

Fuel Tank Lower Cover Heat Shield

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 9D-*

Fastener Removal and Installation………….……… 9D-*

Front Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 9D-*

Rear Side Exterior Parts Removal and

Installation ………….…………….……………….……… 9D-*

Seat Removal and Installation ………………………. 9D-*

Under Cover Components …………………….……… 9D-*

Under Cover Removal and Installation …………… 9D-*

Body Structure………………………………….. 9E-1

Repair Instructions ……………………………….………9E-1

Body Frame Construction ………….………….……… 9E-*

Footrest Construction….……………….…………….... 9E-*

Footrest Removal and Installation.………….……… 9E-*

Carrier Construction ………….……………….………… 9E-*

NOTE

For the items with asterisk (*) in the “CONTENTS” below, refer to the same section of the service manual

mentioned in the “FOREWORD” of this manual.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9-ii Table of Contents

Front Carrier Removal and Installation …………… 9E-*

Rear Carrier Removal and Installation ……………. 9E-*

Front Grip Bar Construction ……….………….……… 9E-*

Front Grip Bar Removal and Installation …………. 9E-*

Trailer Towing Construction ……….………….……… 9E-*

Trailer Towing Removal and Instruction………….. 9E-*

Body Frame Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)……9E-1

Specifications…..………………….…………………..….. 9E-*

Tightening Torque Specifications…………………… 9E-*

Special Tools and Equipment .……………………….9E-1

Recommended Service Material .…………….……..9E-1

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-1

Body and Acc essories

Wiring Systems

Schematic and Routing Diagram

Wiring Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G49102003

Refer to “Wire Color Symbols in Section 0A in related manual”.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9A-2 Wiring Systems:

For P-17

ON

OFF

HORN

HEADLIGHT

(L)

SPEEDOMETER

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

(L)

REAR

BRAKE

SWITCH

BACKUP

LIGHT

ECM

REAR

COMBINATION

LIGHT

ON

OFF

PUSH

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

SET

SECEDE

EMERGENCY

SWITCH

HORN

BUTTON

AUXILIARY

HEADLIGHT

HEADLIGHT

(R)

HI

LO

RUN

OFF

PUSH

DIMMER

SWITCH

ENGINE

STOP

SWITCH OVER RIDE

SWITCH

START

BUTTON

PUSH

LOW

POSITION

DIODE

HIGH

POSITION

DIODE

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

POWER

SOURCE

M

REGULATOR/

RECTIFIER

FUEL

PUMP

FUEL

PUMP

RELAY

IGNITION

COIL

SPEED

SENSOR TO

SENSOR

BACKUP

LIGHT

RELAY BACK BUZZER

1

STARTER

MOTOR STARTER

RELAY

1: MAIN (30 A)

BATTERY

EPS CONTROL UNIT

CKP

SENSOR

GENERATOR

ECT

SENSOR

IAT

SENSOR

IAP

SENSOR

TP

SENSOR

RESISTOR

PARKING

BRAKE

RELAY

NEUTRAL

RELAY

DIODE

123

45 6

FUSE BOX

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

DIODE

INJECTOR ISC VALVE

1. HEAD HI

2. HEAD LO

3. FUEL

4. IGNITION

5. FAN

6. POWER SOURCE

10 A

10 A

10 A

15 A

15 A

10 A

2WD

4WD

LOCK

GEAR

POSITION

SWITCH

4WD/DIFF-LOCK

SWITCH 4WD/DIFF-LOCK

ACTUATOR

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON3

ON2

ON1

OFF

COOLING

FAN

THERMO-

SWITCH

COOLING

FAN

MOTOR

IGNITION

SWITCH

PARKING

BRAKE

SWITCH

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

ON

OFF

B/W

Bl/W

O/Y

W/B

B/W

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

O/Y

R/B

Bl/B

W/R

B/Y

O/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

B/W

Bl/W

O/Y

W/B

B/W

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

R

R/B

Bl/B

W

W/R

B/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

G

Y

Y

G

O/Y

O

O/Y

O

O/Y

O/Y

B/W

B/W

B/W

O/G

P

B

B

G

B/W

O/G

O

Bl/R

Gr

B/W

B/W

W/B

Gr

B/W

R

R

B

W/B

O/Y

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y/Bl

W/Bl

O/Bl

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Br

Br Br

Br

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

Gr

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Y/Bl

W/Bl

Y/G

B/W

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

Gr

W

Y

Y/G

B/W

O/Bl

O

O/W

O

O/W

R

Y

Y

Y

B/W

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/R

B/W

B/W

R

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/B

Y/B

B

Y/R

B/W

O/Y

W/B

O/Y

W/B

B/W

B/W

W/B

W/B

W/B

B/W

B/W

W/B

O/Y

O/Y

O/B

O/B

B/W

O/Y

Bl

Bl/R

B

B/W

Bl/R

Y

Bl

O/Y

W/B

W/B

B

B

O

Y/Bl

O/W

O/W

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

O/W

R/B

B/R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

G/B

R/G

B/Lg

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

Dg

B/Y

Y/R

Y/Bl

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

R/B

B/R

R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

B

G/B

Y

R/G

G

B

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

B/Y

Y/R

O/W

B/Lg

Dg

W/Bl

P/W

O/W

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

W/Bl

W

P/W

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

O/W

Y/B

B/W

B/W

B

Y/B

B/W

R

R

R/B

B/W

B/W

B/W

Bl/G

Bl

Bl/G

B

Bl

W

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

B/Bl

B/Br

Dg

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

B/Bl

Bl/B

B/Bl

B/Br

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

R

R

W/Y

W/Y

Gr

Gr

Y

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

B/Bl

Bl/B

Dg

W/Bl

Gr/W

Y/R

B/Lg

R/B

P/W

R/B

W/Bl

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

O/Y

O/R

O/B

Y/G

B/Bl

O/Y

Y/B

W/Bl

W

Gr/W

Y/R

R/B

P/W

G

R/B

W/Bl

R

W

Y

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

Y/G

B/Bl

Y/B

B/Lg

O/Y

O

O/R

O/B

O/Y

Bl/R

Bl/R

O/Y

R

O/Y

R

B/W

B/W

O/Y

O/Y

O/Y

W

Bl/B

Y

Gr/R

W/R

R/B

B/W

Bl/R

O

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Y

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

O

Bl/R

B

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

Bl

Bl

Bl

B/W

B/W

Bl

R

W

G

O

Br

Gr

Bl

W

Br

Gr

G

B

Bl

Y

O/Y

B/R

B/R

O/Y

B/R

O/R

B/W

B/R

O/Bl

Bl/W

B/R

B/W

B/R

R

Bl/W

Y

O

O/Bl

O/R

Bl

Gr

B

Bl

R

Gr

P

O/R

O

O/R

O/Y

Y/B

B/G

Y/B

B

B/G

O/Y

R

R

B

I931G3910901-02

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-3

For P-24, 28, 33

ON

OFF

HORN

HEADLIGHT

(L)

SPEEDOMETER

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

(L)

REAR

BRAKE

SWITCH

ECM

REAR

COMBINATION

LIGHT

OPTION

ON

OFF

PUSH

BRAKE

LEVER

SWITCH

HORN

BUTTON

AUXILIARY

HEADLIGHT

HEADLIGHT

(R)

HI

LO

RUN

OFF

PUSH

DIMMER

SWITCH

ENGINE

STOP

SWITCH OVER RIDE

SWITCH

START

BUTTON

PUSH

LOW

POSITION

DIODE

HIGH

POSITION

DIODE

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

POWER

SOURCE

M

REGULATOR/

RECTIFIER

FUEL

PUMP

FUEL

PUMP

RELAY

IGNITION

COIL

SPEED

SENSOR TO

SENSOR

1

STARTER

MOTOR STARTER

RELAY

1: MAIN (30 A) BATTERY

EPS CONTOL UNT

CKP

SENSOR

GENERATOR

ECT

SENSOR

IAT

SENSOR

IAP

SENSOR

TP

SENSOR

RESISTOR

PARKING

BRAKE

RELAY

NEUTRAL

RELAY

DIODE

123

45 6

FUSE BOX

4WD/

DIFF-LOCK

DIODE

INJECTOR ISC VALVE

1. HEAD HI

2. HEAD LO

3. FUEL

4. IGNITION

5. FAN

6. POWER SOURCE

10 A

10 A

10 A

15 A

15 A

10 A

2WD

4WD

LOCK

GEAR

POSITION

SWITCH

4WD/DIFF-LOCK

SWITCH 4WD/DIFF-LOCK

ACTUATOR

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

ON3

ON2

ON1

OFF

COOLING

FAN

THERMO-

SWITCH

COOLING

FAN

MOTOR

IGNITION

SWITCH

PARKING

BRAKE

SWITCH

DIFF-LOCK

RELAY

ON

OFF

B/W

Bl/W

O/Y

W/B

B/W

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

O/Y

R/B

Bl/B

W/R

B/Y

O/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

B/W

Bl/W

W/B

B/W

Bl/R

Bl

R/G

R

R/B

Bl/B

W

W/R

B/Y

B/W

W/G

B/G

Y/B

G

Y

G

O/Y

O

O/Y

O/Y

B/W

B/W

B/W

P

B

B

G

B/W

Bl/R

Gr

B/W

W/B

Gr

B/W

W/B

O/Y

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y

B/W

W

Y/Bl

W/Bl

O/Bl

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Br

Br Br

Br

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

Gr

O/W

Y/G

B/W

Y/Bl

W/Bl

Y/G

B/W

Gr

W/R

W/Y

W/G

Gr

W

Y

Y/G

B/W

O/Bl

O/Y

O/Y

O/W

O

O/W

R

Y

Y

Y

B/W

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/R

B/W

B/W

R

Br/W

B/Br

R/B

Bl/B

B/W

Y/B

Y/B

B

Y/R

B/W

O/Y

W/B

O/Y

W/B

B/W

B/W

W/B

W/B

W/B

B/W

B/W

W/B

O/Y

O/Y

O/B

O/B

B/W

O/Y

Bl

Bl/R

B

B/W

Bl/R

Y

Bl

O/Y

W/B

W/B

B

B

O

Y/Bl

O/W

O/W

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

O/W

R/B

B/R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

G/B

R/G

B/Lg

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

Dg

B/Y

Y/R

Y/Bl

R/B

W/B

Gr/W

R/B

B/R

R

B/W

W/Y

Bl/G

Br/W

B/Bl

B

G/B

Y

R/G

G

B

Y/Bl

Y/R

Y/B

Gr/R

B/G

B/Br

Br

Bl/B

W/R

B/Y

Y/R

O/W

B/Lg

Dg

W/Bl

P/W

O/W

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

W/Bl

W

P/W

W/R

Gr/R

B/W

O/W

Y/B

B/W

B/W

B

Y/B

B/W

R

R

R/B

B/W

B/W

B/W

Bl/G

Bl

Bl/G

B

Bl

W

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

B/Bl

B/Br

Dg

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

B/Bl

Bl/B

B/Bl

B/Br

B/Br

B/Br

G/B

R

R

W/Y

W/Y

Gr

Gr

Y

B/Br

B/R

B/W

B/Bl

B/W

B/Bl

Bl/B

Dg

W/Bl

Gr/W

Y/R

B/Lg

R/B

P/W

R/B

W/Bl

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

O/Y

O/R

O/B

Y/G

B/Bl

O/Y

Y/B

W/Bl

W

Gr/W

Y/R

R/B

P/W

G

R/B

W/Bl

R

W

Y

Y/Bl

W/Bl

R/B

Y/G

B/Bl

Y/B

B/Lg

O/Y

O

O/R

O/B

O/Y

O/Y

W

Bl/B

Y

Gr/R

W/R

R/B

B/W

Bl/R

O

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Y

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

O

Bl/R

B

W/Bl

Br

B/G

B/Y

B/W

W

Br

Br

R/G

B/W

Bl/B

Bl/R

W/R

W/G

B/W

Bl

Bl

Bl

B/W

B/W

Bl

R

W

G

O

Br

Gr

Bl

W

Br

Gr

G

B

G

B

Bl

Y

O/Y

B/R

B/R

O/Y

B/R

O/R

B/W

B/R

O/Bl

Bl/W

B/R

B/W

B/R

R

Bl/W

Y

O

O/Bl

O/R

Bl

Gr

B

Bl

R

Gr

P

O/R

O

O/R

O/Y

Y/B

B/G

Y/B

B

B/G

O/Y

O/B

O/B

B

G

O

B

G

WINCH

(P-28, 33)

(P-24)

(P-24)

(P-28, 33)

I931G3910902-03

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9A-4 Wiring Systems:

Wiring Harness Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G49102004

“b”

2

3

3

“B”

2

1

4

7

6

5

VIEW A

“A”

1

“a” “b”

1

1

“c” “D”

8

9

“C”

7

FWD

I931G3910905-02

1. Clamp 9. Throttle cable

2. Clamp

: Bind the wiring harness and hose with the clamp.

“B”: Pass the wiring harness and cooling fan lead wire over the radiator

hose.

3. Clamp

: Bind the wiring harness and cooling fan thermo switch with the clamp.

“C”: To power source.

4. Clamp

: Bind the wiring harness and back up relay (For P-17) with the clamp.

“D”: Pass the wiring harness under of the throttle cable.

5. Clamp

: Bind the EPS motor lead wire and EPS control unit lead wires.

“a”: 60 – 80 mm (2.4 – 3.2 in)

6. EPS control unit “b”: 20 – 30 mm (0.8 – 1.2 in)

7. EPS motor “c”: 10 – 15 mm (0.4 – 0.6 in)

8. Ignition coil

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-5

“A”

1

(b)

(a)

3

5

4

8

6

14

13

16 17

15

7

9

12

“C”

18

10

“E”

“D”

2

11

11

“F”

VIEW F

VIEW A

19

“B”

I931G3910903-02

1. Starter motor 14. Injector coupler

2. Starter motor terminal 15. TP sensor coupler

3. Engine earth 16. ISC valve coupler

4. Clamp

: Bind the wiring harness and rear brake cable with the clamp.

17. TO sensor

5. Clamp

: Bind the wiring harness and diff-lock actuator lead wire with the clamp.

18. Horn (For P-17, 24)

6. Clamp

: Bind the diff-lock actuator lead wire and rear brake switch lead wire with the clamp.

19. IAP sensor

7. Clamp

: Bind the rear brake switch lead wire with the clamp.

“B”: To rear fender top.

8. Clamp

: Bind the wiring harness, generator lead wire and gear position switch lead wire.

“C”: Slack the read wire.

9. Speed sensor lead wire. “D”: Pass the horn lead wire inside of the stay.

10. Clamp “E”: Pass the branch of left headlight lead wire

over the radiator hose.

11. Clamp : 10 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.0 lbf-ft)

12. Back up relay (For P-17) :6 Nm (0.6 kgf-m, 4.5 lbf-ft)

13. ECT sensor coupler

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9A-6 Wiring Systems:

3

“a”

5

789

10

11

12

“A”VIEW

4

2

4

2

LH RH

“C”

14

13

6

1

“A”

“D”

“B”

I931H1910903-05

1. Clamp

: Bind the left handlebar switch lead wire, rear brake lever switch lead wire,

horn lead wire (For P-17, 24) and emergency switch lead wire (For P-17) with

the clamp. Cut the tip of clamp after clamping.

10. ECM

2. Clamp

: Bind the combination meter lead wire, 2WD/4WD/diff-lock switch lead wire,

ignition switch lead wire, front brake switch lead wire, parking/rear brake lever

switch lead wire, left handlebar switch lead wire, horn lead wire (For P-17, 24)

and emergency switch lead wire (For P-17) with the clamp. Cut the tip of clamp

after clamping.

11. Fuse box

3. Clamp

: Bind the front brake switch lead wire and 2WD/4WD/diff-lock switch lead wire

with the clamp. Cut the tip of clamp after clamping.

12. Fuse (EPS)

4. Clamp

: Bind the combination meter lead wire, 2WD/4WD/diff-lock lead wire and front

brake switch lead wire with the clamp.

13. Combination meter lead wire

5. Horn button (For P-17, 24) 14. Ignition switch lead wire

6. Emergency switch (For P-17) “a”: 10 – 15 mm (0.4 – 0.6 in)

7. Drive relay “B”: Pass the combination meter lead wire behind the upper bracket.

8. Starter relay “C”: Slack the combination meter lead wire under the combination

meter.

9. Fuel pump relay “D”: Pass the front brake switch lead wire behind the handlebars.

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Wiring Systems: 9A-7

Specifications

Tightening Torque Specifications

B931G4910S002

NOTE

The specified tightening torque is described in the following.

“Wiring Harness Routing Diagram (LT-A750XP/ZK9) (Page 9A-4)”

Reference:

For the tightening torque of fastener not specified in this section, refer to “Tightening Torque List (LT-A750XP/ZK9) in

Section 0C (Page 0C-7)”.

1

2

3

“a”

4

5

6

6

I931G3910904-01

1. Starter motor 3. Generator stator 5. Grommet “a”: 90q

2. Gear position switch 4. Ground wire 6. Clamp

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

9E-1 Body Structure:

Body and Acc essories

Body Structure

Repair Instructions

Body Frame Construction (LT-A750XP/ZK9)

B931G49506011

Special Tools and Equipment

Recommended Service Material

B931G49508001

NOTE

Required service material is also described in the following.

“Body Frame Construction (LTA750XP/ZK9) (Page 9E-1)”

FWD

3

2

4

4

1

I931G3950001-04

1. Frame 3. Washer : Apply thread lock to the thread part.

2. Battery plate 4. Spacer

PartShark.com

877-999-5686

Description

This PDF contains all the necessary instructions needed for any repair your 750AXi 750 AXi LT-A750X-XP 750rs 08-12 Suzuki King Quad. 

This is the same information the dealer technicians and mechanics use to diagnose and repair your bike. 

Whether its routine maintenance, such as tune-ups and brake service, or more extensive repairs involving engine/clutch disassembly. 

This PDF provides the most reliable information to perform the job. 

Accurate, clear and concise text, combined with detailed illustrations, make it possible for anyone with even a bit of basic mechanical knowledge to safely and easily service and repair their bike. 

Comprehensive diagrams, in depth illustrations, and all the manufacturers specifications and technical information you will need is included. 

Not only is this a complete repair manual, but it also includes all the scheduled service information, tech service bulletins, recall information. 

Format: PDF 
Year:2008-2009(08-09) 
Compatibility:any windows,mac,linux

полный мануал по ремонту квадроциклов сузуки с мотором 750.

Дата публикации: 05 Февраля 2015

Эта инструкция содержит полное описание на SUZUKI LT-A750X/P эксплуатация обслуживание и ремонт.

это самая мощная модель утилитарного квадроцикла Suzuki серии King Quad, которая полностью оправдывает весь пафос своего названия. К конструктивным особенностям квадроцикла Suzuki KingQuad 750 можно отнести сравнительно небольшой вес, особенно для заявленной мощности квадроцикла в 49 л.с., а также грамотную развесовку. Как и в случае с младшей моделью Suzuki 400, сапуны редукторов надежно защищены чехлами. Задний тормоз Suzuki 750 находится в масляной ванне и встроен в редуктор. В базовой комплектации Suzuki Lt-a 750 оснащается электроусилителем руля.

Квадроцикл SUZUKI KingQuad LT-A 750 – это самая популярная модель квадроцикла из семейства квадроциклов Suzuki. Мощный двигатель рабочим объемом 750 куб.см, превосходный дизайн и впечатляющие ходовые характеристики делают эту модель одной из лучших в своем классе.

Двигатель
* Тип двигателя: 4-тактный, DOHC
* Количество и расположение цилиндров: 1
* Рабочий объем, куб. см: 722
* Система питания: Впрыск топлива
* Система смазки: Картер с масляной ванной
* Система зажигания: Электронная
* Система охлаждения: Жидкостная
* Система пуска: Электрическая

Массо-габаритные характеристики
* Общая длина: 2165
* Общая ширина: 1250
* Колесная база: 1285
* Дорожный просвет: 280
* Высота по сиденью: 920
* Снаряженная масса: 307
* Объем бака: 17,5

Ходовая часть
* Передняя подвеска: Независимая, на двух поперечных рычагах
* Задняя подвеска: Независимая, на двух поперечных рычагах

Тормозная система
* Передняя тормозная система: Гидравлическая; два диска
* Задняя тормозная система: Многодисковая в масляной ванне

Размерность шин
* Передняя шина: AT25x8-12
* Задняя шина% AT25x10-12

Источник

Suzuki King Quad 700750 FAQ + Взаимозаменяемые запчасти и другая информация

HeavyMetal

Команда АТВ Клуба

Друзья,в этой теме я решил собрать все основные данные по Suzuki King Quad 700750.

Ссылки на мануалы:
Пользовательский мануал на King Quad 750 2009 на русском

LT-A750XP_03A_L0_ru.pdf

Пользовательский мануал на King Quad 700 2007 на русском
Suzuki_LT-А700X_(рус).pdf

Ремонтный мануал на King Quad 750 2009 на английском
Ремонтный мануал Suzuki King Quad 750.pdf

Первый месяц — самый важный в сроке службы Вашего вездехода. В этот период особенно важна правильная обкатка для достижения максимального срока службы нового вездехода. Следующие принципы объясняют необходимые процедуры обкатки.

Во время первых 10 часов эксплуатации рекомендуем открывать дроссель менее, чем наполовину.

Скорость вращения двигателя должна быть различной в течение периода обкатки. Хотя очень важно, чтобы была некоторая нагрузка на узлах двигателя во время обкатки, но будьте осторожны, чтобы чрезмерно не нагрузить двигатель. Избегайте постоянной низкой
скорости движения. Постоянная работа двигателя на
низких оборотах может неправильно притереть движущиеся части.
Добавьте двигателю оборотов, не превышая рекомендуемого макси-
мального открытия дросселя.

График технического обслуживания

1.Моторное масло.
Поскольку на Сузах сцепление в масляной ванне,используйте только мотоциклетные масла,например линейку масел Motul,Castrol и других производителей мото масел с допуском JASO MA,или JASO MA2,или JASO T904
По классификации API масло должно быть стандрата SF или SG.Рекомендуемая вязкость масла должна соот-
ветствовать SAE 10W-40.

Проверка уровня масла:
Рекомендую проверять уровень масла перед каждым выездом,двигатель очень чувствителен к уровню масла.
Уровень проверяется так:Поставьте квадроцикл на ровную площадку,прогрейте его в течении 5 минут.Затем заглушите,и подождите 3 минуты.После этого выкрутите масляный щуп,протрите его от масла,и вставьте его в заливную горловину не закручивая.Уровень масла должен быть между точкой L и F на картинке.

Замена масла
Менять масло несложно.Прогреваем квадроцикл,ставим на ровную горизонтальную площадку.
Затем снимаем пластиковую крышку со стороны масляного щупа,и снимаем подкрылок с левой стороны по ходу движения.После этого откручиваем сливную пробку(если не ошибаюсь ключом на 17)Сливаем все масло.Затем откручиваем масляный фильтр(может потребоваться съемник для масляных фильтров,я использую цепной съемник,можно купить в любом магазине запчастей.)
Фильтр на всех Сузах 1 и тот-же-Hiflo(HF-138,неоригинальный),есть практически в любом магазине мото-запчастей.Также есть аналоги от Mann и BikeMaster.
При установке фильтра протрите установочную площадку,после этого смажьте резиновое кольцо на фильтре маслом.После этого хорошо закрутите его руками.
Не забудьте закрутить сливную пробку!И не затягивайте её сильно,пробку легко сорвать.
Залейте около 2400 грамм масла,затем заведите квадроцикл,прогрейте его в течении 5 минут,заглушите,и через 3 минуты проверьте уровень масла.При необходимости долейте.

2.Замена масла в переднем и заднем редукторе.
Рекомендую менять масла в редукторах 2 раза в год-перед зимним и перед летним сезоном.
Если часто преодолеваете броды необходимо периодически проверять состояние масла в редукторах,оно не должно быть серым или белесым.
В переднем редукторе используется трансмиссионное масло SAE90, имеющее рейтинг GL-5 по
классификации API.Зимой используйте масло SAE80.
Поставьте квадроцикл на ровную площадку,открутите заливную и сливную пробку редуктора,слейте масло.
Затем открутите контрольный болт(№2 на рисунке)

После этого заливайте масло до тех пор,пока оно не потечет из отверстия №2.Для залива масла удобнее всего использовать большой шприц с резиновой трубкой.
Емкость редкутора по мануалу — 500 мл.

В заднем редукторе используется специальное масло для систем мокрых тормозов-Mobil Fluid 424 или его аналоги,например Shell Donax TD SAE 5W-30.Не заливайте обычное трансмиссионное масло,иначе вы рискуете спалить тормоза.Масло заливается под горло(770 мл)

3.Свеча зажигания
Доступ к свече зажигания не очень удобен.Удобнее всего подбираться к ней со стороны правого колеса по ходу движения.Внимание,не теряйте родной свечной ключ,иначе выкрутить свечу будет проблематично!
На квадроцикле в стандарте установлена свеча NGK CR6E.Также можно использовать свечи NGK СR7E, DENSO
U20ESR-N и DENSO U22ESR-N.Чтобы определить, подходит ли Вам стандарт-ная свеча зажигания, посмотрите на цвет фарфорового изолятора через некоторое время после начала эксплуатации свечи. Светло-коричневый цвет означает, что свеча подходит. Белый или темный цвет изолятора означает, что надо использовать свечу другого типа.

4.Ремень вариатора
Когда ремень изношен квадроцикл начинает трогаться со скрипом,и отвечает на газ при старте с некоторым запозданием.Также теряется максимальная скорость.
Советую брать оригинальный ремень,аналоги показали себя не с лучшей стороны.
Номера аналогов: Ultimax UA 437,или Dayco XTX2234
Замена ремня:
Снимаем пластик с подножки.Затем откручиваем саму подножку(снимать не обязательно,нужно немного сдвинуть её вниз относительно крышки вариатора)После этого откручиваем крышку вариатора.Частенько болты в ней начинают прокручиваться-придется отдирать крышку,и вклеивать резьбовые втулки обратно в отверстия.
После снятия крышки откручиваем треногу,и вкручиваем 2 болта M6 в отверстия на ведомом шкиве,чтобы ослабить старый ремень,и поставить новый.
Собираем в обратной последовательности.Ничего сложного.

Проверка износа заднего тормоза:

Как перевести приборку из миль в километры?
Перевести приборку в режим одометра, затем на-
жать и удерживать кнопки (1) и (6) в
течение 2 секунд, чтобы переклю-
читься между км/ч и миль/ч.

5.Список взаимозаменяемых запчастей
Со временем будет дополняться.
Косточки стабилизатора подходят от Honda Civic, 1996—2000 , Cr-v, 1997—2001.Каталожный номер CLHO-2

Резинка стабилизатора — Febest SZSB-GVTF

Задние ступичные подшипники подходят от передних ступиц Сузуки Свифт. Оригинальный номер Сузуки —43440-84F00, номер Койо DAC3562W-5CS35 размеры — 35*62*40

Сальники задних ступиц — 47х62х7 и 48х65х7

Передние ступичные подшипники — всем известные DAC3055. Размеры 30*55*32.
Самый лучший вариант по цене и качеству — оригинал от Кавасаки, 92045-0123

Сальники передних ступиц — 38х55х6 и 38х55х8

Реле-регулятор подходит от квадроциклов STELSHSUN 500700. Каталожный номер:32100-058-0000
Также есть вариант подороже,но надёжней. От Хонды TRX 500. Каталожный номер 31600-hn2-013

Сальники на рычаги подвески перед. верх,зад. верхниз СС 16x24x7 . Брал здесь http://www.sf2rti.ru/

Внешний пыльник заднего ШРУСа подходит от Сузуки Свифт. Каталожный номер J2868000

Внутренний пыльник заднего ШРУСа подходит от Опеля. Каталожный номер D8064

6.Распространенные проблемы,и пути их решения

Горит Err вместо моточасов — здесь 2 варианта.Либо вы выключили зажигание,либо неисправна приборка(лечится только заменой приборки)

Не качает бензонасосгорит лампа ошибкиперегрева — в 90 процентах случаев замерзает реле бензонасоса.Его нужно снять,и отнести в тепло.
№23 по каталогу запчастей

Постоянный недозаряд аккумулятора,слабый ток зарядки. Как правило,лечится заменой реле-регулятора напряжения.Прекрасно подходит от квадроциклов Stels 500700 H БЕЗ ПЕРЕДЕЛОК

Квадр периодически глохнет,чихает,стреляет — скорее всего умирает бензонасос + грязь в баке.
Лечение по этой ссылке http://forum.atvclub.ru/showthread.php?21234-Бензонасос-СУЗА-7-5-2009-года-замена-на-аналог

сыч31

Андрей, маленькая ремарка — в линейке любого производителя есть масло для мотоциклетных 4тактных моторов, но БЕЗ допуска «для мокрых спеслений». я допустим как-то на заре своей квадродвижухи залил кастрол — какой-то мото 4-строк супер-пупер рс формула 10-60, у нас в городе супербайков много, а трактористов не очень, поэтому линейка мотюль проблемна. так вот, на этом кастроле допуска использования в «системах мокрого сцепления» не было и при включении селектора кпп при холодном мотооре в трансмисси проходил ощутимый толчок. на мотюле такого эффекта не наблюдаю. так что я бы добавил такой допуск в расшифровку требований к маслицу в двигатель.

———- Сообщение добавлено в 14:00 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 13:59 ———-

HeavyMetal

Команда АТВ Клуба

Ремонтный мануал,страница 0a-4 :
Always select good quality engine
oil. Use of SF/SG or SH/SJ in API with MA in JASO.
Спецификация,страница 0a-9
Clutch Wet shoe, automatic, centrifugal type
Страница 5a-16
Смотрим картинки,и понимаем что сцепление плещется в маслице
+Я лично менял сцепление.

———- Сообщение добавлено в 13:10 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 13:08 ———-

———- Сообщение добавлено в 13:11 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 13:10 ———-

АлексПитер

Добавка в ФАК для тех кто еще не знает или не сталкивался.

Как читать CHEC ошибки:
Выключаем зажигание, под сидушкой разьем закрытый резинкой, открываем, находим белый/черный и белый/красный провода замыкаем их, включаем зажигание и на экране покажет ошибки.

Это так называемый dealer mode для включения которого производитель предлагает купить SWITCH MODE SELECTOR 09930-82720

Если есть усилитель, то лампочка усилителя будет мигать показывая своё состояние и ошибки.

Коды ошибок перечисленны в сервис-мануале.

dkill

Супермодератор

dkill

Супермодератор

стоит у меня шноркель.
1.диаметр на варик внутренний 50 вроде. копия шноркелей западных произвдителей.
в общем не хватает его, при +30 градусах и скорости по шоссе более 60 км в час и большой нагруженности квадра ремень начал перегреваться и отслаиваться что сопровождалось характерными стуками отлетевших кусочков об крышку. до этого ехали в режиме 50-60 и всё было ОК. вовремя заметил, остановился, дал остыть и продолжил с меньшей скоростью. всё ок. после залезли и в жёсткие говны и по полям прохватили и проблем не было.

2.ещё одна засада выяснилась после утопления. по левой стороне проходит под подножкой длинная труба шноркеля. так вот если квадр был утоплен то выгнать воду из неё практически не реально. отвернув пробку вариатора вы сольёте её тока из варика. методы решения проблемы тока ехать с вывернутой пробкой и попробовать наклонять квадр на правый бок. в последствии я установил ещё одну пробку прямо в эту трубу.

3.при утоплении сузы, вода попавшая в воздухан моментально проникает в картер двигателя по шлангу вентиляции картера. то есть глушить перед входом в глубокую воду в последний момент бесполезно. всё равно вода из коробки фильтра попадёт напрямую в картер. пока пошли следующим образом, удлиннили шланг вентиляции картера и петлёй провели его почти под приборкой и назад в корпус фильтра воздушного. наш дружище спиртусс предложил идею клапана от стиральной машинки, но о результатах пока ничего неизвестно.

dkill

Супермодератор

я вообще инженер-технолог авиационный

ждём!

———- Сообщение добавлено в 10:39 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 09:47 ———-

Продолжаем добивать ФАК:
Спасибо ZUR за рассказ про кофр.

ОРИГИНАЛЬНЫЙ кофр SUZUKI King Quad 750 — установка и целесообразность
В свое время я был яростным сторонником мягкого кофра, приобрел очень качественны, оригинальный кофр MOOSE, состоящий из двух частей, сделано на самом деле очень качественно, но поездив в «своей» манере понял, что мне удобней будет пластиковый, и больше по объему , кофр, смотрел разные – некоторые модели ТАМАРАКа, но что то дороговаты, смотрел оригинальный БРП, что тоже не дёшов, но когда уводил его в отчую, не подошел тем, что мал по объему.
И совершенно случайно зайдя на сайт уважаемой фирмы, которую здесь многие знают (подсказка «Максим») я увидел оригинальный SUZUKI- вский кофр, пообшавщись с Максимом, тем более что он его сам на своем 750 эксплуатирует (в дальнейшем он подсказал «апгрейд» крепления, чем я воспользовался) я загорелся желанием и заказал у него, через 2 недели его доставили, и я понял что визуально это то что мне надо. Большой, с двумя крепкими замками, которые можно заблокировать при необходимости шпильками или повесить замочки, с изоляцией краев от воды. Все что было у меня раньще в 3-х емкостях я туда поместил + еще место осталось, снизу я вырезал ванный коврик, цвет конечно гламурный, но на скорость не влияет, сверху накрою паралоном, по эксплуатации отпишусь,
Итак порядок установки на Suzuki King Quad 750 :

1) Снимаем багажник и кладем его на наружнюю нижнюю часть кофра, видем две полосы с отверстиями, намечаем и просверливаем, потом кпо бокам прикладываем штатное крепление (то что маленькое) и тоже наметив просверливаем, потом изнутри обильно наносим силиконовый герметик и вставляем болты с круглой головкой (мебельные НЕПОДОЙДУТ), для перестраховки добавляем крупные шайбы , в качестве гайки советую «контргайку», а в штатных, где увы барашки, к ним к сожалению не смог подобрать гайки, кажется другой «шаг» резьбы, я нанес спец жидкость от раскручивания (забыл как это по-русски), в дальнейшем что нибудь придумаю.
2) Потом дно приведем в порядок и накроем гламурным ковриком, вроде все, далее фото, если вопросы прошу:

———- Сообщение добавлено в 11:26 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 10:39 ———-

СУЗУКИ В ЭКСПЕДИЦИИ
добавлю ещё от себя пару фоток наших походных сузук.
может кому будет интересно размещение канистр и гермомешков. буду признателен если вы добавите что то от себя.
шли на неделю и старались ни в чём себе не отказывать в походных условиях, так что брали много всего.

к своему квадру к заднему бамперу приварили бугель-багажник из профиля квадрат 10*10мм оказалось очень прочно и функционально. гермомешок на 130 литров хоть и был великоват, но лежал очень надёжно и не шевелился.
оптимальным вариантом конечно мешок на 100 литров и чуть меньший размер «багажника».

по бокам кофра очень удобно размещать алюминиевые канистры по 10-15 литров, надо только приделать небольшие съёмные площадки к штатному заднему багажнику. подробных фоток к сожалению нет. надеемся марат-2 выложит. как правило все кофры немного уже квадра особенно если стоят диски с небольшим выносом, так что даже с канистрами маневрировать между деревьев так же просто как и без них.

ещё одну канистру на 5 литров с маслом удаёться легко закрепить в теле квадра над переднем редуктором если у вас конечно вынесен штатный радиатор что в походе является строгой необходимость так как ближайший кёрхер может быть в 50 или более км.

———- Сообщение добавлено в 12:12 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 11:26 ———-

ЗАМЕНА БЕНЗОНАСОСА
Спасибо за отчёт по нему ZUR.

Ну что други, потратил я выходные, и слава богу не зря. Сняв бензонасос

) увидев

вытянув бензонасос – вынимаем сеточку, обратите внимание, что сетока фиксируется штекером, посему пока вы не вытяните бензонасос – сеточка не освободится.Потом берем и меняем один насос на другой, по идее можно было всунуть жигулевскую сеточку, но
А) хрен его знает может на насос негативно сказались многочисленные попытки запустить с учетом грязной сеточки,
Б) пусть будет лучше в запасе + для дальних поездок потрать те еще 1500-1600 р на доп.насос БОШ.

Чтобы совместить жигулевскую сеточку с футляром надо в этом месте АККУратно подрезать пластик

ВСЕ.
Далее собираем в обратном порядке, незабыв почистить внутренне подсиденьевое пространство и аккуратно расположив там провода.

от себя добавлю что можно поставить любой насос от инжекторных жигулей. всё будет работать.

dkill

Супермодератор

Вложения

Мотоазарт

———- Сообщение добавлено в 20:03 ———- Предыдущее сообщение создано в 20:00 ———-

dkill

Супермодератор

Пробка бензобака или почему воняет
Многие столкнулись с ситуацией когда на крутых подъёмах из под крышки бензобака начинал сочиться бензин. иногда просто чувствовался запах бензина. если поставить квадр на жопу то будет видно просто струйку бенза из под крышки. лично я при выезде на крутой берег из ручья вообще загорелся. хорошо что вода рябом и сапогом быстренько всё залил.

проблема в общем то в самой крышке. она просто не дотягивает прокладку. виной всему трещётка. с помощью 3 отвёрток крышка разбирается. я подложил просто под механизм кусочек провода и собрал. теперь крышка заворачивается на 1.5-2 оборота больше. ни запаха — ни капли.

dkill

Супермодератор

ЗАМЕНА ПЫЛЬНИКА ШРУСА
Спасибо за это скажем пользователю сыч31

Цитата:
——————————
Сообщение от Pingvin Samara
Порвал задний внешний пыльник.
как поменять самому?
——————————
Как я меняю пыльники шрусов.
На истину в последней инстанции не претендую, кому есть чего поправить – вэлкам.
В общем случае — вывешиваем соответствующее колесо квадра, снимаем колесо.
Замена пыльника заднего внутреннего шруса:
1 разболтить втулки рычагов задней подвески внешние (подшипник ступицы предпочитаю не трогать).
2 бокорезами надкусить хомуты пыльника внутреннего шруса и немного сдвинуть его по палке привода к колесу
3 тонкой отвёрткой или шилом поддеть и демонтировать из корпуса внутренней гранаты стопорное кольцо шруса
4 вынуть привод в сборе со ступицей и потрохами внутреннего шруса — корпус внутренней гранаты остаётся в редукторе. Удаляем старую смазку с попавшей чачей из корпуса гранаты.
тащим всё это на верстак и в тиски
5 снимаем стопорное колечко внутренней обоймы внутреннего шруса — стоит на торце палки — и снимаем потроха с сепаратором и шариками. шарики норовят выпасть — не потеряйте
6 сдвигаем по палке привода порванный чехол внутреннего шруса и снимаем его
7 запоминаем взаимное расположение внутренней обоймы и сепаратора и разбираем — вытаскиваем шарики, снимаем сепаратор, промываем потроха шруса (можно просто вытереть насухо ветошью, мне нравится пользоваться бумажными полотенцами). Собираем в обратной последовательности
8 надеваем новый внутренний пыльник на палку привода, сдвигаем его к внешнему шрусу – чтобы не мешал пока. Ставим части внутреннего шруса на вал привода в обратной последовательности, не забудем за стопорное кольцо на торце. Шарики норовят выпасть – мажем их и их посадочные места во внутренней обойме смазкой – обычно держатся.
9 смазываем дорожки для шариков во внутренней гранате смазкой и ставим сам привод в сборе с потрохами внутренней гранаты в корпус шруса, устанавливаем стопорное кольцо в корпус гранаты
10 стараемся как можно тщательнее удалить смазку с посадочных поясков пыльника на гранате
11 сдвигаем пыльник на место и обжимаем хомутами на гранате и на валу привода.
12 собираем подвеску
Замена пыльника заднего внешнего шруса:
1 до вывешивания квадра открутить гайку подшипника ступицы
2 поднять квадр на два боковых колеса (чтобы масло не вытекло из редуктора моста) и снять колесо
3 разболтить втулки рычагов внешние и снять ступицу в сборе со шлицев гранаты внешнего шруса, аккуратно – надо не повредить сальники ступичного подшипника
4 несильно, но резко дёргаем привод на себя — из редуктора моста выходит внутренняя граната легко и весь привод в сборе у тебя в руках. на шлицах внутренней гранаты есть пружинное стопорное кольцо (у ямах и китайцев цф даже есть такая болезнь — самопроизвольное выпадение внутренней гранаты из редуктора из-за косяков этого стопорного кольца, по уму оно одноразовое, но в атвбраза мне сказали не париться — сузука этими проблемами не страдает, можно снимать/ставить привод без смены колечка), а так же сальник редуктора, который неплохо бы не повредить при демонтаже и монтаже привода.
тащим всё это на верстак и в тиски
5 бокорезами надкусить хомуты пыльника внешнего шруса и сдвинуть его по палке привода к внутреннему шрусу
6 мыть шрус лучше с разбором. почему-то не у всех получается спрессовать внешнюю гранату с палки и её называют «запаянная» или «заваренная». в хороших тисках зажимается вал привода и ударом по внутренней обойме внешнего шруса через проставку (желательно бронза, хотя я использую второй молоток) граната сбивается со шлицев.
7 сдвигаем по палке привода порванный чехол шруса и снимаем его
8 запоминая взаимное расположение внутренней обоймы и сепаратора, разбираем гранату – проворачиваем сепаратор, вытаскиваем шарики, снимаем сепаратор, промываем потроха шруса (можно просто вытереть насухо ветошью, мне нравится пользоваться бумажными полотенцами). Собираем в обратной последовательности, закладываем свежую смазку
8 надеваем новый пыльник на палку привода, сдвигаем к внутреннему шрусу – чтобы не мешал пока. Ставим гранату внешнего шруса в сборе на шлицы вала привода соосно. Накручиваем ступичную гайку на резьбу заподлицо с торцом резьбовой части и ударом тяжёлого молотка напрессовываем внутреннюю обойму шруса на шлицы вала привода. на конце вала привода в пазу сидит стопорное кольцо — после переборки внешнего шарнира лично у меня с трудом удалось напрессовать гранату на вал обратно — это стопорное кольцо не хотело сидеть в своей проточке и так и норовило закуситься. хотя на всяких нивках и ваз2108 и иже с ними я таких проблем никогда не испытывал. Да минует вас чаша сия.
10 стараемся как можно тщательнее удалить смазку с посадочного пояска пыльника на гранате
11 сдвигаем пыльник на место и обжимаем хомутами на гранате и на валу привода.
12 вытираем от возможной грязи и смазываем тонким слоем смазки посадочный поясок сальника на внутренней гранате и сам сальник в корпусе редуктора, аккуратно (не повреди кромку сальника) и держа привод соосно редуктору, ставим внутреннюю гранату шлицами на шлицы в редукторе, на всякий случай слегка пытаемся покачивать гранату по/против часовой стрелки и резко нажимаем руками — привод должен сесть на место. если не сел, но чувствуется, что шлицы на гранате и в редукторе совпали (по/против часовой не проворачивается) — ударяем по ступичной гайке на внешнем шрусе молотком.
13 откручиваем гайку ступицы, ставим саму ступицу на шлицы внешней гранаты (не повреди сальники), заболтим внешние втулки задних рычагов (пользуясь моментом можно заложить в них любую консистентную водостойкую смазку, а заодно оценить возможные люфты в косточках задней подвески), накручиваем гайку ступицы, затягиваем.
Замена пыльника переднего внутреннего шруса:
Я меняю не снимая привода – прямо на квадре.
1 расшплинтовать и разболтить шаровые опоры, вывести их пальцы из посадочных мест в поворотном кулаке. рулевой наконечник не трогаем
2 бокорезами надкусить хомуты пыльника внутреннего шруса и немного сдвинуть его по палке привода к колесу
3 тонкой отвёрткой или шилом поддеть и демонтировать из корпуса внутренней гранаты стопорное кольцо шруса
4 повернуть кулак передней подвески вокруг рулевого шарнира вынуть потроха внутреннего шруса из корпуса внутренней гранаты, сам корпус гранаты остаётся в редукторе. Удаляем старую смазку с попавшей чачей из корпуса гранаты.
Подвижность внешней гранаты и поворотного кулака из-за отсоединённых шаровых опор позволяют в широких пределах вертеть привод не снимая его с квадра – работать достаточно удобно.
5 снимаем стопорное колечко внутренней части внутреннего шруса — стоит на торце палки — и снимаем потроха с сепаратором в сборе с шариками. шарики норовят выпасть — не потеряйте
6 сдвигаем по палке привода порванный чехол внутреннего шруса и снимаем его
7 запоминаем взаимное расположение внутренней обоймы и сепаратора, вытаскиваем шарики, снимаем сепаратор, промываем потроха шруса (можно просто вытереть насухо ветошью, мне нравится пользоваться бумажными полотенцами). Собираем в обратной последовательности
8 надеваем новый внутренний пыльник на палку привода, сдвигаем к внешнему шрусу – чтобы не мешал пока. Ставим части внутреннего шруса на вал привода в обратной последовательности, не забудем за стопорное кольцо на торце. Шарики норовят выпасть – мажем их и их посадочные места во внутренней обойме смазкой – обычно держатся.
9 смазываем дорожки для шариков во внутренней гранате смазкой и ставим сам привод в сборе с потрохами внутренней гранаты в корпус шруса, устанавливаем стопорное кольцо
10 стараемся как можно тщательнее удалить смазку с посадочного пояска пыльника на внутренней гранате
11 сдвигаем пыльник на место и обжимаем хомутами на гранате и на валу привода.
12 собираем подвеску в обратной последовательности. Гайки шаровых опор сильно тянуть не нужно – посадка пальца в кулаке конусная, момент там не нужен, а резьбу хорошо бы не сорвать. Шплинты корончатых гаек шаровых нужно загнуть подальше от чехла внешнего шруса – места там мало и если это сделать неаккуратно — может порвать резину пыльника.
Замена пыльника переднего внешнего шруса:
1 до вывешивания квадра открутить гайку подшипника ступицы
2 поднять квадр на два боковых колеса и снять колесо
3 расшплинтовать и разболтить нижнюю шаровую опору, вывести её палец из посадочного места в поворотном кулаке, поворачивая кулак вынуть шлицы внешнего шруса из ступицы. рулевой наконечник и вторую шаровую не трогаем
4 несильно, но резко дёргаем привод на себя — из редуктора выходит внутренняя граната легко и весь привод в сборе у тебя в руках. на шлицах внутренней гранаты есть пружинное стопорное кольцо, а так же сальник редуктора, который неплохо бы не повредить при демонтаже и монтаже привода.
тащим всё это на верстак и в тиски
5 бокорезами надкусить хомуты пыльника внешнего шруса и сдвинуть его по палке привода к внутреннему шрусу
6 мыть шрус лучше с разбором. почему-то не у всех получается спрессовать внешнюю гранату с палки и её называют «запаянная» или «заваренная» . в хороших тисках зажимается вал привода и ударами по внутреннему сепаратору внешнего шруса через проставку (желательно бронза, хотя я использую второй молоток) сбивается со шлицев.
7 сдвигаем по палке привода порванный чехол шруса и снимаем его
8 запоминаем взаимное расположение внутренней обоймы и сепаратора, разбираем гранату – проворачивая сепаратор, вытаскиваем шарики, снимаем сепаратор, промываем потроха шруса (можно просто вытереть насухо ветошью, мне нравится пользоваться бумажными полотенцами). Собираем в обратной последовательности, закладываем свежую смазку
8 надеваем новый пыльник на палку привода, сдвигаем к внутреннему шрусу – чтобы не мешал пока. Ставим гранату внешнего шруса в сборе на шлицы вала привода соосно. Накручиваем ступичную гайку на резьбу заподлицо с торцом резьбовой части и ударом тяжёлого молотка напрессовываем внутренний сепаратор шруса на шлицы вала привода.
9 стараемся как можно тщательнее удалить смазку с посадочного пояска пыльника на гранате
10 сдвигаем пыльник на место и обжимаем хомутами на гранате и на валу привода.
11 вытираем от возможной грязи и смазываем тонким слоем смазки посадочный поясок сальника редуктора моста на внутренней гранате и сам сальник в корпусе редуктора, аккуратно (не повреди кромку сальника) и держа привод соосно редуктору, ставим внутреннюю гранату шлицами на шлицы в редукторе, на всякий случай слегка пытаемся покачивать гранату по/против часовой стрелки и резко нажимаем руками — привод должен сесть на место. если не сел, но чувствуется, что шлицы на гранате и в редукторе совпали (по/против часовой не проворачивается) — ударяем по ступичной гайке на внешнем шрусе молотком.
10 откручиваем гайку ступицы, заводим шлицы внешней гранаты (не повредив сальники) в саму ступицу, заводим палец шаровой опоры в кулак, затягиваем и шплинтуем гайку шаровой, накручиваем гайку ступицы, затягиваем.
Маленькое отступление по поводу замены пыльника внешнего переднего шруса – кажется отсоединял только одну шаровую, полностью не уверен – сильно давно это было (тьфу*3).
Общие соображения по теме:
лучше работать на чистом квадре — меньше чачи на голову и в гранаты сыпаться будет.
работа по смене пыльников не сложная, но грязная.
Можно чехлы внешних шрусов менять не вынимая гранату внутреннего из редуктора моста, а разбирая внутренний шрус – кому как нравится.
смазку использую обычный шрус-4, кажется, где-то в Украине делают, Бердянск что-ли?.
при монтаже новых пыльников советую тирануть тонким слоем смазки все гофры изнутри (кроме самых крайних частей, которые контачат с палкой привода и посадочным пояском на гранатах) — иначе может просто жевать резину чехла и засирать резиновой крошкой потроха шруса.
Много смазки в шрусы закладывать не нужно – будет достаточно нанести тонким слоем на беговые дорожки шариков во внутренней и внешней обоймах, тонком слоем на внутреннюю поверхность чехла, да замазать свободные места между шариками и их гнёздами в сепараторе.
Не забываем после всех плясок с бубнами проверить затяжку всех резьбовых соединений, которые трогали в процессе. Особенно колёсные гайки – на литых дисках советую тянуть не сильно, а то уплывёт центральная дырка, проще после небольшого пробега слегка дотянуть.
По поводу затяжки подшипников ступицы – у нас вроде они двухрядные, нерегулируемые. Прикинув размеры подшипника можно предположить момент затяжки около 20 кг/м. т.е. проворачивая ступицу своим весом 90 кг становлюсь на вороток на расстоянии 20-25 см от гайки.
По поводу хомутов пыльников шрусов — кидайте в меня помидорами, но я все эти годы обжимаю обычными винтовыми нормовскими хомутами. травы и водорослей мотает не больше, чем у других, ни разу не сдвинуло хомут с места палкой или снегом/льдом — короче я проблем не испытывал. правда условия эксплуатации не самые жёсткие, хотя и в лес и в болота приходится лукаться, зимой езжу не меньше, чем обычно. общий пробег моей сузуки — больше 6,5 тык. гранату убил за это время одну – в болоте палка упёрлась в пыльник с родными хомутами и, не порвав его, просто сдвинула с гранаты. далее вылез из болота, 40-50 км грунтовок — вуаля, шрус начал похрустывать. несмотря на все уговоры опытных товарисчей — типа перебери и ездий так, у нас они годами хрустят — я поменял.
у меня почему-то чаще колются внутренние пыльники.
По поводу аналогов чехлов шруса — на внутреннем шрусе на передке или с любой стороны сзади временно можно использовать внешний пыльник от оки — там на одну гофру меньше, чем у нас на родных, поэтому на внешний передний шрус ставить не советую. почему временно? всё-таки качество резины не очень, колются гораздо легче родных и у меня они долго не ходили.
можно попробовать подобрать резинки покачественнее от маленьких иномарок — типа сузука свифт, дэу матиз, опели тоже маленькие есть. а то чего-то 25-40 долларов за резинку, пусть даже со смазкой (аналог шрус-4) и хомутами (которые хрен обожмёшь по человечески без специнструмента, да и с ним не факт, что получится) — перебор.
По поводу материала пыльников – резина/пластик. у меня сузука 2009 модельного года, пыльники резиновые. у ямаховодов вопрос обсуждался — они вроде сошлись во мнении, что старые резиновые пыльники лучше пластиковых нового образца. Может из-за того, что пластиковые труднее обжать ленточными хомутами.
всем удачи , желаю, чтобы пыльники подольше оставались целыми .

Источник

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Инструкция к мультиварке бинатон mcr 5033
  • Sjcam sj5000x elite инструкция на русском
  • Астмасол нео аэрозоль цена инструкция по применению цена
  • Увлажнитель воздуха борк h501 инструкция по применению
  • Овен мпр51 инструкция по применению контроллер